The last few weeks have been quite a journey for me. A little over 40 days ago, I weighed in at a whopping 247 pounds. That’s about 50 pounds more than I should weigh and is for the most part the result of eleven plus years of poor eating habits and lack of exercise. Today as I write this post, I weigh 210 pounds. How did I lose so much weight in such little time? It was due to a combination of taking the hormone HCG and a very extreme low calorie diet.
Before I get into the “how I did it” I must say that I had to first change my mindset about food. I’ve come to the place in my life where I really need to lose all the extra pounds I have put on since leaving manual labor some eleven years ago when I started my Internet marketing business. I went from a size 34 waist and 180 pounds to a 42 inch waist and about 247 pounds. The goal is to get back to at least a 36 inch waist and a weight of about 190 lbs.
Need HCG? Click here to buy quality HCG and HCG Diet Supplies
Now, what about this HCG? HCG is short for Human Chorionic Gonadotrophin which is a hormone found only in women during pregnancy. It is produced in enormous quantities, so that during certain phases of her pregnancy a woman may excrete as much as one million international units per day in her urine. It is never found in the male, obviously because men don’t get pregnant.
Seeing that HCG is only found in women during pregnancy and never in males, it is something I had to take daily. Some take it by injection but I took it sub-lingual meaning I’d have to hold it in liquid form under my tongue for about 15 minutes before swallowing. I repeated this process twice daily. Having this hormone present in my body for 40 plus days along with limiting myself to a very strict diet of just 500 calories a day (you read right – 500 calories) allowed me to not only lose about a pound a day, but also to maintain a healthy physique in the process.
Now I’m going to try to explain how HCG works in layman’s terms. So please forgive me if this is lacking its proper medical terminology.
First of all one must understand that there are three kinds of fat that are stored in the body. The first is the structural fat which fills the gaps between various organs, a sort of packing material. The second type of fat is a normal reserve of fuel upon which the body can freely draw when the nutritional income from the intestinal tract is insufficient to meet the demand. The third type of fat which is entirely abnormal is the accumulation of such fat, and of such fat only, from which overweight people suffer. This abnormal fat is also a potential reserve of fuel, but unlike the normal reserves it is not available to the body in a nutritional emergency. It is, so to speak, locked away in a fixed deposit and is not kept in a current account, as are the normal reserves.
What HCG does is to allow a person to comfortably go about their usual activities on a diet of only 500 calories daily and lose an average of about one pound per day. Because the body needs more than 500 calories a day to function, fat reserves are used for energy. Under the effect of HCG, the overweight body is always able to obtain all the calories it needs from the abnormal fat deposits, regardless of whether it uses up 1500 or 4000 per day. The HCG allows you to live to a far greater extent on the fat which you are losing than on what you eat. Normal fat reserves (the healthy kind) are not touched. In the meantime, skin remains fresh and turgid, and gradually body weight returns to normal. The daily administration of HCG appears to have no side-effects other than beneficial.
When I embarked on this diet, I had pretty good hopes it would be successful simply due to the fact that my wife had come across so many testimonies from people who experienced success with it. Nevertheless, I knew I’d have to change the way I eat and exercise for the rest of my life unless I want to return to the fat man I had become.
I am reminded of the lyrics from Jethro Tull’s song “Fat Man” —
Don’t want to be a fat man,
People would think that I was just good fun.
Would rather be a thin man,
I am so glad to go on being one.
Too much to carry around with you,
No chance of finding a woman who…
Will love you in the morning and all the night time too.Don’t want to be a fat man,
Have not the patience to ignore all that.
Hate to admit to myself half of my problems
Came from being fat.
Wont waste my time feeling sorry for him,
I seen the other side to being thin.
Roll us both down a mountain
And I’m sure the fat man would win.
Here is a brief chronicle of my journey over the period of several weeks to become once again a “thin man.”
Day 1
I weighed in at 247 pounds prior to starting diet. After taking the initial dose of HCG, the first two days consist of “loading” or in other words, eating lots of food — pretty much anything i want.
Here’s what I loaded up with the first day:
- 4 donuts
- 4 pieces of Papa John’s Italian sausage pizza
- 1 hamburger
- Whole order of Tom Kha Gai soup with side of rice (usually feeds 2 people)
- Whole order of Crispy Shrimp (8 jumbo prawns, deep fried and dipped in spicy sauce)
- 1 Dancing Deer brownie
- 1 Snickers ice cream bar
It is supposed to be difficult to eat SO much food and the HCG makes you feel full. While i did feel full, I didn’t have any trouble eating all this stuff.
Day 2
I weighed in at 250 pounds, gaining 3 from the day before which I hear is normal. This is what I consumed on day 2 of loading:
- Jack in the Box Croissant Breakfast sandwich
- Jack in the Box Extreme Sausage sandwich
- Dairy Queen 32 oz. Hot Fudge Milkshake (my favorite)
- 1 Taco Bell taco and 1 burrito
- Breyers Coffee Ice Ice Cream in Waffle Cone
- 2 hamburgers and 2 hot dogs, 2 servings baked beans and potato chips (birthday party)
- Bowl of Goldfish (the crackers not actual fish silly)
Day 3
I weighed in at 252 pounds – a total gain of 5 lbs. after “loading.” It’s pretty crazy I could gain that much weight after just two days of stuffing my face.
Now I begin the journey of eating just 500 calories a day which essentially will consist of two meals (lunch and dinner) of just 250 calories each. Each of these meals will consist of the following:
Breakfast – Nothing
Lunch – 3 ounces of lean meat which may consist of one of the following: veal, lean beef, chicken breast, fresh white fish, lobster, crab, or shrimp.
3 ounces of select vegetables which may consist of one of the following: spinach, chard, chicory, beet-greens, green salad, tomatoes, celery, fennel, onions, red radishes, cucumbers, asparagus, and cabbage.
1 selection of fruit with choices of an apple, a handful of strawberries, half a grapefruit or an orange.
1 breadstick (grissino) or one Melba toast.
Dinner – same thing as lunch
It is important to note that no matter what combination of items you eat (i.e. choice of meat, vegetable and fruit), the meals could not exceed 500 calories a day. So if I decided to have cube steak instead of chicken, I’d have to watch my vegetable portion seeing that cube steak consists of more calories than chicken. It was also recommended that I eat the same things for lunch and dinner on any particular day.
I mostly ate grilled chicken and cucumbers with a touch of lemon juice. Periodically I substituted white fish and cube steak and variations in vegetable choice included spinach salads and cooked cabbage. For my fruit, I always stuck with an apple.
I would also add that you can drink all the coffee and tea you’d like (unsweetened of course) but must also drink 2 liters or more water every day. I drank about 3 liters a day besides about a pot of coffee and a glass of green tea daily.
Sound boring? It mostly is but surprisingly, because of the HCG, I did not feel hungry prior to meals. Also when consuming these small 250 calorie meals I felt comfortably full afterwards.
As I think back now, most of my initial struggles steamed from the boredom that comes from not eating all the time. In other words I had spent a good amount of my time eating, snacking, drinking wine, etc. and now I had to find things to replace the time I used to spend eating.
For the duration that the HCG was in my body, I could not use regular lotion or use any conditioner in my hair due to the fact that the body can absorb the oils in these products which adds to calorie intake. I ended up using Corn Huskers lotion (which contains no oil) for my feet as I wear sandals most the time which cause my feet to get very dry. This worked out as well if not better than the oil-based lotions I typically use.
Another thing I thought I’d struggle with is the fact that I could not have my peppermint Lifesavers. My wife sternly warned me that I can have no breath mints of any kind and that many doing the HCG diet complain of having bad breath. However, I found a solution – Starbucks sugar-free peppermint breath mints. These are extremely small but powerful mints that contain zero calories.
While I am not going to bore you with the daily details of what I ate, how much I weighted each day, etc., I will say that I lost an average of about a pound a day. On day 42 when I stopped taking the HCG, my weight had gone from 252 pounds (weight after “loading”) to 210 pounds. That’s 42 pounds from my weight after loading or if you count from the weight I was prior to loading – 37 pounds. They say that you should count the pounds you gain after the loading phase which is why I can say I lost 42 pounds. Oh and as for the title of this post – “40 pounds in 40 days” – I had actually lost 40 pounds at the 40 day mark. Besides, it sounds better than “42 pounds in 42 days.” (I like round numbers)
I feel great right now. Everyone I know says how I look so different, not only in the size of my gut but the face, legs, arms – everywhere. I no longer get heartburn after eating certain foods or snore at night. I don’t even recall bouts of sleep apnea as I did before. I have about 20 more pounds I feel I need to lose and so will embark on a second but shorter phase in October where I have a period of about 4 weeks in which I will not be traveling.
I must truly thank my wife, Irma, for not only discovering this diet but doing all the research on it as well as preparing all the meals. She has done remarkably well on this diet herself but I’ll let her tell you about that in her own way.
If you would like to shed some of your “abnormal” fat by means of this diet, I’d encourage you to first read the eBook by Dr. A.T.W Simeons called “Pounds and Inches” and then do additional research online simply by searching the keyword “HCG” or the full phrase “Human Chorionic Gonadotrophin.” When you get ready to actually purchase HCG, you can get it at Official HCG Diet Plan.
This is a very controversial diet, especially for males, seeing that you have a hormone in you that is only found in pregnant women. It has however been tested for years and always proved to be successful. Don’t worry men – you will not become pregnant nor develop female body parts. Most of the controversy will stem from telling people that you are only eating 500 calories a day. They will be shocked not only on the little amount of food you are living on, but how healthy you appear despite that. We kept the fact that we were taking the HCG secret for some time, at least until we were confident it was working.
Want to discuss? Visit the HCG Talk Facebook Fan Page and join others who are talking and sharing their experiences with this diet.
Need HCG? Click here to buy quality HCG and HCG Diet Supplies
Congratulations! That’s phenomenal progress. As some one who came from a similar starting point as you did and has pushed the “upper limit” even further, this is of great interest to me. My question is, “after the second phase, what comes next?” “More specifically, what’s your plan to manage/monitor your diet between phases and then after phase two?”
A great story David, thank you for sharing. This is certainly the first I have heard of HCG though I admit that it has me intrigued.
I’m curious to know what your weight loss would have been like had you stuck to the 500 calorie diet each day without taking HCG. My guess is that your body would have really had trouble metabolizing everything and keeping you supplied with energy.
I’m practicing a low carb diet now because it has worked well for me in the past. Like you, I’ll be faced with the challenge of having to develop strong eating habits after the program concludes.
Best of luck and again, great informative read here.
@krellpw – After each phase (which I am in now), you can eat whatever you want with the exception of starches and sugars. Don’t confuse that with “as much as you want.” In fact, my appetitie is much smaller than it was prior to this diet.
I have to maintain this for 3 weeks. After 3 weeks, I can begin to introduce carbs and sugars once again but with moderation. It is also suggested to stay away from refined products such as white bread, white rice, white pasta, etc.
Of course common sense would be to maintain a healthy diet and moderate exercise and essentially not repeat the process that caused me to gain the excess weight in the first place.
I can still have “cheat” days where let’s say I have a hamburger or a milkshake. However, I will do so in moderation.
Furthermore, now that I am used to eating much smaller portions than before, I will try to maintain that. For example, when dining out, split a meal w/ my wife or take some home as most restaurant’s portions are much more than we need anyway.
@Eric Lander – Hey Eric, nice to see you here!
You are right – if I would have tried to live on 500 calories without the HCG, I would have not only been starving but would have become week, suffering muscle loss and would have looked unhealthy in the face and skin.
My body would have pulled from my normal fat reserves for additional energy as opposed to the abnormal fat reserves in which case the abnormal fat reserves would have remained.
One of the benefits I had in doing the HCG diet is that my profession requires little physical activity (unless you count walking back and forth from my desk to the coffee pot). If I had to do alot of physical labor, I would have struggled as you have very little energy restricting yourself to just 500 calories a day.
I’m wondering how much of a traffic spike you will get – not from this great article, but from the suicide of David Foster Wallace – to your site based on recent news.
Thanks for sharing the diet info. 🙂
Hi, wow, congratulations on the weight loss! I think I’m going to try this…. where do you purchase the HCG? Thanks!
@lynn – You can purchase the HCG at DrugDelivery.ca. Also be sure to check out this shopping list for other ingredients you will need.
Awesome! Thank you for all the information. I’ll be ordering this week. If I get all skinny, I’ll let you know. 🙂
Congrats David! I just started this diet this week and now I am compiling some information for friends and co-workers so they don’t end up in some crazy fake site. I’m going to direct them to this page because this is the best explanation I have read of this program. I didn’t do as good a job on my load days this weekend(no pizza or cookies or ice cream…what was I thinking!) but I’ve lost 5 lbs since Monday (three days ago!!) so i am super excited. I haven’t had a chance to get to my gym, yet(but I will.) Good luck to everyone trying this! Thank you, David, for this site!
Hi David. I am currently on day 10 of the hcg diet. I’m struggling to eat my lunch and dinner. It has gotten so bland. I can’t stand the taste of meat just plain. Any suggestions on how I can power through this? Do you think it will effect my results if I used organic ketchup? Did you exercise during the 40 days? I am but sometimes wonder if I am burning too many calories (about 300-350). What do you think? I’ve lost 9 1/2 lbs. 🙂
@Liz – I substituted chicken breast, cube steak, and veal and seasoned with salt, pepper, garlic and sometimes cayenne pepper. I also substituted vegetables between cucumbers with lemon juice, raw spinach with red wine vinegar and cooked cabbage.
I wouldn’t recommend using ketchup or any other sauce such as BBQ, A-1, etc. as they tend to have sugars which will have a negative effective on the diet.
I also did hardly any exercise. Didn’t have the energy for it. A bit a swimming each day but that was the extent of my exercise activities.
If you have already lost almost 10 pounds in 10 days, you are doing great. Keep going and just take one day at a time. Best of luck to you.
Hi David,
I’m just starting on the diet. Alittle nervous… I’m a type 2 diabetic with only about 10- 15 pounds to loose.
How did you know how many ounces of vegetables to have. The original diet doesn’t say?
Thanks for your time and wish me luck!
“K”
@K – I will try to get my wife to stop by here to better respond to your question. I will say that the amount of vegetables you eat will depend on your choice of meat. For example if you eat cube steak, it has more calories than chicken so you would reduce your vegetable count. Also, spinach has less calories than say tomatoes.
So I’d say it varies. Hopefully she will be by soon to provide better information. In fact, I am trying to get her to write a post on how she made her HCG recipe.
Congratulations David!! I am a fellow HCG protocol follower. I started with a short round 25 injections due to a planned vacation I finished up my no sugar no starches the day we left. I had lost approx 16 lbs and over 18″ I am very excited for round 2 I will be starting next week full round this time still need to release 35-40 lbs. I did have a slight weight gain due to all the junk food on vacation. Good luck with all you do this is a great article for all who are curious about HCG.
Hi David,
Congrats. I will be starting the 43 day protocol tomorrow. You have several posters worried about the blandness of their food. I did 4 weeks of internet research before deciding to do this diet. If they google HCG diet recipes, there are tons of options. You can bake apples with cinnamon and stevia. You can crush the grissini breadsticks along with garlic powder to make a breading. You can also roll onion rings in 1T of milk, coat in the breading and bake for onion rings. It’s really not that hard to be creative. I have assembled all of my seasonings on the counter so I know what I can work with. I have also measured out, bagged and frozen 2 weeks worth of lean ground beef, sirloin and chicken breast for ease. I have even bought all of the oil free soaps, shampoos and deodorants to maximize my loss as I am looking to lose 40 pounds as well. Again, great job!!
@Diane and @Gloria – Thanks so much for sharing your stories of success. It is always good to know that lots of people or using this diet and seeing amazing results.
I start a second round of 23 days next Monday to lose the additional 20 or so pounds I need to get to my goal weight.
This is a response to Liz regarding ketchup –
I have found organic, sugar-free ketchup – Westbrae Natural – in the healthfood section of my Fred Meyer’s – it’s ingredients are water, tomato paste, apple cider vinegar, salt, onion, maltodextrin, spice, and natural flavor. Some may find some of these ingredients objectionable, but there are only 5 cals in 1 tablespoon, and I have found (as far as I can tell) that it does not affect my loss thus far. I just put a bit on a meatloaf that I make of lean burger, lots of onions and veggies, and crushed melba toasts. I sometimes add some ketchup to the loaf itself. Yum! Hope that helps – and great, simple, site, David! Congrats!!!
KETCHUP: Oh, I forgot to mention, I add a bit of Stevia to the ketchup as it is pretty bland, being sugar-free. Tastes great!
Erica
question…I just did my two loading days and I am now on day 1 of VLCD, my question is about the fruit. Can you split the apple in half and have half in apple in the morning, the other half at lunch and then an orange at dinner. As long as you are within the calories?
@Michelle – Yes you can. You can also have your breadstick in the morning if you are hungry instead of having it at lunch.
Thank you!
another question, I am also doing sublingual, what did you mix yours with?
@Michelle – Recipie is as follows:
13 mil Liquid B12
2 mil Colodial Silver
5000 cc HCG
Don’t be shocked, I have another question. I am on day 2 of VLCD, I have lost 2.2 pounds :). I have read contraversy on lip products, most say chapstick is not ok, buy carmex is ok? I would love to be able to use the carmex, but I don’t want to use products not on the ok list. I’m not eating 500 calories for nothing.
@Michelle – My wife wore lipstick while on HCG so I would assume both chapstick and Carmex would be okay. The diet wants those on ti to stay away from lotions as the body can absorb those and add to calorie count.
I wouldn’t think a bit of chapstick, even if absorbed would add that much if any to your calorie intake.
I have lost 3lbs in 3 days
I am doing well and am PLEASED but I dont have strong will power
PRAY FOR ME PLEAASE
Ill keep you posted
I am curious about the colodial silver. Why are you taking this? Anytime I hear about colodial silver, I think of the man that took so much he turned blue…seriously.
How many ampules of the 5000cc do you buy?
How do you mix the sublingual formula? You say the recipe is 13mil liquid B12, 2 mil collodial silver, 5000iu (not cc surely?) HCG. What amount do you take each day and how often? I have seen one formula that uses vodka to mix the HCG. It is all so confusing (I found the Gloria video difficult to follow and I would appreciate it if you could say what you did exactly. I understand the diet and the theory but am interested in the sublingual becuse wish to avoid injections. Thanks for your help!
@Jay – I never put together actual mixture but the amounts are referenced above.
As far as how much we tool each day, I believe it was 0.5 mili-leters in two doses – one in the morning and one in the evening.
@Melissa – You are getting way beyond my knowledge of this. As I said in original post, it was my wife who did all the research, bought the ingredients and mixed the solution.
Therefore when you get into technical questions about the formula, I am not going to be of much help.
I’ll try to get her to stop by here and comment but cannot make any promises as she is not much for reading blogs.
David It would be great if you could ask your wife how she mixed the solution and what she used as a sublingual formula. If you could write it down on the blog that would be fantastic. Then how much of that solution you took each day–ie if it was .5ml in morning and evening. Your achievement was so outstanding that you inspire all the newbies to HCG!
Another question is how much time did you go on Phase III and IV before restarting the HCG? I have been reading that ‘immunity’ builds up after 43 days and that HCG becomes ineffective for a period so must be stopped before doing a second course. Did you stop for 6 weeks — 3 weeks on no carbs/no fats about 800-1000 cal per day and then 3 weeks of limited carbs/fats about 1200 cals per day? Or were you able to do a second 43 day protocol with less time out?
@Jay – I’ve only done two phases and went 6 weeks between Phase I and II. First 3 weeks I stuck to a South Beach type of diet – no sugars or proteins and thereafter ate what I wanted in moderation of course and trying to avoid enriched wheat products (i.e. white breads, pastas, etc.).
I will be going on one final phase after new year to shed about 20-25 more pounds to get to by ideal weight and then should be done with it forever.
Many thanks David for the information! So a schedule would look something like: 43 days +3 days HCG; 42 days diet; 43 days + 3 days HCG; 42 days diet? Did you not take HCG every 7th day so that the whole HCG phase lasted 49 days?
Did you lose any weight during the non HCG Diet phase or was it solely maintenance of the weight loss of the HCG phase? Simeon talks about ‘resetting’ the weight levels.
You are so kind to answer all these queries! Thank you!
@Jay – I only did 23 days 2nd Phase.
While not on HCG, I maintained weight but did not lose anything.
Hi David Did you while on the 42 day protocol skip taking HCG every 7th day? Or did you take it every day? It is not clear on your blog. Also what is your wife’s recipe?
Happy Christmas!
I am new to the HCG protocol and will start once all the products arrive. This has been a very informative site and I will share it with family and friends.
Hi David… I am 5′ exactly and on my first load day weighed in at 196. I am now ending day 5 (or 7 if load days are included). As of this evening I weigh in at 184.3 I have lost about 12 lbs. in 7 days and have stuck strictly to the diet. Have even forgotten to eat my fruit or melba toast on several occasions. I have a bad thyroid disorder and i have lost so much puffiness mostly around my face and eyes. I am a bit scared that I have lost so much so quickly but am at the same time thrilled. I am taking the sub-lingual method and currently taking 1cc per day divided into 3 doses of .33 each. Are there any side effects to losing too much too quickly? Thank you. 🙂
Hi David! Great site!
Christine I seem to be experiencing the same weight loss as you. I am losing about an average of 3lb a day I am now on day 6 and have lost 14lbs. I am a bit scared to be honest with you. I am very strict and only eating 3 oz of chicken or shrimp. No breadstick or Melba toast. I got my hcg from a local doctor. I have an appointment to see her Friday (once a week) for a f/u appt. She is also doing hcg but when we spoke she had only lost 9lbs in 10 days.
Any advice? I will post again once I speak with her about the weight loss for this week. Maybe its nothing and the weight loss will fall to half a pound or 1 lb daily soon, who knows?
thank you!
Great Info site!!! David what happen to your progress. The site was like reading a book… I want to know what happen.
David, great site. Just went back on this and am more confused than ever. We both live in the same area, and I am working with a company in Scottsdale. It seems they do things a little different, like5 -6 small meals a day, breaking up the meals 2-4 hours between each one. They feel a man of 300 pounds and a women of 165 would not be on the same caloric intake. What is your feedback on this. Plus I am doing grams and hate it. I work better in ounces. Any ideas? Should I continue doing what they have shared? It is a bit different than the book; also, balsamic v is not good due to sugar nor is Salmon and Tuna of which I did the first time around. Is that exceptable? Lastly, this place said you can eat as many veggies as you want, not portion control….?????
@Skye Rivers – Well I’m no expert and only went by what my wife (who thoroughly researched HCG)told me to do. As far as a 300 lb person needing more calories than a 165 lb person, that is a myth, at least according to the “Pounds and Inches” ebook. In fact I believe the book goes so far as to say that a 300 lb person has more abnormal fat reserves to burn energy off of than a lighter person.
The main idea of the low calorie diet while taking HCG is that the diet provides just enough for a person to maintain a healthy physique and not be hungry and when the body burns the 500 calorie intake, it will then pull from the abnormal fat reserves – thus causing one to lose weight.
I know the Balsamic has sugar but I hated Red Wine Vinegar cause it’s to sour. I also avoided Salmon and Tuna and when eating fish, stuck to what is suggested on the list.
Finally, you say your consultant says to eat as many veggies as you want but in reality the more you eat, the more calories you intake.
If you have yet to read “Pounds and Inches” I suggest you Google it, download it and give it a read.
I am a female and I lost 33 pounds in forty days on the hCG diet. I flubbed up a bit some days, but each meal is a chance to get back on the diet. I was amazed by my progress. Before the hCG diet, I had been trying everything I could find or create, starvation, fasting, detox diets, and of course, high fat, high protein, low fat, low protein, vegetarian, and plain old balanced low calories to no avail. I finally found the hCG diet, researched Dr. Simeons (I was impressed by his life’s work and credentials) and watched the YOUTUBE videos of people on the diet. I found a clinic offering the protocol and started.
I LOVE THIS DIET. After I stopped the diet, the weight stayed off. It has been seven months of no weight gain. I gave away my “fat” clothes. I love wearing my size 6 wardrobe! If middle age has made anyone feel like giving up on ever being slender, hCG works! Try it!
David, I can not thank you enough for the information you have shared. I do not want to got with the injections and thrilled to hear you can take Sub-lingual. Could you please ask your wife to clarify the dose. Thank You So Much!!!!
David, congrats and Thanks for sharing your experience. Yours pretty much sums up mine, almost to a T, only that I lost 53lbs in 45 days. I do believe that the key to making this successful is staying with the protocol, and not experimenting or adding foods or other substances to it. I also went with sublingual dosing.
The entire time during the diet, I did not exercise, but worked hard, physically, 6 days a week.
Best wishes to you and all that read this!
I just started this diet and I’m on day 6 and I have lost 6 punds!! This is great! I have tried 5 million diets and I exercise regularly and nothing compares to this! I weigh 240 and it is staring to come off! I can’t wait to see what happens at the 40 day mark!
Redd
Thanks for your encouragement. I have been on the sublingual HCG for 30 days and lost 24 pounds so far, and I know I would have lost more if I had not gone off the diet for a couple of meals several times. I am a wife and Grandma who does all the cooking for family events and ended up just eating right along with the relatives that were visiting since I didn’t tell anyone I was on a diet. I sort of got bored and felt like I am loosing my momentum with staying with the program. I drank diet soda which seems to stimulate your appetite and I take nibbles of things if I really crave that food so this has really slowed down my weight loss. Then, I added one egg in the morning with salsa which seems to help me since I always make breakfast for my husband and sit down with him. I haven’t been starving, but I do get hungry so I find that if I take a bite of some chicken wrapped in lettuce, it’s one of the snacks that doesn’t make me gain weight. The great thing is, even though I haven’t followed the low calorie diet like I should have, I really see my weight loss in the way my clothes have gotten too big. I skip taking the HCG once every 7 days, and so I wondered if you could tell me if I can continue on the HCG past 40 days or not. I need to loose another 40 or 50 lbs. to be the correct weight and since I didn’t do so well so far, I was planning to order more HCG and keep going. I did this on my own without anything more than information on the web and I don’t know anyone else who has ever done this before so I didn’t know who to ask. Can you tell me if this will work or do I really have to quit taking it when I run out of my last batch? Thank you and God Bless You.
congrats david! that is awesome. i started injections 3 days ago and today was my first day on the 500 calories. i am a little hungry, but not too bad..considering. i am thinking of starting a blog dedicated to hcg diet recipes. i have yet to get sick of my ‘chicken and salad’ meals…but it’s only been one day. 😉 hehehe. i am really hoping to lose around 35-40 pounds on this first round…take some time off and lose another 35-40. i am extremely over-weight. it’s exciting to see so many other people engaging in this controversial treatment. i have some friends and family that think i am absolutely nuts.
Mary I love your idea about starting a web site for recipes.
David, I am at the close of day 4 and have followed the diet very strictly.
I AM STARVING!! I went for an hour walk outside today and it was difficult for me. Do you know why? I take this walk all the time and just didnt have any energy today.
Could you and your wife share some recipes?
thanks for the info it really helped
@Karen – If I experienced any hunger pains during HCG, I think I just drank lots and lots of water… either that or go to sleep.
Sometimes I also ate a Melba Toast or two and that would subdue any hunger pains.
That being said, I think most of my struggle, at least for the first week revolved around simply breaking the habit of eating all the time (i.e. meals, snacking, etc.). I wasn’t used to limiting myself to just 2 small meals a day. However after a week, it was quite the norm and the habit of just eating something to eat was pretty much gone.
well 30 years later i’m ready to get started again!!! 30 yrs ago i did this and then i got really sick and had to take big big steriods and have gained 200 lbs but now i’ve had a gooooood talk with my self and now that i can find this again i’m going to try again !!!! hope i can do this 1 yr ago i went to dr. and pleaded for help????? they said every thing was normal come back in 3 months i told her i would be back in 12 months to get rxs that everything was normal????? she then said if i give you some thyroid will you come back in 3 months???? ok
well that little yellow pill 1.0 synthroid i’ve lost 30 lbs haven’t had to take steriods and have only had alittle bit of asthma ????? so i’m ready to do this!!!! hope this will help some of your other readers dr. said the thyroid shouldn’t do this but i feel better than i have in 30 yrs go figure!!!! thanks for lettin me share wish me luck
Hi. Thank you for such a helpful blog. i am on day #3 of the VLCD, so far 2 1/2 pounds, no feelings of hunger or cravings and more energy than normal..wooo!hooo! I have been reading every thing i can about the protocol. However, i am unable to find anything regarding exercise. I did find tht all massages are discouraged but i find nothing about exercise. A must? a reccomendation? what type? thank you in advance for any help you can give me on this.
I just finished Phase II and starting phase III but how long do you have to wait to start another round?
I love your blog. One question, did you eat any other kind of steak other than cube and how often?
@patti – I think I ate sirloin a couple of times but mostly stayed with chicken as it is a leaner meat with less calories.
David- Did you ever eat salads with tomatoes, cukes, onions etc.? Did you mix your vegetables? Also, did you ever have eggs or fat free cottage cheese? Did you eat all organic? Hard to find organic meats, chicken, some fruits, but no grapefruit in my area?
Thanks for responding to my last question
@patti – No did not add ingredients to salads nor mix vegetables. Also no eggs and cottage cheese I hate. Yuk! 😉
Dear David,
This is such a great site for new beginners to HCG. I am on my 2nd week using HCG shots. I dropped 10 lbs within the first 7 days. Now it seems like I am at a stand still. Although my inches have been dropping, my weight just seems to have stopped. I am hoping that it is my body adjusting to the inch loss. I feel I am strict with the diet, but some days I feel very constipated and I think that is playing a role in my weight loss not going as fast. Any suggestions on how to get this thing moving again. Did you experience days where your weight loss stopped and than it started again after a few days? Curious if anyone else has experienced this. Thanks again, your site is great!
This site is very informative and great to distract me from snacking 🙂 I am on day 15, down 12 lbs. I am the SAME as Shiela. On day 10 I got STUCK at 10 lbs. for 3 days and tried the 6 apples a day with no water to finally lost 2 and still, no loss from there. I am stuck! I even cut out melba toast and the extra fruit. Help me, too!! I only have a week left and want to make it count! Thanks 4 the advice 🙂
My weight was stuck for about 4-5 days. I decided to drink tons more than I had been and take a colon cleanse for a couple of days. It worked and my weight started to move again. I think the body has to catch up in inch loss to the large amount of weight lost.
My question now is, on the paper work I received it talked about loading. Do you only load once? Or do you load after every time you take a break and start again on the program? No where in my paperwork from the Doctor does it talk about having to do it more than once.
I am using homeopathic HCG drops 3 times a day. I am on day five and have lost 7 pounds. It comes premixed so all I have to do is count out 10 drops and hold it under my tongue for 2 minutes. I am following the same diet that has been mentioned above.
what should you do when ya screw up, give in & it something not on the diet, say a beer & hotdog at the ballgame, shame, shame. should I take my shot or skip, take water pill, laxative? help me for I have sinned.
thanks, I too have been on 2 wks 11 pounds gone, but I gained 2 from the oops. I am afraid my doc that I get my hcg from is gonna cut me off if I gain so I hopw I get it off by Friday a my apt!!!
Wow, that sucks to be under that kind of microscope. My nurse practitioner gave me the prescription and refills, the plan and wished me luck. My kind of lady for sure! What was wonderful is when I went to fill the prescription and my insurance paid for it! WOW 20 bucks for HCG and all the needles. Your doing great for 11 lbs in 2 weeks. Keep up the great job! Stay on track and you will lose it no problem.
Hello,
I’m 19 and 6’6″ at my highest was 307 pounds. Most people never realized I was that fat because of my height. I’ve been on the diet for 7 days now and have lost 7 pounds. I have only been taking half of the recommended dosage and my meals have been more like 1500 calories. Do you think if I increase my dosage or lessen my calorie intake that I will lose quicker? Thanks for your speedy reply and I’m so happy for you!!! Hopefully I can post a wonderful experience like yours in a month or so…
hi. I am in a bit of a predicament. I misunderstood the instructions and did not do the loading days. I am now on day 4 and have not lost any weight. Should I start over or keep at it. Has anyone ever done this? I was so excited and so determined. I have been very hungry, but grabbed water and have been very strict. What should I do? So thankful dor your sight and congrats to you!
David,
I just started this diet two days ago and my first real hard day is tomorrow and I’m pretty nervous. I weighed exactly what you did when you first started and my goals are exactly the same “190”. I’m a big boy and I eat quite a bit so this is going to be pretty intense. Give me some advice on how to stay the course with this thing!
I am a 32 yr old female weighing 139 standing 5’5″. I had a gastric bypass 5 years ago. Due to a change in birth control 14 months ago, I gained 17 lbs. I have tried everything to lose this extra weight. I had a little bit of trouble eating on my load days due to stomach pains (getting checked on Monday for gallstones). Today is my first day of the VLCD. I really haven’t been hungry and for the first time I don’t feel like food is filling my every thought. Chicken is the only meat I eat, and I don’t really care for it that much so we will see how it goes.
I came up with a great recipe! I used my mandolin slicer to cut up some cucumber and red onion. I then mixed in a little bit of water, apple cider vinegar, garlic power, salt & pepper, and stevia. After a good shaking, I let it all marinate for a few hours. This was wonderful!!!!
Is there any limit to the amount of Stevia you can use and still be successful. I’m pn my first load day and starting to get nervous for day 3 and beyond
By realigning our bodies massage can go a long way to repairing our generally damaged postures.; payday loans 703;
Paula’s blog was very inspiring for me. I am on day 2 (loading); I am also very nervous about the VLCD. I am going to the grocery store after work today to purchase VLCD diet friendly foods. Not really sure where to purchase Stevia. I hope this diet works for me. I am doing homeopathic drops that I got from a family physician. I plan to make a blog page of my own to inspire others.
~~~MKG From what I understand, there is no limit on the Stevia. It has no calories, there are no known side effect, all natural, and a Zero on the glycemic index.
~~~Paula I found the plain stevia at my local Frys Grocery store in the organics section, priced at 10 dollars for a 2 oz bottle *this lasts a really long time I also found all the flavored stevias at Sprouts, but they were $12. I got the vanilla creame stevia. It’s great in coffee, mixed w plain water it tastes like cream soda, and I also put the vanilla stevia w 4 or 5 strawberries in the blender w. ice and water. It makes quite a bit and tastes like a smoothy/slushy.
I am back on the HCG sublingual drops again after a three month break. I still had more to loose and wanted to see how I would do after I stopped. I lost 35 lbs. in 45 days, but I think I need some help with maintenance because I sort of didn’t change my habits so I gained back some of what I lost, about 12 lbs., but I really didn’t watch what I ate at all. This time I am only going to do it for 15 days because I read that your body will respond better to the HCG if you wait a few weeks in between each 15 day session and, also, psychologically, I think I can force myself to stay on the VLCD when I know it’s only for 15 days. Does anyone know how long you can use HCG? I buy HCG online and mix one 5000 I.U.with 9 ML of sublingual B-12 and 6 ML of Silver Biotics, then I take 1/2 ML each morning and each evening under my tongue and hold it for a couple of minutes. I got all the information on the internet but can’t find out if I can take the drops more than a few sessions. I am on day 2 of my new session and I’m doing okay so far, but still it’s a battle to fight the urge to eat more than the plan allows. I am having one egg in the morning, cooked in a non-stick pan with a little Pam and I put a small spoon of salsa on it. It really helps keep me from getting too hungry.
do you lose muscle while doing this? Can you still have energy needed to do cardio, and weight training weekly. Does it effect hormone levels in men.
Ok, I’m just finding out about the Hcg plan. I read the Dr. Simeon ebook. Are you people doing this thru a doctor’s office? Or on your own? I’m not afraid of needles (Im a medical assistant). Seems like the injections would work best? Where are you ordering the Hcg from? I’m 5′ and weigh about 175. Or is this a scam or fake or a reality?
Does this stuff really work? Where are you buying it and do you need a doctor’s prescription? If so, how do you get one? Is a doctor suppervising or not? Can I skip[ the doctor visits?
Ron ~~~ You may lose a small amount of muscle, but nothing major. As for working out, it is ok to do weight resistance training, but no cardio. As soon as your heart gets pounding, your body will try to reserve every calorie.
TGTO ~~~ I did my hCG thru a Dr with the injections and paid $300.00 for a 21 day phase. My sister, however, ordered the sublingal drops over the internet, approx $20.00 bucks a bottle that lasts 2 weeks. She is on her first week and has lost 10.5 lbs. She said she hasn’t had any cravings and doesn’t feel hungry.
I just finished my 3 weeks and am now onto Phase 3 (maintenance). I started at 141, and am now at 128. I was hoping to lose 5 more lbs, but I feel great at this size. If I decided to do another short round in the future, I will definately do the drops.
Hi there,
Just a yummy suggestion. preslice your apples (I like Jazz apples) and squirt some fresh lemon over them. I did this just for easiness and when I took them to clinicals I was like WOW YUMMMY. I have kept them for over a week now no browning and just as yummy.
I think that the George foreman grill I had tucked away for a year is a godsend and I am grilling most of my meats on it. My favorite so far is Talapia. We messed up our first week unknowingly, gained 9 pounds YIKES!!!! No on day 4 of the real deal and I have lost 7lbs.
I cook for my hobby so I will be trying out some interesting combos. I would love recipes for P1 if anyone has them. Also just to re-check…..We are doing IM injections and doing .5cc’s daily right?
Blessings,
Summer
Summer Apples, especially granny smiths, with lemon have been a favorite of mine for a long time. I even add a little salt sometimes, but then again I like salt on most fruits. If you are a fan of hot sauce, thats good on apples too. I live here in AZ so we put hot sauce on everything. I have a great salad dressing made w. green tobasco, apple & red wine vinegar, water, a little lemon and all kinds of spices.
What is the website to order sublingual Hcg drops that some of you are mixing with sublingual B12? What are the mixing instructions, or does it come with directions? Do the drops work as well as the injections? Please respond quickly. Thanx
TGTO ~~~~ the website where the sublingual drops were ordered from is http://shop.changesforlife.net
You can get the B12 drops from any health food store. My sister is doing great on the drops so I see no difference. Good luck!
FYI it is the HCG Detox 1 fl oz (30 ml) bottle.
I saw the question asked, but never answered, “do you have to skip one day a week from taking the HCG”? I thought I read that but now can’t seem to find it. Just starting out (day 1 loading) on a 26 day plan, currently 5′ 5″ 135lbs…..at least before all this loading 🙂
Hi everyone! I just wanted to say ‘thank you’ to David for sharing his blog with us. I just got started on the hcg diet on Sunday. I loaded on Sunday and Monday and started the VLCD on Tuesday and I am down….get this…11.2 pounds…in THREE days! I am beyond ecstatic. I’ve also found some great secrets already kick up the taste of your meals a few notches while also helping curb your appetite, soooo, drop me a line and thanks to all of you awesome for inspiring me every step of the way!
I should also mention that my start weight was 219. I gained 3 pounds during loading and had gained about 10 planning my sister’s wedding this summer…prior to that I had hovered around 200-205. It’s also worth mentioning that I too have tried literally every diet on the planet from Weight Watchers, Protein Power (which i did lose a considerable amt of weight on back in 2000 only to eventually gain it back), Eat Right for Your Type, South Beach, Dr. Phil’s diet, hypnosis…I took Adipex, did The Zone, Factor 5, Jenny Craig, Metabolic Research, fasting…you name it…i did it and in the process really screwed up my metabolism. This is the only thing that is working for me given my history with yo-yoin and abusing diets in general. I am a firm believer to anyone reading this! God bless the USA today and every day!
Phase 3, Kill the carb cravings. As soon as I got into P3, all my carb cravings came crashing back. I found a way to satisfy them. Pancakes! Yep, but these ones are packed w good stuff. I put one banana, 2 1/2 scoops vanilla whey protein power (mine is low cal and less than a gram of sugar) a tablespoon of SF peanutbutter, a pinch of baking powder, a handful of almonds, and slowly add a small amount of water until it becomes a batter like consistancy. I cooked these in a non-stick skillet over med-low heat. They don’t puff up as much as a regual pancake, and are a little on the dry side but top them with some SF jelly and they hit the spot. I will play around w. the recipe a little to see what I can do with it, but for now, I have a smile on my face and a full belly. ahhhh.
I mixed the batter in a blender, guess I forgot that part. oops.
Great idea Kerri! My struggle I knew was going to be social outings and with that…cocktails! It is football season now and everything is abuzz…I went out last night and had a great time with NO alcohol whatsoever…what i did was pack several Truvia packets in my purse and wherever I went i order ice water with a cup of limes. I squeezed about 5 or 6 limes in each glass and put about a packet and a half of Truvia in it…makes like a limeade, but when you’re on the town, tastes like a mojito! Hey, I guess you could even ask for some mint too or throw that in your purse as well! Just thought I’d share…it worked really well for me…I never felt like I was missing anything and I saved a ton of money! btw, down another 2 today, for a total of 13.2 since starting the VLCD on Tuesday : ) Cheers!!!
I have had the great opportunity to read these posts, and I am almost totally convinced that I want to try this. I want to lose weight long term, but my success with losing weight in a few days, means whenever I stop the process…I GAIN WEIGHT. I wanted to confirm that these testimonials are REALLY TRUE, before I get my hopes and weight UP. Thank you for your honesty
Zenna, I know you don’t know me and I can only speak for myself, but I can assure you the testaments written here on these pages are very TRUE! I too have struggled with weight all my life and am having great success on hcg. 14.2 pounds in 8 days! I have had a lull for the past couple of days, but i know it is only because i need to drink more water and watch my salt intake. If you want feel free to check out my blog on tumblr…see a face and know that we (and our results) are very real! I hope you try it and see for yourself too! Ciao bella! jentheredonethat@tumblr.com
I am a 42 yr old that has tried every diet on the Planet! My sister first did this diet and I thought wow that is really extreme I couldn’t do that, doesn’t sound safe to lose that fast. Well, I had a dr appointment a few months ago and my dr is now offering this diet also. So I talked to him about it and he assured me this is 100% safe and works IF you follow the Protocal as wriiten by Dr Simeons. Well I ended up doing this diet….but I got my drops online( ALOT cheaper than my Dr office charges) I did the short round 23 days HCG and lost 24.5 pounds! Today is my 8th day of maintenance and (knock on wood) I have not had any issues with gaining beyond the 2 pds allowed. I have stayed right on!!!
I am going to do another short round(23 days) after this maint. and should be done by the holidays. I am praying I have the same good luck the 2nd go round!
I would reccomend this diet to anyone. It is awesome! I feel better than I have in years.
Good luck everyone.
Suzi – where did you order your drops from? What dosage? I am wanting to start this diet but all the HCG mixing etc makes me nervous. I really need to lose the weight and am inspired by this website.
oh my god i startd this diet 7days ago i am so excited i lost 10pds, then something told me to cheat and i regret it so much i wish i can take it back, so after not losing anything for 3 days i got so upset my lovely aunt decided to cook and i took just a teaspoon of rice to taste it, will that affect me in not loosing anything for 3 days again that teaspoon of rice a lil tiny bit
I have been doing this for 13 days and I have lost 15 lbs and 16 inches over all. Best thing I could have found that finally work! Good luck to everyone. I keep in mind everyday I’m paying too much money to deviated and plus I’ve eaten enough bad food so I owe this time to myself. Stick to the plan 199%.
switch from vicodin to tramadol zgcm weightgain with lexapro or cymbalta qdztz how many inactive pills in mircette 😀 omeprazole and itching =[[
Hello all, I have seen a few posts asking how to pep some of the foods up to taste better. 2 things that work great……chichen broth, when cooking in a pan couple with garlic salt, lemon.
My favorite is boiling sliced portabello mushrooms, chicken, green curry spice, garlic salt and sliced jalpeno peppers in chicken broth……sooo tasty and low cal, no sugars, no carbs—not to bad adding some spinach in that mix as well
I am new, today is my first day (3rd) on the drops, do you have a certain length of time you have to hold the drops under your tongue for it to work?
Thanks, Jlynne
Felicia,
You are so right! I do owe it to myself, I deserve to feel and look great! Thanks for the lift!
Jlynne
30 seconds Jlynne! ; ) Good luck!
My husband and I are going to a ball game on day 2 of loading. Is it OK to have beer or wine on the loading days? Has anyone had alcohol on the loading days?
Just a question, I have to fly out of town next week. As I purchased my injectable HCG on the internet- it does not have a pharmacy label. My doctor will write a prescription for it- will that get it through security at the airport? Oh, and I am on day 9 with 7 lbs lost- woohoo!! Love the vanilla stevia on sliced strawberries.
Just started the diet. Is it ok that the drops have alcohol in them? Will it slow down wt loss? can you eat tuna, balsamic vinegar, or any type of salad dressing? what type of cuts of beef are allowed? Please respond with tips for eating correctly. Thanks for all your help everyone!
Questions about carbs; On the diet, you can have 1 melba toast/ 1 grissini or 4 saltines (Per doctor’s protocol). Is that okay to have the 4 saltines? Also, what do you do after? No sugar no starches, does that mean no crackers?
Hello everyone, I am currently on my 6th day on the HCG diet and I did 3 days of food and fat overload prior. I am thrilled to report Since Thurday of last week (6) days I have gone from 224 lbs to 211. That”s thirteen pounds in 6 days….that’s insane. Please note the first few days are hard also the second day I experienced a massive headache that lasted all day and would not subside with tylenol or advil.This i believe is the release of toxins from the body.currently i feel great. I am not hungry, tired or dizzy in fact i feel clear headed, the mucous in the post nasal drip has gone away and I feel energized. My goal is to be at my ideal weight. 140 by my 48th Birthday which is Jan 20th. I have a feeling I will surpass that goal long before. Only time will tell.
Mary
TGTO- I am from Canada and the cheapest site I found them on was Ebay. Where did your sister find them for 20 dollars a bottle and were they from Mediral?
Sorry Attention Kerri the previous message was for you. thanks
Can you eat grissini sticks after you are done with all shots? I just want to know if you can still eat some form of carbs (no sugar no starches) What is acceptable??? HELP!!!!!!!!!
Hello all
I ordered my HCG Drops yesterday
I need all your tricks… for a successful new lease on life!
I am ready.
Hope to hear from everyone.
Hey every one, today is my first day of a 500 calorie intake and I am not sure if already cheated I had coffee for breakefast with two stevia for flavor and 1-2 tsp of nonfat milk just to make me feel better about my coffee I am trying to lose about 30-35 lbs and I really cant wait to see the results after one week, I plan on posting my progress at least two time a week good luck to all.
I have found information about the HCG way to lose weight and followed it. At first things seemed to be OK, I was extatic by the feeling HCG gave me.
I dropped 7 pounds very fast.
Then, hunger came, in waves. I tried to hold on to the diet. The hunger got higher and higher, until I stopped dieting because I couldn’t stand it.
During the diet, my hair started falling, and my energy plummeted to a level at which I couldn’t do my work.
Now I gained about 14 pounds. I am 7 pounds heavier than when I started.
do you know a safe website i can buy this at?
Go to DIYHCG.com 2oz bottle $75
Hi there. Thank you for this site and the helpful information you have shared. I have seen the billboards around Dallas and finally decide to search on the web. This site came up first and after reading it I went ahead and set a conultation with the Dallas clinic. I liked what they had to say but $1500 was more than I cared to spend. lol
So I came back here to see what else I could find out about doing this on my own. I ended up ordering online from escrow and the kit arrived quickly while the HCG took longer to get here. Finally came in yesterday and I just took it.
I am excited about this new journey and hope to lose 130 pounds over the course of this. I am sitting here typing this with my first dosage under my tongue and almost wishing I had gone for the shots. lol It doesn’t taste bad but I don’t like keeping liquid under my tongue and not swallowing for 15 minutes. crapp…just swallowed a little. Still doesn’t taste terrible and I am nearly done holding it anyway.
The purpose of me writing was kinda to distract me and give me something to do while I had this stuff in my mouth so i wouldn’t think about it too much. lol Also I wanted to say Thank You to everyone for sharing your experiences and answering questions.
I will post in a few days after I start the 500 cal diet. I am not looking forward to that part but I am tired of being so large.
Have a great day. 🙂
Is it okay to use truvia?
question…i’ve been trying to research but have come up with no solid answers. My husband has epilepsy and is on meds. Do you know if taking the HCG will have any effect on these or any meds? HELP!
Robert…. Sounds like you got “snake-oil” buddy! Sadly there are jerks out there selling false hcg! What u went through sounds like u had no hcg in your system. Try hcgdiet.com for the sublingual drops. They even give u a recipe book!! :). A friend of mine has list 20 lbs in 2 weeks so far with their drops!! Don’t loose heart. I am at the end of the first 500 calorie day and only a tiny little bit hungry but that is normal after stretching your stomach on binge days! I have a friend who has a lot of medical issues and she is doing awesome on the diet too… She is doing shots with a doc in town.. No thank u! LOL. I don’t do shots!!! Hint for drops….. Set your cell phone alarm three times a day so you take your drops regularly.
Oh btw Robert….. Did u leave your hcg in a place that it got warm? That can ruin it too.
Congratulations David and Everyone else, every one an inspiration and good read.
I have dieted for 17 days and have lost 20 pounds.
I agree with everything you say, am not too hungry but alittle bored with no food to plan or eat and alittle empty, which is many ways feels good.
I worked out hard one day, rode my bike 26 miles, and won’t do that again till after the 42 days … I was so hungry for 12 hours that could axe murdered anyone for a burger or a sub sandwich …..
I use alot of hot sauce on the food, eat alot of asparagus and spinach and generally have found the diet relatively easy.
Good luck on your next bout and final weight.
Ted
I am glad to see this site is still active. Any of the OP’s still around to give us an update? David??
I just started and finished my loading days. Start VLCD tomorrow. I get the shotts locally from an MD and they are preloaded. I am a total needle phobe and wasn’t sure I could do it, but I’ve done 2 injections. Really affordable too.
My concern is preparing meals. I am really busy all the time. Any ideas on how to make some meals aheadb of time to grab?
How do you know which HCG to start with. There are so many different ones on PharmacyEscrow.com. I would like to lose 20-30 lbs.
Awesome David,
I have been looking into HCG for a few weeks now and I am having trouble pulling the trigger because all of the physician assisted websites I have talked to charge from 700-1000 to get the product. After your blog I see that if I am reading right I can buy the 43 day injection program for under a 100.00. Is this what you did? Did you join a physician clinic for support? I do not think I need the support but I want to make sure I do it right. But, I am having a hard time thinking I will have to pay up to a 1000.00 even though it would be worth it if I new it worked.
What exactly did you order from pharmacyescrow.com?
Or how did you do the program?
Sorry for all the questions, I just want to make an educated decision.
Why did my post directing people to a website that can ACTUALLY help them get rejected?? Not selling anything, just good info and advice free to everyone…some posts that did make it ARE advertising!!!
BTW-if you really are interested in helping people, allow the hcgdietinfo link, OR try to answer questions people ask you for a change!!!
I see Jay’s question on whether or not you skipped the 7th day dose while on the 43 protocol. That is my question. Is it “extremely” important to skip that once a week dose to prevent possible immunity? My thought is, if a person is only going to do 40 shots in 40 days, and the “possible” immunity does not happen until around then, why skip the shot? Doesn’t skipping the shot extend the process another week – so that you get 40 doses in? I’m confused as to what to do!
I have ordered my HCG and am anxiously waiting for it. I do have a few questions if someone wouldn’t mind answering. 1) Why do you have to “Load”? 2) I read that as a woman I can not take the HCG during my period. Is this correct and why? 3) With the 500 calories a day can you substitute a meal for a Lean Cuisine or a Healthy Choice entree as long as it stays within the allowable caloric intake? 4) Can you drink diet sodas?
Thanks for your replies.
Kelly
David, I read your story and I am looking forward to starting the diet. However, I have read some terrible things about pharmacyescrow ripping off people. Have you experienced this in any way? Please let me know soon. Thank you!
i have a question so im on the diet, on the first day of 500 calorie and ate just right that night i stepped on the scale and i gained 3 lbs from just that first day! the next morning i lost the 3 lbs again. is that normal or should i be worried???? HELP
i lost 38lbs in 43 days and thought that i might be of help to some people out there who have just started this protocol.u could try buying from Allday chemist.com, i leave in the Uk and have always gotten my orders say ..10days (frm india)
loading: a patient could not be kept on a 500cal diet unless his normal fat reserves were well stocked.
Menstruation:u cannot take your Hcg while menstrating,but the diet is continued, resume Hcg immidiately after menses.no food substitutes, diet sodas,lean cuisine xcept the ones in the protocol.if u followed it to the teeth, u’ll soon find you’re not hungry @ all…try joining hcg dieters yahoo group, it could be of gr8 support.
I fell off the wagon with wanting to drink wine on weekends. I regained the 10 lbs I had lost!I heard the homeopathic drops are useless!? Any experience? The diet was also on the news and an endocrinologist said it was all bunk! I want to know how or if anyone has actually KEPT the weight off for any length of time? Its not that hard to lose it–but keeping it off is the real challenge! I want answers please!
the homopathic are the ones I use and they are working great for me.
Thank you 4u2nv, your information was very helpful. I have received my kit but am anxiously waiting for my HCG so I can get started.
i am on my six th day and til now i lost 5 pounds it great. i am cheeting aliyle , actually i am having a fglass of wine the past 3 days , i dont know if this is bad or not But!!!!!!
I didn’t realize if I eat turkey breast, or chicken breast, or turkey pattie or say 90% lean beef patty or steak if I weight them at 100 grams, then I have to adjust the vetables because of the amount of calories?
I need help. I’m on my 4th day. I feel tired and kinda runned down. I’m a size 8 wanting to get to a 3.
I bought Homepathic HCG as well. I am suppose to take 4 ml, 3 x a day 15 minutes prior to eating or drinking with each meal.
I am on day 29 of 43. Am using the homeopathic HCG drops and have lost 28 pounds. Friend is doing the HCG injections and has only lost 16 pounds. The diet is very easy to follow through with. I’m not hungry or craving foods. The 500 calories is actually satisfying me. Good luch to everyone.
has anyone else bought their hcg on ebay? I’ve bought 4 bottles for 54 dollars on there. It says Mediral on the bottles, with the purple band on the label? Is this the right product?
Hi!
I was woundering if you can help me as far as the HCG diet. This is day 11 and I have only lost 3 plds. I have been following the diet to the T !! The last 2 days I have cut out the fruit and most veggies. I’m doing all protien. Well still weight the same. What can I do or what am I doing wrong. I’m reading about people losing 1 to 2 pounds a day, not me !
Any suggestions would be appreciated.
Thank You
Kathy
Kimber,
Hi, I’m on my 8th day and have lost 9 lbs. I also felt somewhat tired, but am now over that as was also very busy with work and personal life.
Am also experiencing bad breath (or at least that’s what I’m told), I can’t tell it. This is good as I am in the Ketosis stage of burning that dreaded FAT. But thanks to David Wallace, am going to buy the mints at Starbucks, I just didn’t want to jeopardize the protocol.
Quick question, has anyone skipped phase 4 and went right back into phase 2? I need to lose 25 more ibs before May 12 and can circle back around and do it if I skip phase 4, any suggestions if this can be done? thanks
Quick question, has anyone skipped phase 4 and went right back into phase 2? I need to lose 25 more ibs before May 12 and can circle back around and do it if I skip phase 4, any suggestions if this can be done? thankss
Dave, Have you maintained your weight loss?
Blessings, Glenda~~~
MIss
March 8th, 2010 at 9:35 am
“has anyone else bought their hcg on ebay? I’ve bought 4 bottles for 54 dollars on there. It says Mediral on the bottles, with the purple band on the label? Is this the right product?”
The first time I did hcg I did it with the homeopathic one and it’s the one you have. It does work.
tgto
February 18th, 2010 at 3:14 pm
I fell off the wagon with wanting to drink wine on weekends. I regained the 10 lbs I had lost!I heard the homeopathic drops are useless!? Any experience? The diet was also on the news and an endocrinologist said it was all bunk! I want to know how or if anyone has actually KEPT the weight off for any length of time? Its not that hard to lose it–but keeping it off is the real challenge! I want answers please!
I did hcg for 15 days (I ran out of drops and will power b/c I didn’t have the cookbooks etc). I lost 15lbs in 15 days and since then I have put back on 7lbs but that took work. I’ve been eating horribly and it’s hard to put back on. I’m starting my next round tomorrow.
Becky
I have not started yet need info on where to get HCG you said you are using the drops can you please let me know where you got them. What about the cookbook and other guide tools any info would be great I am excited for all of you who are having such good results.
I started this diet 5 days ago because a friend has lost a lot of weight and is starting a website to sell the product from her supplier. She gave me it free as long as I did before and after pictures for her website which should be up in a few months and she currently just ships them locally to people that she talks to about it. Anyways I’ve lost 7lbs in 5 days. And to correct him your not suppose to eat the same thing everyday, mix ur proteins up and ur veggies and fruit if possible, it says in his book but congrats on the weight loss. Dont buy off ebay, if its too cheap than its too good to be true. There are bottles out there for 75 or more and still arent pure hcG. IF anyone wants to contact me I would be more than happy to put u in touch with someone that has pure hcG directly from her dr supplier. This isnt an attempt to spam either lol . good luck
David
I started the HCG and lost 3 pound the first 3 days, I wasnt serious about it and a bit confused with having to count calories. So can I just start over? HELP
Jon,
Is your friend selling Homeopathic or the real actual Hormone?
@Ruth
Make sure you read “Pounds and Inches” by Dr. A.T.W Simeons first then try again. You can get this ebook at link below.
https://www.davidwallace.com/docs/Pounds%20&%20Inches.pdf
Also if you need to purchase HCG or supplies, see links in original post above.
Thank you DAVID
I bought my HCG on ebay and it was premixed, I guess it might be delueded.
When I go to the link to purchase HCG from your original post it has too many choices. I am looking to lose 20-25 pounds, what do you recommend for sublingual, can i get premixed?
Hi!
I am just about to start an HCG diet. I got the sublingual drops from my doctor. My weight is almost identical to yours and I was wondering how the diet went for you…anything you have to say will be much appreciated.
Thanks so much!
it says homeopathic on the bottle, she gets it from her dr that works at her hospital and sells them. He has a website already but he sells them even higher for some reason. Anyways I lost including the gorge days 9.1 lbs in the first 5 days. My last 4 weigh in’s have not been so good and im sticking to the protocol pretty tightly so I’m wondering if apple day is neccesary yet. In the last 4 days combined I lost 1.5lbs. Drastic change
I just received my 5000iu premixed HCG and I was told to add 29ml of Bactorstatic water to it. Now I really dont know my daily dosage for a 43 day supply. I have the 50unit diabetic needles and would like to know how much to inject.
Would appreciate some imput about the skip day. I did hcg shots for the past 23 days did not skip a day at all. I forgot. I have about 2 weeks left on hcg, do I start skipping a day now. Would like feed back from other’s experience with this particular?
Peete,
HCG Discount Supplies and HCG Coach are good web site that can help with.
Howdy folks i have been on HCG shots about 3weeks. First two weeks I was WOW. Now i am at a point where i go up and down (kinda sad about that) what y’all reckon has caused this i walk relax walk in the evening and dont use lotions ; however the other day like Sunday I cheated. Would I be paying for that now?
Rodric13,
Hitting a plateau is normal. Your body is just adjusting its self and you will start to see a drop again. Probably not what you first started out with. Have you read Pounds and Inches? It is all explained in there.
I’m AMAZED! 16 days on HGC and lost 18 pounds!I love this stuff and whew I was tired of being fat again! Still have 24 days to go and the fat will be gone whoo! hoo! I guess I’ll take a break and do another 40 days when allowed.
I’m not able to start your program yet not working, don’t know if I can pay for it at this time. Please let know of a way to do your progam on an buget.
Thanks
I’m usually great at following diets..but wow, this seems sooo intense and very difficult to follow! I think my greatest concerns are being able to drink a cocktail or two from time to time. Is there a period where you get to take a break and still maintain your weight loss?? Also..if you dont mind..can you give me a detailed menu of what you ate? if you have a journal that you’d liike to share..i’d love that!
Rita, I bought my drops on ebay for $33.50
I don’t usually check in on here too much, I go to Davids other blog, but go to ebay and put in hcg diet.
Sherrie have you had good success with the drops? Have thought about the drops instead of the shots. Which is best?
I am starting Day 1 today!!! I might be having a problem with the loading part of the diet. I haven’t read anywhere that you can have wine during day one and two of loading. I hope the fact that I’m having it will not affect the diet. I need to go out and buy some fattening foods right now. I really hope this diet works for me. Also, is hair conditioner really off limits???? I cannot go without hair conditioner for a month!
Rose, you can have wine on your loading days. I use my hair conditioner and always have. I think a lot of that depends on if you use the real hcg or homeopathic. I am on the homeopathic. Just make sure you rinse your hair out well
i am starting the diet and am using the ampuoles, but read somewhere that I will need to take colloidal silver and Liquid B12. What is Colloidal Silver and how much of that and the B12 am I supposed to take??
Gina, go on to this website. I take potassium and b-12
mayoclinic.com/health/colloidal-silver/an01682
Can anyone tell me of a good place to get real HCG? Not the homeopathic stuff. Someplace you have ordered from yourself and have had good success. Can’t affor the high priced stuff I have found.
I tried the homeopathic sub drops for about 4 weeks. I lost about 15 lbs. I ran out and gained it all back. I want honest answers: how many of you have been able to keep the weight off after stopping the diet? Which is best: homeopathic or the real stuff? My downfall was wanting a glass of wine
So today is my first day of loading…which i thought would be my favorite part lol, but it’s harder than i thought I get full pretty fast. I read you really need to eat alot for it to work well! So I’ll keep on eat’n, I guess the real work is yet to come! I really want this to work, and I’m nervous & excited at the same time!! :/ I’ll keep ya’ll posted! Good Luck everyone!
I am getting ready to start P3 and need to know if anyone has a list of things to add? I have heard protien shakes, bars, trail mix, and yogurt. I would like to know if there is a certain brand of these things or can you just use any kind? On the trail mix, doesn’t some of them contain fruit with sugar or is it natural sugar? I have been searching for about two weeks to find something and haven’t. I ran across this blog looking so I hope some one out there can help me out. Thank you
Homeopathic has very little HCG if any. This is what’s for sale on eBay and elsewhere. Unfortunately real HCG must be prescribed or bought from online pharmacys that export from other countries. These same websites sell Viagara and other drugs normally needing a presciption.
Your results were likely from your diet practice that I assume was recomended to you by the HCG-type product you purchased. It’s easy to put the weight all back on if you resume old bad habits.
Reliablerx.com has plenty of choices, and this blog has links to other sources such as pharmacyescrow.com
I have used a Homopathic HCG oral drop from Creative Bio Science which my family doctor told me about. Started May 1st 2010 and as of today June 7, I am down 31 pounds
I started out at 330 lbs so now I’m under 300 and want to finish my goal weight of 240 by fall so I can take the family to Disneyland and fit on the rides without embarrasment.
My doctor gave me the choice of injections or this HCG oral drop so I took the drops to try and have not been disappointed in the results. I feel full all the time and have to force my self to eat the 500 calories a day. 3 liters Water is hard to take down and I miss cola!!! but my doctor told me about SOBE Lifewater Chermoya Punch sweetened by Pureiva what a life saver!! Takes that craving away when you want something sweet.
The worst part of the HCG diet was the 3 days of headaches after the load days WOW that was bad! Now the only downfall is getting up several times a night to pee. Positve sides dropping weight and saving tons of money not going out to eat!!
I am not pushing any product on anyone but I am a true believer in the HCG drops I take from this company,
creativebioscience.com or hgc1234.com is the webpages they use.
Oops!
that’s hcg1234.com
I have been on the hcg diet for 22 days. I have lost 17lbs. I am very happy. I have a question. I lose 1 pound every to 3 days, not 1 pound a day. I weigh my chicken and veggie every meal. But I may not eat all my veggie. Or I forget my fruit for that day. I always eat melba snacks (2 small rounds) as a snack or with my meal. My water intake probly should be a little more.My question is why am I not lossing a pound a day?
Is it because I’m not always eating my fruit,all my veggie and not enough water?
I started at 166 now I’m at 149 I feel and starting to see the difference. I’m very pleased with the loss so far. I just want to make sure I’m doing everything I’m suppose to do to lose the most weight in 40 days.
Thank you, Debs
Has anyone continued to consume coffee while on this diet? It’s okay with me if the results aren’t as dramatic, really, I’m only interested in dropping about 15lbs anyway.
I used the drops from hcg1234.com for my second round, it was much better than my first round of injections. I needed some support and they were always there. It’s cool to see someone else with similar experience and the same product, there are so many out there.
As this diet is very popular and I have used it to shed 20 lbs in 26 days I do recommend it to anyone who needs to lose weight. There is hardly any side effects but i did experience constipation and i have done research and that is a side effect of the product but a light laxative will take care of that problem. One thing I do recommend is to do research of where you buy your product as there are many companies that import the HCG Drops from another country. I recommend to spend some time in searching for a HCG Diet made in the USA and in a FDA Approved lab. I purchased the HC diet from a website called http://www.HCG-Diets.net the product is made in the USA! Go USA!
Deb, read pounds and inches. Women lose less then men
@Sherry i just purchase my HCG from ebay too I spoke with the seller and emailed a few of the peeps that have purchased it……So this will be confirmation for me …..did the drops from ebay work for you?
Hello, I am 19 and weigh extremely too much, I was wanting to try this, but first had a few questions…
1. How much is it?
2. So I can only consume 500 calories a day? Isnt that unhealthy? And can I split that into a meal and two different snacks throughout the day? Also does it matter what I eat or not just as long as it is only 500 calories?
3. Would it be possible to lose 40 pounds in two months?
Kimmy:
1) I bought mine on ebay, I got the homeopathic drops 12x30x60. They cost me $24.88 for a 6 week supply with no shipping charges
2)Yes, it’s healthy, as when you’re on the drops, the drops pull an extra 2000-2500 calories a day from your stored fat. A Dr invented this, and a lot of Drs are putting patients on this diet. It’s much healthier than being obese, one of the number 1 killers.
3) how much over weight are you? I started out at 196.6 on March 22, the first week, I lost 9.2 lbs, as of today, I’m down to 148.8 with 13.8 lbs to get to my goal weight. The first time I did it 6 weeks, that was a little too long for me, then I did about 3 weeks of the p3(never did go in to p4). 2nd time I did it 3 weeks, and I’m still on p3 as I am still continuing to lose, so am still staying away from the sugars and starches. Yes, you would probably lose 40 lbs in one month if you stick with it and are as big as you say.
Please read pounds and inches below. If you need any kind of support, e-mail me
at stratman397 at aol dot com Just make sure to put hcg in the subject line so when it goes to spam folder I’ll know it’s from you. I will help you one on one as much as I can
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
You have to remember, there is a difference in constipation and just not having to go period. When you’re not putting much in to your system, you’re not going to have to go to the bathroom. It becomes a nuisance and becomes constipation when you have the urge and can’t go. The best thing to buy is miralax(OTC). That’s what the Dr told me to take. Luckily, out of both times I was on p2, I only actually got constipated one time.
Good luck to all of you who are just starting out and to the ones of you who have lost, congratulations. You’re on your way to a healthier/happier new life
One other thing, my beauticians daughter was very over weight(she weighed over 300 lbs and was probably 5’8″) her first week, she lost 25 lbs
Start loading today. Is it okay if the drops arenot under my tongue for 15 mins? Will I still get the effects? Tell me the best way to conquer this? HELP!!!
No, you don’t put them under your tongue for 15 minutes, just 1-2 minutes, then don’t eat for either 15 minutes after, or with my drops, it was 30 minutes after
Thanks so much. I am a liitle anxious about the plan. Especially eating all the food for three days. Oh my, putting on extra weight.
Can I drink coffee with Stevia as sweetener and creamer? If I HAVE to drink with just Stevia, I can, but really like to put non-dairy powder creamer in my coffee. Any suggestions?
Can I take the skin off a cucumber and eat it with vinegar?
THANKS SO MUCH!!!!
Tonda, you are only supposed to load on the drops for 2 days, not 3. If you start the drops on Monday, you would load Monday and Tuesday and then start the low cal Wed
Thanks for the reply. Why is it that some programs say 3 days of loading and some are 3? Is there a difference in the weight loss?
I don’t think so, other than having more to lose if you do it 3 days. I just went by what pounds and inches said to do, and it says 2 days of loading
can you eat tilapia on this diet?
Tonda, yes, you can have tilapia(it’s a white fish). Any white fish is allowed, except tuna, and some people have even eaten the tuna and been okay with it
Thanks for your help. I have done two days of loading instead of three. I am starting today. A lot nervous. I truly need this to work for me.
Tonda, if you stick with it, it will work. I’m down almost 50 lbs(1.4 to go) and then 11 more after that and I’ll be home to my goal weight.
I’ve been on p3 now for 6 weeks as I’m still losing an average of 2 lbs a week, and just staying away from sugar/starches
I completed my first day. I can’t wait to get on the scale in the morning. Can we use Pam to cook fish/veg?
Thanks
A lot of people use pam to cook with. My sheet said I could have 3T of coconut oil a day(a good oil for you), it’s expensive, and it splatters a lot, but it was good(I used it twice the first time around
Good luck on the scale this morning
Can anyone tell me why on my Body Comp scale my body fat % is going up while I’m losing pounds & inches it started at 30% it is now 35% two week into this program. Puzzeled?????
Thanks for all of the post. I am almost ending a week with only a few sid effects. I have lost 4.5 lbs. Wow for me.
Good job tonda!
Hello can anyone HELP with the few posts that I have posted to Sherrie.
Lisa, I probably wouldn’t go by any kind of body fat comp. I don’t think those things myself, are very accurate.
Thx Sherrie
Just an update so far so good I was 183 on 7/29/10 today I’m 177 yeah me. Yesterday I did experience light headedness. I think I sprinkled too salt on my grilled cabbage so watch out for salt people. 47 more lbs to go.
WTG Lisa, that is a great loss and you will get there. Are you doing 3 weeks of the p2 or 6? My first time I did 6 weeks, but found myself cheating after the 3 weeks, this last time, no cheating, but only went 3 weeks. I’ve been on p3 for 7 weeks now, as I continue to lose an average of 1 1/2 to 2 lbs a week on that. I really don’t want to go back on p2, so am going to try and finish up the loss on p3 before going in to p4. I love p3. 🙂 I have 11.6 left to go..You will get there too..:)
By the way, I doubt the salt caused the light headness, most likely it’s from not getting many calories.
Hello everyone.
I am on my first week of p2 on hcg.
Now for the past 2 days there hasn’t been any loss in pounds.
My mom was telling me that its probably because I have been eating the same exact things for each meal everyday. So maybe my body has been gettin used to it? The list of foods provided are very little. And from the meats provided I only really like chicken so that’s the only meat I have been eating. I boil it. As for veggies (I hate veggies) I stick with a cucumber. As for fruits I mainly been sticking with strawberries but I have had oranges as well. And I could do apples as well. But I was trying to some research to see if eating thee same foods for every meal and everyday was allowed. Does anyone know?
I am not sure of the rationale but, I have read that you should not have the same thing for dinner you had for lunch. This is only my eighth day….still a novice.
Try grapefruit as well. Sprinkle a little cinnamon and truvia on it.
Yea thanks..I have read that also but then also hear that you can eat the same thing every days for both meals too..so I’m switching up my fruits and veggies. I had tomatoe last night (yuck! Haha) I had to sprinkle a little bit of salt on them n drin water right after every bite. And had an orange. Woke up in the morning and 2 pounds down. Yay! For lunch I’m going to try an apple and some radishes.
That’s the problem Melanie, pounds and inches says not to eat the same thing for both meals in the same day. Too many different places are changing what the original plan says to do
My friend gave me a great recipe for asparagus and it’s fantastic
Take your fresh asparagus and clean it then drain in a colander. Take aluminum foil and put on a cookie sheet and spray with pam. Then lay your asparagus on that, without overlapping the asparagus. Spray with pam and add a little sea salt and pepper. Bake on 475 for 15 minutes. That stuffs to die for
Yay good looking out sherrie. Thank you. I will make sure to try that.
Guess I have to go grocery shopping today.
Ok I’ve only lost .06lbs for two days straight. I’m still in my 1st week is this normal? or is something wrong.
How many calories have you been eating? Make sure it’s between 460 and 480 for what I think is the best count to lose weight. Make sure you’re weighing your oranges, apples and strawberries. 5.3 oz of strawberries is 50 calories, and apples and oranges all weigh different too. Are you drinking your 1/2 gallon or more of water a day?
How much are you trying to lose all together? Are you on any medications? Under stress? There are a lot of factors you have to look at..
No Stress, No Meds, getting the right amot of cals. Just on day 3 I started using salt on my food. Have increase liquids since day 3. Was told to chuck the salt a few day to see what happens since that was the only change. S/B back on track by Thurs/Fri with more weight loss. Will let you know. Thx
OMG. I am craving a diet coke. What is wrong with me? What should I do? I must lose 33lbs, to weigh 200. Can this be done?
Thx
I never cut salt out of my diet, infact, I eat it on my watermelon, but that could make you retain. Everyones bodies are different and react differently to things. If you like salt, try the “no salt”. My brother switched to that years ago when he was having heart problems. Not sure if he uses it still or regular salt, haven’t asked him in years.
Sometimes you just stall out for 3 or 4 days. You should have another big loss here shortly.
good luck
Leave the diet coke to p3. I did have 2 diet dr peppers while on p2, as some of the diets say you can have them. I didn’t gain and still lost, but now I haven’t touched a diet pop in weeks. I have quite a few of them sitting in the frig, have been there since April. Just drink your other fluids you’re allowed, and when you get to your p3, you can do the diet drinks. You will get your weight off, just stay with the plan
Hello everyone! I am currently on week 4 of P4 and I have been doing great so far!! My weight has fluctuated between 1-2 pounds so this past weekend I felt it was save to purchase a couple pairs of pants. Since starting HCG I have lost a total of 23.6 pounds, several inches and a whole dress size.
I am very happy! I really want to lose 16 more pounds but so far all I have done is maintained my weight loss…I am happy with that for now. Next year I will do another round of HCG if I don’t lose those last 16 pounds.
Well I actually have to do some work now but I wanted to check in to give everyone an update and to say hello.
For those new to HCG…hang in there because it is worth it!
Hey everyone I have finished my first week… heres the stats 9.2lbs & 8 inches woooohoooooo. Can feel a difference in my skin. Everything has loss inches except my arms & cup size, lol. On my way to week 2. BTW I beleive it was the salt it went from .06 to .08 to 1lbs so Im back on track. Will keep you posted. Smooches
Hello all I finished my 1st week with a 9.2lbs loss & 8 inches. Looking forward to an awesome 2nd week will add alittle walking on the treadmill to increase lbs & inches lost.
Will keep you posted.
I am sure I ate too much today. Maybe a little over 500. Help. It is almost time for the lady thing. HELP
WTG Lisa!! Woot Woot! The first round of p2, I also lost 9.2 lbs. That is just fantastic, keep up the great job!!
Unfortunately that seems to happen that time of the month. I can actually say I’m very happy I’m through those days. Just get going on it again tomorrow. If you have a slight gain, don’t fret, and don’t forget, sometimes you will stall out for 2-4 days but just keep with the program. Remember too, you will probably retain fluids, so don’t get too shook up..You’ll get there
How much time has to lapse before you start over on P2? I think I can only survive on P2 for 3 wks. When do you start phase 3, and how do I transition?
thanks
Tonda, you can stay on p3 as long as you want. If you go back within 2 weeks of being on p3, then don’t load, if anytime over 2 1/2 weeks then reload. I’m on p3 still(8 weeks) and love it. Gradually add back fats(everything but starch and sugar) to your diet on p3. Keep an eye on the scale, if you go 2 lbs over the last drop day, then do a steak and apple or steak and tomato day. You can drink all the fluids you want, but nothing to eat until dinner, then a big juicy steak and tomato or apple
Good luck
I am so tickled that I found this website!!! I am new to this hCG Protocol and am still learning, although it seems pretty simple to say the lease. One day I went to lunch at work and FORGOT to take my hCG …another day was invited to a picnic and “improvised” having grilled chicken breast (removing all ther skin) and a lettuce salad without the dressing. No allowed fruit there so I went without. It is so much easier when you have all you need at hand. BUT with that said its VERY easy and I havew not felt hunger pains at all! It is like David said ..its harder just doing something in the bad habit of “grazing all day” habit! Today is 2nd day of my second week, Wish me luck!
Hello All!
I am in P2 and down 12 lbs. This is awesome!!! I only have about 75 lbs to go! I am wondering why “mint chewing gum” isn’t allowed. What does “mint” do that makes it unallowed on the protocol? I have been chewing the Extra brand “Polar Ice” and still losing but was just wondering? Thanks so much! Can’t wait to hear from you! Good Luck All!!!
Thx Sherry. Lovin the weight lose tried on a pair of Jeans that two weeks ago I counld NOT fit but woooo hoooo I fit them well now. Gotta go see what lse I can fit, lol
Amy awesome I too finished my first week of P2 and lost 9.2lbs and now halfway thru week 2 of P2 with a total lost of 12lbs & 11 inches overall. I did stall alittle b/c of salt and lost only .6lbs for two days but quickly got back on track. lovin’ it
Why is MINT prohibited?
I failed today. What do I do? I felt so lightheaded and dizzy. Yes, I cheated. Am I doomed or can I start over without loading?
HELP
I don’t know the answer to that Amy. I chewed gum (sugar free) the whole time I was on my first p2, then 2nd time around, I still chewed it(not the peppermint) but cut down a lot on how many pieces I would chew. Some things I wish they would have explained in a little more detail, such as the “why” you can’t have this or that. Now that I’m on p3(almost 8 weeks now) I chew even the peppermint sugar free. I wish I had the answer you’re looking for. WTG on the weight loss, keep it up
I’m down 51.6 lbs now with 10 more to go. I actually could be on p4, but love p3. I stopped on the way home from the hospital lastnight(went up to see my new g-daughter) and had a DQ twist cone. Although that’s not allowed on p3, I figured I was safe, since I could be doing the p4. 🙂
Tonda, how far are you in to p2? If you’re on p2, then just get back on the diet like you have been. You may find you put on a little and even going back to your 500 calories you may stall out on the losing for 3-4 days, but just keep on it. I cheated the first time of p2(I was doing the 6 weeks and it got to be too much for me by the 3rd week, as then I cheated). Next round of p2, I never cheated once and did it 3 weeks instead, I think that way is so much easier. Don’t be too hard on yourself, just don’t cheat anymore. If you have to cheat, grab one of your fruits for lunch or dinner and eat it
Down 16 lbs. So happy about it, but I am still struggling. Thanks for the support
Tonda, as I’ve said before, this is a very hard diet, and you are not alone. I was very disappointed in myself the first time I cheated, but I realized I was only human, and some people had more willpower than I had at the time. I do really well now, and have learned I don’t need sugar(no one really does) and very little carbs in my diet. I did have the ice cream cone lastnight, but I had hardly eaten all day, with my nerves being torn up waiting on the new g-baby. The thing is, don’t beat yourself up over it, just start eating sensibly again, if you stall, then you have to realize that you did it to yourself when you cheated. You have to have willpower, and seeing you have lost 16 lbs already, well, that’s great and be happy with yourself for doing that! The p2 is the hardest part of this whole diet, but you can and you WILL get through it and then you can move on to p3, where I think you will really like that. I think I could live the rest of my life on this p3. Although, I know I will have to sooner or later move on to the next phase. I kind of tell myself it’s okay when I do an ice cream cone, or have one little bite of a “no no”, as I could be on that phase right now. I just don’t over due it like I used too, and I’m happy with an ice cream cone once a week or every other week. 🙂 You can’t let food control you, you have to control your food. 🙂
Anyone taking Vit B12 with HCG? If so, where di you get it, is it a pill or liquid?
Thanks for the encouragement. Congrats on your new addition!!!
Anyone taking Vit B12 with HCG? If so, where did you get it, is it a pill or liquid?
I’m new at this. I can figure out the meats and starches. But the veggies have me perplexed. How do you know how much veggies to eat? If I’m calculating correctly I’d have to eat so much veggie serving at each meal that I don’t think I could eat that much.
I seem to have stalled out. I have weighed the same for two days now. Today I haven’t eaten all day so …. we will see tomorrow. I didn’t even feel hungry. Gonig thru an emotional time in my life outside of hCG so …. Any words of encouragement are always appreciated. I am on day 12 and have lost appox 12lbs. It has gotten boring but the countdown is helping me to stay on track. Keep up the good work everyone!
You will do fine Tonda and you are doing great. I’m still on p3(8 weeks now) and loving it. I’m down to 142.8 with 7.8 pounds to hit my goal. Still eating healthy and still losing. Now, when I get to my goal, I will gradually add back sugars and starches, but really slow, as I haven’t really been craving much with those 2 bad things in them, and I will always know in my head, if I ever go up to anywhere past 137, it will be a steak day for me. 🙂
That’s why you’re stalling out, you have to eat Amy. You have to follow this diet to a T in order to lose correctly
It’s very hard to eat enough veggies to bring it up to 500. I would weigh my meat, then my apple, and then weigh the veggie. If you have too, then eat a meat with more calories, like cube steak or hamburger. I would keep mine between 460 and 470 and lost the easiest that way. Remember to weigh your apple, as there is like 16.25 calories in an oz, and strawberries are 50 calories for 5.3 oz, Core your apple first then weigh, with your orange, there are a little over 14 calories in an oz but you weigh it after you peel it
Hey Sherrie, you are doing great just remember when you get to ur ideal weight to start P3 over again for the 3 weeks 2lbs up/down before you add those sugars/startches back. If your Hypo gland doesn’t have a target weight it won’t know what rate to burn fat at. Dr. Semieon said P3 was most important to set ur new weight in permanantly.
Tonda, I have felt dixxy and lightheaded as well but I realized that I had to eat in a logical time frame. After not having any breakfast I realized that I had to eat lunch by 1 or 2 or I became very dizzy like that start of a headache. Once I did that it took the dizzy’s away. Try regulating your eat times to no more than 3 hrs. I also found that when I am active meaning out & about I’m really not hungry at all so I had to regulate to make sure I eat. Stay focused you will make it.
Yes, Tonda I take B12 & a multi-vitiman as instructed…. I guest it helps with the reset. I purchased mine from Vitacost.com for under $10.
Country Life B12 – 1000mcg 60 caps. The liquid form is awefull, ugh! Hope this helped.
Lisa, I am still on p3 for over 8 weeks now. I don’t plan on going back to p2, and when I get to 135(my goal), then I will start slowly adding back sugar and starch. I could be on p4 all the way right now, and I will have something with sugar and carbs occasionally, but for the most part, I will probably do things the way I’m doing now the rest of my life, as I love eating healthy, and really don’t need many carbs or sugars anymore to keep me satisfied. I’m kind of what you would say, in between p3 and p4, if that makes sense to you. I was at 135 for over a year a few years back, and was walking every day, eating around 1400 calories and keeping my weight right at that mark, but then started eating really bad and quit walking, and oh well, the rest is history. 🙁
Anyway, this time, I do know how to keep it off, and I’ve never in my life liked to eat the way I like eating now. I’ve actually lost down from 158.6(last drop weight) to 142. 8 as of this morning in those 8 weeks just by not having hardly any carbs or sugars. ..Not really counting calories, except in my head, but do eat a lot of fresh fruits, veggies ,protein, etc. I had read a long time back that the way to keep weight off was to not eat protein and carbs together, and I think that’s about right. 🙂
I started b-12 and potassium right before I started this diet back in March. I will continue taking them even after I’m to my goal. I get the tablets at walmart, Got a twin pack of the potassium which lasts me over a year(I take just one of them a day) and it was under $10 I’m thinking(spring valley brand), the b-12 is also very inexpensive
Hey, Sherrie not P2 but the restart of P3 to set the weight so the Hypo gland will be set. If you’ve been on P3 8 weeks now ur weight is not set at the 135 that you desire. But just letting you know its one of the most important directions that this program give. I don’t want to see anyone work sooo hard to become healthy and a bad time comes round and they lose it all. Sisterly Love Sherry thats all. I too plan to stay on P3 to lose the bal of what I don’t lose while on HCG but you gotta set it in you can make a few mistakes that won’t matter b/c your metabolism will burn it right off placing you back at your ideal set weight.
LOL well, if we’re already on p3, what are you saying to do? Go on to p4 for 3 weeks when I hit my goal and then back to p3 for 3 weeks and then back to p4?
That’s where I am confused, but I think this is what you’re saying???If so, yeah, I can do that. Get to 135, start p4 3 weeks, go back p3 for 3 weeks and then p4 the rest of my life??
LOL, Sherrie we will get this, Ok you cannot go on to P4 until you set your 135lbs in P3. While your currently on P3 you must maintain your target weight (135lbs)for three weeks not going over or under 2lbs at that point ur hypo gland will be set and then you can go onto P4 to add sugars/startches. This way if you do eat bad for a few days it won’t matter ur body will then know to burn it back off to ur 135lbs.
Can anyone explain why you have to load up on food the first 2 days? I am going to be starting soon, peobably after my next cycle…LOL. If I go to the grocer wont they be able to weigh my meat and veggies for me? All I will have to do is cook them right? I am ordering an hcg cookbook. I cant really afford to pay for the support right now? But its nice to have sites like this for the support from you guys. Thanks for hosting this site!
Welcome Adriene, The load days are essential to the program ur body needs the extra fat calories to get you thru the first week, The store may do it but not likely you need to buy or use a scale to weight ur foods. And Yes, all you need to do is cook ur meals. The HCG cookbook is for P4 b/c alot of the meals have things in it that are NOT allowed during P2. This is a good site to throw ur questions out there but it is BEST to follow Dr. Simeons Pounds & Inches you can get a FREE copy off the web just google it and download the pdf. Welcome and you are on ur way to a healthier you. Also remember Johnson’s baby washes & lotions only or mineral oil. You need to take a good multi-vitiman & B12. Throw all ur questions out to get them answered and follow Pounds & Inches. Peace
Besides B-12(I take one every morning and started before I even started the drops)
and also a potassium pill. If you are using the real stuff, then you have to be much more careful of what you use for shampoo, etc. I use the homeopathic and have never changed anything I’ve used and am down 54 pounds with 8 more to go. Just buy a cheap postage scale and weigh your meats out. Good luck
and here is pounds and inches
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
Gotcha! But right now, I’ve still had some sugar/starch just not much while on p3. Heck, my yogurt I eat every day has both sugar and starch, and I’ve had some ice cream and a bite of roll and even a bite of cake, so I have had some of the no no’s but still continue to lose. So, I guess when I get to my goal of 135 I need to stick strictly with the no sugar/starch for 3 weeks then move on to p4?
Hello,
Mr. Wallace, this is the most information I have found in one spot for the hcg diet. I would like to say thank you. In regards to the “mint” topic, I found (somewhere on internet) you are NOT supposed to have mint within 1 hour of taking hcg. This includes toothpaste too.
I was first given a 1/2 used bottle of drops and verbal instructions from a co-worker. I then went to Amazon for a second bottle. I am averaging a little less than a pound a day, so no real complaints. However, I am a type A personality and worry about all of the details I might be missing, or getting wrong.
What is the difference between doing hcg for 21 or 40 days? I would prefer to stay on the hormone for 40 days. 40 days would get me to my goal, I am worried what to do after 21. I’m sure as with any weight loss program there is a transition period back to your own foods. Would someone be able to tell me how that works (I did see above place to go for free handbook, I’ll be doing that next). AND this is the first I’m hearing about shampoo and conditioner, what are some brands anyone could suggest for me?
Good luck to you all and thank you for any advice!!!!!
Abby, the only difference of the 21 and 40 day is that you will lose more the longer you’re on it, but don’t want to go over the 40 days. Usually for women, it averages out about 1/2 pound a day, sometimes less and sometimes if you have a lot to lose, more!
I used the homeopathic, and even though they work, since they are not the real hcg, then you really don’t have to be careful and use different shampoos, toothpaste or anything else. I have lost over 50 lbs on the homeopathic(love it) and never once changed any thing I was using.
I am putting the link to pounds and inches right below this, you will find ALL the info you need on transitioning, etc on here.
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
Just about to start!!! Im confused about what to do!! Whats the best website or book to tell me step by step! I need a real plan so I wont drift off the diet~ Any advise would be great. Im not even sure the amour of drops or when to take them.
Can someone tell me of a good place to buy the homeopathic HCG drops? Some that you have actually used and had success with. I read that some are adding alcohol to thier drops and it kills the HCG. Don’t want to waste money or energy on fake HCG.
Welcome momof3, Pounds & Inches is the book you want to have. It is the orginal direction. powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf you can download a free copy at this link. This site is a good place to get your questions answered when you run into a snagg but Pounds & Inches is the book for you. Also you can but Kevin Trudea’s Weight Loss Cure. It tells you all about this HCG program and additional things you can do befor or after the cycle. Good luck & stay focused this reset program really works. I’m 2.5 weeks in and 16.2lbs lighter & 13 inches in overall size lost.
Alot of the places put upto 20% alcohol volume in the HCG even the so called best on the market. But it is included for faster absorbtion under the tougue. I purchased my
2 oz HCG from Ebay for $35 bucks and it has 20% vol. in it & works just fine for me. I felt the same way b/f starting my program & was skeptical of what was being sold on Ebay so I emailed several of the people that did purchase it. They said it worked fine for them and the seller stands behind the product si I brought it. 2.5 weeks in with a loss of 16.2lbs. I have not cheated nor strayed so it works. And Pounds and Inches tells you 13-15 drops 3x a day. Here a link for the FREE download that was posted by another HCG user here on this bolg. Good Luck and stay focused.
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
Hi, Try http://www.dyihcg.com. I ordered drops from them and have lost 12 pounds my first week!
Instead of eating the 500 calories, can you just use meal replacement shakes (like Slimfast or Ensure)? I think that would be the easiest way, as there are no recipes to follow and no mistakes to make. Please let me know!
No, you can not use anything except what is on the protocol. Ensures are for people that need the extra nutrition to put weight on, like the 71 year old 83 pound lady I’m a care giver for
Well then not Ensure, but Slimfast? They’re only 190 calories, so “eating” two in a day would but you well below the 500 calorie mark. I figured I could use that for the meat part (I’m not a fan of meat), and then make up the rest of the calories with the Melba toast, fruit, and veggies.
Hi Guys,
I have JUST started this diet and also just found this website (friend recommended it to me). Can someone please tell me what P3 & P4 are and where I can get the info on these two things? I am on the 21 day (actually 26 LOL!) version and I am worried that I will gain the weight back when I am finished with this part of the diet. I could really use some guidance as to what I am allowed/not allowed to eat after I am done with this protocol….HELP! 🙂
MJ, if you want to do slimfast, then do the slimfast diet. This diet is NOT like slimfast diet or any other one I’ve done. If you want it to work, you have to follow the protocol
I think I will, and then if that doesn’t get me to where I need to be I’ll do the HCG. Thanks for your help.
You’re welcome. The diet is NOT easy, but I’m down 56 lbs since March 22 with less than 6 to go to my goal. The diet works! I had tried every one out there, and NEVER in all my years found one that works like this
How exciting that you’ve lost so much weight! I want to lose 40 to 50 lbs as well, which is why I’m probably going to do the HCG diet. But since it’s so expensive, and I’ve heard of fake ones floating around out there, I figured I’d try other routes first.
Where did you get your HCG from?
Hello All!!!
Well I am on my 19th day and down approx. 20 lbs!!! I am closing in on day 23 and when I do I will be on vacation and beginning Phase 3. Basically I will discontinue the drops and eat the same things I have been on phase 2? Thanks ahead for any and all advice! You help is much appreciated!!
MJ, I used the homeopathic, and got them on ebay for $24.99 with free s&h. I see there is more on there(the same kind I have) for $29.99 but that is for a 6 week supply. The food you have to buy is so minimal, that we saved a lot of money while I was on p2. If you add up how much slim fast cost, you will spend more within 2 weeks on that, then you will on what I was on. I have less than 6 lbs to get to 135 and feel so good(other than my sciatic nerve problem).
No Amy, don’t eat the same as you are now, add back everything except sugar/starch. This phase is great, as you don’t have to weigh meat, and just kind of keep up with your calories in your head.
Yeah, that’s true. I’m just worried about getting fake HCG. I’ve heard about how people will cut it with water and alcohol. I want the real stuff, and I don’t know if I trust eBay with that. I’m sure there are many choices, and some of them could be fake. Can you please send me the link to the real stuff you’ve been buying?
MJ, I’m going to be very honest with you, I trust these drops more than I trust anything that comes from overseas.
These are the same drops I got, and they do work good. An RN that lives behind me got me some “real” stuff from overseas, it cost less than these drops, but I decided I didn’t want them, I wanted to continue on these drops, as I did so well on them, and I just don’t trust getting the “supposed” real stuff. My husband did NOT want me taking anything from overseas. I couldn’t have been happier, and have had better results using the homeopathic(which I read a very good article on the homeopathic and how they work just as good. I have had much better results than the nurse who was taking the “real” stuff, and with homeopathic, you don’t have to be as careful what you use such as shampoos, etc. I’ve never changed anything that I’ve used.
cgi.ebay.com/hCG-Homeopathic-Weight-Loss-Drops-Dr-Simeons-Diet-2-OZ-/280502047318?pt=LH_DefaultDomain_0
Awesome. Thanks so much, Sherrie!
you’re very welcome MJ Good luck
Hi again,
Ok, I have been told by m friend (who was the one that introduced me to this plan) that P3 of this diet is similar to the P1 of both the Atkins and the South Beach Diet. Can someone confirm that and if so, what are the major differences?
I’ve never been on those diets, nor have I ever read them Lori, but I have been told the same thing. Don’t worry about p3, as I said before, I love this phase and could live on it the rest of my life pretty much, except I continue to lose weight even eating 1400 and 1500 calories a day. I’m hoping when I get to my goal I won’t lose anymore, but may have to increase calories slowly to keep maintaining. good luck, you’ll do fine
It was nice reading everyone’s responses. I’m so excited for all of you that have lost!!! I didn’t know you could do it own your own. I have never heard of HCG diet before. I went to the B Ki Weight Loss clinic last week and signed up. I did the load days this weekend and I start tomorrow. I can hardly wait for 7 days to pass so I can see how it will work for me. I’d so love to lose 40 lbs in 40 days. I need to lose about 150 all together. KEEP UP THE GOOD WORK EVERYBODY! I’ll keep you posted on my success.
I copied and pasted right out of the book.
The Diet
Breakfast:
Tea or coffee in any quantity without sugar. Only one tablespoonful of milk allowed in 24 hours.
Saccharin or other sweeteners may be used.
Lunch:
1 100 grams of veal, beef, chicken breast, fresh white fish, lobster, crab, or shrimp. All visible fat
must be carefully removed before cooking, and the meat must be weighed raw. It must be boiled or
grilled without additional fat. Salmon, eel, tuna, herring, dried or pickled fish are not allowed. The
chicken must be removed from the bird.
2 One type of vegetable only to be chosen from the following: spinach, chard, chicory, beet-greens,
green salad, tomatoes, celery, fennel, onions, red radishes, cucumbers, asparagus, cabbage.
3 One breadstick (grissino) or one Melba toast.
4 An apple or an orange or a handful of strawberries or one-half grapefruit.
Dinner :
The same four choices as lunch.
The juice of one lemon daily is allowed for all purposes. Salt, pepper, vinegar, mustard powder, garlic,
sweet basil, parsley, thyme, majoram, etc., may be used for seasoning, but no oil, butter or dressing.
Tea, coffee, plain water, mineral water are the only drinks allowed, but they may be taken in any
quantity and at all times.
In fact the patient should drink about 2 liters of these fluids per day. Many patients are afraid to drink
so much because they fear that this may make them retain more water. This is a wrong notion as the
body is more inclined to store water when the intake falls below its normal requirements.
The fruit or the breadstick may be eaten between meals instead of with lunch or dinner, but not more
than than four items listed for lunch and dinner may be eaten at one meal.
Darlene, if you really stick with it, you will probably see a big loss real quick. My beauticians daughter lose 25 lbs her first week and also had about 150 to lose. Good luck. I have been on it 5 mos(as of yesterday), started out with 61.6 to go, am down 57 lbs and on p3 still(not ready to go to p4) You can do it!! Please keep us posted as to how you’re doing and hang in there!!
Sherrie: Thank you for responding and for the encouragement. Today is day one. Funny how I jumped on here before jumping on the scale. That’s next. I skimmed the book, POUNDS AND INCHES last night. I didn’t read anything about P2, P3. What plan are you following? Are you doing on your own or going to place if you don’t mind me asking. How do I find more about P2 and P3 and P4? 25 lbs her first week, it seems impossible.. I wonder if a lot of water loss goes on that first week? I wonder how many weeks it takes to show it in the mirror and in your clothes?? How long did it take for you? You wanted to lose 61.6 pounds and have lost 57? WAY TO GO SHERRIE!!!! It has been years since I’ve lost over 10 lbs. I think I’ll know it works when I lose 15. I’m scared like with any other thing. I usually give up after the first 5 days. I’m hoping that the results are so amazing that I don’t want to give up. You take the shots, pills, injections? Sorry if I am asking too many questions. Feel free to answer the ones you want to. You lost about 3 lbs a week or how did losses go? 57 pounds down! WOW! I’m happy for you. KEEP UP THE GOOD WORK! Please share more! What has your family and friends said. I bet there were the skeptics. Have a super day. Look forward to hearing back from you.
Hi Guys,
I was wondering if anyone knows what the significance of the 26 days is? I know that it says only if you need to lose only 5 lbs, that a 26 day protocol needs to be followed but it doesn’t say why. Don’t get me wrong, I like losing the weight, but I don’t want to lose TOO much weight…
Lori, that’s why I’m still on p3 as I’m still losing an average of 2 lbs a week. I have right under 5 lbs to go. I have thought about doing drops for 1 week just to finish up what I had to lose too, but decided just to do it like I have been
Hi Darlene,
BELIEVE me there are skeptics among my family and friends…as there will be with any diet or new adventure. They are worried that there is not enough caloric intake to sustain me, I am going to get sick, blah de blah blah blah. If you can learn to tune them out and know that you are doing it for yourself and not them and just stay the course, the results will speak for themselves!!
You can do it girl!!!! Keep at it!! I am on day 9 (including the 2 load days) and have lost a total of 11.2 lbs! Also, don’t get discouraged if on some days you only lose .2 lbs as those will happen (according to all the manuals, etc.) and whatever you do, STAY STRONG! If you even fluctuate a TEENSY bit or think that “oh I can eat a little of this & it won’t matter”, all I can advise is DON’T DO IT as it throws the whole process out of whack and could inhibit the weight loss by a couple of days. 🙁 (this happened to my friend). GOOD LUCK!!!
Yes, but is there a NEED to stay the 26 day course for the initial phase?? Is it possible to do say 2 weeks and THEN move to the next phase? (no sugar/no carbs) or does the 26 days need to be adhered to?
Lori: Thanks! WOW! Day 9 and down 11.2. I am so ready for a week to pass just so I can see. Where did you get your copy of the diet plan? I didn’t see a P2, P3, P4 in the book. I was just wondering. Thanks! The 500 a day I don’t think will kill me or make me sick because I have all the extra weight on it can pull from. Thanks for your support!
Hi Darlene,
From what I can gather, there is not any documentation with regards to the P3 & P4. The info I got was that P3 is about 3 wks (or actually however long you want it to be) and is directly after the 26 or 40 day regimen and you increase your caloric intake to about 1400 calories by adding in some of the other healthy foods, but without starches or sugar (apparently similar to the first phase of the Atkins or South Beach diets.) P4 you can add these things back in, but if you keep it to a minimum you should still continue to lose weight. (and if you think about it many starches or things with sugar, INCLUDING high fructose corn syrup, are not good for you anyway and after being on the diet for this long, you really don’t crave them anymore anyway..) hCG is not only a diet, it is a way of life and you end up with a whole new and healthy outlook on food after you have been on it. Quite amazing, really. 🙂
MY DAY ONE
This is what I am having today:
10:30am 16 oz of bottled water
1 cup of fresh strawberries
12:30pm 5 Melba rounds
16 oz of bottled water
2:30 3.5 oz of cooked chicken
cooked cabbage w/ salt& pepper (no butter)
16 oz of water
4:30 5 Melba Rounds
16 oz of water
7:30 3.5 oz of chicken
cooked cabbage w/salt & pepper (no butter)
9:30 1 medium orange
16 oz of water
Darlene, I did the homeopathic drops. Actually load days and vlcd are p2, p3 is actually stabilization where you maintain your weight within 2 lbs. If you go over 2 pounds, then you have to do a steak/apple or steak/tomato day, where you do not eat anything all day until dinner then you eat the steak with one of the other 2 foods. You’re not really supposed to fall below the 2 lbs either, but for some reason, I’m eating well and still losing, so I’m not going to complain. I’m not sure when I started noticing the difference of the way my clothes fit. but, I’ve gone in mens jeans from a 36 waist in to a 30..Woot Woot!! My family is going to see me next week(well a few of them), my sister that lives 6 1/2 hours from me saw me on July 4th weekend, which I was actually 15 lbs heavier than I am now. I’ll let you know what my Mom, best friend and sister say when I get back from Illinois.
P4 is when you maintain for life(same as p3 as far as gaining and losing over 2 lbs). You have to add back the sugars and starches gradually over 3 weeks on p3.
Well, on drops, you can actually take them 20 days. If you add 3 days without drops and then subtract the 2 days of drops and load days, that is where you get 21, and actually it’s 21 days that you would be on p2. I don’t know what would happen if you did just 1 or 2 weeks on the drops then went off and did your p3. But if you try it, let me know how it works. I think I’m on another plateau..
Darlene, actually when you’re eating the 500 calories, you have to remember, you’re pulling 2000-2500 calories from the stored fat
darlene, 1 melba toast twice a day is what is allowed. Everything else looks good
B Ki had said one melba rectangle slice 2x a day or 5 of the melba circles/rounds 2x a day. In the above, I forgot to add that I need one more portion of Melba Rounds.
I noticed it today when I went over what I had eaten so far. Thanks. Question: Can you eat your carb/Melba with your meal?
Yes, you can have your melba toast with your meal, that’s how I always ate mine. The 2nd time around, I didn’t eat any of them..They actually aren’t too bad.
Darlene you cannot have the same meats for luch & dinner…..Two(2) Melba snacks/toast per day is allowed. Also remember to follow the plan as he intended there are alot of people that has modified the plan for their personal use. Its only 23/40 days out of your life to follow someones elses directions. P1 gathers extra cals, P2 is the actual weight loss process P3 is the setting of your new weight (this is thee most important of all 4 stages) & P4 is the rest of your life to enjoy. There is stored fat & structural fat. The HCG plans gets rid of the stored fat leaving the structural fat in place. Remember this when you lose structural fat it will always replace itself when you start to really eat normal. Regulardieting w/o HCG you lose structural fat not follow the plan exactly and you will not have any negatives. God Bless.
Lori, the 26 days is this: 23 days on the drops is the least amount of time that you can consume the hcg if you stop b/f 23 days you will gain all the weight back +. The additional 3 days is w/o drops to let the hcg completely leave ur system before starting the increased calories in P2.
Lisa, on Dr Simmeons protocol, there is no P1, that is Kevin Trudeaus protocol. P1 is not load days, it only has p2,p3 and p4. P2 is your load days and vlcd.
You’re almost right Lisa, but P3 is increased calories. Again, there is NO p1
The program that I am on, if we don’t eat both carbs ( the melba toast), we are to add in another fruit.
The B Ki people didn’t tell us it had to be two different meats in a day. I don’t remember reading it in the Pounds and Inches book either??? I may have missed it. ? ? ? The program I am on allows us one melba toast or 5 melba rounds which equal a melba toast 2x per day and if we don’t eat our melba toast, we are to add in one more fruit for the day. Yah, I am going to follow what B Ki tells me exactly. THANKS on the P phases and the fat info.
I lost about 1 1/2 lbs my first day. Time is passing slow. I want to see what I have lost in a week. Come on week!
The P phases can be confusing and they look they are different. With B Ki, I am in Phase One now for 23 days. I don’t care what they call it as long as I lose. I’m not sure what comes next after the 23 days is up. ….if I do it again because I have a lot to lose or I have to do something different for a little while.
Ur right Sherrie but people have gotten confused about the stages. So P1 in Kevin books is considered the 2 load days that why I put it that way so people will know theres a difference from stage to stage.
Sherrie,
You are certainly the voice of reason on this blog. Congratys on your weight loss. I started at 180 on July 1, did a ~15 lb loss following the B-12 medical weight loss regimen, and now am kicking it into high gear with hcg. I am on VLCD3 and have been hungry and taking phenteremine to help suppress appetite–only when I really need it. I am on the injections (real stuff) and have to be careful with lotions, etc. However, there is so little info to help me identify what is an is not ok with hcg (e.g., glycerin–which is in a lot of stuff and fruit oil extracts–which is in most of the organic stuff) I know coconut oil is ok and mineral oil. Also Spry toothpaste was supposedly ok and I bought soem, only to find out that it has mint and xylitol. It is hard to find anythign without mint, so I may have to switch to pure baking soda. Any ideas?
Hey Camille. Well, I am down another pound today, with just 3.6 more to go to hit my goal weight, although I have actually thought about changing that too, to where I can gain my 2 lbs and still be at 135. LOL
Honey, I don’t know what to tell you, as I’ve only used the homeopathic, and never changed anything. Did you read pounds and inches online? It may have something in there about that.
Good luck You are doing wonderful and will have that weight off in no time at all..The 5 mos I have been on mine seemed like it was taking forever, but I look back now and see just how fast it has gone.
I am scheduled for surgery on Oct. 19. I had a tummy tuck done years ago and the Dr screwed up on me royally, didn’t even put my belly button back in, so, I found another really good plastic surgeon who because of the other Drs mistake is going to make it right. He’s giving me a 50% discount and I’m going to get another tummy tuck, liposuction of the flanks and upper back and my belly button back that I’ve been without for 9 years now. I’m scared, but yet at the same time elated. I just know how bad of an experience I had last time, and pray this time it goes more smoothly for me.
I am leaving tomorrow for a week trip home to visit my Mom and my other new g-daughter who will be 1 week tomorrow(have another one here that was born 2 weeks ago). So, won’t be checking in on here too much. If you want to e-mail me, would love to talk with you. Just put this is Camille and HCG or something like that, as it will go to my spam folder. I will add your address and we can communicate via e-mails.
It’s
stratman397 at aol dot com
Sherrie: How much have you lost total in how much time? WAY TO GO! 3.6 more to go. YOu can do it!
Yesterday was the first day of eating 500 calories. I weighed 1.5 less this morning. I hope I show a loss in the morning too.
Today I ate:
breakfast: strawberries, water
snack: melba toast, water
lunch: chicken, cut up cucumber, water
snack: apple, water
dinner: chicken, turnip greens, mustard greens, water
snack: diet jello
snack: melba toast, water
I called B Ki today and asked about the eating the same meats twice a day. They said it was okay to do some of the time but to try to mix it up.
I thank all of you for posting. It keeps me encouraged. Thanks for all the tips, advice, everything. Have a great week all! Please post your success. I’d like to hear from everyone…..what day are you on? how much have you lost? how much do you want to lose? etc……. God bless!
Hey Darlene
I started first load days back on March 22 at 196.6. I did 6 weeks of p2 the first time(which after 3 weeks found myself cheating. :Then I did p3 for about 2 1/2 weeks, then went back to p2 for 3 more weeks and have been back on p3 ever since. (Never have done p4 yet). I’ve lost 58.2 lbs as of today with 3.4 to go. 🙂
THANKS for the encouragement. I’m leaving out today for a week, and am still going to try and eat very healthy, although, on vacation you do like to have a little goodie once in awhile.
I just spent 20 minutes replying and then I hadn’t entered my name or email so when I went to submit, it erased it. DARN!
Short version this time….
I am pround of you!! Keep up the good work!
Do you have a Facebook account?
What diet and/or book do you follow?
I have lost 6 lbs and I’m on day 5. I had lost on my load days too which I thought was weird. My pants feel looser but could this be? I’ve just started?
Have a super vacation! I am so happy for your loss and you are almost to goal.
I look forward to sharing w/you more.
yes darlene, just go to facebook and do a search either by the e-mail address I posted or do a search for Sherrie Kelly Stratman
Darlene, go back to facebook and request me for a friend again. I had another request this morning from someone I didn’t know and deleted you and her. Please try again..thanks
Sherrie,
Sorry it was me who requested you on facebook also. Today ends my vacation and “recruited” two friends to come along on this great journey of weightloss.
My question is … how long do I have to be on phase 3 before going back to phase 2. Is there a minimum time alotment that is needed to be off the drops? I have been off the drops since last saturday (5 days). Would like to continue on the drops for more weightloss. Just wondering. …. Thanks again for all your support and quick responses. Amy : )
Amy, I will look for you on FB again…Sorry, didn’t know it was from you hon Also had one from Darlene..
You can go back on p2 as soon as you want. If you’re on p3 longer than 2 1/2 weeks, then you’ll need to reload,, if you’re on it less time than 2 1/2 weeks, then you don’t need to reload
Why hello there! i have done this diet before and i lost 35 pounds… i gained it back… im startiing again and im making sure i keep it off! feeling doubtful.. so this helps.. the support system thing… quick question.. do i have to hold it under my tongue for a full 15min?.. i cant bare it over 5 min :[…..
I am fixing to start taking HCG for the first time. I am a little confused on the phases. How long do each of them last. I bought the stuff from a health food store and she told me to look it up online, but there is not alot of information available. Any help would be appreciated.
Emily, NO, you ony have to put it under your tongue and hold it about 1 minute. 🙂
I’m starting this diet on aug 30th. Im so excited. After reading all your post i am so ready to start! I’m 20 years old and would really like to lose 30 pounds before i get married a year from this september. Im going to do the 40 day one i think..
Congratulation to all of you guys!!
Can someone tell me the difference between an alcohol based hcg and colloidal mineral water based hcg?
Please I need to order a bottle soon.
Hello to everyone, and congrats to all. I have just started my HCG this is my first day on the 500 and I feel good. It’s funny because im never hungry but now that I can’t have it I want it. Everything..lol but I trust with all your advice I will be ok. I was really startled because I guess I had no idea how the fat was to leave my body and found out at the mall. Such a sad story lol… But I know now.! Can some one tell me if its true , if you do a pregnancy test on your drops you’ll know if their real or not. I bought mine at GNC and my test was n(-). I didnt get too discouraged, I will continue to do them until I find a better place to buy them. Does anyone have any advice for me as to where they sell true drops or injections. I weigh 289 and have a lot to go. My goal is one day at a time. That way I don’t burn out. I’m in it for the long haul. My son is on it also se we really need your help… Thanks and Have a blessed weekend. Kat
Kat: Hello. You are never hungry? Oh, did you mean after your started the diet you are not hungry? Welcome to your first day of the HCG diet. What did you find out at the mall? Do you get on Facebook? I don’ t know anything about the preg test testing. Now you have me curious and I’d like to know too. I’m wishing you and your son well.
Later I am going to post on here what I have lost and all that I have done. I have lost 10.65 in the last 8 days and 2 of those were load/binge days. I think any diet you go on and eat only 500 to 1000 calories a day, you are going to lose. I am looking foward to getting to the end of two more weeks. If I can lose 20-30 lbs more, I think I will think this is the best diet ever. Keep in touch. More later.
Thought I’d share my first full week of losses/gains:
Saturday 8/21/10 304.75 YIKES!!!! Can’t believe I’m sharing this info.
Sunday 302.75
Monday 302.25
Tuesday 300.9
Wed ? Need to go look up on the Wii. I forgot to log on my paper. it was a loss
Thurs 299.2
Fri 297.0
Sat 295.9
Sun 294.1
Total Loss so far 10.65 pounds
One day I gained .4 pounds but lost the day before and the day after so I was 🙂
I lost on my binge days which I thought was weird. I ate fatty foods but didn’t go crazy. Last meal was a big hamburger and 1/2 box of macaroni and cheese.
I hope yall will share your weight succes with us too. I’d love to see how your first few weeks went/go plus other weeks to follow.
I’ll tell more of what I did and what I ate later.
Just no eating for 15 min. after you take the drops.
Today’s total is: – 16.15 WOO HOO that was for 11 days of eating the 500 calories.
How is everybody else doing?
Darlene CONGRATULATIONS!! I am sitting here ecstatic for your progress. I have a couple of questions I wondered if you or anyone can help me with–I am on day 2..YAYYY!
It says do not mix vegetables. Does that mean if I baked my chicken with onion–is the onion considered my vegetable? I had a salad along with the chicken with onion.
Are you exercising? I walked today….but have a lot to lose like you…:)
I loaded for 2 days and am now starting day 17. Results: In 16 days, I have lost 17 lbs. Joyce: Thanks! You will do great too. I have read blogs, post, books, listened to b Ki Weight Loss Center, etc…… B Ki said you can either have ONE cup of two different vegetables or you can have all you can eat of one vegetable. ( I still say don’t over do it) I’ve been sticking to ONE veggie and eating about 1-2 cups. Onion, from all that I have read, IS your veggie. One day I had my 3.5 oz of steak and ate a cup of grilled onions w/it. I need to go back and read the POUNDS AND INCHES BOOK. I know that w/ B Ki’s rules, you can add two cups of lettuce to your meals in addition to your vegetable(s) of choice. Hopes this helps. What dressing did you have on your salad? Your meal looks fine. What was on your salad? You on day two of eating healthy? Did you load for two days?
Hi Darlene! Doing GREAT!! One day I had coleslaw and the other salad with Walden Farms–my doctor permitted then and they are good!!!! I only had a small amount of onions–gosh I love them! I want to check out this B Ki’s–what is the web addy? They sound great! Darlene you make me want to continue!! When I look at HOW MUCH I have to lose it’s uber frustrating but when I read your post I am encouraged. Thanks for posting! OHHHH second day 4 pounds. OHHHH yes again! I loaded…in fact had to add more loading days because I was coming off a 10 day fast…so doc said add a few more days…lost hardly nothing on the fast that is why I was looking for something else. Thanks Darlene sooooo MUCH what you said helped! Will check out B Ki!
Joyce
Joyce: What is your email and I’ll email you a cookbook and some other stuff.
Are you on facebook?
BOTH! joycemthomas915@aol.com and
http://www.facebook.com/TheLadyMkhize
Haven’t connected with anyone doing HCG on facebook and keep it what I do pretty quiet…;)
Will look for you!!!
Hello all haven’t been on in a few weeks and I went clothes shopping in my own closet, lol But here’s my results.
July 29th 183lbs – Sept. 4th 157.8lbs =25.2lbs in 38 day. I stopped at 38 days instead of the 40 b/c I had become immune. I’am now on P3 I had Bacon & Cheese Eggs the first day and it ripped my stomach up, ugh! so today I had 2 boiled eggs & a piece of my grilled flounder for breakfast…how delicious it was. I’m finding it hard to meet the 1500 cals per day but my weight is maintaining around the 157. I was 157.2 this morning. I love all you guys for all your post & pls pls pls take P3 seriously. It is the MOST IMPORTANT phase of this plan. You have to maintain no more than 2lbs up 2lbs down for the 3 weeks after P2 to SET YOUR NEW WEIGHT IN…. otherwise all ur hard work will be a waste. I look fabulous & hitting the gym hard on P4. I need to lose 15 more lbs on the next cycle that will only be the 26 day. I will then be 5’2″ and around 140lbs. I’m a sista and don’t want to lose everything, lol so 140 is perfect for me.
You did GREAT!!!! Keep it up!!!! Thanks so so much for sharing. When I read about others, I get excited!
Joyce: I didn’t see it. Email me and I’ll send you a cookbook that was emailed to me. Anybody can reqeust it from me and I’ll send it to them.
Darlene_Kuykendall_Anderson@hotmail.com
Hey Abby the alcohol base is really just for quicker absorption into your system. My HCG had 20% alcohol base & I don’t even drink wine coolers I had no side effects or drunkeniness. I brought my from a certain seller on Ebay for $33.95 and they worked. (See my results post) the Ebay Item number: is 320477613798 these are the drops I used & can’t vouch for any others on Ebay. One bottled lasted me the entire 1st cycle of 38 days with alittle left.
Thx. And you too will suceed as well.
Update on weight loss:
8/30/10 291.2
8/31/10 293.3
9/01/10 291.5
9/02/10 290.1
9/03/10 288.6
9/04/10 289.0
9/05/10 287.9
9/06/10 286.6
9/07/10 288.1
9/08/10 287.7
Total since started: 17 lbs in 16 days of eating healthy.2 were my load days.
I’m under the big 300. I NEVER want to go there again. Boy do I look foward to saying that when I get under 200. I’m also under the 290. Next goals are to be under the 280 mark ,then under 270, 260, etc…. and so on and so on.
How is everybody else doing?
Congratulations Darlene YOU’RE doing GREAT!!
Question: are you exercising??
I am finding on other places people talking about having protein shakes…have you heard anything about this??
Thank you!
Exercising? Not at all. I was told not to while on HCG and eating only 500 calories. My last injection is this Friday for this round. I’m doing the 23 days then coming back after the 40 days. I will start exercising Monday.
I know that B Ki sells the protein drinks you can have instead of eating the food. Not sure where else you can get them? I’d rather have the food.
Joyce, no protein shakes, only what is on pounds and inches, the original protocol
I started walking a mile a day when I started mine, that was the only exercise I’ve done every day since March. I only go about 1/2 mile a day now(sciatic nerve), but do continue walking no matter what. It tightens the skin on the legs and I love walking
Darlene and Sherrie thanks!
No protein shakes for me.
Sherrie appreciate the information…I am walking a mile too. I love walking also!
You’ll get there Joyce. I have 3 lbs to get to my goal weight, and feel so much better than I have in years.
Sherrie, 3 pounds from your goal weight–from 196?? Wow, what must that be like???? I have lived in OBESE HELL for so many years. Is there anything you can share–any tidbits that would help me also be successful?
On phase 1 is it possible to mix vegetables for lunch and dinner? In other words could i have chicken with lettuce and tomatoes for lunch and fish with asparagus/onions for dinner? Obviously keeping the calories at 500.
Hey Joyce. I started back on March 22nd and did a 6 week of p2 first and then the 2nd time did it 3 weeks. The rest I have lost on p3, as I find I can eat healthy and still lose. When I do put on, the weight I put on(like from vacations) is always off in about 3 days, so I know what I’m doing is working. All I can say is stick with the plan to a T and you will get it off. In a few months, you are going to be saying how much you have lost and that you’re about or at your goal, and you will be so proud of yourself. You are doing great, just keep it up and go for your goal, you can and will do it!
I am down 18.15 lbs for 18 days of eating the 500 calorie and taking the HCG.
Now what? I’ve read so much from different sites that I think I have confused myslelf! All infor and tips are VERY welcomed!!!!!! What do I do as I come off/get off of HCG? I want to come off of it for the 40 days and exercise every one of those 40 days then go back on the HCG for another round. Thanks to you all that post. Reading others success makes me want to keep up the good work too. Have a great weekend!
Darlene, when you’re done with your drops, then stay on vlcd without drops for 3 days, then go to p3, which is adding back fats, dairy, etc..just don’t add back sugar or starches. You can do that for as long as you want or less time. 3 weeks is a good time frame, then go back to load days and do that 2 days with your drops again and then back to p2. The first time I took a 2 1/2 week break was all. You will do fine..Make sure if you go over the 2 lbs of your last drop day, that you do a steak day
I can tell you what the weight mngmt clinic told me.
If you mix veggies, it can only add up to ONE cup.
If you eat the same veggie, you can eat as much as you want as long as in 500 cal.
2 cups of iceberg or romaine lettuce is free and does not count as the veggie.
So going by what you wrote, looks good as long as you only have one cup of the veggies at your dinner meal.
What are you eating on your lettuce? I’ve been eating the apple cider/lemon dressing. At first I did not like it, then I liked it a little and now I make sure I even drink the drippings out of the bottom of my bowl. Acquited taste I suppose.
I have lost 18 lbs in 18 days. I think I would have lost more if I weighed things and counted calories. I did neither.
I think others NEVER mix veggies and some do. Everybody: Help Adam.
Adam: what day are you on and how are you doing?
I had the best breakfast this morning. In a blender…frozen strawberries, water, ice cubes, sweetener. YUMMY!
Everybody: Have a super weekend!
Sherrie: thanks for the phase w/out the HCG info. DId you lose on it?
This iHi,
Yes thank you so much for the referral!! 🙂
You are doing good on your weight loss, but you will see a lot of difference on the drops. You will lose more!
Phase 3 I eat 1200 calories – 1500 calories. You can eat everything except for starches, and sugar. I drink my advocare chocolate shakes, and a energy drink that helps me lose a little more weight or at least stay close to the same till I start another round. If you gain 2 pounds you want to do a steak day! On a steak day you eat 5 oz at lunch, and 5 – 8 oz. at dinner with either an apple or tomatoe. Which ever one you pick you eat the same one at lunch & another at dinner.
If you would like to get some of the shakes & energy drinks I have them. Just let me know!! They make you feel better then you have ever felt in your life & they are so good!!!
Call me anytime!!!
Thank you,
Robin
s what one lady emailed me:
It depends on which one you’re following..If you’re following Dr Simmeons protocol, then the answer is NO…He wrote it the way he saw that worked the best. If you haven’t read pounds and inches, please do so
Thanks for the info. I am on my 5th day and so far i have lost 11 lbs. This includes the two days in which i stuffed myself. The actuall 500 calorie a day this would be my 3rd day. My wife has lost 6 lbs so far. I wasnt sure about mixing the veggies so the first day i did mix cucumbers and tomatoes but ever since i have just stuck to one veggie per meal. So if understand you correct we can have 2 cups of lettuce per day and not count towards our calories?? Just want to make sure. I use an apple/cider/vinegar mix on my veggies and i enjoy them. So far i feel great. I also was working out with weights about 3 times a week prior to this so i will be continuing to do that unless i start feeling weak at which point i may slow down on the intensity of my workouts. We are very excited and cant wait till we get down to our desired weight. Thanks to all of you who have been through this already and share you knowledge of what has worked and what hasn’t. That is a tremendous help to all us Newbies! You are greatly appreciated!!!
Adam: Way to go! You and your wife are off to a GREAT start! I get excited for people! I’m ready to hit the 20 lb mark. I hope that I do by Monday. On the 2 cups of lettuce, that’s something B Ki allows us if it’s Romaine or Iceberg. I’m from Dallas and their commercials advertise on TV all of the time…LOSE 40LBS in 40 DAYS. I decided to go to them. They are expensive though. I’ll be doing it on my own after next Monday. The lettuce? I’m not sure if that’s what Dr. Simeon’s book says or Kevin’s book???? B Ki says we can also have a cup of SF diet jello once per day. I do that sometimes. The lemon and lime are my favorite. I didn’t eat the lettuce at first but then started adding it to some of my meals with the apple cider vinegar on top. I didn’t even like it at first and now LOVE it. Tonight I cooked my fish on stop of the stove real slow and added in my apple cider vinegar/lemon dressing and some water and it was GOOD! It was like a fish stew. The dressing I make is 2/3cup ACV, 1/2 cup lemon juice, 1tbls water, salt, pepper, parsley flakes, basil flakes, garlic powder. Yours? I can tell you that I have not been hungry since I started so I can eat whatever I’m supposed to. I’ve learned to eat slower since I won’t be getting seconds and I’m really enjoying every bite that I take. There has been a freedom in all of this for me. Not being hungry every hour has been a blessing. Have yall tried the strawberry slushy? YUMM! Now my 15 year old eats then for breakfast. Frozen strawbeeries, sweetner, water so the blender will mix, ice. I use fresh stawberries too w/out the water. So good. I can’t wait to try others. With B Ki, we are not supposed to exercise while on the 500 calorie part of it. I have heard others say that they walk for 20-30 mins per day but that is it. Please check on that. I was going to do 40 days of HCG but will prob quit at 23-25 so I can start exercising then go back on it in another 40 days w/out exercise. What books are you getting your infor from? Do you have a copy of the pounds and inches? I do if you need it along w/ a cookbook. Email me at Darlene_Kuykendall_Anderson@hotmail.com Keep up the good work. Sorry this is so long!
Adam, a whole head of lettuce had like 15 calories in it, but I would still always count the lettuce I would eat with my meal as 10 calories, just in case I messed up within a few calories on something else. I knew it was better to go a little under than a little over. I usually averaged out between 460 and 470 a day.
I had read that you should eat 520 just to make sure you do eat the 500. Not to go under the 500 or your body will go into starvation mode and not lose as well. I was told not to even eat 498. We all get told diff things but I wanted to share the info.
You never want to go over the 500 Darlene, unless you’re doing the 750 calorie diet, which my friend has been on for almost a year now.
This is off pounds and inches
Making up the Calories
The diet used in conjunction with HCG must not exceed 500 Calories per day, and the way these
Calories are made up is of utmost importance. For instance, if a patient drops the apple and eats an
extra breadstick instead, he will not be getting more Calories but he will not lose weight. There are a
number of foods, particularly fruits and vegetables, which have the same or even lower caloric values
than those listed as permissible, and yet we find that they interfere with the regular loss of weight
under HCG, presumably owing to the nature of their composition. Pimiento peppers, okra, artichokes
and pears are examples of this.
While this diet works satisfactorily in Italy, certain modifications
Does anyone know where to buy the Shirataki Miracle Noodles besides online?
How has everybody been doing these last few days?
Wishing you all the BEST!
I’m at -18.5. I am going to see -20 one of these days. SOON TOO!
Where are you guys getting your HCG?
I got my homeopathic drops from ebay for $24.99 with shipping and handling included
Hello all, having constipation & stabilization issues on P3 been 5 days and haven’t gone yet & my monthly cycle is very regular and that is over a month due. Gaining weight daily have put on 4.7lbs since the 7th. Increased my cals to 1200 & watching for no/to very little carbs/sugars but still gaining. I really feel it has everything to do with my stalled menstural as I normally gain 2 to 4lbs but I’m really getting discouraged and don’t like the gain 158.8 to 163.0 in 3 days. Hard to tell if its menstural weight gain or something else. Had a high protein day & drank some Smooth Moves tea. Hoping to see a good lost in the morning. Will keep you posted.
I did the HCG for 23 days. (2 load days/21 500 calorie days) I lost 19.25 I was hoping for 20. Pretty close. Tomorrow I am going to start exercising and soon start the 1200 to 1500 calories. I’m SCARED I am going to gain. Part of me is thinking I won’t because that is still less than what I’m used to eating but???? We’ll see. Lisa: are you eating a lot of fruit? I think of doing a 2 day fruit clense in there somewhere. Not sure??? Your gain is prob water weight or something. You will do good. Keep us posted!
Lisa, how old are you, and have you bought a pregnancy kit? The reason I’m asking, is if you’re not on birth control, you could very easily be pregnant.
How much did you weigh your last drop day? You do NOT want to go over 2 lbs of what you were on last drop or injection day(whichever you were on), as that’s when you’re to do steak day.
I wouldn’t do the smooth move, get you some miralax and colace stool softener, do the miralax in the morning and night and then the colace in a.m and pm until you get going and then when you do use the bathroom, you can cut your miralax back to once a day along with the colace until you get straightened out.
Im so EXITED Im just going to start my HCG diet this weekend. Went to the doctor today and weighed 177 lbs! At 22 yrs. old and only 5’6” I don’t know what happened. But if anyone has any comments or suggestions for a 1st timer, Please let me know! Thanks all!
What town/state are you in?
Your doctor? Your family doctor? You starting the shots or the drops?
Advice? Stick to exactly what they tell you w/ no cheating. Drink at least eight 8 oz of water. I found it easier to get a 16 oz bottle and make sure to drink 4 of them daily. Do your load days w/ cheesy, fatty foods. Weigh every day. If you get headaches in the beginning, it won’t last but a couple of days. Your body is detoxing and could also be from lack of sugar and caffeine. You will feel better and not be hungry at all. I never was hungry. I wish I was closer to your weight now. You don’t have too far to go. You can do it! If ya want, after your load days, post on here what you eat every day so everybody can help, give you hints, give you recipes, etc….. WAY TO GO!
Hey Allie, that’s not that bad hon. I am also 5’6″ and am 53 and started out in March at almost 197. I’ve been staying around 138 now, but trying to get to 135. You’ll be at your goal weight in no time at all.
We have pretty much stuck to the Simeon one. We haven’t really mixed veggies although on two occasions i added 1 cup of lettuce to my tomatoes. So far i am still averaging about 1 to 2 pounds per day although this morning i weighed 1 pound more than yesterday. Weight was 227.2 this morning and yesterday it was 226.2. We have a cheapy digital scale i bought from wally world and this might be the problem because i weighed myself at work and i had lost 5 lbs from when i checked on friday. The scale at work is one of those old school ones that uses a slide and is mechanical. You can zero it out mechanically. I weighed 236 on fri and weighed 231 today. I work nights so my off days are kind of hard for me because i end up sleeping at night and it throws off my schedule. Normally i eat around 10 pm and again at 3 am when working nights but when i am off i will eat around 4 pm and then around 8 pm. That probably isnt good but i am not sure what else i can do. For fish my wife and I eat Talapia. I love it!! I cook it in a small frying pan and add water to it and let the water boil. I season it prior to putting it the pan with onion powder, garlic powder, salt, pepper and sometimes cayenne pepper. We boil for about 6 minutes adding water as needed. I add a slight amount of lemon juice close to the end. It comes out really good and whatever juice is left i will either pour it on top of the fish or on top of the veggies. I did this with asparagus once and it came out delicious!! My wife and i are from Austin and i actually found out about this by mistake while on the internet. I did research for several days and then found someone who had actually done the plan at one of the clinics here. He told me i could by the hcg online and do it sublingually. So that is what we have been doing. I have been doing good with not really craving anything until my wife bought my girls some groceries and she bought a bag of Doritos!!! That is one of my few weaknesses!! All night i kept thiniking about them. I told my girls to eat them up as fast as they could and i told my wife NOT to buy them again until we are well in to our desired goal!! That was extremely hard to not eat, especially with some home made salsa!! mmm mmm
Sounds good. Yeah i have been counting the lettuce. I may have gone over 500 calories on Saturday and that may be why i gained a pound. Not really sure. I also made the mistake of taking liquid benedryl which i am sure has sugar in it!!! I dont know what i was thinking!!! I will definitely keep my head straight on that!!
Thanks Ladies for the advice! Darlene I’m in Phoenix, AZ, and Im going to be doing the drops. Sherrie thanks for the encouragement! I have one question because I was reading more about HCG and would it be better if I started the drops on the last day of my period? Have either of you noticed a difference either way?
Thankfully, I’m through menopause. My daughter was on drops and doing really well, and then when that time of the month came around, she flowed so heavily she went off, then never did start back up. 🙁
Hello all, menstrual still missing in action feel very bloated. I did go the morning after the smooth moves and lost 1.8lbs the next morning but the very next day weigh in with 1.6lbs gained back. My body is out of wack b/c of my cycle. When I say I’m regular I mean every 21-23 days….so this 33 days so far has me concerned. @ Darlene not doing any fruit b/c of the sugar @Sherrie I’m 43 and the last roll was 7.6yrs ago so pregnant is not a option. 100% sure its hormone inbalance/water retention there is nothing else it can be. I’m eating only what I’m suppose to eat. So if I reset in my low 160’s it’s still not 183lbs and I will do another P2 in 5 weeks and hope my cycle doesn’t rob me of a few pounds again.
@Sherrie I was 158.8lbs on last drop day and now 163 even so thats 4.2lbs and I retain that much water weight with the onset of my cycle. Being that it hasn’t come it’s water it has’t to be.
Oh and all my measurements are exactly the same as they were my last drop day exccpt my stomach & lower belly increased by 1″ inch on the abs and .50″ on the stomach. Everything else the same arms, chest, hips, thighs, claves
Lisa, no matter what, when you go in to p3 and you go up 2 pounds from your last drop day, you need to do a steak day. You don’t ever want it going over the 2 lbs
Hi Everyone,
I am on my day 4 and was excited to see that I was down the 6lbs that I had gained from the two binge days. That scared me. So far I have not been hungry and have loved reading all of your imput. Sherrie you had excepted me on FB and then when I went to email you. You were gone? Hope you are okay don’t know what happened with that. One question that I have is can you use stevia while on this or not. I usually put it in my tea but have been doing with out it the past few days. Anyone know about that? Congratulations to all of you losing weight. keep up the good work. Hope I can say the same in a couple of weeks
Sandy
Hey Sandy, I have no idea, my e-mail here is stratman397 at aol dot com, you can e-mail me anytime and just put hcg diet or something in the subject line, I will keep it on my address book then. Don’t know what to tell you on FB, a lot of my friends have disappeared.
Yes, stevia and sweet and low are the only 2 sweetners allowed on this.
WTG on the 6 lbs loss.
Update folks… mother nature finally graced me w/ her presence last night & boy did she. My weight dropped 2lbs this morning so thats a plus for me. So after she leaves me I’m hoping for an additional lost & will do a steak day Friday. Will keep you guys posted. Iam like the 1 out of 10 million that my cycle stalled & couldn’t regulate until it came down( I KNEW! my cycle was holdin’ me up she so tempremental……Thanks all for your support.
Hey everyone, quick question for the group. What happens to all of the streched out skin once you reach your goal. I got the impression from both Dr Simeons and from Kevin Trudaeu’s book that the skin just shrinks back to match up with your “new body”. Is that an accurate impression? My wife and 3 of our kids are starting the hcg drops today and I was very curious about this.
I think a lot of it has to do with how many pounds you’re going to be losing, and if you’re doing anything to keep tonig? I know it says not to exercise while on this, but I started walking the day I started the diet and my legs don’t look too bad. 🙂 Well not for a 53 year old woman anyway.
Hi everyone,
I have really enjoyed the info you have shared. (Especially the weight losses!)
I’m still waiting for my hCG to arrive. (As most of you have probably done, I’ve been researching hCG and reading/rereading Pounds and Inches by Dr. A.T.W Simeons.)
So…my question…What personal products do you use…Deoderant, Shampoo, Toothpaste, etc?
(I would love to have some choices from w-mart world or any other local store.)
I can’t wait to start posting my accomplishments. (fat losses)
Thanks,
Wanda
Hey Wanda
I honestly think it depends on as to whether you’re using the real HCG or the homeopathic. I used the homeopathic and never changed anything as far as deodorants, shampoos, etc and still lost very well on the diet
Sherrie…I’m going to be using the real hCG. I’m hoping I can continue to use my normal brands, but am willing to change for the duration of the diet. I’m just not sure what to buy!
Thanks, Wanda
I’ll tell you the one reason I never bought the real stuff(well, actually 2 reasons). One, I don’t trust ANYTHING that comes from over seas, and that’s the only place you can get the real stuff. 2) After talking to the RN behind me, she buys the real stuff, and I’ve had better results from the homeopathic. 3)whoops, added one, I don’t want to have to spend the extra money to buy shampoos and deodorants, etc when I can use my homeopathic, have better results and not have to change a thing I use. Does this make sense? 🙂
Hello everyone, UPDATE
My weight is trickeling back to the last drop weight of 158.8 so far its at 161.2 from 163lbs with 2.4lbs to go and I’ll be back at my last drops weight day. It’s funny how your cycle can totally throw you off…UGH! Will be starting my second go of HCG on Oct. 7th to do it all again just 23 days and whatever I loose this go round. My low to mid 140’s is good for me and then here comes the workouts to build sexy Muscle cuts. Anybody seen Hoopz from the show Flavor of Love? Well thats what I’m going for, tight, taunt, shapely & sexy cuts. I’m soooo hyped! at the weight lost thus far…..
Welcome Wanda, they say Johnson’s baby products….I used the same HCG as Sherrie from Ebay have had amazing results but I still used a natural deorderant, and used the baby baths for my body & I used my regular shampoo just rinsed it really well. Since you purchased the the real hcg then you must use what is allowed. Johnson’s Baby Products are approved, Mineral oil is also in moderation & Bio-lodge Shampoo that cost $17.00 in NJ. Its all in Pounds & Inches if you follow that to the “T” you won’t have any problems. Eight of my friends & family have started after seeing my results in just the 23 days altho I did 38 days they all brought there hcg from Ebay as well…The proof for them was my results seeing me disappear before there eyes was all they needed. I have always been the risk taker & everyone else follows after seeing that whatever worked for me, lol Stay focused & honest with Wanda and you’ll be fine.
Hi Sherrie which HCG from Ebay did you buy?
Hey Monica
This is a different seller, but the exact same stuff I bought. I have a full bottle that has never been opened that I need to try and sell
cgi.ebay.com/Homeopathic-HCG-Weight-Loss-Diet-Drops-Dr-Simeons-New-/170533371072?pt=LH_DefaultDomain_0&hash=item27b494bcc0
Hi everyone! I went to my Dr. last Friday to get all the info and the RX for the HCG. She told me that I can’t take the injections while I’m on my cycle due to the fact that it will become extremely heavy. So I am waiting for it to start (later this week) and then I will start my injections once its over. My sister started this 10 days ago and has lost 16.6 lbs! I was sold after she told me that she lost 6.6 in 2 days. It took me 6 weeks to lose 6 lbs while on weight watchers! I’m super excited and need to get the book so that I can do this the right way. I hope to only do one cycle and then lose the rest on my own. Good luck everyone!!
Hello Everyone!
Sounds like everyone is doing well on hCG and I can tell you all it IS a tough protocol to follow but well worth every bit! I didn’t suffer from hunger while I was on the homeopathic drops. My only struggle was with not eating the same things and getting bored with the simplisity of the foods. I mean … how many ways can you prepare cabbage? Anyway …. I am ready to start my second round and I have forgotten if when I do my two days of loading … do I do the drops OR not? Thanks so much and any meal suggestions are welcome! Good Luck to all!!
Thank you Sherrie I am going to check it out right now.
Christy: If you email me, I can send you the POUNDS and INCHES Book online and a cookbook. Darlene_Kuykendall_Anderson@Hotmail.com
Have you tried the chili? YUM!!!!!!
I wasn’t hungry so at first it didn’t matter what I ate. I even cooked fish in the oven and it dried it out but I didn’t care. I just ate to live Vs how I usually do, live to eat.
Later I tried other stuff. Fish cooked on top of the stove w/ a little water and lemon juice and spices taste good. I add more water when all the water has cooked down and make a lemon juice.
Yes Amy, do the drops while you’re loading
Try fresh asparagus. Clean it and break it, then lay it on some aluminum foil(sprayed with pam) on a cookie sheet. Spray it with some butter flavored pam and add some sea salt and pepper. Bake on 450 or 475 for 15 minutes, it’s delicious
Sherrie,
Thanks so much for the info. I thought you couldn’t use Pam or any oils? The recipe sounds DELICIOUS!! Can’t wait to get started!!!
I checked to see when pam was invented, but the Protocol by Dr Simeons was written before pam was invented, so I figured if he was alive, he would have allowed that(you have to use something to keep things from sticking):) There is 0 everything in it. Now, that I’m done with p2, I still love the asparagus, but, I now drizzle the asparagus with virgin olive oil…When you’re done with p2, you’ll have to try it with the virgin olive oil.
As far as the 450 vs 475. I’ve done it both ways, and it comes out the same, so may as well do the lower heat. I think maybe higher heat if the asparagus is thicker, but with mine, I always try to get the smalled ones I can find
My one friend gave me a recipe for cabbage too, she would put it in the microwave with some pam sprayed on it(the butter flavored) and some garlic salt. I tried it once and it was pretty good, but I think it should have cooked a little longer. I would do the jarred sauerkraut occasionally when on p2
Thanks Sherrie & Lisa for the info.
I think I’ll try Johnson&Johnson baby products.
Another question…How did you handle telling friends/family about hCG and the VLCD?
I’m strugling with this…I plan to tell everyone about the diet…in time. (Of course, it will be obvious soon enough!!) I’m just not sure how to handle the nay-sayers when it comes to the hCG.
Any suggestions are welcome,
Wanda
Wanda, I had family too but simple told them I’ve done my research and theres no side affects to taking it, but like you said they will see it soon enough. The hardest part was explaining to them how the hcg gives you the extra calories by releasing all the stored fat into the bloodstream thats feeding you as well as the 500 cals that you eat but once they saw the results & that I wasn’t all drawn up and sickly they let it go. But when I did get the headaches for a few days they started again by saying you need to eat you staving urself…but the protocol tells you that its normal (if you get headaches) and it will pass…… its just the body adjusting so there you have it tell them to kick rocks & watch you transform.
Wanda, I had family too but simple told them I’ve done my research and theres no side affects to taking it, but like you said they will see it soon enough. The hardest part was explaining to them how the hcg gives you the extra calories by releasing all the stored fat into the bloodstream thats feeding you as well as the 500 cals that you eat but once they saw the results & that I wasn’t all drawn up and sickly they let it go. But when I did get the headaches for a few days they started again by saying you need to eat you staving urself…but the protocol tells you that its normal (if you get headaches) and it will pass…… its just the body adjusting so there you have it tell them to kick rocks & watch you transform.
Reply
I just told them the name of the diet I was on and how it worked. When they said 500 calories is starving yourself(the same thing I told my friend when she told me she was on it), I explained to them how the hcg pulls 2000-2500 extra calories from stored fat. The thing is, I had to lose the weight for me, not for anyone else. And how I did it is really no one elses business. It’s harder on us being over weight is the way I look at it
Hi everyone,
I’ve been on HCG for the past month (a month on Monday) I’ve lost a total of 24 pounds but for the past two weeks I’ve lost nothing. I wasnt worried because I actually lost that 24 pounds 2 weeks ago well before my month. However now I gained 3 pounds and I am super nervous. I drink all of my water 2 litre plus. I rarely eat the melba toast I do work out. When I say work out I use the elliptical machine for 40 minutes everyday. Sometimes I will lift light weights but it’s minimal lifting 15 minutes tops. I cheated last week Friday by having a glass of wine, and a slice of home made bread. Also I did start back taking my blood pressure medication. Only because I’ve been under a bit of stress at work and my doctor said I should ease myself off of them and not totally stop taking them. WHich is what I initially did at the start of the diet. The blood pressure pills acts as a diuretic are these the cause the cause? I was also thinking of switching my hcg brand? Which is why I asked Sherrie about hers, because maybe i’m immune. Anyone have any suggestions. I’m not going to give up I know eventually something will have to give , but it is quite disappointing, and I long for those happy (yet hungry days) of the scale moving in the right direction. 🙁 Any suggestions would be greatly appreciated
Hey Monica
Unless you were doing the elliptical machine before you started this diet, starting it while doing the diet for the first time was not a good idea. I don’t think walking maybe a 1/2 mile or mile a day(which is 20 minutes or less) is going to hurt, but you are building muscle by doing this and muscle, as you are aware of, weighs more than fat. That, the cheating(which can/will cause a stall out in most people on p2) and the medicine alone, is most likely the reason you’re not moving on the scales.
Monica, the thing to remember is the diet is only a few weeks long, your eating habits are going to be lifelong. Just hang in there, one day you will be able to have a little bread or some candy or anything else you want (in moderation). chill out on the elliptical machine for now, and no more cheating, keep doing what you’re doing. 24 lbs in 4 weeks is an average of 6 lbs a week, which is almost a pound a day, and that my dear is EXCELLENT in itself. Where else could you have lost like that?? Give yourself a hug for me and keep your chin up and chest out..:) You’ll get there!!
I was actually one of the people that didn’t believe this would work. I knew a couple people that DID lose weight but gained it back. When my sister said she was doing this I was thinking “yeah right, good luck!” but when she told me what she lost in the first day I started researching it. My problem is how DO you keep the weight from returning? And is it normal for there to be stalls along the way when you are on the shots or drops? My sis told me that she actually gained .2 yesterday and she is on day 11 of the HCG. Is that normal??
Hi Amy!
Yes, you do the drops when loading. The whole process starts together. The first day of the drops/shots, is the first day of loading. My dr told me to load for 3 days and I asked someone else about it and they too said that 3 days of loading is better. I don’t know which is right but my sister and I have used the same dr and she loaded for 3 days, only gained 2 lbs, and has lost 17 lbs in 11 days. Who knows why 2 or 3 days of loading makes a difference!
Actually, protocol says 2 days, and that’s what I did both times
I have a question, I went to a health doc here in charlotte nc and they gave me the hcg shot and told me nothing. Not a thing on how to eat or if I’m suppose to go in to take the shot daiyly. But one thing I do know they told me to go in weekly. What am I suppose to do? Do u recomend the shot or the drops better?
Did you tell them the HCG diet? There is a one time shot but that is for something else! You have to take the shots every day or the drops daily. Emailme: darlene_kuykendall_anderson@hotmail. I will email you the book.
Hey Amy
Finally another southerner. I’m about 2 hours from you. Welcome
That’s the problem with these Drs. They’re charging everyone outrageous prices and not even giving them the diet, or the correct diet.
I don’t know much about the shots, as I did the homeopathic drops, but I do think from what I’ve read, it’s everyday for so many days(a lot of people give themselves the shots).
Myself, I prefer what I was on, and I only paid $24.99 for my 6 week supply
Please read pounds and inches. You will find everything on there. Page 30 is the page that tells you how/what to eat
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
Today is day 7 (Includes the 2 load days). I am down 13 pounds!!! I am so excited! Thanks for all your help in answering questions via email ladies:}
WTG Rebecca…You’re on your way to a much more wonderful/healthy life!
Can someone please explan phase 3 to me?
Thank you!
Okay I just got my period. And I’m sooooo hungry. And I’ve read it better to eat more during ur period. What do I do? I’m doing the hcg shots every 4 days imm suppose to go tomorrow to get my shot but I was told not to take it on my period. But what do I do about my hunger?
I just started today and am loading up on sinfully yummy foods that I have not had in so long and loving it! I do have a question that I would love an answer to… can I do this for 42 days? I have about 70 pounds to loose. I am taking the injections. Please help
Janai, you will probably have to do about 3 rounds of p2 to get 70 lbs off. I did 6 weeks my first time on of p2 and then I did 3 weeks the 2nd time.
Thanks Sherrie! Can I be on the injections for 6 weeks or do I need to take a break in between?
Janai, that I couldn’t tell you as I never did the injections.
iam 61 years old, type 2 diabetic suffer with high blood pressure, cant eat hardly anything i also cant walk i have rhumetoid arthritis with osteoporosis, i was considering lap band surgery but not being able to walk i dont think so now, i dont eat salt pork, beef, fats or cholesterol foods or spices of any kind, they make me sick, and i eat only 2 smll meals a day, i am just not hungry, i eat healthy baked or boiled foods, no sugar lots of fruit, i cant have anything with a high sodium content, or oils or any kind of grease, yet i am unable to lose weight, would this pill help me? only excercise i am able to do is chair excercises which do nothing for my stomach, that and my shoulders and arms are the biggest parts of me, its as if all the weight is concentrated in those areas. please help!
Yes, I do believe this would help, but I wouldn’t do the “pill”, I would do the drops. I got my homeopathic drops on ebay, they’re under $30 for the ones I took. Please talk to your Dr first, but we’ve had a lot of Drs here putting their patients that are on a lot of different medicines for some of the problems you are experiencing with very good results
Hi Sherrie just wanted to update you the weight is coming off Finally. I lost 9 pounds last week and 1.5 so far this week very happy with my results.
Thank you Monica for checking in, and Congratulations on the weight lost..I’m so proud of you and I know you’re super proud of yourself. This diet is a God send. I have never had results like this and especially being done with the drops for over 3 mos now and keeping where I’m at. Please keep me posted as to how you’re doing, and you know, you can e-mail me anytime too at stratman397 at aol dot com
If you do, just make sure you put hcg diet or this is Monica or something in the subject line that will catch my eye as the first time, it will go to my spam folder. 🙂
Amy I have been trying to research everything I can on that. I was only on the injections a week when mine started. I broke down and ate. I am starting over with the food today. I don’t think its as easy as they say during your period, I was sooooooo hungry.
Amy-
I got my period 2 days ago and I was starving as well! I broke down and ate…I gained 3 pounds in 2 days but now I feel like it has passed. I couldn’t find any info to help so I just gave in.
See I don’t have a computer to read about what to eat and also where do u buy ur hcg drops? Can u send me the website?
Sherri,
Thank u, I’ve also looked and nothing!!! I hate it and the bad thing is it last me 7-9 days. That sucks. I’ve kinda stuck it out I’ve only gained. 1 pound in 3 days but I hate it. I might just eat bc I’m still starving. Thank u sooo much but I’m still working at it.
I can’t believe what help this website has been. I am on my 2nd day of the VLCD and doing well. My question is … can we have turkey hotdogs? or turkey sausage? Both being no or low fat and no carbs. Just curious. Thanks so much!!! Amy
Amy, please e-mail me at stratman397 at aol dot com..Just make sure you put hcg diet in the subject line until I get you out of my spam folder. It is so much easier to e-mail one on one with people, as on here, I don’t get any updates.
These are the drops I used
cgi.ebay.com/Homeopathic-HCG-Weight-Loss-Diet-Drops-Dr-Simeons-New-/170533371072?pt=LH_DefaultDomain_0&hash=item27b494bcc0
Amy, quick answer…:) NO!
Remember, the 500 calorie diet is not for long, the turkey hot dogs can be eaten on the next phase. 🙂 You have got to stick strictly with the protocol.
I’m using the drops & would like to know if I continue taking the HCG until I lose the weight I want or do I need to stop for a period time then start again? Some of the things I’ve seen (100lbs in 100 days) seem to imply that you take until the weight is gone, then others say if your on the HCG for 40days you need to be off for 60 days. Which is right or does it matter?
Sherrie
I am doing the drops, do you know how long of break you are to take before starting again?
Debbie, did you read pounds and inches? If not, I highly recommend you read it, all the info you need is there in black and white.
Go down to page 25(the duration of the program)
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
Hey Rebecca
The sheet I got with my drops said any amount of time(I kind of liked p3). My sheet said if you stay on p3 longer than 2 1/2 weeks, you can reload, and 2 weeks or less you don’t have to reload(I liked load days). I think a good rule of thumb though is 3 weeks, and try to stabilize in those 3 weeks(staying within 2 pounds of last drop weight
Thanks Sherrie!
Where did you get your drops from? Mine did not come with any instructions.
Thanks
Hey Rebecca
I got mine on e-bay. I had to ask for directions with it and then they e-mailed them to me. If you have the same kind as me, I can e-mail you the papers I got with mine
Hello friends,
My husband and I have been on the HCG drops/diet for 21 days as of today and the results are outstanding! We both have a LOT to lose but we are significantly on our way! We are doing the 42 day program, then will stop in late October and start up again the day after Christmas for another round.
I just received an e-mail from an HCG supplier with some different food items and amounts to be eaten every day. It does not strictly follows Simeons’ protocal but there were lots of testimonials that it worked for others. I was curious if anyone has seen it or tried other menus besides the Simeon strict menu. NOT that we want to change because it has worked for us, just curious. Good luck to everyone, we tell everyone we know about the diet, we are so happy with it!
No, I think Dr Simeon put a lot of time and effort in to his diet to find exactly what you need to work. Although you can eat other things and lose, who’s to say that afterwards you will have the same results? The first time around I did have some french style green beans a couple times, but the last p2, I stuck strictly with his protocol. Have been off the drops since June 14 and lost 20 more pounds and am within 5 pounds of my goal.
WTG on the weight loss! I have tried EVERY diet out there, and this is the only one I’ve been able to eat pretty much anything I want anymore and stay about the same weight. I love it
Thanks Sherrie for the advice! I read and re-read Dr. Simeons manuscript constantly and seem to learn something new every time. My husband has lost 36.4 pounds in 21 days and I have lost 19.2 – he needs to lose a total of 100lbs and me 70lbs, so we had a lot of extra “storage” to get rid of quickly. I agree that although some diets we have tried have worked, like Southbeach, it’s just that they all take too long and it’s easy to get frustrated early on at the slow rate. Every day on HCG we get a reward for your efforts and we are never really hungry.
I do have a question…did you ever develop an aversion to the meats/protein? I am finding it harder and harder to finish the 3 oz servings….I am usually ok with the veggies and fruit, but the meat is somtimes hard to finish, even the chili, which is wonderful.
Hey Judy
You’re very welcome
3 oz?? LOL It’s supposed to be 3.5 not 3.0, so if you’re only doing 3 oz, you definitely need to get that up to 3.5
I never had a hard time finishing the meat. Maybe try and eat it first. Your protein is what’s going to keep you full. I never tried the chili, but I am having chili tomorrow night. 🙂 Of course, I’m done with the dieting more or less now(as of this morning had 4 more pounds to go to my goal, I think. ) Anyway, wtg on the weight loss to your and your hubby. You two must be so very proud of yourselves. 🙂
Keep up the good work, and make sure you up that protein if you’re not eating enough. I know, you can’t get 3 oz down how are you goig to get 3.5 down? LOL Rememeber eat meat first…!
CONGRATS Sherrie on your weight loss!!! So how much does that make your loss total? It never ceases to amaze me your knowledge and your help to all of us ! I want to personally extend a HUGE THANK YOU for your time, effort and support to all of us who utilize this website.
I currently am on day 6 of my second round of phase 2 down from 237 to 229 and going strong. I know I have A LOT to learn (and lose) yet but hearing your words of wisdom sure makes it alot easier! Thank you Thank you Thank you SHERRIE!!!
Amy Jo
Thank you so very very much!
I started out at 196.6 and right now stay between 138 and 140. I still would like to get to 135, but, my body keeps telling me I don’t need to go the extra 3-5 lbs. 🙂
I don’t know about the knowledge, but I love to see people succeed in their weight loss and hate to see people give up. You are doing great Amy and so proud of you. You will get to your goal!
I have to tell you what I did(I do think I’m going through my mid life crisis). I went and got my first(and think it will be my ONLY) tatoo. LOL I got an angel on my shoulder. I said now I always have an angel on my shoulder. 🙂
I am so proud of all of you on here for caring enough about yourselves and wanting to do something about your weight so you can live longer/healthier lives. Just remember, if you go to cheat at all, you will feel guilty, and you will stall out, take it from one who learned the hard way. 🙂 3 or 6 weeks on p2 does go by fast, and every one of you CAN get through those few short weeks!!!
Hey its me again lol Sherrie I wanted to know where u purchased it drops. I bought mine from a kiosk in the mall. I did try to test them with a pregnancy test and they failed. I got nervous and called the company and she said since they are homeopathic it won’t pass a pregnancy test. Do u know if theres truth to that statement. By the way today is my first day of 500 calories and I’m so excited. It’s a little hard not just eating all-day especially since I’m just home all day with my newborn but oh well I’m not quitting. Hopefully it will get easier when I go back to work.
Hey
The company that told you that about the pregnancy test is telling the truth. 🙂
I got mine from e-bay. I didn’t see the seller on there I got mine from, but there were some just like the ones I got. They were $29.99 with free shipping and handling, and I noticed the other day they had them on there now for $21.99
You will do fine, and I KNOW YOU WON’T QUIT!
Ahh, a newborn, wish I lived closer, would babysit for you. I just had my 4th and 5th g-children(born 9 days apart).
Did you lose your weight in just one round? I am at your starting weight and want to get where you are! Tomorrow will be the beginning of week 3 with only 12 pounds lost. I think I need to drink more water.
Hey Sarah
Are you 5’6″ too?
Okay, you’re right on track hon. I lost 9.2 the first week and then averaged out about 3 lbs a week after that. The first 3 weeks, I lost 15 lbs, then only another 7 lbs over the next 3 weeks(did 6 weeks first round). the problem was after 3 weeks, I started cheating. 🙁 Of course, that causes stalls so I only hurt myself.
I went on p3 for 2 1/2 weeks after the first 6 rounds and then back to p2 for 3 more weeks. That’s all I did of the p2. I actually lost weight on p3 and would do so well on it, that, even though it’s not recommended, that is how I finished up losing what I’ve lost. Well, I’m not really done yet, still have about 4-5 lbs to go.
On water, you can include your tea, coffee and water. As long as you’re getting 1/2 gallon a day, you’re doing fine. Remember, you’re not going to lose as much as a man. Women tend to average about 1/2 pound a day. Keep up the good work. I started in March(22) and had this all off within 5 mos pretty much(maybe within 5 lbs anyway)..You CAN do it!!
Hi Everyone,
I am in P2 and I had my version of balsamic tomatos today… balsamic vinegar, 3.5 oz tomato, salt, basil and onion…Is onion considered a seasoning or a serving of veg? It was about 1 slice of onion.
Also is the melba toast serving, one piece or 1 packet? I also noticed when I added all the components of the sample diet it came to a little over 350 calories… where is best to increase calories?
Thanks much,
An onion is a vegetable, and is considered a vegetable on the diet. 🙂
The melba toast you get 2 of those a day(NOT 2 packs). I believe(if I’m not mistaken) that they’re 20 calories apiece. Can you tell us what you ate where you only came up to 350 calories??
Hey everyone ~ I am doing the injections. I am on day 6. I have lost 10.3 lbs. I am struggling hard, its Sunday and I so want a nice big dinner: meat, veggies, bread, wine… ugh… I am very tired of Chicken…. recipes PLEASE… going to the grocery store soon.
Hey Janai
You are doing great, keep it up. Those “good meals” are right around the corner. These 3 weeks(or 6 weeks, whichever way you’re doing it) are here and gone before you know it, and you will be leaner and meaner..Stick with it!!
You can have lean hamburger, cube steaks, breakfast steaks, shrimp, white fish, there are lots of things you can have.
I did my chicken on the grill most of the time and even though I thought I was going to get sick of chicken, believe it or not, I still love cooking it on the grill one or two times a week. 🙂
I am so proud of you, wow, 10.3 lbs in 6 days..Patch yourself on the back hon, that is just so GREAT!
Thanks Sherrie for the reply.
Breakfast: Green tea w/ truvia + apple
Lunch: 3.5 oz chicken breast with rosemary, ginger powder, s&p, cayenne pepper on the foreman w/ 4 oz tomato, balsamic vinegar, 1 slice onion, salt and basil.
Snack: 1 breadstick(garlic) + apple with cinnamon and truvia
Dinner: 4 oz tilapia broiled with balsamic tomato same as lunch. + breadstick
****Throughout the day I have been drinking Pellegrino with truvia and lemon .. .excellent 😉
Am I going to have a problem with the onion?.. I really enjoyed it with the tomatos 🙁
Thanks for all you help.
Sherrie ~ Thank you for your encouragment it really helped me to make some good decissions for dinner. We had hamburgers for dinner… my bun was tomatoes and truly it met my need for a change. Kids want spagetti for dinner tomorrow so I am going to have salad and turkey meatballs. Then I am sure something amazing that will be a good choice after that. Looking forward to another week burning this fat from my bod! Whe you put it in perspective of only 3 more weeks it sounded great and then I thought… you can do 6 more too!!!
So thankful for you!
Hey Janai
Meant to say pat yourself on the back. Must have had that pumpkin patch sign I keep seeing on my mind. 🙂
Good job on the hamburger with tomato bun, yummy sounds good.
Tomorrow night, salad as in just lettuce, right?? 🙂 Remember, only one veggie at a time. Also, no turkey meatballs(sorry, turkey is a no no also on p2). But, come p3 you can have that turkey meatball. I questioned the “turkey vs chicken”, as I believe there is less fat, calories and everything else in turkey, but, turkey was around when this diet was written up, and it didn’t give turkey as an option. 🙁
Try the fresh asparagus for a veggie one night. Clean and break your asparagus and let it drain for a few minutes. Preheat the oven to 400. Get a cookie sheet out and put aluminum foil on it. Spray it with some Pam(something that wasn’t around when this diet was written(LOL) then lay your asparagus out on the cookie sheet, sprinkle with some sea salt and pepper and spray it lightly with some butter flavored pam. Bake 20 minutes. It’s good for you, on the protocol and tastes fantastic.
Will be waiting to hear from you tomorrow to see how you did your first week on the diet. !! Good luck!!
Sherrie ~ Oh my… don’t know what I was thinking with the turkey… thanks! I have to ask what p2 and p3 is. I was told I eat this way for 21 days and that is it… should I know more? I have been mixing my veggies in the salad only… spinage, celery, onion, and tomatoe ~ I am going to make this week by the book and see how much changes.
Have a great night!
Hey Janai
P2 is what you’re on right now(very low calories). P3 is when you get done with p2 which is where you add back everything except for sugar/starches for 3 weeks. If you are at your goal weight then you can go to p4 after your 3 weeks on p3, (p4 is where you add back the sugar/starches gradually. If you still have more weight to lose, then go back to p2 after 3 weeks of p3. Did you read pounds and inches? That will explain how to do it all.
You do not want to mix any veggies, 2 veggies allowed a day, that’s it! 🙂
If you are doing the vlcd for 21 days, then say you end your drops on a Tuesday night, then for the next 72 hours, you stay on the same diet you’ve been on, except without the drops. So if you ended your drops on a Tuesday night, then Wednesday, Thursday and Friday you would stay on the same low calorie diet, then Saturday morning you would start eating your 3 meals a day, increasing calories, and not having to weigh your food out(YEAH). You do that for 3 weeks(I actually stayed on p3 2 1/2 weeks then went back to p2). Anyway, weigh yourself like you have been doing, every day, and if you gain more than 2 lbs of your last drop day, then you have to do a steak/apple or steak/tomato day.
I’m going to put pounds and inches on here, just in case you haven’t rad it. Please go to page 30, that will tell you how to do the diet! No more mixing!! 🙂
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
Again Sherrie I am thanking you tonight. So I am going to rewind the story and see what you think I should do.
A friend of mine told me about the hcg injections. Great weight loss stories to boot. I am 5’2 and teater between 186-198 for the last 5 years. I have done the gym and a trainer I can loose but keeping it off is a whole other story.
So I went for it. I was told to eat 300 calories of protien, 120 calories of fruit and 80 calories from veggies. 2 proteins, 2 veggies, 2 fruits weighed raw and not to eat all 500 calories at once. No alcohol or oil. 1st 2 days eat till you fill sick on what ever you want.
So that is what I have been doing since Monday ~ Do you think I should start over with Phase 1? Keep going with the changes I have learned from you? What do you think?
Hey janai
So, you are doing the injections? Not sure of your age, and that does play a small factor,as once you get over 40, you can have about an extra 5 lbs of weight on your frame and look great still. I also was on every diet out there(including the good old adipex(diet bill)from the Diet Dr. I lost 60 lbs in 3 mos on those, walked a mile everyday, went off the diet pills and kept the weight off for the whole year I walked. When I quit walking, guess what? The weight came back on(and all the time I was not eating hardly any food at all). All the other diets out there, well, I’ve tried them also, and like you, the weight would come back on. My teatering is now staying between 138 and 141(although my dream is to still get to 135). I have been doing this now for I guess maybe going on 2 mos(without looking in my weight journal).
I think if you look at Dr Simeons pounds and inches, you won’t find where he has it broken down like that(300 calories for protein, etc). I would count my calories from my meat first(I don’t really care if it’s 200 or 400 a day), as long as you get your numbers right and stay at 500 or what I usually did was stayed between 460 and 470. I did the most important calories first(the protein), then would do my fruit and then last veggie as a lot of times, it’s hard to get enough veggies to get you close enough to your calories. I would weigh my apple(after I cored it). I knew there was 16.25 calories in each ounce. Then the oranges, I would peel first and pull apart, then weigh, and those are 14.54 or 14.55 an ounce. The strawberries I would also weigh out, and 5.3 oz is 50 calories, and that’s what I would do with those. I hardly ever did the grapefruit, as I hate having to take time to cut those and then have it eaten in less time than it took me to cut it.
She was right on first 2 days of diet eating anything you want, but not until you feel sick, I would eat things I knew I wouldn’t get for awhile and would still quit eating when I felt comfortable.
I have never done the injections, I prefer the homeopathic(kind of funny about getting meds from over seas). Anyway, stay on the injections since you’re already on them, and when you’re done with the last injection, then you will still do the same 500 calorie diet for the following 3 days(72 hours) then gradually add back everything except sugar/starches for 3 weeks. If you have to do another round of p2, then start back on either injections or homeopathic drops(those are very reasonable through ebay), load up for the 2 days and then get back to business. Here is the site I use for fruits/calories/ etc. It will give you a sample on the left side of how many oz it is for the calories in that certain fruit. you can divide it yourself to see what it comes out to an oz.
fda.gov/Food/LabelingNutrition/FoodLabelingGuidanceRegulatoryInformation/InformationforRestaurantsRetailEstablishments/UCM063482
Feel free to email me at stratman397 at aol dot com If you do, you need to make sure you put hcg diet or something to do with hcg in the subject line so I don’t delete it from my spam folder.
Sherrie,
You are a God send. Encouraging so many people. Your message was exactly what I needed.
I am 5’7, just had 2 pregancies in a row… So an 19 month old and an 8 week old. I have to get this weight off! I did this diet before and the weight seemed to melt off and now it is slow moving! I feel like I am doing something wrong as I have had soo many days where I only see ounces off my weight instead of a pound or two. Any tips on the best combination of food for meals that seem to work better and show results on the scale?
Thank you!
It’s okay Sarah..Can we say, you’re NORMAL!!?? Most women do only lose 1/2 pound a day and sometimes just those dreaded ounces, but, much better than putting on 1/2 lb a day or a few ounces, isn’t it? 🙂
Congrats on the babies. One of my g-babies was born 8 weeks ago today(Aug. 9) and another one was born 9 days later for a grand total of 5 now. 🙂
5’7″ then try for around 140..Heck, you may be happy at 145..You’ll know(or I should say your body will know) when you’re where you should be. Me and my body keep having this discussion everyday, I say 5 more pounds and it says “NO”. 🙂
Have a great day and keep up the fantastic job! Wow, 12 lbs is an average of 4 lbs a week!!!
Sorry, didn’t see the one question until now..No tips as far as the meals,other than never the same thing twice in one day. 🙂
Hey All!
Its my third day and so far i have eaten:
Breakfast : Green tea
Lunch: 100 grams(raw) chicken and grilled on the george forman:) and 1 cup of tomatoes 🙂
and one full orange (and shockingly I haven’t even finished my full orange and I am really satisfied)
Dinner: I haven’t gotten to the time but plan on doing the same maybe having one cup of cucumbers.
I can use all the help you guys can give me. But I do have one questions what seasonings can i use to flavor my meats/veggies :)??
Looks like you are doing good today.
So for dinner you may have chicken and a cup of cucumbers? Sounds good. I ate that before for one of my dinners. I many times had the same thing for lunch and dinner but was told it would be better to change it up. To daily change up the fruits, the veggies and the meat. I did the HCG and now my sister, a best friend and another friend are doing it too. We all talk often. That an blogs help out a lot.
Check out this……. http://darlene1966.blogspot.com/
darlene1966.blogspot.com/ I have some recipes on there.
Also, email me and I can send you a cookbook if I have not already.
Darlene_Kuykendall_Anderson@hotmail.com
Sounds like you’re doing fantastic Allie..Keep it up. Hoping for a good loss for you tomorrow morning…You Go Girl!
The juice of one lemon daily is allowed for all purposes. Salt, pepper, vinegar, mustard powder, garlic,
sweet basil, parsley, thyme, majoram, etc., may be used for seasoning, but no oil, butter or dressing
Sherrie,
My understanding of P3 is you can eat anything except starch and sugar, up to 1000 calories a day. Is this correct? And you lost during P3?
Thank you again for all your help. And my son was born aug 8th! The day before your grandchild:)
Hey Sarah
You are right and wrong. 🙂
yes, you eat everything on p3, EXCEPT sugar/starch, but on the calories no. Start out at around 1200-1400. If you gain, a lot of times you’re not eating enough calories. Just keep a close eye on your weight.
Yes, I have lost A LOT on p3, infact probably 25 lbs of what I lost was on p3(which you’re not really supposed to do), but for some reason, on that phase it just kept coming off, and I sure wasn’t going to stretch my stomach and eat more to gain back what I was losing. I would eat healthy and eat until I felt satisfied.
Would love to see pictures of your son. my e-mail is
stratman397 at aol dot com. If you’re on FB, you can find me on there by using this e-mail also.
Hello All,
Well, today is day 24 and my husband and I are still going strong! Gregg has lost 38lbs and I have lost 21lbs! Gregg is going to stop phase 1 as soon as he hits 40lbs (per Simeons’ protocol). I too get tired of the same old meats/veggies….but I have tried to break it up every day making a meal plan each week. Also, I made meatloaf the other night (98% lean ground meat, 1/2 c onion, seasonings, and 6 crushed melba rounds topping it with about 1/2 can of sugar free tomato sauce) and it really felt like the “normal” food we had been eating. Another idea was grilled sweet onions on a turkey burger (white meat of course), pretty tasty. If you haven’t tried Bragg’s Amino Acids you should. I found it at a health food store and it is great for flavoring the meats (a little goes a long way) as well as adding it to apple-cider vinegar, lemon juice and seasonings for a vegetable marinade.
Whatever you can do to keep it as varied as possilbe really helps. OH, and most important, we are drinking about 1 1/2 gallons a water every day…along with iced tea and coffee. The trips to the bathroom are much more frequent, but it’s worth it! Good luck to everyone, I love reading all the comments, it keeps me encouraged as well.
Judy, turkey is not allowed on the diet.
Pounds and Inches says not to go over 40 days, that doesn’t mean 40 lbs. I have known people that have lost 25 lbs in the first week of this diet.
You can drink as little as 1/2 gallon of water a day, if you really like the water then that’s fine you’re drinking that, but don’t feel you have to drink that much!
WTG to you and your hubby on the weight loss! But tell Gregg, he doesn’t have to quit when he hits the 40 lbs, but not to go over 40 days, and the only reason you want to stop then is so your body doesn’t get immune to the hcg. 🙂
Sherrie,
You are right about the turkey breast meat (I forgot, that was recommended as a protein by the company where I bought my drops from). As to stopping, in Simeons protocol (I don’t have the page number because mine aren’t numbered) under the section titled HISTORY TAKING, the last paragraph states that the treatment is stopped when either 34 lbs are lost or 40 injections are given. The only exception he states is in extreme cases of obesity that he will allow an additional 5-6 lbs to be lost before the treatment stops. So I read that as 40 lbs and then it has to stop. You don’t think that is correct?
I just ordered mine and I am looking forward to getting started with you guys and keeping up with everyone. Any tips/tools would be GREATLY apprecited! Good luck to all!
Judy, I re-read it and then I copied and pasted on here. It’s kind of confusing, as it says they never give a treatment lasting LESS than 26 days(which if he quit at 40 lbs he would be under that amount of time) or do they want you to lose over 34 lbs. I have talked to many people since I started this diet. The bigger one is starting out, the quicker they’re going to lose it. Look at morbidly obese people. They could eat what I’m eating(I’m struggling to get the last 5 lbs off) and lose 40 to 50 lbs in a week. I myself would think it would be better for your hubby to stay on the diet his 26 days as you never want to fall below the 26 days, that is more important, as like I said, if he’s bigger he will lose quicker. I think he would do more damage by stopping because he hit X amount of pounds that he would if he did the 3 weeks.
Back to my talking to people, I know 2 people right off that both lost 25 lbs their first week. The guy quit his before 2 weeks as he was campaigning at the time and just didn’t think it was a good time to diet. The other was my beauticians daughter, she did it a month and quit and was down over 50 lbs. She started out at like 330 and the guy I would say(guestimating) was probably 400 or maybe a tad more.
You are right that he does say about 34 lbs, but he also says about 26 days, and I would definitely no matter how much he has lost, stop before his 3 weeks. I have a friend who has been on it since last November and had lost over 100 lbs, she never went off the drops period.
Anyway, this will be a long post with part of the diet on here. Read it and then you two will have to decide, but, as I said, I defininitely would NOT go off the drops quite yet if I were him
The Duration of Treatment
Patients who need to lose 15 pounds (7 kg.) or less require 26 days treatment with 23 daily injections.
The extra three days are needed because all patients must continue the 500- Calorie diet for three
days after the last injection. This is a very essential part of the treatment, because if they start eating
normally as long as there is even a trace of HCG in their body they put on weight alarmingly at the
end of the treatment. After three days when all the HCG has been eliminated this does not happen,
because the blood is then no longer saturated with food and can thus accommodate an extra influx
from the intestines without increasing its volume by retaining water.
We never give a treatment lasting less than 26 days, even in patients needing to lose only 5 pounds.
It seems that even in the mildest cases of obesity the diencephalon requires about three weeks
rest from the maximal exertion to which it has been previously subjected in order to regain fully its
normal fat banking capacity. Clinically this expresses itself -in the fact that when in these mild cases
treatment is stopped as soon as the weight is normal, which may be achieved in a week, it is much
more easily regained than after a full course of 23 injections.
As soon as such patients have lost all their abnormal superfluous fat, they at once begin to feel
ravenously hungry in she of continued injections. This is because HCG only puts abnormal fat into
circulation and cannot, in the doses used, liberate normal fat deposits; indeed, it seems to prevent
their consumption. As soon as their statistically normal weight is reached, these patients are put on
800-1000 calories for the rest of the treatment. The diet is arranged in such a way that the weight
remains perfectly stationary and is thus continued for three days after the 23rd injection. Only then
are the patients free to eat anything they please except sugar and starches for the next three weeks.
Such early cases are common among actresses, models, mannequins and persons who are tired of
obesity, having seen its ravages in other members of their family. Film actresses frequently explain
that they must weigh less than normal. With this request we flatly refuse to comply, first, because we
undertake to cure a disorder, not to create a new one, and second, because it is in the nature of the
HCG method that it is self limiting. It becomes completely ineffective as soon as all abnormal fat is
consumed. Actresses with a slight tendency to obesity, having tried all manner of reducing methods,
invariably come to the conclusion that their figure is satisfactory only when they are underweight,
simply because none of these methods remove their superfluous fat deposits. When they see that
under HCG their figure improves out of all proportion to the amount of weight lost, they are nearly
always content to remain within their normal weight-range.
When a patient has more than 15 pounds to lose the treatment takes longer but the maximum we
give in a single course is 40 injections, nor do we as a rule allow patients to lose more than 34 lbs.
(15 Kg.) at a time. The treatment is stopped when either 34 lbs. have been lost or 40 injections have
been given. The only exception we make is in the case of grotesquely obese patients who may be
allowed to lose an additional 5-6 lbs. if this occurs before the 40 injections are up.
Immunity to HCG
The reason for limiting a course to 40 injections is that by then some patients may begin to show
signs of HCG immunity. Though this phenomenon is well known, we cannot as yet define the
underlying mechanism. Maybe after a certain length of time the body learns to break down and
eliminate HCG very rapidly, or possibly prolonged treatment leads to some sort of (ouncrregulation
which annuls the dencepbahic effect.
After 40 daily injections it takes about six weeks before this so called immunity is lost and HCG again
becomes fully effective. Usually after about 40 injections patients may feel the onset of immunity as
hunger which was previously absent. In those comparatively rare cases in which signs of immunity
develop before the full course of 40 injections has been completed-say at the 35th injection- treatment
must he stopped at once, because if it is continued the patients begin to look weary and drawn, feel
weak and hungry and any further loss of weight achieved is then always at the expense of normal
fat. This is not only undesirable, but normal fat is also instantly regained as soon as the patient is
returned to a free diet.
Patients who need only 23 injections may be injected daily, including Sundays, as they never develop
immunity. In those that take 40 injections the onset of immunity can be delayed if they are given only
six injections a week, leaving out Sundays or any other day they choose, provided that it is always the
same day. On the days on which they do not receive the injections they usually feel a slight sensation
of hunger. At first we thought that this might be purely psychological, but we found that when normal
saline is injected without the patient’s knowledge the same phenomenon occurs.
Menstruation
During menstruation no injections are given, but the diet is continued and causes no hardship; yet
as soon as the menstruation is over, the patients become extremely hungry unless the injections are
resumed at once. It is very impressive to see the suffering of a woman who has continued her diet for
a day or two beyond the end of the period without coming for her injection and then to hear the next
day that all hunger ceased within a few hours after the injection and to see her once again content,
florid and cheerful. While on the question of menstruation it must he added that in teenaged girls
the period may in some rare cases he delayed and exceptionally stop altogether. If then later this is
artificially induced some weight may be regained.
Further Courses
Patients requiring to lose more than 34 lbs. must have a second or even more courses. A second
course can be started after an interval of not less than six weeks, though the pause can be more
than six weeks. When a third, fourth or even fifth course is necessary, the interval between courses
should be made progressively longer. Between a second and third course eight weeks should elapse,
between a third and fourth course twelve weeks, between a fourth and fifth course twenty weeks and
between a fifth and sixth course six months. In this way it is possible to bring about a weight reduction
of 100 lbs. and more if required without the least hardship to the patient.
I went to the B Ki Weight Center. They revised Dr. Simeon’s protocol. Daily their commercials are on TV here in Dallas. Lots of people are losing.
B Ki said you could do the HCG for 23 to 40 days.
40 days being the best if you are needing to lose.
Men lose about a pound or two a day and woman 1/2. That’s after the first week because your first week you may lose a lot more.
How ever many days you go on HCG, they recommend that you go off it for the same amount of days.
Example: Go on it fo 40 days and lose 40+ lbs then go off of it for 40 days. You can still lose when you are off of it. Go back on in it in 40 days and reload for two days then start again for 20 to 40 days.
The more you need to lose, the more times you will repeat with HCG.
I lost 20+ on HCG for 21 days (23 counting my loading days) and I have lost about 10 being off of it. If I keep losing I may stay off of it or I may do it so I get another fast results fast losing spurt.
Yall are doing GREAT!!! There are so many variations to the diet but they all seem to work. I wish I would have done the 40 days vs the 21.
Wish you’d share your story on here: http://darlene1966.blogspot.com/
Hi Everyone. This is my second day on the HCG diet. For lunch today, I had a handful of shredded cabbage with balsamic vinegar, 3.5 oz of chicken breast (w/ hot sauce–0 calories), and slices of cucumbers with salt and pepper and hot sauce (0–calories). I just want to make sure that I am on the right track and that I am able to have two types a vegetables in one meal and the hot sauce…Thanks
Darlene, the problem with all these places changing Dr Simeons original protocol is maybe they work now, but whos to say when you’re done losing, it will continue to work. I don’t like all the changes that people/drs are making. I know the hcg works, I know how I’m eating now, and I know my weight is still staying within 2 pounds even when I eat sugar, etc.
The only thing I would say Dr Simeons would allow now would be pam spray, as it wasn’t around when he came up with this diet. But, he spent much time perfecting the diet, so for people to think it’s okay to be changing everything is wrong in my book..Sorry!
Sherrie: Nothing to be sorry about. We all have opinions. Dr. Simeon did a GREAT job. I have not read Kevin Trudeau’s version but I heard his made it to fit our modern day times w/all the issues we deal with. Many medical doctors, chiro dr, weight loss centers, individuals, etc….. they have made some modifications and seem to be working for years for several thousand people. Something weird…. B Ki Weight Mgmnt kept with the NO USING PAM. They didn’t want us using any oil. No PAM but we could have sugar free diet Jello. I only ate it some. I only did 21 days and have been doing something different for the last 24 days. 30 lbs lost in 45 days. I love how I am not hungry anymore. I think of doing the HCG but as long as I’m losing w/out it, I may not or it may be awhile. I have three friends that are on the HCG and so far so good. It was the easiest thing I have ever done. Thanks for all your post. They are so encouraging!
Hey Darlene!
We are neighbors! Well, sort of, I live in the Dallas area too! Actually, I live on Lake Ray Hubbard. If you don’t mind me asking, what have you been doing “differently” these past 24 days since you stopped the HCG? My husband and I are getting close to ending our first time on Phase 2 and we really want to make sure we don’t gain back any of our great losses. Just interested if you don’t mind sharing! Congratulations on the
Hey Judy
Darlene(from what she said on FB) is doing her own meals(healthy). She’s cut out all the sugars and other bad things(if I’m not mistaken). As far as you and hubby coming off p2, do you two have to go back on p2 or did you get all your weight off? I think I remember Darlene saying it got too expensive for her to continue on the drops. Anyway, you and your hubby need to stay with the plan. Darlene is doing something completely different. You shouldn’t have any problem at all keeping the weight within the 2 pound range if you follow the protocol.
Hello Sherrie,
Gregg and I still need to go another round (or 2) on phase 2. We are just ending this one on day 35. We WILL follow the protocol for the 3 week maintenance phase as I said we don’t want to undo all of our efforts so far. I do have a question for you about the maintenance. I recall you stated you were only on it for about 2 1/2 weeks instead of the three Simeons requires. My question is, I don’t recall Simeons mentioning a total calorie intake for maintenance, yet I keep hearing eat 1000-1200 or up to 1500 during this time, keeping away from the starch and sugars of course. Simeon’s simply stated the maintenance must include daily weighing and no starch or sugar. Not that I think I want or will be able to eat much more than 1500 calories every day, but just wondering where you got the information about only eating so many calories on maintenance? Thanks for all your information, support and for being the “go to” person for all of us!
The problem is Judy if you don’t get enough calories, then you will gain weight. I know it doesn’t make sense, but it does happen. Anything under 1200 calories a day, your body goes in to starvation mode. I used to work for Slender U and there was a lot they taught us on the weight. With the 500 calories a day, it didn’t go in to starvation mode, as you were on the drops and you were pulling 2000-2500 extra calories a day from the stored fat. I got paperwork with my drops and it said you should stay on p3 3 weeks, but if you had to go back on p2, then you could actually go back to p2 anytime you wanted. I did 2 1/2 weeks so I could reload. I never counted calories in that 2 1/2 weeks I did p3. I did keep pretty good track of what I was eating, and now, even being done with the diet, I still keep up in my head with what I’ve had to eat all day. I’ve kept my weight within 2 pounds now for 2 mos(looked at my sheet this morning 🙂
Anyway, this is off the pounds and inches sheet I got with my drops, things were added to it. If you would like a copy of the 2 things I got, shoot me an e-mail to
stratman397 at aol dot com and put hcg sheets in there. Let me know you need the paper work I got with my drops
This is a little off the pounds and inches I got
After the diet is completed you may now eat anything you please. EXCEPT sugar
and starch provided you are faithful to following one rule. This rule is that you
must weigh yourself every morning.
It takes about 3 weeks before the weight becomes stable. Its during these 3
weeks that you must realize carbohydrates (sugars, rice, bread, potatoes,
pastries, etc.) are by far the most dangerous. If no carbohydrates whatsoever
are eaten, fats can be indulged in somewhat more liberally and even small
quantities of alcohol, such as a glass of wine with meals, does no harm, but AS
SOON AS FATS AND STARCH ARE COMBINED THINGS ARE VERY LIABLE TO GET
OUT OF HAND. This has to be observed very carefully during the first 3 weeks
after the treatment is ended otherwise disappointments are almost sure to
occur.
As long as your weight stays within two pounds of the weight reached on the
day of the last injection, don’t worry about what you are eating but the
moment the scale goes beyond two pounds, even if this is only a few ounces,
you must skip breakfast and lunch and drink plenty of water. In the evening you
must eat a huge steak with only 1 apple or a raw tomato. ONLY DURING THE 3
WEEKS OF PHASE 3.
Judy:Good morning! 🙂 I would love for you to email me at
Darlene_Kuykendall_Anderson at msn dot com
and/or Facebook me.
Judy: I meant Darlene_Kuykendall_Anderson at hotmail dot com. I think I wrote msn in an earlier post. Have a super day!
The drops? It’s not that they are too expensive for me. They range from $24.00 up to $99 or more. The lady my friends bought from charges $79.00 a bottle for 2 oz I think it is. She is an HCG Rep and says if you pay less than $50 a bottle then you are getting stuff that has been cut. Her company sells to GNC and to many others that cut their product. GNC sells theirs for $99. I never did the drops. I did the injections. B Ki Weight Loss Center off of Greenville Avenue in Dallas,TX was what was expensive. I had never heard of HCG before them so I’m glad I went. They charge about $800 your first visit which includes blood work then $400 for each phase after that. I started with them but then started doing my own research. The HCG Diet CAN be done on your own and save lots of money. If you are doing great, I agree with Sherrie, stick with the plan because it works. I was going to do the 40 days but was in such a hurry to exercise so I stopped at day 23 ( 2 of those were load days). I read SO MUCH stuff that I did do my own next phase w/out HCG. I may take the drops next time I do a phase. What I may be doing may be similiar but I’d have to go back and read to see.
What am I doing? ….
I don’t count calories or weigh food. I eat any vegetables I want except corn and potatoes, any fruit I want, any meat I want and sometimes I eat beans, nuts and cheese. I drink water only. I don’t eat bread, sugar, pasta, processed food, fried foods, white flour, etc… I eat what I wrote above. When I was on HCG, I was NEVER hungry. Now I am noticing some hunger late nights before bed but it’s controllable. I’d like to say that I exercise every day but it’s been about every third day. I’m hoping that will change. I am so happy that so many have been doing great on HCG. KEEP UP THE GOOD WORK EVERYBODY! I have a question… Does David, the creater of this blog ever get on here?
Thank you for the clarification Sherrie. Now sugar, does that include fruit? And then we are kind of doing an Atkins thing with veggies?? I just want to do things exactly right.
Nauls,
Congratulations on getting started, you won’t regret it if you hang in there. If you STRICTLY follow Dr. Simeons protocol, then you can only have one vegetable at your meal, you are not to mix veggies. There are some that say they have had success mixing, but protocol says not to. Good luck!
Hey Sarah
The p3 I ate any kind of fruit I wanted, the sugar in fruit is natural sugar and isn’t going to hurt you like refined sugar.
A lot of people say it’s like the Atkins diet. I dont’ know much about the Atkins diet. You will do fine
Hey folks,
My wife and I have been looking for a “kick start” to weight loss. We bought some HCG yesterday at the fair and started it today while “loading”. I’m reading up on the diet do’s/dont’s from the vendors website (which has Simeons writings included).
I shed most of my weight a few years back and kept it off for a good while using Paleolithic nutrition as my guide. I’m still convinced that this is the correct way for humans to eat. However, I fell off the wagon and have lacked the motivation lately to get going again….hence my HCG purchase.
I’m curious though……if this diet provides all of these calories from stored up fat and the HCG gets rid of hunger, why not fast altogether? What is so magical about 500 calories?
Steve
If you were to just eat 500 calories without the hcg(which is what pulls 2000-2500 calories a day from stored fat), your body would go in to starvation mode, and you would not lose and if you did lose, you would not be able to keep it off.
Dr Simeons spent much time on this diet perfecting it so that people would learn how to eat and how to keep the weight off
Hello Steve,
Congrats on your start of the program, the first two days was an very good success for me and my husband! HA! Seriously, if I understood your question correct, you are simply wondering why the need to eat at all while taking HCG, why add 500 calories. I too had the same question and although I have read Simeons protocol/manuscript numerous times, I don’t recall that he ever really explained that. What I eventually “surmised” was that he figured people want to eat something, anything, so he found the right combination of the right/good foods that would satisfy that need to have meals. Of course , that is just me guessing. There could be a more scientific reason for it. But, in the end, I just know it works. Gregg and I just finished our last three days of phase one off of the drops and today we started the maintenance three weeks. We were on the drops, including the two load days, for 28 days, then 3 days of 500 calories without the drops. Gregg lost 43 pounds and me 25…we have never had such great results, felt great, and sticked to the protocol 100% of the time. It was fairly easy…just a bit boring after a while with the few choices, but soooo worth it! Good luck, read the manuscript over and over, you learn something new every time!
Hey Judy & Steve
I beleive it has everything to do with the metabolism. It needs solid matter to work and once you put food in, it mixes with the other cals in the bloodstream from taking the HCG and it does it’s thangs. The digestive system starts the metabolism once food is comsumed. And yes he put the right proteins & veggie together for a reason. Hope that helps alittle more. I just started CYCLE 2. I lost 25lbs the 1st go & hoping for an additional 25lbs in this time. I was 183lbs to 158.8lbs hoping for 130-135 by Nov. 4th.
I guess I wasn’t making myself clear…
If the HCG is converting stored fat into energy, why is there a need to eat at all? If hunger can be controlled with the supplement and all necessary nutrients are retreived from the body, I don’t understand the need to eat ANYTHING AT ALL.
I’m not going to attempt anything outside of the plan, it is just a question that came up in my mind that I would like to answer.
I am on the first day of actually dieting. I had an apple for breakfast and 100gr of boiled chicken tenderloin w/100gr of cherry tomatoes for lunch. I did notice some slight hunger pangs prior to eating lunch. From what I understand, it will take a few days to get past these.
Because even though it’s pulling calories, it’s not pulling actual food, which food is what keeps you from being hungry(the protein mostly does). Heck, if you’re getting a little hungry now, can you imagine how hungry you would be without any food?
Hey Lisa!
How is round 2 going? November 4th is fast approaching? My husband and I stopped round 1 at about 30 days and we are on the maintenance now for the second week. Gregg continues to lose a bit more slowly, about 5 pounds the first week of maintenance, me only 2, but it sure is nice to eat a few more things (and have a glass or two of wine in the evenings) without gaining!! We are going for our second round at the first of the year, hoping to continue to lost a few more pounds over the next couple of months by simply eating the right things and not over-eating. Would love to know how you are doing on round 2! Keep up the great work!
Hi there Judy! Cycle two is pretty easy for me since I’m determined to be 8/10 yrs less in weight, altho the 500 cals is boring, lol. I started at 161.4 and I’m 153.4 now in my 2nd week of P2. Very excited about the end results since starting at 183lbs back in July. Just a note tho you said (Gregg continues to lose a bit more slowly, about 5 pounds the first week of maintenance, you only 2) but you guys must stop loosing & lock your new weight in for three weeks after coming off P2. You or Gregg shouldn’t gain or loose no more than 2lbs in maintenance phase or your Hypo gland won’t know where to reset. Be very careful in this phase…..your not suppose to lose anymore weight your suppose just maintain your end weight after you finished the drops. ****There are people that have allowed themself to lose extra lbs after P2 but even then you must still return to the begining of maintenance and do three weeks of no more than 2 lbs up or 2 lbs down. Enjoy the extra selections of foods I cannot wait for P3 again. I have issues getting in 1200 -1500 cals, lol I’m just not that hungry after doing P2. Stay Blessed Judy & awesome job you too have done.
Lisa, I never did go back to just p3. I stayed on it a long time, and still after almost 4 mos pretty much stay on p3(still not eating starches) and only occasional things with sugar. I am down between 20 and 22 lbs from my last drop day(that was back in June). I think as long as people on p3 eat healthy and only eat until they’re comfortable(which is what I did), then I don’t see anything wrong with it.
Judy, the only thing that you really shouldn’t be doing is drinking wine. Look at the ingredients, there is probably sugar in it. 🙂
Heyyyy Sherrie, hows it going? yeah I understand how you did yours but their will be folks that want to add carbs & sugars back in after P3 and want to live in P4 instead of P3. Thats when some will run into the issue of weight gain if they don’t set the Hypo gland. The metabolism burns according to what the Hypo has been trained to remember the body won’t know what to do with the added carbs & sugars so it will begin to store them again. You have reached the wonder year in life and your good w/o carbs and very little sugars as you stated but others may be still in the busy stage of life and w/o setting that Hypo gland they will surely regain weight. Don’t you agree? All of us are not as mindful as you have become and me being opposite of you….I want to enjoy carbs & leave the sweets alone, lol. So its different strokes for different folks I’d say. Having all the information that we have shared on this forum give everyone a look into how we all did it and how we decide to maintain it. Have you lost more since your last post?
Guys update on myself. I went from 241 to 213.8 on 23 days of the HCG diet. I am on phase 3 now and have been for 2 weeks and it has been AWESOME. But i must confess that on weekends i tend to eat stuff that we aren’t supposed to but yet my weight has not gone crazy. I have eaten doritos, burgers, fries and regular coke, ice cream (low carb) and cake. Now i have not gone crazy eating this stuff and I also go right back to my baked Talapia and boiled chicken with veggies and fruits during the week. The highest my weight went up was to 218 but i immediatedly had a “fish” instead of “steak” day ( Ate 8oz of Talapia and 2 apples) and my weight dropped back to 213.8 the next day. I guess the metabolism part of it is doing its job. Has anyone cheated like this and still maintained. I dont plan on cheating like this forever but we had a wedding we attended out of town and I went ahead and enjoyed myself. So far so good!!
Yes, lol..People!! Always go to p3, keep those sugars and carbs out of the diet!!
Adam, to be honest with you, you are VERY LUCKY. P3 is probably more important that p2 actually, and those 3 weeks on p3, you need to stay true to protocol with no sugar/starch. You may be doing okay now, but I think by not following it, you are setting yourself up for a big disappointment later on
Good job on the weight loss
Sorry, wrote in a hurry as grand baby was on the way over and I had to get my apple and yogurt down. 🙂
NO sugars/starch p3, after that, when you go to p4, you gradually add back the starch/sugar. Now, if you all want, you can do like me on p4, and still not hardly eat much sugar or starch, and continue to lose a little bit, and be healthy. Remember, you really don’t need sugar, and if you eat it, no more than 10 grams per 500 calories max. Remember
If you never ate another ounce of sugar, you’d be MUCH healthier.
Your body doesn’t need sugar.
Your appetite can be ruined by it.
Sugar increases cravings.
Your weight is ruined by it.
Sugar makes your blood more liable to clot (bad for arteries).
You can get diabetes by eating too much of it.
Sugar contains ZERO nutrition.
Lisa, LOL How much was I the last post? I hit my lowest weight yet last Sunday(136.4), the next day was up 2.2 and have lost .2 every day the last 3 days. LOL Weight fluctuates so much. I can weigh, make the bed, weigh again and be up.4 lbs. Or can take a hot shower and lose or even gain. I’m just staying around the 138’s right now. Have been doing that for the last few weeks actually
Hello again all,
Well, the only reason Gregg and I had some wine on P3 was because Simeons mentioned in his protocol that a glass of wine with meals wasn’t really an issue in this phase, as long as not combined with carbs. We are not having any other sugars and NO carbs….and it appears to be working. We aren’t trying to lose more weight in P3, as Sherrie said, it is just happening, but again very slowly…..we are still eating very good, smart foods, lots of veggies, fish, lean meat, etc. We added some EVOO to help make some dishes, also allowed, and we started walking about 20 minutes or so every day (well, somed days we skipped). We are PLENTY full, hard to get to 1200-1500 calories, even with a glass of wine! This is simply the best diet ever, we can’t wait to get back to round 2 at the first of the year, planning to continue P3 until then…..and Adam, we haven’t cheated yet….but we do have a long awaited vacation in early November to New Orleans…I am sure we will cheat a little there, but we have already learned how to eat sooo much less than we used to, and with all the walking we WILL do around the French Quarters, hope to at least maintain our weight during this time. Thanks for all the responses and updates….it’s always motivitating to hear from others going through this with us!!!
Judy, as long as you’ve been on p3 for 3 weeks or longer by the time you go to New Orleans, it would be a good time right before to gradually add back things(kind of go back and forth on p3 and p4), that way it won’t kill you so bad when you do “cheat” in New Orleans. 🙂
Hi Sherrie!
Still going slow and steady with 2 weeks to go in phase 2. I have lost 25lbs so far. We are going on vacation nov 14.(7 days) Should i skip the last week and go on to phase 3 to set my hypo? And what is p4? I did read, but don’t remember p4. I have 40 more pounds to lose, so i kinda hate to shorten the losing portion when it’s working. I will definitely have to do anothe round!
thanks guru:)!
Hey Sarah
WOW GIRL, FANTASTIC LOSS! WOOT WOOT
If you’re going on vacation November 14, that’s a little over 3 weeks. If you have 2 weeks left of p2, finish them up, then do the 3 days of vlcd without drops and move on to p3. That means you will be on p3 for a little over a week before vacation.
p4 is maintenance for life, where you gradually add back sugar/starches
Keep it up..so proud of you!
Sherrie,
You truly have the gift of encouragement and are such a blessing! This upcoming Sunday starts my last week, so I’ll be on P3 for 2ish before vacation. ( I lose track of time now that I am a stay at home mom with 2 under 2!) I don’t intend to go crazy, but want to enjoy myself. When I come back I intend to resume to P3 and then start another round. I cannot wait to start wearing some of my clothes again!!! It’s hard to get my head wraqpped around P3 when it’s been such a limited diet. What about cheese and margarine, are those things allowed? Or is it protein, fruit and veggies ( what we’ve been doing), but a broader variety? Sorry for all the questions:) Just don’t want to mess up now:)
Thank you again Sherrie!
Thanks you Sarah, you guys on here are all the BEST.
Yes, on p3, add back the fats, and I do eat margarine and cheese(yummy) but not pasteurized cheese. I have cheese sticks quite a lot. 🙂
Everything else(on p3) you don’t have to weigh out anymore. Lastnight I went to Fatz Cafe, I usually always get the 6 oz sirloin now whenever I go out and never a potato with it, but do veggies instead. You will love the next phase. 🙂
Hello everyone Im seriously thinking of trying this product. I am 30 yrs old and need to lose about 50lbs before my wedding April 2, 2011 would you recommend this?
OMG YES!!!!!!!! I cannot tell you how amazing this is. After spending 7 years overweight. To finally be able to fit my clothes again is amazing. The comments on how healthy I look. People at work stopping me in the hallway even in ladies room to ask me how i’m doing it and how amazing I look. The cheers from my doctor on a job well done. It’s wonderful, and I’ve tried everything. I feel better, I look better. I have energy… I started August 18 stayed on it for 60 days and lost 45 pounds I am now in P3 I want to go back on to loose another 10 pounds (mind you that is vanity weight) But none the less. I am telling you I used to be a south beach fanatic. But gaining all that weight and as I got older South Beach was not doing it for me. To finally find something is amazing! Give it a 30 day trial as I the big time skeptic did. You will be satisfied.
Monica, that’s great, the only thing is you never want to go more than 6 weeks straight without going to p3. You have done fantastic.
Hey Precious
Yes! This is the best diet I’ve ever been on(will be 54 in December). I lost 60 lbs and started on March 22nd. I did 2 rounds of the p2(first time 6 weeks), 2nd time 3 weeks. I have been off the drops now since the middle of June. Please read pounds and inches. Page 30 is where you will find the “technique”. You will never find a better support group than the ones right here Everyone of them on here is great
powermaxnutrition.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/pounds_and_inches.pdf
My sister has been on it for 2 weeks I believe and she has lost 15lbs so far. Ive been overweight my entire life and its time for a change. I think I will start Monday so I can “load” over the weekend and just see what happens! Thanks your encouragement
Precious, that’s great your sister has lost that much, and those probably are the right numbers. 🙂
I also made sure both of my load days were on the weekend, that way I knew my hubby would be home and would be able to enjoy all the “good” foods with me.
Is your sister going through the Dr or did she order her drops off ebay or get them from somewhere else?
Sherrie, my sister is doing it on her on own she purchased the drops from a whole food store in our city. Im going to try and I have also encouraged my friends to join me. I will keep you posted.
Thanks!
Hi Sherrie,
I went 7 days over the 60 days. Is that bad? Do you know the effects from doing that, and if and how I can correct it? Thanks
That’s great, as a lot of Drs charge ridiculous prices and make a killing off innocent people that are just wanting to lose weight(so sad). Anyway, tell your sister about this site, would love to hear how she is doing, along with yourself and your friends. Good luck Precious.Sounds like you have the right attitude to lose on this diet!!
Hey Monica
You’re okay. 🙂 It’s nothing that will hurt you, but your body can get immune to them. I had a friend that lost 100 lbs on this diet, but she did it the WRONG way. She started on it the first part of last November and never once went off the drops. She didn’t do her next phase, and now she’s been off the drops since sometime this summer(after being on them probably 7 or 8 mos straight) and is having a hard time maintaining. I can see the effects by not following the diet to protocol. She was just telling me the other day she’s getting ready to do the drops again. I e-mailed her and told her not to go over 6 weeks and to do her stabilization this time. Doubt she will listen though.
Yes! Thank goodness for this site. I now see how important stabilization phase is. ALthough I did have the 3 day mishap in Phase 2 in Phase 3 I have not gone against the protocol once. Sunday I baked my boyfriend a cake and he teased me saying have a bite. I did not even dear take a crumb. I was actually quite proud of that…
That’s great Monica. I know how hard certain things were for me. Cakes/brownies, donuts and cookies are my downfalls(pies I can take them or leave them). I’m glad now I’m on p4 (have been a long time, although as I’ve said before, I stay more on the p3 part of it). I have these 14 donuts that have been in my freezer for probably at least 3 mos if not longer, I’m wanting one so bad, but I have told myself I’m not eating one until I’ve hit my goal weight of 135(with 1.8 lbs to go) and have held it within a pound for at least a week. I was really lucky that my hubby never said anything to me about my diet, infact he would go out and cook my chicken on the grill every other night for me. The only things he would say(and still does, is) you can’t have that can you? LOL I tell him now I can have anything I want, I just prefer not too. You would think after hearing that for awhile now that he would maybe remember it?? LOL
I am very overweight 5’6 and 340 lbs, I have always struggled with my weight since I was about 13… Do you think HCG would work for someone who has so much weight to lose such as myself? Thanks for any insight!
Hey Lana
Do we THINK if would work? NO, WE KNOW IT WOULD WORK
My beauticians daughter was over 300 lbs, the first week she went on the diet, she dropped 25 lbs. She was young though and didn’t want to give 110% to the diet though and so she failed. You have to want to lose weigh, set your mind to doing it and then go with it. I would LOVE to work one on one with you, it would be easier than to try and keep up with you through here. I would love for you to e-mail me at stratman397 at aol dot com
Just put hcg diet in the subject line and we can communicate through e-mail. If I hear from you, I will also give you my phone number so you can get ahold of me anytime you need ANYTHING.
Hello Lana,
The quick answer to your question is ABSOLUTELY! Both myself and my husband have weight issues most of our life. My husband especially, being very overweight at times throughout his life. He is 6’2″ and weighed about 355 when we started the first round on September 11. He lost about 43 pounds in about 32 days! And although we are on phase 3 right now, he is still losing weight, although a little slower….it has been the best weight loss program for both of us, and we have tried them all I think! The “best” part of it for us is that you see such immediate and drastic weight loss. Combined with the fact that you surprisingly aren’t really ever hungry despite only eating 500 calories a day, it is SO easy to stay on it since the gratification is so quick!! And I do believe the heavier you are the quicker you lose and the more you lose. I lost about 30 pounds total between the 32 days on the 500 calorie diet and now two weeks of phase 3…still losing about 2-3 pounds per week even though I am eating a lot more variety of food! You can always try it, commit yourself to at least 30 days and see what you think! I can almost guarantee you won’t regret it and you will be sold…..haven’t known anyone yet that has said “this diet is not for me”…..and I bet you will be one of the believers very, very soon….My 73 year-old mom started yesterday….and if she can do it, anyone can…..Best of luck! Keep posting here, you will have LOTS of support, guidance, encouragement……
I’ve been off of the protocol since end of June and have only fluctuated 2-3 pounds, which would come off the next week after the weekend of food and beverages.
Now looks like I have 3-4 pounds and they are not bulging.
Ideas on getting it off? Will the “apple” or “steak” day help me to get it off. I don’t plan another protocol until Spring 2011.
I have a question. Does coffee and tea count as part of the liquids you are to drink in a day on the hCG diet. I am just starting and am wondering about that as I do not drink alot of plain water but drink a lot more organic green tea. I also bought some baby lotion to use on my hands, is this okay.
Jo,
I re-read Dr. Simeons’ protocol and he says the patient should take in at least 2 liters per day of the approved fluids, tea, coffee, water and mineral water. I would, however, encourage you to try and drink as much plain water as you can, along with the tea/coffee/etc. It is a good habit to get into anyway, and it definitely is good for you. The green tea is awesome as well, as it helps with energy and fat fighting. We drank iced green tea (fruit flavors) every day…probably 1/2 gallon or so between my husband and myself, along with at least 8-10 glasses of water a day….I found the more water I drank, the more I wanted! Good luck!
Let me get this right. You have 3-4 lbs left to get to your goal? In the last 6 mos. you’ve stayed between 2-3 lbs from last drop day and you’re considering doing another round in the spring to get the 3-4 lbs off? Let me know if I’m not reading this right. If I am, you do NOT need to go back on p2. 3-4 lbs is not going to make you look or feel any differently than you do now. I have also been off the drops since the middle of June, I did end up losing 20 lbs on p3 as I stayed on that, and still pretty much follow the p3. I am also within 1-4 lbs of my goal weight, but it doesn’t matter to me. I set a goal just for myself. I actually set it at 138 to begin with and then changed it to 135, I’ve been to 136.4 and usually stay in the 138’s. If you’re staying at that one weight and you’re eating and drinking pretty much anything you want too anymore, then another round would be the furthest thing from my mind. Your body must be(like mine) where it feels you need to be. From what I’ve seen with one friend of mine is, sometimes you get pushing too hard, you get it off, but then find yourself not being able to keep it off
Please let me know if I misread or misunderstood what you posted.
Yes, it counts towards you water intake. Just make sure your coffee is black and your tea is either unsweetened or has stevia or sweet n low in it. I used the homeopathic drops and never changed lotion, shampoo or anything else. I think with the real hcg, it would be more important to change the lotions etc. Just my opinion, but I’m not having any problem maintaining my weight now and haven’t used the drops since June
You’re lucky Judy
Myself, I’m like Jo and I’m not a big water drinker. Very seldom do I crave water, wish I did. Lastnight I had a water craving, told hubby wish I could do that all the time.
Hi Sherrie. THis might be a question 2 months to late and a stupid one at that but thought I would ask. Has anyone heard of any health risks associated with HCG. I mean such as communicable diseases? It is a human hormone after all. Also A bit back you sent me a link to some HCG on ebay. Is that a trust worthy seller? Any help or knowledge anyone can give would be a great help.
Hey Monica
Never heard of any health risks. If there were, I think Doctors would tell you that. Mine never said anything when I told her how I was losing, except to keep it up as I was doing great. There are more health risks being overweight.
I haven’t ordered from that person, but they’re the exact same drops I used. They only sell the product, they don’t package them. 🙂
No question is EVER stupid!!
Hi guys:-( I wanted to check in I really screwed up and not sure why tho, I was doing SO good losing 12.5 lbs in 6 days, then I totally went off plan then went on a trip with hubby and blew it! I am ready to get back on plan I wasn’t on drops as airline wouldn’t let them on but my friend took them for me so I started back today! Full force with holidays in mind and how I want to lose these last 30-35 lbs? I know my friend I met on here is disappointed and that sucks… But I know I’m a self sabotager, so hopefully I am back, till 6 weeks is up! Anyone feel free to email me at ja_bunney at yahoo dot com w encouragement and anything! I could use it!!! I know I can’t b the only one who’s done this!!!!
Hey Jamie,
Don’t beat yourself up, in fact, give yourself a pat on the back! Most people probably don’t admit to any failures and simply stop responding to sites like these. So what, you start again….you saw the results, so when you are ready to dedicate to it, you WILL succeed!!! Great going….no better time than the present, right? 🙂
The drops when taken on the plane have to be put down in a clear baggie(I took mine home on the plane with me, but anything in liquid form has to go in the bag). As disappointed as I am, I am still behind you 100%, I know you can and will lose this weight. If I didn’t care about you, I wouldn’t be disappointed, but you have become like a 2nd daughter and I know what you’re capable of doing. I told you before I would not turn my back on you, and I keep my word. 🙂 I have had Taylor(the baby since 7:50 this morning and worked all day yesterday, so have been off and on all day, but haven’t had time to sit and chew you out the way I want too. 🙂
If I can stay awake long enough tonight, I’ll sit down and e-mail you.
I love you girl..Now, you get your butt back on that diet!!!!!!!!
So I’m on day 16 of my 40 days and I’m taking the sub lingual dissolve able tablets, I’m down 17 lbs so far & I’m aiming towards 40lbs. I was considering stopping 3 days before Thanksgiving so I can enjoy Thanksgiving dinner with my family…..Would 1 day of not following protocol & eating Thanksgiving dinner ruin all my hard work?
Thanks, Judy!!!
Man todays weigh in really was a shocker… So I am not going to go OFF PROTOCOL again! I pray!!!! this is such a battel for me, and I know that I would typically NOT check in with such people that I haven’t met but I feel as if I have made REAL TRUE connections on here, with contact. Sherry is ABSOLUTLY amazing and all the others on here are inspiring. Now when I have that moment of weakness I think I am going to go walking?
Hey Brandy I haven’t heard of those, Where did you get them? and I look forward to peoples reply to your questions…
Brandy, if you’ve been on them for 16 days and you want to enjoy TD, I would do the drops until the 2nd of November,then do your 3 days of no tablets and low calories, then do the 3 weeks of p3 and use Thanksgiving day and the day after as your load days.
Well I dnt have the drops…..they r pellets that I got from a place called body focus in Midland,Tx . I was one of those that paid way too much. $300 to b exact and it was a 40 day supply!
Body focus in Midland,Tx. I wouldn’t advise you go that route too expensive!
Thank you very much for your response… I am going to order some drops in the next week and will shoot you an email, I am very excited, as I can’t imagine being under 300 lbs, 19 years ago I gained 120 with my son in a gestational diabetic pregnancy that went undiagnosed until labor – and never been able to take it off as a matter of fact I got up to a 406 lbs @ my heaviest… thing is I never saw it because all of my close were stretchy… so they stretched as my skin did – about 70 lbs came off in the last 6 tears w.o trying but that is because we moved to a farm, and started an animal rescue – so my love for designing stuff on the web is now split with farm duties and I am actually in motion @ some part in the day. My mind is set and I am so happy that God let me click the link that led me to this blog 🙂 thank you!
These replies are such an inspirational blessing, and made the difference in me tossing the ideal in the back of my head back in forth, thank you for your words and experience!!! I CAN’T wait to get my drops <3 !
I would stop the pellets then on the 1st or 2nd of November, you can go back on the diet(p2) part later, I would do it as suggested(you can never do less than 3 weeks and never more than 6) so you’d be okay
Wow, you’ve been through the ringer. I got my drops off ebay, I see now, you can get the exact same drops I got(6 week supply) for under $20..Wow..
You will do great, and know we’re always here for you
Lana
I think before starting the diet, you need to do a good colon cleanse(wish everyone of us would have done this).Anyway, you can get 60 capsules from oxypowder dot com
you do 4 a night on an empty stomach before bed for 7 nights, then 2-3 times a week after that. It works really good and it should help you more to get yourself cleaned out good. Wish I would have done mine before starting rather than waiting until afterwards. This is what Dr Trudeau talks about doing(which would be p1) on his diet
So I got through my 1st day *(Again)* of VLCD!
Just ate my apple, for the night with cinnamon, and feel good, Not hungry but those darn cravings… I am sticking to this tho no matter what! DOING IT BY PROTOCOL this time!
Good girl. Sorry haven’t written much today, babysat, ran over to my other job for 4 1/2 hours, came back home to finish babysitting(hubby stayed with baby while I was at the other job)until 6:00(had her from 8-6 then grabbed 2 slices of cheese and 2 pieces of turkey as I ran out the door to go back to my other job to get her dinner. Was there another 1.25 hours and drove home in terrible thunderstorms, Got pjs on and ready to hit the bed.
the only thing I’m craving right now is SLEEP. Just remember Jamie, giving in to those cravings is what got us here to begin with. The only good thing about being fat was doing the hcg diet, coming to this blog, and meeting all you fantastic people
I agree Sherrie!!! You are the BEST and i appreciate all that you have done and do for all of us here on this website and i am glad that I have a new friend! But then you know all that as We have chated the last few weeks!!!
Thanks MOMMA CHERRY! You top them all!
You’re going to do okay this time Jamie..
I’m down to 136.2(my lowest weight yet) this morning. The thing is, I feel fatter today than I did when I was at 137.4 for some reason..?? I’m so glad my surgery will be done in 2 weeks..Can’t wait..
Jamie,
Between Sherrie and I, you will do wonderful. Just sent you an email about my “success” on the HCG. I just want to know more info from Sherrie on purchasing the drops. We have a local health market, but feedback i that they have a terrible taste. My original drops had no taste.
Sherrie-good idea
Ladies-I also found out through a local doctor in Dallas area, that Sugar Twin is better than sweet n low. However, yo don’t find this in all stores. Market Street carries it.
Hey Jenny, the ones I took I got from ebay, they’re now under $20 for a 6 weeks supply and shipping and handling included
Mine had a little bit of a taste, but it wasn’t like a real terrible taste.
Jenny, please don’t listen to that Dr. I always do a search online and nutritional info. Here it is on that. It has calories in it. Nutra sweet and stevia are the only 2 you want to be on when you’re on this diet
12.01 calories per teaspoon..Now, 1 tablespoon, which most people use, you’re talking about an extra 36.3 calories. So everyone..
this is why it is so important to follow the protocol. The only thing I have added to it, that was not around when the diet was invented, is pam and there is 0 everything in that. Of course, I don’t recommend to go crazy with it, and I would only use it on 2 things. The fresh asparagus baked, and cabbage(little bit of the butter flavored spray and sprinkle of water and sea salt and microwave).
Nutrition Facts
Amount Per 1 teaspoon
Calories 12.01
Calories from Fat 0
% Daily Value *
——————————————————————————–
Total Fat 0g 0%
——————————————————————————–
Saturated Fat 0g 0%
——————————————————————————–
Polyunsaturated Fat 0g
——————————————————————————–
Monounsaturated Fat 0g
——————————————————————————–
Cholesterol 0mg 0%
——————————————————————————–
Sodium 19.8mg 1%
——————————————————————————–
Potassium 3.3mg 0%
——————————————————————————–
Total Carbohydrate 3.1g 1%
——————————————————————————–
Dietary Fiber 0g 0%
——————————————————————————–
Protein 0g 0%
——————————————————————————–
Alcohol 0g
Vitamin A 0 % Vitamin C 0 %
——————————————————————————–
Calcium 3 % Iron 0 %
——————————————————————————–
Vitamin D 0 % Vitamin E 0 %
——————————————————————————–
Thiamin 0 % Riboflavin 0 %
——————————————————————————–
Niacin 0 % Folate 0 %
——————————————————————————–
Vitamin B-6 0 % Vitamin B-12 0 %
——————————————————————————–
Phosphorus 0 % Magnesium 0 %
——————————————————————————–
Zinc 0 % Copper 0 %
——————————————————————————–
*Percent Daily Values are based on a 2,000 calorie diet. Your daily values may be higher or lower depending on your calorie needs.
Calorie Breakdown
Fat
Carbs
Protein
Alcohol
Fat Breakdown
Saturated
Mono.
Poly.
I started my injections today 😉 I have been looking forward to these “load” days since last week and I feel sick! I guess because I finally got my body used to the no sugar & limited carbs!
I’m thankful for this website and all of the advice and caring that I see!! Looking forward to this journey and sharing with y’all.
Hey there, been wondering how you’ve been…I am so glad you started, please keep us updated. I love reading the success stories and will be reading yours real soon!!
Thanks Sherrie! I’m still here. I’ve got a blog going (you should be able to just click on my name) that I hope to keep updated too!
I’ve been doing lots of looking online for recipes and am confident I’ll be able to stick with this! I cannot find the Grissini Breadsticks or Melba Toast (found some rounds) here (in WA) ANYWHERE. I’ll be ordering them online soon!
I will definitely check out your blog. 🙂
I have people ask me about recipes, would you believe I never did any recipes, I was actually happy with just eating different things, but also knew it was not for long. P)
I was looking yesterday, one of our stores has their grissini bread by the breads and the other one has it down the aisle with salad dressings. Did you ask anyone that works in the store?
Hello everyone!
I haven’t been able to get to my personal computer for a couple of days and had a LOT of comments to read tonight! It is so wonderful to see the new people posting comments! It seems as if the HCG diet is really making a comeback…everywhere! I know at least 3 people personally that started this diet because they saw my success…imagine the power we can have to help others like us to make the change in their lifestyle/diet/health just by how successful we are doing! I have never seen such a rewarding, positive diet that ANYONE can do! As I posted recently, my 73 year-old mom just started this week, and today (day 4 including the 2 days of loading, so only 2 days of VLCD) she lost her first weight of 3 1/2 pounds! She was so excited and said she was feeling great and anxious for every day to come around to see her next success. Congrats to everyone who has decided to make what probably is one of the best choices they could make in their life….
You are so right Judy, this diet is the BEST, and wtg to “Mom”..Woot woot, you go Mom!
That is also great that you have 3 people that have been touched by you and your success..I know how proud you are of yourself. This diet is so rewarding if you just stick to the plan and get through the hard part.
this is my 4rth day on the HCG drops and I have lost 4 lbs. starting weight was 152 and now i am 148. Hope more will come off!
WTG Camille, LOL Yes, more will come off. Keep it up, and please continue to check in and update us.
I’m glad that I finally decided to go ahead with this! Not too sure why I didn’t earlier. I’ve been “looking” for a long time, but finally had my wake up call! My mother, who is 56, will be doing this with me on my 2nd round. I’m really excited to watch her success too!
I am so excited too. Down 13.4 D5 P2.
Hey ladies, today is actually my first day and I was wondering how long does it takes for the hunger headaches to go away
I am taking a sublingual homopathic hcg and i have been losing .5 to to 1.5lbs a day i am on day 10 but thinking about switching to the injection or a different sublingual the one i take contains alchoal if anyone has any suggestions please email me i am 27 and i need to lose 50 pounds i have tried every thing i am glad this is working but i heard others say there stuff makes them lose 2-3 pounds a day any tips would help please email me burnside03@gmail.com
Samantha. What kind of drops are you taking. Do they have 12x30x60 on them? Think that’s what it is I took without looking. 🙂 Anyway, I lost 60 lbs, started in March(22) and have been off the drops since June. I ended at 158.6 on last day of drops with a loss of 38 lbs and lost 20 on my own just by staying on p3 and really watching it.
I don’t think you would lose any quicker on the injections. 1/2 to 1 1/2 lbs a day is awesome and I don’t think you could or would do better on any diet
Hi Sherrie,
Sorry to sound like a broken record asking you a million questions. Did you notice any difference in the homeopathic versus the regular drops? Other then I hear you don’t get as immune to the homeopathic as the real one.
hey everyone =)
im 17 but overweight….nothing workss for me is this diet safe for 17 year olds? i hope so =/ it sounds really good!…
Thanks sherrie yes the bottle does have 12x30x60x i heard those were really dulited and dont work but if thats what you took and lost 60lbs then ill keep with it i am on day 11 of the vlcd and i went from 200 before the loading phase to 201.8 after the loading phase and i am 189.4 this morning. I really home this diet works and I dont go back to square one in the end.
hey sherrie what drops did you get off ebay for 20 dollars for a 6 week supply i spent 100 dollars on my 6 week supply and because i am doing a little bit more drops than the bottle said i think they will only last 5 weeks i got the homopathaic hcg with alchol 20x30x60 are something like that with the numbers but if you could let me know what kind you got that worked for so much cheaper let me know i really want to stay on it but dont think i will be able to afford another 100 dollars by the time i start running out.
It took 3-4 days for me. I think it was more of caffiene and sugar withdrawl than anything else that cause my headaches.
Samantha, I am taking the injections and have about the same average as you. Today is my 7th injection and I have lost a total of 7.2 lbs. (giving me an average of -1.20/daily) I was feeling a little discouraged too because I see people posting a -5.0 loss or -3.0 loss. But I had to remind myself, I have NEVER been on anything like this to where I’ve lost this amount of weight in this time frame, including WW or JC. I’m glad you are sticking with your drops!! Good Luck!
I only got a headache 1x so far (I’m on R1P2D7). But I had previously cut out Soda, Sugar & Carbs before starting the injections, which I DID get headaches from! Probably 3 days worth. Maybe that’s what your body is doing? Are you taking the sublinguals? I’ve read where sometimes you need to + your drops if you are feeling “hungry”.
Congrats! It’s a wonderful feeling!
Hello everyone!
Just wanted to drop in and say that I’m still doing good on the HCG Injections!! I survived the Halloweeen weekend (parties & TOT’ing with my daughter), and a lunch today (provided at work by Paneras!!) at work. I’m finding it easier to stay “on track” because I’m actually seeing results!!
That is great. Today at work they brought cupcakes. They looked good but, I didn’t touch. It is great seeing the progress that I have made and I don’t want to mess it up again.
Well, with what you just wrote(201.8 to 189.4) in 11 days, I would say it sounds like it’s working to me. 🙂 WTG and keep up the good work and keep checking in!
Yes Shelby, it will be fine for you..good luck..
I just noticed that I can cross my legs with no problem now lol. 12.6 lbs makes a diffenence. Not so much belly in the way.
LOL Malea…You’re doing so good!! Try to stay out of that bad habit though(crossing the legs). I have sciatic nerve problems, and crossing my legs is a BAD habit they’ve told me to try to avoid
LOL thanks. Down 1.4 this morning. I can button some old pants that I could not before:)
How should I come off of the drops? Today is my first day but Thanksgiving is coming up and I want to be able to eat. Can I just eat that day and resume the diet the next day?
***HCG is found in all humans, male or female. Pregnant or not pregnant. Congratulations on your weight loss!
HI all! I just had a quick question and hoping someone can just reaffirm my schedule. I am desperately hoping this will work as I do not want to sabotage myself in anyway. I have been on the drops total (including 2 load) for 20 days… I would like to keep going, but really want to be able to enjoy Thanksgiving with my family and use that day and day after for load for another round. BUUUT… if I go off drops tomorrow (day21) for 3 days (sat,sun,mon) then PHase 3 on thus.. then I am really only on phase 3 for 2 weeks and 3 days till I start drops and load again on Thanksgiving. Is this going to be ok…?? Im kind of worried that I will hurt my chances of losing the most possible weight. Please advise! Thanks!
dani
You say you keep the drops under your tongue for 15 minutes? I have the hcg diet kit and it says to avoid eating and drinking 15 minutes before and after drops and to hold the drops for 30 seconds under your tongue.
Oh yes, also you say it says to try to eat the same thing for lunch and dinner? My book says to try to eat a different meat at each meal.
I am on the fifth day on the hcg diet. I did cheat yesterday. I did not go ove 500 calories today!! Having a hard time firguring the correct foods to eat. Know about the protien in fish but what about hard boiled eggs w/just the egg whites?!! Vodka/water for my days off? I heard if you cheat on this diet, you gain wieght… Please help… :))
do you speak spanish and how much the trement doctor thank.
quiero saber si hablan espanol y cuanto cuesta el tratamiento
gracias
Hi …
I am now in week 3 P3. TOM was due yesterday and I gained 1.8 lbs. I know I cheated with newport fudge yesterday 🙂 should I do a steak day or assume it is TOM? I go back to P@ at the end of next week.
perfect to load during thanksgiving.
Help please.
P.
I am now on P3 and loving it. I actually feel like I have to eat too much to get the 1200 cal that my program recomends. I am not pushing my self to eat more than I can if I don’t get the 1200 cal I guess it’s ok. Today’s lunch was great chicken breast with avacado motzorella cheese and salt and pepper. It was supprising to me that you don’t even need sause on something like that for it to taste ausome. I lost a total of 20 pounds on P2 I only did 21 days of P2 and am going to start again a couple weeks after thanks giving on a new round. I am so excited and keeping the wieght off. Well acutally yesterday I ate alot but, only the allowed stuff and guess what, I lost a little kinda wierd huh.
You should problably wait. You do a steak day if you gain more than 2 pounds. If you go over that tomorrow then you should do a steak day and it will come right off. I gained 4 pounds due to mistakes in eating stuff that I should not have eaten and just did one more day of eating 500 cal like I was on Protocol and I lost all 4 pounds the next morning. I have not personally tried the steak day but, people say it works great.
Eggs are ok if you sub for the meat. 1 whole egg 2 egg whites. NO alcohol on this diet even on P3, it has sugar in it. It you cheat you will most likley gain and it will set you back 3-5 days. Don’t be dumb like me and cheat. I cheated in P2 and gained 3.5 cheated once on P3 and gained 4 in 2 days. I will not be cheating again on P3 cause it is hard to get it off.
You don’t do a steak day unless you go up 2 pounds or more from last drop day
You really shouldn’t do eggs, unless you’re a vegetarian. save the eggs for p3
I want to thank you for posting 40 lbs 40 days!!! Being able to return to it for info as different problems arise has been so helpful and encouraging. After 12 days on this diet my skin feels like its going to fall off so I’m getting the corn huskers today.
I had such great success on my first round of hcg i was going to do a 6 week program the first round but i lost 22 pounds on a in 3 and half weeks and i have a lot of places to go for thanksgivinig so i stoped and will start up again after the holidays. I was so happy with it i became a sells rep for the product so if anyone is looking to buy the homopathic sublingual hcg email me at sburnside.hcgweightloss@gmail.com I get to buy it at cost and resell so i am able to sell it for cheaper than alot of the websites I am selling 2oz bottles for 40 dollars and i also have the ebook pounds and inches as well as a 150 page erecipe book i can email i also have the weightloss logs for anyone who wants them. I can drop ship the items straight to you if you mention in your email that you seen it on this form you will get a 10 dollar discount thats a 2 oz bottle for 30 dollars.
Ok so im starting my maintenance im on day 2 of no pills so Sunday will be my 1st day of more calories. What is the advice u have as far as cheese nut & peanut butter being eating? Oh and did u do a detox afterwards? I loved the diet guys I did 40 days and Im down 32 lbs! Keep up your hard work it pays off in the end!!!!
Cheese can be eaten, but no pasteurized cheese! I never did the pb on p3 as it had sugar in it. Check the ingredients in the natural kind, it may be okay.
hey everybody!! what is everyone doing for Thanksgiving? i want to enjoy Thanksgiving Dinner then go back on diet next Monday but i’m scared to stop and restart my drops without doing the maintainance phase…any suggestions?? thanks!! 🙂
Hi there,
New to this blog, I am getting geared up for a round 3. I have lost about 15 lbs and was maintaining really well, until I got to phase 4 I am up about 6lbs. otherwise it would have been 21lbs I would have lost. I also started working the night shift for work and that has thrown me a little. my body reset it self up 4-5lbs. Question is how should I plan my meals? I only work 2 nights and that is my permanent shift. I wake up around 8:45 and eat about 9:30-10:00. Any recommendations would be helpful. I am fine on phase 2, but when it comes to adding calories back in for phase 3 I add my log into fit day and it says that I’m eating allot of fat. What do you add back in for breakfast? need ideas. Which recipe guide would be the best?
I did the drops reset homeopathic that contained 20%alcohol and I’ve been reading that if they are true HCG drops they don’t contain alcohol.
Want this to be last round really reading and doing homework to make sure I don’t do it wrong.
thanks Treena
Just purchased HCG drops….I can’t find anywhere the answer to …Do you take the drops while loading the first 2 days?
Thanks in advance :))
Yes you take them for the 2 days you load
I’m having an issue with dry mouth, metallic taste in my mouth etc. Has anyone had this issue? Is there a solution? Thank you so much
Thanks so much Sherrie for answering my question as today I will load for the 2nd day…I’m excited & scared lol….my hcg was salty tasting (ugh) was wondering if anyones elses is like this? Are there pills we can take instead?
No reason to be scared.
The hcg should not be salty tasting.
There are some new pills out there, myself I wouldn’t do them
Are you taking any other medicines right now?
No I did start taking vitamins, because I figured it was a vitamin deficiency. I also increased my water intake because it’s so unbearable. I’m thinking I should probably come off the HCG for a little bit? I’m not sure if anyone else has experienced this. THank you for any help you can provide.
So, you started taking vitamins after you had the metallic taste? Something doesn’t sound right.
Now, how long have you been on the diet and how much have you lost? You do not want to go less than 3 weeks on it, or whatever you have lost now, you will gain back
What kind of hcg drops do you have(real or homeopathic) and where did you get them from?
Hi Sherrie,
I’ve been on it since August 18th. I started out using homeopathic. I switched to real then I recently went back to homeopathic from the site you recommended. Everything seemed to be fine. However I would say 2 Satrdays ago I had the worst taste in my mouth. Like when you are starting to get the flu. You know that sick taste. SO I brushed gargled and flossed 3 times instead of my usual 2. I even went for a cleaning on Monday. THe dentist said I dont have dry mouth and everything looks good. I started taking the multi vitamin and the vitamin C because someone mentioned that it could be my quick weight loss. I”m probably dehydrated and lost to many pro-biotics… My dentist also said it could be dehydration, and that my body is in shock. I dont think i’ve lost to drastically. Since August 18th i’m down 45 pounds. Dont get me wrong its amazing weight loss. But not a pound a day (I did cheat a couple times). Tomorrow I have an appt with an ear nose throat dr. I’m thinking maybe I am just getting sick. Since nobody else seems to be experiencing this, and to be honest I didnt notice this issue until 2 weeks ago.
Monica
First of all 45 lbs comes out to about 1/2 lb a day, which is FANTASTIC. If you read pounds and inches, it says right on there women average about 1/2 lb a day, which puts you pretty much right on track
I would say there is something else going on, I don’t think it’s the diet. You did take a break and go to p3, right?
Hopefully the ENT will figure out what’s wrong.
Please keep us posted
Hi Sherrie, Just read on the website I ordered from:
*During the 1st 2 days of the diet you need to eat to fill yourself full of food including fats and sugars. Eat! Eat! Eat! You do Not need to take the drops on these days.
They say you do not need to take the drops on the first 2 days! I’m so confused. I just took the drops …what do you think I should do?
Thanks so much 🙂
Take your drops on load days and yes, eat eat, eat.
Hi Sherrie,
I will definitely let you guys know. I think it is something else as well. I did not take a break at all. Ive been on it straight. Which is why I think I need to take a break and go into P3 as well. I think I will start that process this weekend…
Monica, you NEVER want to be on p2 for more than 6 weeks before taking a break. Did you read pounds and inches? Your body becomes immune and you will start losing muscle instead of fat.
My friend did 7 or 8 mos straight, now she’s having a hard time with maintaining, because she did not follow the protocol
Thanks Sherrie,
My drops are from Ultrahcgdrops.com/diet-plan said NOT necessary to take on the 1st 2 days. I thought Hmmmm what’s going on here? Why would my distributor say this?
I have taken them so we’ll see what happens. lol. Thanks for your support.
Just wanted to remind everyone because i was so happy with all the weight i lost i started saleing the hcg drops and because i buy them at cost i get to pass the saving along one two oz bottle for just 40 dollars and two bottles for 60 dollars email me at sburnside.hcgweightloss@gmail.com
Heyyyyy Sherrie hows everyone been doing here on the board. I see Tamara has been having some issues. Its funny how these distributors have chg the basic instructions of Pounds & Inches. I have a company that I promote now that gives such awesome support to ensure ur success (seemeshed.com) they reachout to you. Alot of people try it on there own and say that it didnt work for them blaming the product. Its great that you are on this board to help folks out. Good luck everyone and stay the course it will work for you. Im’ maintaining 149lbs from 183lbs after two cycles. im lovin’ the new me.
I know but I thought as long as I followed phase 3 to the letter. I would be fine. I also stayed in P2 because I cheated twice and I added on days to make up for the cheats. Was that not correct?
Any ideas on spacing your meals on the phase 2 working at night?
Hey Lisa, how the heck have you been??? Yes, everyone seems to be changing the pounds and inches, which I think even though they may still be losing, will make it harder to maintain in the end.
WTG on the weight loss. I am also maintaining within about 3 pounds. I love it!!
Monica, I’m confused. This is what you wrote
I know but I thought as long as I followed phase 3 to the letter. I would be fine. I also stayed in P2 because I cheated twice and I added on days to make up for the cheats. Was that not correct?
I thought you said you have never come off of p2 since you started..:) If you’re on p3, you can stay on that part as long as you want, I loved p3. As far as p2, never go more than 6 weeks on it. I cheated the first time around too, on the 2nd round, I followed protocol to a T.
Goodmorning Sherrie! I have a question since I’m a newbie….I read you can drink coffee with Stavia but that seems to have 1 carb. I’m only have the 1 cup this morning with stevia, 1 TBSP Milk as protocol describes…Is this something you’ve done? or if I drink coffee/tea all day to keep the hunger at bay have it without stevia correct? Thanks again for your support.
Hey Tamara, sorry I’m just getting this, just got in from work. Stevia and sweet n low are the only 2 sugar substitutes allowed on this diet. I did stevia all the way through but never did the milk in the coffee. I actually love black coffee, but have started drinking it now with creamer in it. You can have all the stevia you want. 🙂
Hey Tamara & Sherrie I found the taste of Stevia to be awlful so I used Xylitol its a natural sugar just like Stevia from fruits & trees and taste more like regular sugar than any other. Just a tip if you’d like to try it. Stay the course people.
I have not started yet and the various phases are confusing to me. If I do not continue to take HCG as a lifetime supplement I feel I will gain the weight and then some. Is this a lifetime deal?
V, I was 205 lbs 1 1/2 years ago. I did a 500 calorie a day diet and walked every day for 5 mos. lost 30 lbs. Went to Illinois for 2 mos to stay with my Mother and gained every bit back. 3 mos after I got home from Moms(last March), I went on the hcg diet. I am at 137 right now(I’m 53 and 5’6″) and have been at this weight for almost 3 mos now(going between 136-139). I actually only did 2 rounds of the p2 and would lose really well on p3(even though that’s not a good thing). I was just eating sensibly and until I was comfortable. I now had a nice big Thanksgiving Dinner and the scale showed 140 the next morning, 2 mornings later, I was back to my regular weight, and yes, I still ate, but not all the goodies. I over the years, have done about every diet imaginable, this is the only one that has ever worked(when you follow the protocol to a T)
As far as lifetime deal? Yes, if you don’t go back to being a couch potato and eating everything under the roof!
Thanks Sherrie! I will be on day 28 when I leave for a 5-day cruise! yikes!! I wanted to shed a few pounds before going. What do you recommend while I am on the cruise and where do I begin once I return from the cruise? The support on this site is awesome!! 🙂
V
You said you hadn’t started yet, the thing is I would NOT start until you get back from the cruise, if you haven’t been on a cruise(I have) you would probably blow up like a balloon while on the cruise. . If you really watch what you eat right now(stay away from the sweets and carbs and eat lots of proteins, fruits, veggies), you should be able to lose some before you leave out.
Hey Lisa
I got used to the stevia, I used only what they said you could use while on p2. 🙂
How are you doing?
Hey Sherrie. I’m good joined up with this company that really helps people make it thru this program. I’ve been busy and have found that their are lots of people that need help to succeed. I have been sooo busy signing people up and assisting them thru their 1st week mostly. Its funny but everyone notice the lost in their face & neck area as did I. I used the Stevia too but like the Xylitol far better in taste. Stay the course folks and you will be in a state of Auh! with the NEW YOU.
Hello Sherrie :)) I’m on my 8th day of phase 1 & haven’t lost as much I everybody else does at this stage 🙁 I have coffee in the am with 1 Tbsp milk, 2 pkts of Stevia. Lunch is Chicken Breast w/small salad. hardly even eat the breadsticks. I’m so busy this month. I’m not really hungry which is great & my ketosis pee strip is 15 (which is small). Do the same for dinner & then an apple w/salt on it for desert (yummy). I’ve had an occasional unsweetened tea & that’s it. I’ve lost 3 lbs in 7 days. Hmmm does anything seem wrong here? I’m using the Homeopathic hand prepared Hcg. Any comments or suggestions would be greating appreciated.
Hey Tamara
You’re doing fine. How much do you have to lose, and are you keeping up with the calorie count? If you go over 500, even if it’s just a little, you will not see as much of a weight loss. I love my apples with salt too, sometimes the salt(depending on how much you use) will cause you to retain fluids.
Too late Sherrie! 🙁 I am now on day 3. I did not realize the cruise was less than 30 days away. What are my next steps while on the cruise? and when I return? Do I start P1 again?
Good luck! They have food out(and unfortunately) it’s some of the best food I’ve had in my life. Plus you have your two really nice dinners. The thing is being on p2, once you get this food in to your system, well, the results will NOT be good. My suggestion would be to come off now(even though you’re supposed to go the full 3 weeks. In 3 weeks you could lose a lot of weight, to just put it back on again. I would wait and take your drops with you, and then load the last 2 days of the cruise on the drops
Hi Sherrie,
I’m on a 40 day/3 oz bottle of the homepathic hand squeezed kind. I take 11-12 drops 3 times a day. I’ve been staying within my calories….released 1 lb today yeahhhh :))…I shopped for Xmas so much yesterday I only had time for chicken & salad (small) no carbs at all @300 calories. I feel I’m behind in the lose though. The only thing I can think of is that I’m eating when I want after noon time without the strict part of eating right after the drops. I take the drops but then eat way after wards. Could that be the problem or does it really matter when you take the drops as long as you take the drops? Maybe it’s my drops? They are ultradrops I’ve been on this plan for 7 actual days (less load days) & have lost 3.6 lbs…thought I would have lost more…maybe add exercise too it (as if walking a 100 miles at the miles isn’t enough already. Thanks you for your time & help :))
I am curious how others say they skipped p1 and lost as much if not more weight. Can I do this? Here is the site I read it on. http://hubpages.com/hub/The-Skinny-on-The-hCG-Diet
I have just started the HCG diet. This is my first day! load up day! I have done lots of research on this diet and one diet says you can drink coffee and one says decaf coffee only. Has anyone lost large amounts of weight and drank reg coffee?
I found a whole food supplement that will work into the HCG Protocol. 17 raw fruits and vegetables in a capsule (capsule can be opened) for 10 calories and 2 carbs…the sugar, salt and water has been pulled off. It is whole food concenrate! You get the nutrition you really need for 10 calories. http://www.juiceplususa.us
I hope this diet works. starting weight 205….61 years old 5’3” and my 34 year old daughter has started the diet yesterday. 5’6… 179 lbs.
Charly
I drank real coffee, never decaf and yes, I started at 196.6 and am now at around 136-138. I’m almost 54 and 5’6″
I don’t do any of those capsule things, stay with original protocol
Skipping p1? There is no p1..
Dr Simeons has p2(load days and vlcd)p3 and p4. I never skipped p2, but I did lose weight on p3
Phase 1 is described by Trudeau as a Cleansing Phase.
Yeah, Dr Trudeau, as far as simeons though, there is only p2-p4
A good cleanse before starting isn’t going to hurt anyone. With the oxy powder, you use it I think 7 days straight, then you can continue to use it as needed
I have been subscribed to this thread for a few months. Yes there are always new people that join this thread for info and help from others and Sherrie seems to be the mainstay of information, what I see is the same questions over and over and over again. ( I hope you are just keeping an archive of your answers Sherrie so you can just copy and paste the same answers over and over again )
What I see is every “body” is different.. and so many try to change the plan..
the plan most used is the Simeons plan ( Pounds and Inches ) which I have studied and used, however there are people who are on here that us the K Tredeau method
and there are other sites that Dr’s offer up there current todays methods than the outdated created in Italy Simeons plan.. people want to add things in their diets
like peanut butter, “low” fat dressings and no fat dairy…etc…
The fact is Sherrie is using her reference from Simeons Pounds and Inches… howver
this is Not a Simeons blog.. this is a HCG blog…so I am sure all other plans that people use are welcome here too, just keep in mind those plans are not the ones most of us use here. Sherrie’s advice comes from her personal experience and the proven Simeons method.
Here is what I have….. this is the most simplistic diet plan if you follow the
plan.. everyone here knows WHAT proteins you can eat so dont try adding in lean pork or turkey.
You all know the list of vegs to use dont try adding broc and cauliflower…
You know what fruits to eat so dont try adding blueberries and melon.
This diet plan wont fail….only people fail the plan…
It is proven that men do lose faster than women… this site it 90% women.
so things will work differently for not just women vs men but for every “body”..
every “body” will accept foods differently… some can have some foods that others cant.
I started this plan on labor day..first week of Sept..I took the homeopathic drops for
the 40 day plan ( I was 6’3 and 348 lbs) I gained my weight after a biking accident hit by a car in 2004.. I gained 150 lbs in 7 years…depressed.. I ate to comfort myself so then I got depressed for eating badly.
this is what I need to do…. so I had read and researched..and knew as long as I am
dedicated to this plan it WILL work.
In 5 weeks (35 days) I lost 42 lbs… I only went 35 days because I became immune.
so I was not complaining I lost 42 lbs in 5 weeks… ( in pounds and inches it says you should have a break for as long as you are on your first P2 ) so..I did phase 3 for 3 weeks…and stayed on plan for 2 more weeks for a total of 5 weeks.. and in that time I gained 6 lbs in those 5 weeks… I know some will freak out if you go above the 2 lb
mark in that time… but 2 lbs for some of you is equivelent to 6 lbs on a 6’3″ 306 lb male..! So I know I was ready for round 2 after those 5 weeks… I started again Nov 15 and have lost another 20 lbs….at 288.. So I am half way there 62 lbs in 8 weeks…
and guess what..I FOLLOWED the plan…wow amazing how that works? haha..
But…I AM one of those people who CAN ocasionally have broccoli as a veg ( as some other plans say are ok ) and I use organic chicken broth (that is in so many HCG recipies) with cabbage and chicken in my soup…. I have not had any stalls with
chicken broth and broccoli…
It is all about staying on plan and dont over analyze so much..
I do drink regular coffee with stevia and a creamer with no fat and no sugars..
I do use a light dressing ( couple sprays of a spritzer ) on a salad time to time
or my own mixture of apple cider vinegar and balsamic vinegar and a squirt of lemon juice ( and mix in a salad dressing bottle )
eat your 500 cal a day… vary your proteins and veg and fruits…avoid routine
try spices with your new foods you are cooking… its fun and rewarding.
Christmas is coming… let this year pass with out eating all the cookies and pies
and crap… when you go to your holiday parties.. eat your meal before you go and
dont drink alcohol… its is ALL in your own determination and own self motivation..
we didnt get fat overnight….and wont be overnight to lose it.. learn the NEW way
of eating for LIFE not just for this time you are on the diet.
The plan works.. listen to Sherrie… she is proof as well… but read the Book..
it explains it ALL….so the same questions wont have to come up over and over again.
Dont fail the plan…….
J.
Im so glad I found this site. Im so confused about what I should do next. I did homeopathic drops and lost 30 lbs in 30 days but then in a moment of stress I cheated with pizza. This, im ashamed to say, turned into 2 weeks of eating the way I used to alternating with restarting the drops several different times to try to” continue” where I had left off. There have been so many conflicting bits and pieces of information. Basically, I’ve gained back about 9 lbs but I should be in maintainance. What do I do? Help!
DO a steak day right away eat nothing all day and the an apple and a large steak for dinner. Then start back on P3 no bread, sugar, beans, corn, peas, pasta, rice or potatoes but everything else 1200-1500 calories. Do this for 3 weeks. You can do a steak day a week during this period each one will take off probably 2 lbs. Then the next 3 weeks start to add back carbs slowly.
Hi,
I am sitting here looking at my bottle of hcg pellets. I have to wait for my next period to start, so I have been reading up here. I keep reading about P2 and P3, but in my ebook from my supplier, it does not mention any of this…
What is it?
Also, it says that steak has more calories than chicken or fish (which I knew before), yet it keeps saying that I can have 100 g of beef or chicken or fish… but if it has more calories, how do I figure out how much veggis I can have?
Thanks for you help 🙂
Hello,
I’m getting ready to start the HCG load up days tomorrow (I’m so excited!) Just have a couple of quick questions – Has anyone bought and had success with the Gorton’s grilled fish fillets and/or their grilled shrimp on P2 portion (not the salmon ones, I know). Also, on P3, can you give me some examples of ok things to eat? I know breads a no-no but it seems like most things have sugar in them. Like could I eat chili (doesn’t tomato sauce and beans have sugar??), could I eat canned soups, etc. I’m clueless about what I’ll be able to eat on P3 and don’t want to waste all my hard work. Thanks in advance 🙂
Hey Joy
Gortons is NOT allowed on this diet, fresh white fish and the allowed meats!
When you’re on p3, you can have fats, dairy, and everything and anything except carbs/sugars. Beans have carbs. p3 is great as you can have so many different things.
Bacon, eggs, cheese(not pasteurized). Remember their are foods that have natural sugars and those can be eaten(like in your fruits, etc). Stay away from refined sugars
Back on today is my 1st day of VLCD I am determined to do the whole 40 days this time. Should take me to Feb 13th! Not sure if I count the load days as part of the 40 days?
I am going to be on here a lot for support, my last 2 rounds I met some wonderful Cyber friends and this time I am in it for the long haul!!!! LETS ROCK 2011
BTW; I am trying to lose 35 lbs That will bring me real close if not exactly where i want to be! But I am hungry already this morninng… ugh!
Great going Jamie! You CAN do it! My husband, my mom and myself just started our second go around on January 3 (first day of VLCD). Drink lots of water is my suggestion….I couldn’t even finish my meat last night I was full…..no hunger at all. And we really loaded good! I lost 3.8 pounds today (from yesterday’s weight), hubby lost 5.8 and mom lost 2.7! We are in there with you!!! Good luck!
Today is my first day on VLCD. I just made this Italian Chicken from the recipe book. It was amazing. I was very hungry this morning though. My goal is to lose 40 lbs. I think I’m going to see if my husband would like to join me. I was excited to see all the posts for those who were successful! Thanks!
No Gorton’s on P2 or the first part of P3 they will most likely have other stuff besides fish like fats oils or sugar. No beans, rice, corn, peas, pasta, sugar or potatoes on p3 for the first 3 weeks. You can have natrual sugar forund in fruit and almost everything. You can make home made chili with no beans. P3 is bacically just meat, good for you oil like olive oil, veggies, fruit, small portions of nuts and dairy nothing else. Then you add carbs slowly after week 4 on p3.
Thanks judy!
I’m starving right now.putting my daughter down for a nap and all I can think about is food….
Try having your fruit for breakfast instead of lunch. I make a smoothie out of strawberries in the morning. 5 frozen strawberries and a tiny splash of not from concentrate OJ, 1 pk stevia and some water blend until smooth for more bulk you can add ice but I like the flavor better without. Then I don’t eat the lunch fruit. It works great for me. I lost 5 lbs yesterday. This is my second round and I am on Day 2 of the VLCD. Last round I lost 20 lbs in 21 days.
Sorry meant to post on your reply….
See my post below.
Oh and try drinking more water or tea it really helps.
I also eat my apple as a snack between lunch and dinner instead of with dinner.
Today is my 2nd day of phase 2 – I lost 1.8 lbs since yesterday… THANK GOD I did – I think sadly I would have not made it through today if I had not lost something… today is easier than yesterday 😀 ~ When i got my scale in last month… I thought I weighed less than I did – I started off phase 1 Saturday morning @ 390.2 then Monday @ 390.8 this morning I weighed in @ 389 even – and that number as huge as it is excites me that it’s a wee bit lower just over night! Thank you for keeping this blog up – it’s what encouraged me to try it… after all I have nothing to lose but weight 🙂
Lana, did you do the 2 days of loading while on your drops? There is not a p1 on this diet, just p2, p3 and p4 But I think now I see after reading what you wrote that you must have loaded on Saturday morning. Are you weighing all your foods and following the protocol to a T(staying away from all sugars other than stevia or sweet n low) and only 2 meals a day and eating the different veggies/fruits/meats for lunch than you do dinner?
Good luck on your journey. When you get feeling down or don’t lose, then don’t get upset and give up, keep up doing what you’re supposed to do and stay off the scale for a couple days. Remember, almost everyone hits a plateau, it can last quite a few days, don’t let it get you down, your body has got to catch up. When you start losing again after hitting a plateau, then you will probably have a big loss
Hi Sherrie
thank you for your reply, Saturday and Sunday I loaded and gained 6 oz between those days – Monday I ate an apple for breakfast , @ lunch I had half a cucumber and 3.5 oz skinless chicken breast and an apple for dinner I had the same thing… drank 60 oz of water.
today I have done the same thing thus far. . .
this Saturday we have to go to an all day meeting (9:30 am to 9 pm) for foster training I will be 3 hours from home, any suggestions on what to do for food? I know temptations will arise as they are doing a luncheon and then Pizza for dinner, but I know I can overcome this if I am prepared.
Thanks!
Hey Lana, it’s okay to have the fruit from lunch earlier, but you don’t want to have an apple at breakfast time, then lunch time then dinner time, you’re allowed 2 fruits a day. Also, mix up your foods, if you have chicken, cucumber for lunch, have a different meat/vegetable/fruit for dinner.
Do you have a little cooler? If so, take some lettuce and put some chicken in with it and an orange or apple for lunch, and then another piece of meat already cooked that you can heat in a microwave, cucumber or lettuce and fruit for dinner. I have these neat little containers that have 3 slots(for 3 foods) and a lid(think I got them at walmart years ago). That’s how I would pack my lunch every day.
Just remember, pizza has been around for years, it’s not going anywhere, and stay away from it. 🙂 You can do it!
Hey everyone I’m back lol. I started this diet a few months back and didn’t stick wit. Now I’m ready to. In the words of Sherri “either you want to lose weight or you don’t” and I do so with that being said I will keep you posted. Today is the first day of my 500cal. and im completely prepared.
this is my 3rd day in p2 – yesterday I was @ 389 this morning I weighed in @ 380.4 :-0 I am not sure how this is possible but I didn’t think my scale was working so… i through a 5 lb bag of potatoes on it to see – and sure enough it was working ~ I am floored and also started a blog just for my weight loss… thank you so much for the response and ideas for Saturday before I started the HCG I was thinking well those 2 Saturdays will be okay to cheat… uhm No way not now I am to excited to see my results! Sticking to this 110% btw ~ Monday all I could do is think I was hungry etc… and now it’s nothing to eat the little that we are allotted ;o) if anyone else trying to hcg wants to follow my results and struggles I have started my weight loss journal @ http://notfatjustextrafluffy.blogspot.com/ , good luck everyone!!!
Lana,
WTG!!! This diet is simply the best I have EVER tried….because of the immediate and ongoing results….hang in there, you WILL drop the pounds and the inches…my hubby lost a little over 43 pounds in 31 days on our first go around….and he was in the 350 range. As far as the hunger, remember that it most likely is cravings, not true hunger, assuming you are taking the drops appropriately. Keep up the water/fluid intake as it helps as well. Try green tea or even better fruit flavored green tea cold over ice….delicious and helps with energy, burning fat, hunger, etc. Keep us posted !!
Hello everyone. I just started back on HCG and boy is it hard to eat all those calories after you are sick of eating junk after the holidays!! I have learned a few things yesterday (I am seeing a different doctor this time), apparently grain feed beef, free range chicken and wild caught fish is extremely benefically to weightloss. I have read this before several months back and if anyone is interested I will provide the site.
Have a great one and be checking in soon 🙂
Hi everyone, WTG to you all that have started and lost weight…. I have the drops and I am sooo NERVOUS & SCARED to do this… I was reading something before about cancer, but aside from that Idont know where to start or even howe to start.. I have been eating a lot of food for the past 2 days, I want to start this soo bad..But like I said I am nervous, scared and confused. Not too sure about the food. I bought chicken cutlets & chicken legs and I took the skin off. I LOVE fruit so I wont have a problem with that…. and I LOVE salad…….. PLEASE HELP, I WANT TO START ASAP….
Nichole,
I would really recommend you google Pounds & Inches By Dr Simeons and read that before you start. Starting anything without knowing what you are doing is only setting yourself up for failure.
Chicken Legs are not allowed, even if you take the skin off. Chicken breast meat only. As for your Fruit, the only fruit allowed in P2 is Strawberries, Oranges, Apples & Grapefruit.. That’s it. The foods you are allowed are outlined in the Pounds & Inches book (Free pdf online).
You start your drops and load for 2 days.. eat whatever you want because the more you load, the less hunger pangs you will have when starting.
Good luck!
Sherry,
That is the one thing I’m worried about when starting R2.. Loading again! I feel sick now if I eat the “wrong” foods or too much. But the results will be well worth a 2nd Round!!
Good luck to you!!
Good Luck Kingdom!!! When it all comes down to it, those are the words to live by!! Either you want it or you don’t. This has been the most rewarding “lifechange” I have had!!
Good Luck to you!! How long of a round are you planning on doing? I did a long P2 and lost a total of 27.4 for R2 but am now almost 39 lbs lost!! You can do it.. Just stick to the protocol!!
Hey Lana
I was thinking before when you said what you weighed that you really should have lost more than that in 2 days, but didn’t want to say that and get you down. I’m not sure how much you have to lose, but with what you said you weighed, then the 9 lbs is probably right, and I am so happy you got those numbers! I have known a few people that have lost about 25 lbs their first week, so these numbers I’m sure are right. Do you have a battery operated scale? I have one I got at walmart that is very accurate. Keep up the great work, so proud of you!
I saved your blog, please keep us updated on the weight loss, you are such a pretty lady.
Nichole, I really don’t think you can get cancer from water, alcohol and a very small amount of hcg(the same thing you have in your system when you’re pregnant). First of all, no other chicken other than white meat. I never had any other than chicken breast. Did you read pounds and inches? If not, please read it online. Just do a search on pounds and inches or dr simeons pounds and inches. What do you need help with? If you need to lose weight and want to do so, then there is nothing to help you with, all you need to do is read, get a scale to weigh out your food and then go for it
Thank you very much!! Did your husband meet his goal wait with hcg?
Hi everyone, Thank you Sherrie for that post I didn’t think that was enough to lose on my first day either but it was good enough for me, then I saw the second day and it was more than enough motivation to stick to the protocol…. Today I am down 2 pounds 8 ounces thats 377.6 (from 390.8)!! I am super duper thrilled and hope new comers see I too am walking breathing evidence that this works if you stick to it!!
Hello,
New to this blog, so far it has been very helpful!
Day 2 of loading on the HCG diet- I have not read where it says when to take the HCG drops other than at least 30 minutes before eating. I know it’s twice per day but, is it before lunch and dinner (since you don’t eat breakfast) or in the morning and in the evening? Or doesn’t it really matter as long as it’s 30 minutes before any food?
Thanks for you help!
Kim,
Hopefully someone else will be along to answer your drop time question. I did injections so I don’t know too much about the drops 🙁
Just wanted to welcome you and say Congrats for starting the Protocol! Keep us posted on your progress!
Hey Kim you are suppose to take the 10 drop three times a day. Try when you wake, lunch and dinner.
Hi Rock..which recipe book is that if you dont mind sharing….
Starting my 3rd round today..loading.
Hey Kim,
As to when you should take your drops, it depends on the instructions from the supplier you purchased your drops from. My husband and I bought our drops from SimplyHCG on line and we take them three times per day, 30 minutes before each meal. However, my mom bought her drops from a local health food store and her instructions are to take the drops twice per day, once when you wake up and again just before bed. I think it is important to follow the guidelines from the supplier, as the dosages could be different. In the end the results hopefully are the same. We are all on round 2 of the diet, now 8 days into it, and so far I have lost 12 lbs, hubby 15 and mom about 9. Good luck!!!!
Lana,
I just realized I didn’t answer your question about my hubby reaching his goal weight. Not yet, we did one round for 31 days, then stopped for 6 weeks as we had vacation then the holidays and figured just too hard to be on the diet during this time. We did gain some of the loss back, but not much. We are on our second round, for 21 days only. We decided 21 days at a time, with the 3 weeks maintenance (we lost weight on the maintenance phase too, just not as much) would be a good plan for us and easy to follow. So we both need to go at least 3 rounds total to hopefully reach our goals. We are well on our way in day 9 of round 2 of the diet! Hopefully one more round may get us to where we want to be. Thanks for asking and again great job so far with you! Hang in there……
Hey guys! i just bought the drops TODAY!! I am very nervous about this.. I have read so much online.. I just still feel like I am not completely prepared.. For example, when reading Dr. Simenons Manuscript.. it says no to take the hCG while menstrating.. so now i know i am about to start.. so should i wait until menses is over before beginning??
Also, is Truvia ok if you cant find Stevia??
I am just in dire need of some help and guidance.. Any direction would be helpful!
Thanks!!
Lara
Hey Lara: As far as I know the no hcg during menstruation applies for the hcg injections, not the drops or pellets.
I’ve also heard some people say there is something in truvia that can cause stalls, while there are others that says Truvia is fine to use.
Good luck. I’m on vlcd day #1 today (round 3)
I think that has more to do with the real hcg Lara.
Stevia is sold with sugar at our one grocery store, but at walmart I found it in the packets over in with diet pills, etc. No truvia is not allowed, you can have sweet n low or stevia
Good luck!
thank you guys sooo much!!
I guess i am on… r1p1d1!! lol.. (not sure if did that right.. i took the drops today and started my “loading”.. i am struggling with this… i already do not eat an inordinate amount of “unhealthy” fats.. i have been eating nuts, cream in my coffee, cheese, a bagel, avacado etc.. so i am hoping that it isnt the unhealthy or healthy part that is important… its just the fats in general..???? any ideas??
Hey Lara,
You are doing good…I know it’s hard to eat things that we spend a lifetime being told aren’t good…but for two days only, they are good! Enjoy!
My husband & I are on day 8 he has lost 15lb & I have lost 9 I am not very disciplined It does work.
I’m doing the real HCG mixed with B12 and silver. Following the pounds and inches diet it states twice per day just not when. So, I do the HCG in the morning and in the late afternoon. Seems to be working no hunger on Day one at all! Day two, I got a little hungry around 4PM but then I realized I had only eaten an apple all day. So far 3.5 pounds lost. I’m so excited.
Has anyone ever experienced elevated blood pressure on the real HCG mixed with b12 & silver? I have noticed a little feeling of heat racing so I have been checking my BP and it is almost in the abnormal range…any suggestion?
I never did, nor would I ever do the real hcg. Coming from another country to begin with is enough to scare me and have me stay with the homeopathic that is made right here in the USA. As I just got done saying, you have got to eat what you’re supposed to eat!
I did the prescription HCG and never had any experience elevated BP. When taking B12, I do experience flushing (red face & feelings of being hot).
CONGRATS to you and your DH! Off to a great start!
I did my first round with a Naturopath and she stated “Fats in general, does not need to be unhealthy”. But this is very commonly debated on forum sites. Dr Simeons states “eat frequently of highly concentrated foods such as milk chocolate, pastries with whipped cream sugar, fried meats (particularly pork), eggs and bacon, mayonnaise, bread with thick butter and jam, etc.” Doesn’t look to me like he meant “Good Fats” vs “Fats in general”.
I know that if you do not load correctly, then your hunger level when starting the VLCD is higher.
I know what your saying about products that come from another country but most of all drugs that are prescribed are made in another country as well as a lot of our food. So, I have gotten over that aspect of it I just made sure that I tested the product to make sure it was real before I used it.
I have a licenced natural path Dr. who I have worked with for 7 years and done pretty much the same diet I’m doing now but used amino acids and has always worked for me. However, during the last year the acids have made me feel sick. So, I can not use them. Needless to say, I have gained 18 pounds and need to get it off. I talked to him about the HCG diet and he said he has not know anyone personally who has had a lot of success with the homeopathic brands he tried. So I went for the real deal. Hopefully this elevated is just a results of my bad eating habits over the last 4 months and my BP will drop once my diet is under control as it has in the past. Just wanted to know if this was a normal side effect. Thanks for your insight!
I guess the Dr hasn’t talked to a lot of us on here, as a lot of us on here are on the homeopathic and have lost quite a lot of weight, infact, I only know of 2 or 3 people who have been on the ‘real” stuff and the one lady has hardly lost anything. I think myself the homeopathic works just as good if not better than the real stuff. 🙂 You probably need to get in to the “Dr with your problems. Hope you’ll be okay
It didn’t bother me either buying my supplies from overseas. Honestly, that’s where my supply came from when I ordered it from my Naturopath. I’ve seen many sites where you can buy it locally, BUT I’m pretty sure they bought it from overseas too. Just cutting out the middleman to save me some $$! 😉
Mine was made right here in the USA. We check all the food we buy, as we will NOT buy any food that is from other countries
To each his own…
I didn’t do hhcg and never will either. My first round of HCG I’ve lost 40 pounds. I’ve seen WONDERFUL success stories from both hhcg & HCG users. It all comes down to personal preference.
Lisa,
Congrats to you both. I myself just started the drops. I cannot wait until I reach my 8th day and hopefully lost 15lbs. I did gain 2 lbs since yesterday (which is weird). I know someone that did this already andhe lost 40 lbs in 30 days, only reason why I am doing it… But, good luck to you both…. Keep it up….
Hey Kim!
I think Schatzi said it best, whatever works for you and what you feel most comfortable with. I only know personal friends and co-workers (outside of those on this site) that have used the drops and each and every one of them have had the best success ever on any diet! Including me! As far as the BP elevation, keep watching it and of course if it doesn’t go down pretty quick, see the real doc! That is something not to mess with, as most of us with weight issues already know….best of luck!!
Thanks Sherrie! I’m very happy with my results I started the load last Thursday and following the pounds and inches diet, I have lost 5 whole pounds in 3 days! I have no hunger at all. My only problem is my “night time cravings” that have nothing to do with hunger.
Has anyone experienced posting on the site only to find the post missing? I have had this happen several times 🙁
Well today is day 7 (day 5 on VLCD) and I have lost 7 pounds so far; my husband has lost 15.5 pounds! I am 20 pounds away from my realistic goal and 30 pounds from where I would actually like to be. I have to say I like eating healthier again, it is so easy for me to fall back into old eating habits but hopefully with my husband on the diet I will do much better the second time around!
Cheers
Kim, that’s great, I know about the “cravings” and not being hungry. Keep up the good work, and if you keep having problems, please get in to the Dr
I haven’t had that problem when posting.. Hope it was a glitch!!
You are doing GREAT!!! I think it would be easier to have someone else doing the diet along with you… Lots of encouragement and advice!! Good luck!
I noticed in your last paragraph where it talks about this being a controversial diet, especially for males, that you also say that the hormone is only found in pregnant women. I am sure that I read that it is not a sex hormone, and that both men and women are born with a lifetime supply. Pregnant women also produce it and all women produce a little bit at the start of menstruation each month. Does anyone know if men are in fact born with a lifetime supply too?
Day 8 (day 6 VLCD) 7.5 pounds lost. Day 4 I had no weight loss so, I followed the 6 apples all days and lost 1.5 pounds on day 5. I’m still having the extreme cravings for chocolate….Grr hope this goes away soon.
Kim,
You only do an “Apple Day” when you have had a stall of more than 3 days or a 2lb gain. Your body will need time to catch up to your weightloss. Seeing how you are already into your 2nd week, you will notice a slower weightloss and days with no loss. The average loss AFTER a Round is -.5 – -1.0 for women.
Keep up the good work!!
Hi – Started my 1st loading day today. Having difficulty trying to eat alot of food but I did consume more than I would normally do. Getting donuts after Church tomorrow along with some kolaches should help me start the 2nd day. I have researched the HCG for about a week and have read alot that’s out there but I have a few questions that I can’t find answers to. I understand about the lotions, shampoos and makeup. My questions are what about mascara (since it doesn’t touch the skin) hair spray and nail polish? I am so motivated and excited about what lies ahead but I hope to still try to look pretty while doing it. Thanks for any help with this.
Christine,
I don’t think there is any protocol for mascara, nail polish, etc. I am on my second go around with the HCG diet and frankly this time I am not really bothering with the concerns over the lotion, etc. I did purchase oil free lotion on my first round as I wanted to follow the diet exactly as Simmeons said, to make sure it worked for me. I actually lost more weight the first two weeks this time than I did the first time, and I am using my normal lotions, conditioners, etc. BUT, for optimum success, I would agree you should at least try to follow the oil free recommendations to see how you do. Good luck, you will love it!
Christine
I used the homeopathic and never changed ANYTHING. I don’t think homeopathic is the same as the real hcg. I wore mascara every day, used the same shampoo, deodorant everything and never had a problem with losing. I also continued going for manicures and pedicures. Unless you’re on the real hcg, I wouldn’t worry at all about any of it
Again, I encourage everyone to read this. This also has a neat downloadable weight chart(wish I would have seen it when I was on p2).
Please check this site out, has all the answers
hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html
Thank you for the responses. I am on the homeopathic and will watch some on the body lotions and makeup but won’t stress myself. Thanks for the new site Sherri some really good info. Second day of load. Gained 1 lb. yesterday. Went shopping today with my list. Feeling motivated for tomorrow. Thanks again.
I lost 60 lbs on that diet Christine, and as I said, I never once changed anything. Sounds like you’re motivated and that’s great. If things get tough, just try and remember the diet is very short. A lot of us have cheated, and have found all it does is stresses you out more, makes you stall and even put on weight, so whatever you do, do not give in and cheat. The diet can get to you, but just hang in there, you will be happy with the results.
How long are you doing the first round for, 3 or 6 weeks or in between? I did 6 the first time(should have done 3) then 3 the 2nd time and found it to be much easier to handle.
Christine,
I had great success on the diet. I went two rounds of protocol, the first one 6 weeks, rested 8 weeks and then 3 weeks. It will be a year March 5, 2011 for me. Haven’t really gained the weight, but do need to tone up.
I did not adhere to the lotions and makeup and did just fine. I just didn’t cheat on the food and definitely no alcohol.
Am going to do it again before my son’s wedding….or mine. 🙂
Once you are on it, it gets easier every day….especially when you see your success. You can do it…Good Success!
Sherrie – I’ll be doing the 45 days with the drops. Just bought my 3 liter jug of water and plan on filling it every day. I am a diet coke addict but have given it up for 40 days of Lent So I know I can do it!!
Jenny – Watch out for that second wedding. That’s how I’ve gained 45 pounds in 3 years. Very happily in love but not in love with my body. Will have both in 45 days. Thanks for the input and interest. This should be a fun journey.
Christine, I lost 22 lbs my first time around on the 6 weeks, then took a 2 1/2 week break and reloaded and did the last 3 weeks, think I lost a little over 20 that time. Everything else I lost on my own on p3. I am not a big drinker period, I was brought up that for dinner we got one glass of milk so not to fill up on our milk and not want our food. I am now 54 and still very seldom drink anything with dinner(even if it’s spicy hot). I hardly ever crave water, so hardly ever drink it to this day, but do get my water in my coffee or flavored drink.
Good luck, if you need anything at all, ask!
I’ve been watching your site since I started the HCG shots in May and love getting the benefit of everyone’s real-life experiences! I have a question for the experts: My 1st round, I went for 40 days and lost pounds 25lbs. (I made some mistakes about what food was okay). Since then, I’ve read just about everything I can find, and I feel pretty experienced with this diet, but I’m kind of stuck. I’m in my 3rd round and have lost a total of 44lbs since my first go around. I’m on day 25 and don’t seem to be losing anything (or the past 4 days). I HATE the apple day and I’m thinking I might be at my end (although I feel like I’m still a little chunky in the wrong places), but am wondering about doing a cheat day to see if it will kickstart my weightloss again. I’ve read about this trick on a few sites. Any ideas guys? I’m also just toying with the idea of coming off P2-going on P3 for a short time and then going right back to P2. Any suggestions? I’m 5′ 11 and am at 165lbs.
I have just started my loading day (2). I will keep you updated. I know I will be successful, but wish me luck anyway. Thank you
Lisa, the reason it’s not moving is because you are where your body wants you to be, at 5’11, you are at a good weight. If you start going against your body, you will lose out in the long run, meaning you will have a hard time maintaining your weight. Be happy with the weight you’re at and just exercise. I always lost on p3 and actually loved that part of the diet the most!
Please don’t push yourself to keep losing. The problem that I see all overweight people have is that once you’ve been heavy, no matter what you always see yourself as overweight. Listen to the other people who see you, not the way you see yourself
Sherrie-
You’re making perfect sense! I guess I’m being crazy expecting to weight at a place where I haven’t been in a million years (since I was 24-I”m 44 now!). When I am made to stop and think about it, you’re right…when I weighed less, I spent A LOT of my waking time trying to be at that weight. That single, no-responsibility person isn’t around anymore. Now I’m mom, wife, wage-earner, chief cook & bottle washer, etc…. Yes, I take time for me, but I am no longer interested in spending every waking moment at the gym! Yikes! I am now more interested in finding a balance. You are more than likely right about my weight being a good weight. I think maybe I’m just reluctant to stop trying since I have such a good run on this diet. HCG has been the first diet in FOREVER that has worked for me. It has been hard (this is my 3rd round), but on the other hand-it has been easy (because it was diet that worked!). Every day that I weigh-in, I feel like I have the power to make it another day! I have spent the day thinking about this and I’ve decided a kickstart is crazy-I’m moving on. Today was my last shot (even if I still have some in the freezer); Yep! I’m moving onto P3. Thanks for the common sense. Sometimes you know, you just need to hear an un-bias opinion. :o)
Lisa <3
It’s common for everyone of us to be like that, and we always seem to be hard on ourselves too. Just remember, as we get older, I think if we’re too thin, it actually makes us look older, not younger. 🙂
Hair Loss
Okay, so, I went off the drops last June. About 2-3 mos ago, I started noticing I was losing a lot more hair than a “normal” hair loss. I know I’ve read on here about people losing hair, but was thinking it was while they were on the drops. I have always had very thick hair and naturally wavy. I had a perm put in my hair(I know, dumb) back at the end of June or first of July then taken out the very next week. So, for me to lose hair 4 mos or so later, didn’t make any sense as far as it being from the “chemicals”. Lucky for me, I don’t have any bald spots, but this has me very upset.
The beautician was telling me today this happened to another customer also after she had lost weight and had been off the drops for awhile. Anorexics lose hair and I’m assuming the reason some of us are losing it is because at 500 calories a day, we’re not getting enough calories(even though it’s pulling from stored fat). I loved this diet, but now that I’ve been hearing of other cases like this, it’s making me curious now as to just how safe this diet really is. This lady is starting to get her hair back again, but its taken quite awhile.
Okay, I did a search and found this, looks like there are A LOT of people experiencing the same thing
ehealthforum.com/health/hcg-diet-and-hair-loss-t179772.html
Hi everyone, I thought I would stop by and give an update… today is my 18th day and I have lost 30.8 lbs! I started off @ 390.8 and today I am 360 ~ feels good! I wanted to go the entire 40 days but dear ones around me are concerned and well I do miss some of my favorite meals… any suggestions or advice? thanks!
I just found this blog today and I’m very interested in following along. Today is my day 14. I’m on the diyhcg.com drops. This is my first round. I have probably two more. I have been AMAZINGLY good (for me) on this diet. I haven’t cheated. The only thing I’ve done that isn’t protocol is to add some lotion because my hand is cracking and peeling. So far I’ve lost 11 lbs as of this morning. I had a rough week because I didn’t lose for 4 days. It was a bit discouraging so I’m looking forward to some support. I’m encouraged by the stories I’ve read so far and I’m excited about this journey!
Lana,
Great job! I know you must feel so much better knowing that 30 lbs are gone and in only 18 days! Dr. Simmeons actually stated that when a patient lost 43 lbs he would take them off the HCG and go straight in to maintenance. He never really explained why, other than I think he just saw some patients with so much weight to lose that might start developing an immunity sooner to the treatment after significant weight loss. I would say if you can stay on your course until at least 43 lbs or 42 days, whichever comes first.
My husband and I were going to do the 42 days the first go around and we stopped at 31, he had reached the 43 lbs and we needed to work the 3 week maintenance in before we went on vacation. We just finished our second round (21 days) and are on maintenance again. We are going to only do 21 days at a time now….simply because it is so much easier to stay with it (21 days is such a short time) and we LOVE maintenance, its like a treat! We continue to lose weight even on maintenance, although slowly, but it makes sense just because it is such a great way to eat. I know several people on this site have said they also lost on the maintenance phase and some have simply stayed on it as a way of life.
I hope to be at my goal weight after our next round (round 3) but my husband might have to go to round 4….in any event, keep up the great work! If you are feeling good, then stay with it…..you won’t regret it!!
Lana, some of those “favorite” meals are what got you up to almost 400 lbs to begin with. You need to keep doing rounds until you get your weight down, or you won’t be around to enjoy those “favorite” meals again one day. As long as you’re doing good on the diet, then don’t worry about your dear ones, because if you don’t get the weight off, their “dear one” won’t be around. Keep going. Do the 40 days, take your 3 week break and get back on it. You have a long way to go, but have started and are doing fantastic, don’t give up!
Judy, that’s for the real hcg. My friend stayed on the drops straight through for almost a year. She lost 100 lbs(still has about 30-40 to go). She did it wrong, she shouldn’t have stayed on it that time, but what you have to remember too, is with Lana having so much to lose, she could lose that and that would be the same as someone else losing 10 lbs. The bigger you are the quicker it’s going to drop. Have known a lot of people to do this diet, and some of the ones of 300 lbs were losing 25 pounds their first week.
Well…I am still plugging along…. 72 lbs…( after Rnd one, 5 weeks, 42 Lbs; Rnd two, 6 weeks, 30 lbs) about to start last and final round …hmmm…maybe last round..depends on where I fall between the 2 previous numbers.)
I am 6’2″ went from 348 to currently 276… this plan is TOO easy if you just stick to
it…and LET the plan “help” you.!
Here is the new 2011 pounds and inches
You can download it for free.
http://www.thinkhcgdietbook.com
No advice on the hairloss, just my own thoughts and ramblings…I did experience some hair loss (more than in my non-dieting normal life), but it hasn’t really been anything that I’ ve worried about. I”m not a “hairy” person, and while I have been seeing more hair loss in the shower (than when I”m not on this diet) I had read about this issue before I started the diet so I wasn’t caught unaware. I think someone who isn’t expecting any “side effect” such as hair loss, might definitely be a little more than freaked-out. That being said, I have just decided hair loss is so far, an acceptable “side effect.” That being said, my crazy mind tells me to make sure I keep an eye on things because what use will it be to me to super-hot-skinny, but bald? I’m no Demin Moore! I just don’t think I could pul it off! ha ha !
Nutragena makes a good no-oil lotion that you can use. I think it’s a little pricey so I buy the Target knock-off. It has been a mainstay in my HCG regiment. Hope that helps.
I just want to encourage you!! It IS hard! If it was easy, everyone would be skinny!! But we CAN do this! I just try to remember that this is a “temporary” stage. I’m definitely looking forward to getting off, and I have about 3 or 4 rounds to go. What I try to remember is that I can have whatever it is that I’m craving – at a later date! Once I get the weight off, I’m don’t want to get anywhere near this again. If I keep on top of this, then I can enjoy what I want with only an occasional “steak day” to keep things in control. One thing that the manuscript does recommend is that you don’t lose more than 40 lbs at a time. So if you’re having trouble, get to that milestone, but don’t fall apart between rounds. I’m so impressed with what you’ve done so far!!! Hang in there!!!
Thanks for the tip. I’ve been using a VERY SPARING amount of Aquaphor once or twice a day. I just got some of the Corn Huskers lotion to try. I’m trying so hard to follow this “to the letter” of the original manuscript. So I really hate to cheat – even for this. But living in AZ really dries you out anyway and the winter weather is a real killer.
Congratulations! That is truly AWESOME!! Keep up the great work!
Congratulations on your success!
Today is my first day starting the HCG diet. I’ve had a huge cup of coffee with sugar and creamer and a large piece of some kind of cinnamon, super sugary cake a lady from work made. I don’t know if I can get the last bit of cake down. I’m not good at stuffing myself, but I’m thinking Mexican or a bacon cheeseburger with fries for lunch. I just hate that stuffed feeling. I am really excited about the diet and hope to lose 30 pounds. I need to get a “food scale” to weigh my food and I’ll be hitting the grocery store tonight for the meats, veggies and fruits that are allowed. In the meantime, my husband are going to try to eat everything “bad” in the house tonight and tomorrow.
Hey Joy
Good luck
I used my hubbys postage scale to weigh my food on. I bought a nice scale online, but if you let it sit too long in between trying to get the meat weighed right, you would have to reset it. Not sure where the postage scale came, have had it for years.
Make sure if you like ice cream or pizza that you get that stuff down you too. 🙂
Thank you both, I am still trucking along ;o) I am @ 36.6 pounds gone~! When I stop @ 43 lbs I go into p3 and do I eat the same and just stop the drops? I am bit confused on what I can and can not do ;o) , thank you everyone for being so helpful!!
I am taking the Biotin Vitamins for my hair… it’s a hair, nail and skin supplement no sugars ;o) also a prenatal vitamin… to cover all other grounds (not prego)
Lana, you never want to go less than 21 days on the diet, the 43 lbs is injections and when you have a lot of weight to lose, you’re going to lose quicker at first. You can go as long as 40 days on the diet before taking a break, which if you’re not having a hard time staying on the diet, I would recommend doing the 40 days. After p2, then yes, go to p3.
You are doing great, keep up the good work
I was taking that too, but if you look, there is hardly any biotin in it. I just got some 7500 mg of just biotin the other day and that’s what I’m taking now
According to the original manuscript, you need to stop the drops, but stay on the diet for another 3 days. THEN you go in to P3 and for the 1st 3 weeks, you add fats (think dairy), but NO Starches. Then the 2nd 3 weeks, you can slowly add the starches. If your weight changes by 2.1 lbs or more, then you’re supposed to do a “steak” day to bring it back in line. After 6 weeks of being off, you can start Round 2. Also, according to the original manuscript, he recommends that you don’t lose more than 40 lbs at a time, but that you DO stay on for a minimum of 21 days or a maximum of 42 days.
I know there are plenty of people who believe that the homeopathic directions allow for some differences in dates. I have no opinion either way on that. My drops are Homeopathic, and my source recommends you follow the original directions. If you want a copy of the “book” that you can download for free, try http://www.diyhcg.com website. I know they have it in a downloadable form.
GREAT Job!!!
GOOD LUCK!!
I don’t know if you have a Costco membership, but they VERY recently started carrying a nice food scale for under $20. Timing was very convenient for me. = )
You do stay on the 500 calories for 72 hours after your last drop. Then p3 you stay on for at least 3 weeks, NO STARCHES/ NO SUGARS, but you do add back everything else, dairy, fats, etc. It doesn’t have to be done slowly, I added back all right away, you just have to keep an eye on your weight and make sure you don’t go 2 lbs or more (not 2.1)above last drop day or you have to do a steak day. You also stay on it 21 days(that includes the 2 days of gorging) and also remember Kristi, that was written years ago and that had to do with the injection, not the drops they use now(homeopathic). Also remember, a person that weighs alot can lose 25 lbs and it would be like 5 on someone else. You do the diet(including drop/gorge days) for NO less than 21 days and no more than 40 days.
okay so when I reach the 43 lb marker , I go in to 3 days of 500 cals no drops, then 3 weeks of eating anything as long as their is no starch or surgar… @ the end of that can I restart my drops? This week has been really easy, I just had to get past last weeks temptations… Just keep telling myself “this to shall pass” 😀
I am averaging a pound a day loss!
Lana, I don’t know how much you’ve lost or how long you’ve been on this yet. But, FORGET that 43 lbs. that is for injections for one thing and the other thing is, read pounds and inches, you have got to be on that diet for a MINIMUM of 21 days(my friend stayed on it straight through for close to a year as she wanted to lose 100 lbs). She’s been off the diet since October and maintaining nicely. 3 people I know lost 25 lbs their first week,(the were all over 300 lbs). IF you want this diet to work, stay on it at least 21 days and quit worrying about the 43 lbs. It took me weeks to lose 43 lbs, but I only had 60 to lose and that’s what you have to remember, the bigger you are the quicker you will lose! So, get the 43 out of your head! After 21 days(minimum) to 40 days maximum, you stay on the vlcd and drops. Then the last drop day, you stay on the vlcd for 72 hours after last drop. Use the last drop day for last drop day weight. In p3, do NOT go over 2 lbs of what your last weight was in last drop day. Say you weighed 200 lbs on last drop day, if you reach 202 or more, then do a steak day. Add back everything, EXCEPT sugar/strarch. You can add back oils, fats, dairy, etc. Alwyas check ingredients(somethings have natural sugar and are not added ingredients). After that 3 weeks, then start your drops and do your load days and do the p2 for 21-40 days again. When you go on p3 next time, stay on it a couple weeks longer(5 or 6 weeks), then reload and go back to p2 again. Now, after p3, you can go to p4 where you gradually add back sugar/starch for 3 weeks then go back to p2, but I always feel if you have more to lose, to skip p4 until you’re at the goal you want to be at(or at least close)..good luck!
Thank YOU!!! Today is my 23rd day and I am @ 37.6 lbs gone, So with the drops you can stay on it non stop? I am just making sure I read this right… I had over 225 lbs to lose initially and now I am @ 188 lbs to go, feels great – thank you so much!
Day Two. I cannot believe I have to stuff myself again today. I almost made myself sick yesterday. I only gained .2 pounds though. I was SHOCKED! I ate 3,800 calories, 193 grams of fat and 337 carbs! I usually never go over 1200 calories in a day. I don’t think my husband did as good of a job at stuffing himself as I did. I’ve been trying to make him aware of the importance of this. Anyway, I’m starting with Pop Tarts this morning and I have an early lunch today at a Thai restaurant. I will load up there for sure. I can’t wait to start seeing success in the coming weeks!!
Lana
My friend did, however, I do NOT recommend staying on it over 40 days(2 of those days are gorge days), so you would do 2 days of drops(day 1 and 2 and gorge), then stay on drops 38 days with vlcd, then go off drops and stay on vlcd for 72 hours after last drops, then go to p3 and stay on it 3 weeks, then start all over again. That is GREAT. You can do it girlfriend!! Take your break though and do it the right way. I just wish people would stop telling people to go off when they hit 43 lbs, as I said that was with injections, and people that have so much to lose, lose the first bit a lot quicker.
Lana, if you want to work one on one, would be more than happy to communicate through e-mails
my e-mail is
stratman397 at aol dot com
just put hcg diet in the subject line
I am going to be leaving for work in about an hour(work 2-4 days a week). I won’t be back in until around 9:00 tonight, but will check my e-mail when I get in
Joy
quick question, if you never eat over 1200 calories a day, then you should already be to a goal weight. ?
How much did you say you wanted to lose, 30 lbs?
Sorry, I am just having a hard time with this. If I was eating 1200 calories a day, I never would have had to have gone on this diet to begin with.
I had to stop the drops because I got my menstral cycle. I had gotten very light headed and did not feel right. I am actually waiting a llittle bit longer to start it again. I do want to lose the weight, I have been battling with my weight since I had my son (7 yrs ago). I want to lose at least 50-60 lbs. I know I can do it, I am just scared that I will get sick again when I get my menstral. I have to think of something to do. I have a nother problem. I LOVE soda. I have to figure out something to take it’s place. When I stop drinking it a get VERy bad headaches. I know if I really want to lose the weight I will deal with it.
I am also confused as to how long I have to take the drops to lose the weight I want. Looking for a little help, thank you.
Nichole
How long had you been on the drops when you started your period? Some people feel like that when they first start out(not loading right nor not eating as much as you’re used to eating) Pop is probably what put the weight on you to begin with, have you ever checked the sugars in it? You should NEVER have over 40 grams of refined sugar in one day!
If you’re getting a headache when you don’t have it, it’s the caffeine, you have caffeine in black coffee and in tea, try those instead.
If you want to lose the weight bad enough, you can give up the pop(or soda). Funny down south they call it soda and I was from up north where it was always called pop
Anyway, you have to ask yourself what is more important, having soda and weight or losing weight and giving up soda. There is always diet soda when you get the weight off
Lana,
I am so happy for you and your success so far! As to the stopping issue at 43lbs, actually the manuscript by Simmeons refers to 34lbs, then he says in very obese patients they allow an additional 5-6 lbs to be lost before stopping the injections. Although I am certainly no expert on Simmeons research or how the drops v. injections plans differ, I do believe that most of us using the drops have directions to follow the original protocol written by Dr. Simmeons (even though he wrote it in conjunction with injections, not drops). That being said, I think you have to interpret from the dr’s work what you think works best for you. I believe everyone has “intrepeted” what they want as to any changes to the original diet, i.e. using lotions, using PAM spray, etc.
The most important thing, in my opinion, is that you continue your efforts to lose the weight, whether you stop at 40lbs and go to maintenance and then start again..as long as you feel good, you are the best judge as to what works for you! Hang in there and keep us posted! You are motivating all of us!!
Sherrie,
I think it may have been the 2nd day of gorging, that I had gotten my period. I just didnt like the way I felt. It could have been a mixture of both, my period and not enough food. I dont drink coffee so I guess I will drink the tea in the morning. I really just need to sit and make a meal plan for my self and STICK to it..
Thank you Sherrie.
I was overweight to begin with and had lost about 20 pounds working out and eating the 1200 calories. I broke the cuboid bone in my left foot and had to stop working out. I think that significantly slowed my weight loss. I’ve been stuck at the same weight for 2 months on my 1200 calorie diet. 1200 calories is pretty normal day for me. I keep up with my caloric intake on sparkpeople.com. It’s a great resource. 🙂
Ok, its been three weeks now and I only lost 12 pounds. I have been stuck at the same weight for 4 days now :(. I really don’t want to do an apple day but I guess that is what is going to have to happen. This is my second time on HCG and I had such great results the first time (this was 8 months ago) but this time around I am getting very frustrated!!
Any suggestions…has anyone else had the same issue?
HELP!!
Sherry, how much did you have to lose this time??
I never believed in the “apple” day and when I would stall out, would just leave it alone, you are still losing inches even if the weight isn’t showing, give it time, it will.
I remember you from before, but can’t remember if you got to your goal, or where you got. Have you been doing good at maintaining? Try to not get upset, it will pass hon
Nichole
My daughter was doing well on the diet(she’s 5’4″ and weighs around 220). She started about the same time as me(last March). she started her period and flowed heavier than normal so quit the diet, never went back and gained back all her weight as she didn’t follow the diet.
I didn’t like coffee until I hit 40, now I love it and have no problem drinking it black(although awhile back I started putting flavored creamer in it), LOL. Anyway, have started back to drinking it black 99% of the time.
Yes, you can do tea in the morning or water. Do plan your meals out, it makes it so much easier.
You can do this and you need to do it now, before that 60 lbs turns in to 70, so on and so forth!
That’s because your body has gotten use to you just eating 1200 calories. You can easily get it going again by eating more calories for a week or two, then going back down to the 1200(fooling your body). May I ask how tall you are and what your weight is right now?
If you’re doing okay on the drops, why don’t you try doing the 40 days(that’s 2 days loading on drops, and 38 days of vlcd on drops, then 3 days of vlcd with no drops), take your 3 week break, then go back for another 6 weeks. After that 6 weeks, then do p3 a little longer(like 6 weeks instead of 3). You are doing fantastic and am so proud of you!
I can understand the feeling!! At the start of my second week, I went 4 days flirting with the same weight – .2 over/under. It was really discouraging – especially since this was my first round and I had been following the diet perfectly!! However, about day 5, it got going again and now on day Nineteen, I’m down 16.2 lbs from the very first day (before the gorge days). So hang in there. I figured I need to go a couple days longer before I resort to an apple day. = )
THAT IS AWESOME!!!!! Keep up the great work! And posting your success. You ARE encouraging the rest of us!!
Nicole-
I feel your pain with giving up soda. I had a MEAN diet-coke-money on my back until I started doing the HCG diet. I thought losing weight would taste better than a soda; and it sure did! When I say I had a “monkey,” I probably drank 8-10 cans of Diet Coke a day. :oP Yes, I did have a couple of really rough days with headaches, but Dr. Simeon tells you that it is okay to take meds (tylenol, etc…) and that helped a bunch! I did try to have Diet Coke when I was in P3 and P4 both times (I’m on my 3rd round), but it didn’t seem as pleasurable as it used to be, so I don’t push it beyond maybe one a week. I don’t want to get that addiction again! When I do feel like I “miss” soda, I have one and go on. I refuse to believe there are things that I can NEVER have; who can live like that? I want to be the one in charge of my diet, not the other way around! Make the choice to drop that soda and you’ll be glad you did!
I ended phase 2 of first round on Jan 6th after losing 20 lbs in 4 wk. Fact is I cheated several times or I’m sure it would have been more. I’m up 6 lbs in phase 3, I haven’t been careful. It’s scaring me tho. How long is it recommended to wait before starting a second round? I’ve heard 3 wks, 6 wks, 8 wks. What have you all done?
Hello everyone 🙂 i must say i am pretty happy with this site and al the support. i am on day 13 of 33 day injections and i have lost 9 lbs. I had a stall over the last weekend and i believe it was the london broil that i prepared myself with liquid aminos, salt, and garlic, i am not a very usual beef eater, so after the first 5 days of fish and chicken i felt i needed something different (although i am very creative with my limited choices, i have always used Emerils rub, it has no msg, no sugar and it comes for steak, fish and chicken, it tastes awesome, I am also a huge fan of cayenne pepper so i put it on everything and it makes me feel full 🙂 ) But over all with the stall and everything I am very happy with my progress and im sticking to it strictly, and no more beef for me, at least for now.
Now I have been obsessing over phase 3 with the following ……. here it goes; i will be turning 30 on my first day of week two on phase 3. I want to celebrate but I’m scared, i don’t want to have a piece of my cake (or celebratory dessert) nor do I even want to go out that day to dinner and be tempted to have alcoholic drinks (wine mainly) or simply any thing i know i should not eat. I might be over reacting a little bit , but i want to make sure the commitment of this diet isn’t ruined by ME!
Please send me some advice! Thank you for all the support!
well im on day 12 and have lost including binge days and I have lost 10 lbs… but Ive lost 3inches off my waist and 1 inch on my hips and thighs.. I have to say that it has been very hard ive thought about cheating everyday..but i am determined to finish… I think its just because Im weak and bored of the same foods all the time.. today ima go and get some crab and see if I can do something different.. but just alittle more to go and I will be done.. dont know if I will do this again… but I do love that Ive lost weight I went from 196 to 186 and I havent seen the 180’s in like 2 years so I was sooo happy…
Candy – you do 3 weeks of maintenance after your first round. You can then start another round if you need to lose more. Great job! 20 lbs in 4 weeks is still very, very good!
I am so confused when you all say maintenance, P3, P4. What does that mean. Are there certain bottles that I have to buy. I am confused.
I have a very important question, may I drink La Croix sparkling water??? No Calories, No artificial flavors, no artificial sweeteners, and is sodium free however it is carbonated.
should i not drink this at all?
thank you
I can understand the boredom and the urge to cheat. For some reason, it’s been a bit easier to avoid the cheating on this diet. I don’t know if it’s because I can’t have ANYTHING that isn’t expressly mentioned and the absence of trying even a “tiny” piece but it seems a bit easier. I am bored of the food choices. But I keep reminding myself that this is a temporary thing!!!
I’m going to be on this for Valentine’s Day, as well as quite a few other “special” occasions. I think I’m going to just postpone as much celebrating as I can. I’ve already survived hostessing a spaghetti dinner party the first weekend I was on this – without cheating – so I think I can be strong through this. It’s only temporary!!!
Has anyone else been unusually cold while on this? There are times when I can’t seem to warm up.
Ladies – the sparkling water is fine, the 30th B-day can wait one week (then celebrate big, you only turn 30 once and you may be a few pounds thinner only one week after the big day!) and P3 is Phase 3 – maintenance….P4 is Phase 4 – the way you will eat the rest of your life…no bottles, just descriptions of phases…..P2 is Phase 2 the actual VLCD (Very low calorie diet)….I don’t know what P1 is? I think Sherrie once told us there really isn’t a P1, unless it could be loading maybe?
Hope this helps!
Sherrie,
Since there are a lot of differences in the “rules” to this program, I’m wondering if you have a source for the instructions you’ve used. I know that you’re going off of the homeopathic version as opposed to the doctor administered shots, but I wondered why some of the original manuscript rules are followed and some are not.
Please don’t misunderstand me!! I’m not attacking you at all! I’m just trying to understand more about the differences and why there may be differences. I’d like your help.
thank you for helping me make my decision , i will celebrate my 30th a week and a half later and i will be thin and happy!
http://www.hcgfatloss.com/hcg-diet-phase-1.htm
this link explains Phase 1, it not necessary, but I did it (at least the eating portion of it) with out even knowing it, i ate every 3 hours, and used stevia from before i even started the hcg diet. but dont really think it matters because you will lose regardless.
hope the link help clarify .
Posted earlier that I’ve gained 6 lbs on phase 3. I didnt even try to stay away from sugar and carbs. After reading through these posts today I’m scared I may have caused damage I’m not seeing? If phase 3 actually is training my body not to convert carbs to fat, have I lost muscle and gained pure fat? AHHH! Have been off drops and vlcd since the 6th. Guess I’d better pay closer attention when I start next round! I was absolutly STARVING. Great results when I stuck to it tho…but when I cheated the scale wouldn’t budge for several days of sticking to it. Self inflicted misery. lol
Had to do an apple day today. Gained .5 4 days ago and then stalled at that for 3 days. My own fault and knew I had cheated. I’ve done real well. Losing 10.5 in 9 days, not hungry but still craving sweets especially chocolate. The apple day was easy with no cheating at all. But I’m sitting here still thinking about the cookies I just laid out for the kids lunches. Does this craving ever go away? Any suggestions out there? I’m sure some people will suggest Stevia but it’s so expensive and haven’t seen it in flavors at my store. Thanks
Christine, the apple day isn’t for stalling after cheating, that wasn’t due to anything except your cheating, which means it wasn’t a real “stall”. You’re going to stall when you cheat! You can use sweet n low too.
Stevia is expensive, about $8 for a bag of it here, but it goes a long way!
First of all, on p3 when you hit 2 lbs over last drop day, you’re to do a steak/apple or steak/tomato day where you can drink all you want and sometime through out the day, eat an apple or tomato and then for supper the biggest juiciest steak you want to lose that weight.
yes, when you cheat the scale doesn’t move for a few days after
I am one week into P3. My weight has remained the same as the day I stopped the drops. My concern is (I have read that people have lost inches during P2 while their weight did not move for a few days), can I remain the same weight and gain inches w/o knowing? During the diet I kept a daily log on my weight, what I had to eat, and noted progress. I did not monitor inches.
Christine, I had to tell myself the desire for certain foods is all psychological, and I refuse to let food define my existence… I have been Extremely Obese for over 20 years and this is the first time I actually can hold my head up high and feel really good about what I am doing for my body and long term health, I too have 4 kids, all who have birthdays for the first 4 months of the years, and a son who is about to graduate high school… lots of cake around here 😉 – I also am very involved with my church and Lord knows us Baptist can’t do anything without food around, I have to decline and just know it always won’t be this way… or it will if I choose to let cravings control me… I don’t use any sweeteners I’m just running the race – and pray for diligence and strength. as of today I am on day 24 and tis mornings weigh in I have lost 39.2 Pounds! I have wanted that one bite of something on a few occasions, the more I resist things – the easier it becomes… to turn away from it each time ~ I have a long way to go still but I closer than I was 24 days ago 😉
Very Good Luck!
Hi Sherrie,
Last time I lost 24 pounds but stilll wanted to lose 16 pounds. I did great on maintance up until Thanksgiving and Christmas and I gained 10 pounds back. The scale finally moved this morning :)!!!! I still want to lose 15 pounds and I will reach the goal I set for myself.
I hope the scale keeps going down now!
Thanks Sherrie for your advice, I remember you from last year as well and you always have great advice and my favorite cheerleader!!!
Hi Everyone, Cannot believe I am here again. Did this diet a year ago and lost 21 pounds which brought me below any weight I have been in 15 years. I was very lean and felt great. Then I entered P3 and BLEW it! Gained all the weight back PLUS 5 pounds in a year. So here I am again on day 3, 1st day of VLCD. I know this diet works so that is why I am doing it again. I just pray that P3 comes easier to me this time.
On my 2nd day of 500 calories. Had never heard of this diet before. I researched lots and lots. I need to lose 40 pounds. I’m pretty hungry. When does this get better?
Usually around 4 days Maddie
This is a really good website..:)
hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html
Hey Susie
Remember, p3 is probably the most important phase in this diet. Make sure you keep an eye on your weight, and if you hit 2 lbs or more above last drop day, do that steak day to get it under control
ok I was wondering I am not suppose to get my period until next week but I started to spot today is this normal??? also I was looking that your suppose to have no carbs or sugar for P3 but almost everything has carbs even veggies .. so are we suppose to have like a minimum of carbs and no sugar im not undertsanding and can we have fruit??
Hey Sherrie,
How many times have you done this diet and I think I remember you saying that you lost weight on P3 did you ever gain any weight back… its just because they say that you arent suppose to but I know everyones body is different and just wanted to know…
Hey Broibk
I did p2 twice(one 6 week and one 3 week), I did lose 60 lbs(over 20 of it by staying on p3). I did gain a little back after staying at 136-138 for over 4 mos. But, that was my own fault as I did it at Christmas by not eating one cookie here or there, but by eating too many. I still can fit in to my same clothes, but am thinking of going back on one more round(3 week) starting tomorrow. The sad thing is I could get these few pounds off by myself if I really tried, but I haven’t had the motivation as I’ve had a lot of stress in my life lately. I like everyone else that has done the diet knows it works. And, although yes, they say not to lose during p3, I thought of it as an added bonus, as I wasn’t trying to lose. The thing is, when you get to 2 lbs over last drop day, that’s when you should do a “steak day”, but I still haven’t even(since June) gotten to my last drop day, so therefore, haven’t done a steak day
Okay, don’t read servings unless you’re needing calories or fat content. Read the ingredients as that will tell you what is in each thing. It shows milk has sugar in the serving, but if you look at ingredients it doesn’t, because there is natural sugar in milk.
Yes, in p3 you can have fruits. This is a good website, it tells you which food to eat on p3
hcginfoonline.com/maintenance%20phase.htm#Starchy_(High_Carb)_Vegetables0
What to eat on p3
This is a good site I found, it kind of helps to know what is best to eat on p3
hcginfoonline.com/maintenance%20phase.htm#Starchy_(High_Carb)_Vegetables0
Well, today is my 21st day on R1P2. I officially weighed in this morning at 20.6 lbs less than the my high (after the two loading days). I’m SOOOO psyched!! I’m going to continue trucking along until the full end of the R1. I’m going to have to do more than one round, but I’m really encouraged. I’d LOVE to go to my husband’s family reunion late this summer looking WAAAAAAAAAAAY slimmer than any of them have seen me for most of my marriage!! So, if I can do it, YOU CAN TOO!!!!!
ok.. i need help.. BADLEY!!
239.4 d12
239.6 d13 +.2
239.2 d14 -.4
239.2 d15 no loss or gain
238.0 d16 -1.2
241.0 d17 +3
ugh!! im dyin here!! i cannot figure out what i am doing wrong.. the ONLY thing yesterday i can even remotely come up with is that normally i drink 3L of water and yesterday was only 2… i still have 100 lbs to go and i am getting very frustrated.. d1-d15 i was averaging a lb a day… and now… i dont know what to do.. HELP ME!!
First of all, I think this is probably one of the biggest mistakes on this diet, is weighing everyday, as weight fluctuates every day, and some people(if they don’t lose or gain, like in this for instance), freak out..Leave the scale alone for a couple days(P3 is more important to weigh everyday so you don’t go over that 2 lbs you’re allowed). Did you take in extra salt yesterday? Did you pee more or less or about the same as usual? Did you get 8 hours of sleep? Did you weigh at the same time as you normally do?
You can e-mail me at
stratman397 at aol dot com, just put hcg in subject line. I’ll be home for another 3 hours before going to work for a little bit
Hi Sherrie,
Last time I lost 24 pounds but stilll wanted to lose 16 pounds. I did great on maintance up until Thanksgiving and Christmas and I gained 10 pounds back. The scale finally moved this morning !!!! I still want to lose 15 pounds and I will reach the goal I set for myself.
I hope the scale keeps going down now!
Thanks Sherrie for your advice, I remember you from last year as well and you always have great advice and my favorite cheerleader!!!
Sherri, thanks for the website. However, I think your feedback and info on this forum is wonderful. I will continue to watch your posts. You are very helpful!
Thank you Maddie. I love to hear how people are doing with their weight losses, I know how happy I was to be able to get in a size pants that I thought I would never fit in too again.
I think starting tomorrow, I am going to start my drops back up for 3 weeks(only) as I have to get off what I put on over Christmas time. I think the stress is what is keeping me from doing it on my own. The thing is, I kept it all off for over 4 mos and even ate my sweets, But didn’t over indulge like I did at Christmas time. I think if we don’t get it under control soon enough, then we will end back up in the same boat we started in.
Good luck to you Maddie!!
Well, after my 3rd day (not including load days) I have lost 6 lbs. I am really happy. Although this is my first weekend to get through. I have small children and have to cook for them too. I have felt pretty hungy at times. But, I just have to get through it. I love seeing the scale move. That’s for sure. I bought some different type teas to try to help with my boredom.
Sherri, good luck with your start. I’m sure you will drop your weight in no time. How much are you wanting to get rid of this time?
Hey Maddie
You will do fine this weekend, just keep drinking. LOL 6 lbs in 3 days?? WOW, FANTASTIC. The last 2 times, I’ve lost 15 lbs in three weeks(the first round I did 6 weeks, 15 lbs the first 3 weeks then another 7 in the last 3(I had cheated some). then the last time did 3 weeks and lost 15.
I need to lose close to 15, although I think it should come off pretty easy for me. The sad thing is I could have gotten it off on my own if I knew how to handle stress a little better than I do. I started drops this morning and my load days(had 4 Aunt Jemima frozen waffles for breakfast with lots of syrup and a glass of milk), am not hungry right now, so haven’t had anything since then. I have a love/hate relationship with load days. I want to eat all the bad stuff, but when I go to do it, I just am not hungry enough to do it. LOL I think this next time when I get the weight off, I may join weight watchers or find some other way to keep the weight off, really dread this diet.
Started back on my drops this morning. Was looking forward to the “load” days. I’m loaded out already and still have another day to go. 🙁 I am going to do the 3 weeks and that’s it, where I’m at when I’m done is where I’m just going to have to stay, as I don’t like this phase AT ALL! I should have stayed out of the kitchen at Christmas time. If I would have, I would haven’t to be going through this again.
Sherrie…glad you shared your regret with the gain in phase 3. I’m there too. Fact is, I lost 20 lbs in 4 weeks but I was staving! I couldn’t make myself go another day being so hungry. I’ve gained 8 lbs of my loss back! AHHH! I’ll be starting Round 2 tmrw and am not looking forward to it. I hope with some support from you all that when I get to phase 3 I can follow the rules.
LOL Candy, I didn’t gain at all in p3, I actually lost. I quit my drops back in June, weighed 158, went down to 136-138 on p3 and then stayed that for quite a few months. I did occasionally have carbs and sweets later on(I loved being on p3 and actually stayed on it longer than I had too) but at Christmas time, I had TOO many carbs/sweets. I could always take off the little here and there gains of 2-5 lbs within a day or two of gaining, but wasn’t under all the stress I’m under now. I’m doing the p2 loading now, so we’ll be in it together Candy, which will be good. You should e-mail me at stratman397 at aol dot com and we can do this 3 weeks stretch together
I didn’ get any reply to my message. I need to lose 60 lbs by June. So far I’ve been reading about people lossing 20-30 lbs. Is this a reasonable goal to set for myself? Can a person lose that much weight on HCG?
Sherrie – sorry to hear that you had to go back to P2, BUT, the good news is that you of all people (our Cheerleader for the HCG Diet) knows how well it works if you have your mind made up to lose the weight. And like you have told so many people, it is only for such a short time (three weeks in your case)! I too like the 21 day route….the most significant loss seems to come the first week or so….then, when you start slowing down a bit, the VLCD is almost over and you have P3 to look forward too! Good luck, I KNOW you WILL SUCCEED! We are in P3 right now and all is going well, staying within the 2lbs as directed. We will be starting our 3rd round come February 19, and honestly I am looking forward to it this time since I KNOW I will not gain back all I have lost so far….hang in there GURU!!! Others are looking up to you!!!
Thanks Judy, I needed that “pep” talk! I do know that if you don’t get it back under control, it takes over your life and then you have to start from step one again, and that’s NOT fun. I put on 1.2 lbs yesterday on load day(I kind of started the day before though with loading even though I wasn’t taking the drops). I just wanted to get in some foods I wouldn’t be able to squeeze in to the 2 days. As of this morning, now I have at least 17 and as much as 20 to lose, I sure hope I don’t have to go to 4 weeks. The first time I hadn’t gained or lost on load days and lost 9 lbs the first week, the 2nd time I also lost 9.2 lbs on the first week, but I had gained like 5 lbs loading. Both times I lost 15 in the first 3 weeks, but if you subtract what I had gained on load days, I think I only lost 10 lbs in 3 weeks and that’s what I’m afraid may happen again this time. I don’t want to have to do 2 rounds of this. Hoping and praying this works! I will definitely keep up with you all on here.
Hey Eliz
I never saw this, but if you start now, you should have your 60 lbs off by June. I started in March of last year and lost 60 lbs. I took off 15 the first 3 weeks, then another 7(did 6 weeks the first time, but cheated a few times, and stalled, so that really set me back). Then went on p3 and lost a few more, then started back on p2 and lost another 15 in those 3 weeks, then lost all the rest of it on p3 and had my weight off by the middle of August. If you get on it now and really stick with it and don’t cheat, you should have almost all of it off by the first of June with no problem
Hey Lana! How are things? Just curious how you are doing? Last I saw a post from you (three days ago) you were at 39.2 pounds lost! Hope all is still going well for you, I am so excited to see your progress!! You can do this!!!
I agree with Sherrie. Stick to it and I think you could lose most – if not all of it – by June. But don’t cheat!! Not if you’re serious about your timetable. And then don’t forget to do Phase 3 and 4!! You don’t want to relapse.
You can do this Candy. I think on my website that it said if you’re constantly hungry to increase your drops by a couple per dose. That should help with the hunger pains. I still get hunger pains, but it’s usually only a growl and then gone. Not like the growling for 20-30 minutes. If I remember correctly, in some cases per the manuscript, he had some people he had to up the dose a tad also. (Wouldn’t swear to that though). So believe you can do this again – AND YOU CAN!! And then don’t forget Phase 3!!
Great Job!!! It is VERY encouraging to see the scale move in the right direction regularly!! Keep up the good work. I can sympathize because I also have 2 small kids and a skinny husband to cook for. I still have to remember NOT TO LICK my fingers if I’m cooking for them and getting food on them!!! I get my hand half way to my mouth though now and fortunately remember. I hope your family is supportive! That’s really important, but we’re here to support you also!
Welcome back as an actual “participant”!! = ) We all appreciate your encouragement and hope that we can return the favor!
Hear, hear!! How are you Lana?? We’re all very excited to hear how you’re doing!!
Well, I’m a little worried today. I haven’t told anyone around what I’m doing, I’m just waiting for people to notice. However, we’re are going out for my neice and sister-in-law this evening to a Mexican restaurant. We haven’t been out to eat in 3 weeks (shocking for us!!) I’m trying to figure out whether to eat before I go and just have to ‘fess up as to why I’m not eating or to try to figure out what I “CAN” eat at a mexican restaurant! I’ve briefly considered cheating today, but I keep throwing that out. I’m ecstatic at my progress so far – 22 lbs since before load, 25 since day one of VLCD. I don’t want to mess that up. I mean I REALLY dont’ want to mess that up. Any suggestions???
Kristi
Are you still on p2? If so, DO NOT CHEAT! You will stall out for awhile and that is why I didn’t hardly lose anything my last 3 weeks of p2(first time around), and the cheating got easier and easier after I did it the first time, and yet I got more depressed. If you’re on p2, eat first go and drink water and tell them your stomache isn’t feeling that great or wait awhile longer to go. If you’re on p3, then go and eat chicken or something that doesn’t have carbs and sugars(no chips). DO NOT CHEAT!
I’m pretty well set in my mind that I’m not going to cheat. My husband also suggested finding something that I can eat just the meat and say my stomach wasn’t feeling that great. I don’t want to screw up my progress. I’ve got a long way to go – with several rounds of P2!!
I would like to know of a safe website to order hcg from. I just spent $130 on some drops later to read online its a scam 🙁
LOL Kristi, it won’t be lying because mexican restaurant + eating food you’re not too = upset stomach!
Whoa Brandy, I paid under $30 through ebay for my last drops, I had been getting them for $20 some with free shipping and handling.
Yeah, but I LOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOVE Mexican Food!!! Oh well, another day will come when I can have it!! I just keep reminding myself!
Ouch! I bought mine through diyhcg.com. I went there based on recommendations from two different family members. Mine were $75 for a 2oz bottle plus shipping.
Sherri I did notice you posted hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html is that a site you would recommend purchasing from? I haven’t had much luck with purchasing off of ebay either.
Kristi are you having success from the drops you ordered there? I jus fear ordering drops and they not be the real thing. I took a 40 day cycle of pellets from a weight loss place but that was $300 and I’m not trying to spend that again!!!
Brandy, I only get from ebay, I have bought 4 bottles total off there and still spent less than what you paid for one bottle. Mine are the 12x30x60 and I love the way they work.
I posted that one website as there is a lot of good stuff on there(recipes, pounds and inches, how the diet works and a weight loss chart(which I actually downloaded then printed a copy for me for this time). I will see if I can find the drops on ebay that I bought, if I do, I’ll post it for you.
These are the ones I got, under $23 with shipping and handling included, this one ends in 16 hours
cgi.ebay.com/PCHF-Homeopathic-HCG-Weight-Loss-Diet-Drops-2-Oz-New-/270699670475?pt=LH_DefaultDomain_0&hash=item3f06f52bcb
Hey everyone… Does anyone know if its okay to take stool softners while dieting. I have IBS and it flares up when I dont eat so its killing me now.
Bless your heart!
Yes, you can take stool softeners. I had to take those and miralax last time I did p2
Thank God lol…. Ur the best Sherri
Yes Brandy, I’m doing pretty well!! I’ve lost 22 (pre-load) or 25 (post-load) and I’ve been on the drops for 23 days. I have been amazingly good. I did stall the start of my second week which kind of freaked me out, but I hung in there and I’ve been consistently losing since then! All told, I have about 100 lbs to lose – or 80 more. So I think mine are successful. I’m sure others are as well. I went into this with the feeling that if I didn’t feel like they were successful, then I was going to go the doctor route with the “real” stuff. But so far, I have no intentions of changing! = )
LOL It’s bad enough we have to suffer eating hardly anything, don’t need to add being constipated or hurting to the suffering. 🙂
I got so bad last time went to the Dr. she said to continue taking fiber the rest of my life(I took the gummy chewy fibers), the stool softener and then the miralax. I think the stool softener she put me on is colace or something like that
I’m also 100% satisfied with the ones I get.
Thank God lol…. Ur the best Sherri. I take colace but hadn’t needed them in a while but I definatly need them now.
Yes get the colace down you! Take care of yourself
Thought I’d encourage others. I DID manage to go WITHOUT cheating!! yippee!! I chose the Steak Tampico and had everything on the side. My husband enjoyed the rest and I split my steak in two pieces and enjoyed one. I’ll have the other tomorrow. I’m so psyched that I managed to do this because I LOOOOOOOOOOVE Mexican food!!
Hi,
Thanks to everyone for your great comments and tips, much appreciated.
I am a newbie and only on day 2 of 500 calories…and I’m starving! Is this normal? All the info I’m reading says the drops should help curb my appetite but I’m pretty hungry.
Hi everyone!, I am on day 28 and @ 349.8 which puts me @ 41 pounds loss – I am about to experience mother natures blessing… (TOM) So I think I won’t be taking off any or much… during the next week I tend to have extremely heavy cycles… so for now I will just to hang on and wait for it to pass ~ I do have a ? last time I started my cycle was even heavier while on the drops and longer, on day 7 of not stopping, I stopped the drops, and 2 days later it finally stopped. Has anyone else has this issue?
Thanks!
All of these quack hcg products were banned by the FDA on January 24, 2011.
None of the “manufacturers” are able to clinically prove any of the claims they make.
The question is will you allow this post of fact to go up on your page?
Or will it impact your income?
Eddy, don’t believe everything you read, go to FDA’s website, if it were banned, it would be on there, not some Austin so and so’s website. 🙂
Would you rather die from being overweight? Do you know how many Americans die with heart disease because of being overweight?
My drops for 6 weeks were under $30, do you know how much money people spend to go to drs because of health problems caused by obesity??
You’ve come to the “wrong” site to stir up problems. I already checked fda’s website. 🙂
Hi Becka,
Hang in there!! It should get better. According to the original manuscript, you may experience hunger pains for a couple of days. If you don’t load correctly, then that may last for a week. Also, my source says that if you’re still experiencing hunger after that time, you may need to up your dose by a few drops per “serving” (I’m on a homeopathic drop)
I still get hunger pains occasionally, but it’s usually only or or two and then they disappear. I’m not overwhelmed with a tummy that’s complaining constantly!
So have faith and stay the course. It’ll get better!!
Becka,
Make sure you’re drinking plenty of water, that will help with the hunger. Also, take your drops at the same time and eat at the same time each day. Make sure you do NOT eat after 7:00 and then try to make sure you get a good 8 hours of sleep each night. Weigh yourself in the morning also at the same time. Did you do 2 good load days? My load days I put on 4.8 lbs
Yeah, I am definitely going to stick this one out. I will follow your advice and try to be more regular with my drops and meals and see if that helps. I thought I did pretty good at my load days and I’m drinking LOTS of water…I’m losing weight which is great!
I wish you all the luck in the world Becka. How much you wanting to lose?
Well, It’s getting easier. I’m still damn hungry but my pangs are not as bad. Very short. Just gotta get throught them. I drink a ton of water. I am drinking lots of teas too. I think it helps. I sure missed my cocktail on Friday and Saturday. I am down 9 lbs post load days (started VLC on Wed last week). I Feel so much better. And although I feel hungry and wish I could have some of those SunChips in my pantry, I stop myself with the motivation of the scale. My husband says I seem more tolerant of things??? Less edgy. Thats makes me happy, I guess. LOL (guess I was a b__ch before).
Anyway, it IS a hard diet but, it is working! So everyone hang in there.
I can’t tell you how much I love this site! It seems to be full of wonderful, honest women. Thanks Sherrie
WTG Maddie on the weight loss, that is great and not even being on it a week!
I think when we’re so unhappy with ourselves/weight we can be a bit bit..y. We can also be that way when we’re hungry. LOL
I started back on the vlcd today and only ended up getting 447 calories. I even ate more than my 3.5 oz of asparagus to up my calories some. Of course I didn’t get melba toast this time, maybe I should have..
You have lots of time for those cocktails and sun chips!
I just got done making another pot of coffee, I had to get more water in me yet today.
Take care Maddie and keep up the great job!!
Wow!!! You are rockin’ this!!! Way to go! Don’t get discouraged this next week. You’ll get right back in there. Gotta love that TOM! = )
Hi,
I just started today so I’m in phase 1 but I do dance/zumba 2-3x per week…is it ok to continue doing this or do I need to wait until I’m in phase 3? Its really the only exercise I do an I love it…I’ve already lost about 10lbs just cutting out breads and working out so I’m excited to lose more with this but I want to do everything right.
Thanks & Congrats to everyone that has lost so much weight…
Hello all,
Im so happy for all of you, you guys seem to have been keeping your cheating or hunger under control. I have too, although it was hard for me over the weekend because of a stall that kinda discouraged me, i managed to stick it out and finally lost 1lb. today.
I feel like i stall whenever I have steak, i am very careful though i make sure to trim all the fat and i weight it like 3 times on two different scales just to make sure i dont go over my 100grams, and then cook it in pepper and just a pinch of sea salt, has anyone been experiencing a stall whenever they eat steak?
I have 16 days to go and I feel like I should be losing more than I have, as of now I have lost 13 lbs and am on my 18th day including my loading days. Can it be that maybe I’ve just hit where my body wants me to be?
I am 5’4 and started at 168, i put on 30 lbs from just being in a happy relationship for two years, will I be stuck at 155, which is where I’m t now?
Oh, you guys are so good at cheering everyone up, please some words of encouragement. what should I do, to make this scale move!
PS I’m drinking a little over 3 liters a day of H2O.
Thanks everyone
What kind of steak are you eating and what else are you eating? My guess would be the steak, you can have lean hamburger, shrimp or white fish, chicken breast, veal and very lean beef, the only steak I eat and it’s weighed out is cube steak. That would be my guess.
I am doing 3 weeks of p2 again(thanks to my over indulgence at Christmas time) did my 2 days of loading this past weekend, put on 4.2 lbs and lost 4.8 lbs just yesterday alone. I have less than 20 lbs to lose, something doesn’t sound right, and my guess is it’s the steak, but please give me an idea of what you’re eating, etc. also, are you taking your drops at the same time each day? Also, are you quitting eating by 7:00 pm and then limiting water intake after that? Could also be salt or seasonings with salt in them. I need more info to try and get a better grip on this.:
Hang in there Ana! I don’t know if the steak would cause a stall, I eat it pretty regularly. Primarily because it’s my main source of iron and I’m somewhat anemic. But I usually pair a red meat with a seafood each day. The one thing I have seemed to notice is that if I skip my apple, I don’t seem to lose as much. I eat an apple around 10 a.m. I’m not sure why that seems to be, but it does seem to affect me. But don’t forget, people’s body chemistries are different! Maybe the steak DOES affect you more than others.
Regardless… HANG IN THERE!! You’ve lost 13 unnecessary pounds!!! That’s GREAT!! You’re still ahead of the approximately 1/2 lbs loss per day that the manuscript says is common for women!!! So don’t get disheartened. We all have those stall days. Mine came the start of the second week!! I was pretty freaked out, but I stayed the course and have been very glad I did. Also don’t forget, you don’t have as much to lose as some of us. Therefore, you probably won’t lose as quickly!! Regardless of how you look at it, 13 lbs in 18 days is Terrific!!! Way to go!!!
“I’m so excited!!! And I just can’t hide it!!!” I hit the 25 lb mark this morning!! (That would be post load. I’m never sure when I’m REALLY supposed to track this thing from)
At any rate, yesterday was my 25th day of drops, and this morning was my 25th lb. In addition, I walked a mile with my daughter yesterday with much less huffing and puffing. Wasn’t super fast, but considering the massive pulmonary embolism I had last summer, it’s an enormous improvement! She’s in a contest this month to exercise 1 hour each day. I told her that I would walk with her for at least a mile. We’ll see if I can add more than that as I continue to get stronger. I’m sure it helps that I’m not carrying around those extra 25 lbs!!! = )
Hi Missy,
If I remember correctly from the manuscript, while they don’t recommend doing to many activities other than walking, if you’ve BEEN doing a regular activity, it’s not prohibited. They don’t recommend that you START some extra activities other than walking. But if you’ve been doing it regularly… I would think you’d be ok.
Congratulations on the “advance” weight loss!! 10 lbs is a great start!!
Hey everyone I have a question…can we have Boca burgers? I’m not vegan but I don’t eat red meat or pork. I can’t have my usual turkey so I’m trying too expand my options.
No, but you can have them in the next phase
I know I read somewhere where someone said they were eating steak a lot(filets), you do know there is around 200 calories in 3.5 oz, which means if you add 3.5 chicken breast at 105, that alone is over 300 calories, then add in 2 fruits and 2 veggies, most likely you’re going over calories.
Sherrie
I need some help. I cant find the msg with your email addy. I did my load days sunday and monday, dropped 4 lbs first vlcd day then shot up 5 without any cheating! AHHH! Got discouraged and had some boiled skinless chicken breast last night before bed cause I was so hungry I couldnt sleep. I would sure appreciate it if you’d give me some of yourr time and walk thru this with me.
I started the hcg drops two weeks ago tommorrow(2-4-11). I am very pleased with both the diet and my stenghth to stay focus on it. I think for anything in life to succeed you must be totally committed. I have lost 12 lbs. which I am very proud of and followed the diet as required. Yes, I have mental cravings of what I use to eat or think I may what to eat, then I think about which one I want most, the extra calories or to continue to loose weight and of course I WANNA BE FINE! So everyone out there stay committed it works with the program they’ve put together and your strenghth to reach your goal.
Candy, e-mailed you, hope you got it
Welcome Sandra! Great start!!! Hopefully you’ll find some excellent tips and encouragement here. I know I have in the short time I’ve been a part of this. I will have been on round 1 for 4 weeks on Saturday. I’m very excited with my progress and I’ve followed the diet to a T. By all means share your successes with us. It helps us be motivated and encouraged to stay on track.
Hi sherrie,
Could you tell me where you got your drops? I want to start ASAP!
Hi my name is Denise and i recently started the hcg protocol and this is my 2nd day of vlcd and i am up 1.2 pds but i havent eaten anything off the diet. I made a phase 2 chili today with hcg tomato sauce i ordered from Perfect portion and i measure the ground beef, added fresh tomatos and chili powder and seasoning called hcg safe and it was extremely tasty which has alarmed me, i ate a bowl didnt know how much chili to eat. I ate one apple, handful of strawberries, coffee sweetened with stevia, and yerba tea, I am cautious as to why i havent loss any weight, i also did 3 load days instead of two all 3 days consisted of taking the hcg prior to meals, I have the homeopathic mediral hcg which says take 10 to 2o drops but doesnt tell you have long to hold it under your tongue. I read somewhere to hold it under your tongue for 15 minutes any one have any suggestions, I am desperate to lose the weight because i have really lost myself to food over the last few months. I did the protocol 2 years ago and lost 42 pounds but just recently I gained a significant amount of weight, weigh more than i have in over 10 years, so i invite your advice, suggestions and prayers…………………..
Hey Denise,
There could be several reasons why you haven’t lost as yet, but keep in mind that you are only on your second day of the VLCD….and I am not sure about 3 days of loading….I have only heard 2 days with most drops. In any event, as to the chili, I have made it myself and it is VERy good….just need to make sure you used the leanest ground beef you can find (I use 98%) and eat 3 1/2 ounces of the meat….if you are sticking strictly to the diet, the weight will come off….be sure you are drinking lots of fluids and that you don’t have any big changes/swings in salt intake, as that could cause a temporary water gain. If you are staying with the diet and the 500 calories, even if the scale goes up a bit, you are NOT gaining fat….your body is just adjusting, likely holding on to some water temporarily, and it will pass! Stay with it, you know it works! Good luck!!!
Thanks Judy I added a 3rd load day because I felt i didnt load enough on the 1st day and it was my birthday weekend so I was taken out to eat but couldnt eat very much do to the fact the hcg had me feeling full and food made me nauseous, I just weighed myself and I have lost 3 pds since the 1st vcld so i just wanted to also ask, I couldnt eat dinner because i ate lunch at close to 4 o clock and i was too full with drinking water, tea and coffee do you think this will hurt me, and i am also considering going 60 days or until i think immunity has set in due to how much i need to lose before going on a cruise in the spring. I welcome any and all suggestions as to I am not going to cheat on the diet because i realize the only person i am cheating is me. I am happy with the fact that I have lost some. I had late last night one tomatoe with salt and pepper do you guys think, today i will be eating another bowl of the hcg approved chili, also the only salt i have added was to the tomato last night. I have been used a seasoning from Perfect Portions it has paprka, salt, garlic powder, stevia added to it, it taste almost too good to be true, i have also used the ms, dash seasoning in the past, I just noticed rcently while reading that we can have salt but over 2 years ago i thought we couldnt use salt, just lemon juice, apple cider vinegar to get salty taste to food, please help me in this area as well. Thanks again for responding because this journey is so worth it and i want to get it right………..
Hey Nik, these are the drops I bought
cgi.ebay.com/PCHF-Homeopathic-HCG-Weight-Loss-Diet-Drops-2-Oz-New-/270702517337?pt=LH_DefaultDomain_0&hash=item3f07209c59#ht_3503wt_1025
Denise
First of all, you do 2 days not 3 of loading.
I never did any of those recipes, as you are to never have more than one protein, one veggie and one meat. You start messing with tomato sauce, etc, you’re putting more calories in the food. I weigh out my meat for a couple days, write down everything, weigh everything out. I do NOT do a handful of strawberries, I put stevia on all my strawberries after I wash them, then I weigh out 5.3 oz which is 50 calories. I core my apple then weigh it, peel my orange then weigh it. The apple has 16.25 calories an oz, the orange has 14.55 calories an oz and I stick with that, otherwise you can easily go over the 500 calories. If you have strawberries for lunch, eat one of the other 3 fruits you’re allowed for dinner, same with meat/veggies.
I hold my drops under my tongue(I take 10 drops 3 x day) for about a minute, and that’s it.
Please read this website I’m posting again.
Read the diet instructions, it’s short and will give you all the answers you’re looking for. Keep up with us and good luck. Make sure you’re also drinking 1/2 gallon of water a day(you can count the tea/black coffee towards the 1/2 gallon
http://www.hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html
Denise
First of all, you do 2 days not 3 of loading.
I never did any of those recipes, as you are to never have more than one protein, one veggie and one meat. You start messing with tomato sauce, etc, you’re putting more calories in the food. I weigh out my meat for a couple days, write down everything, weigh everything out. I do NOT do a handful of strawberries, I put stevia on all my strawberries after I wash them, then I weigh out 5.3 oz which is 50 calories. I core my apple then weigh it, peel my orange then weigh it. The apple has 16.25 calories an oz, the orange has 14.55 calories an oz and I stick with that, otherwise you can easily go over the 500 calories. If you have strawberries for lunch, eat one of the other 3 fruits you’re allowed for dinner, same with meat/veggies.
I hold my drops under my tongue(I take 10 drops 3 x day) for about a minute, and that’s it.
Please read this website I’m posting again.
Read the diet instructions, it’s short and will give you all the answers you’re looking for. Keep up with us and good luck. Make sure you’re also drinking 1/2 gallon of water a day(you can count the tea/black coffee towards the 1/2 gallon
http://www.hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html
Denise
First of all, you do 2 days not 3 of loading.
I never did any of those recipes, as you are to never have more than one protein, one veggie and one meat. You start messing with tomato sauce, etc, you’re putting more calories in the food. I weigh out my meat for a couple days, write down everything, weigh everything out. I do NOT do a handful of strawberries, I put stevia on all my strawberries after I wash them, then I weigh out 5.3 oz which is 50 calories. I core my apple then weigh it, peel my orange then weigh it. The apple has 16.25 calories an oz, the orange has 14.55 calories an oz and I stick with that, otherwise you can easily go over the 500 calories. If you have strawberries for lunch, eat one of the other 3 fruits you’re allowed for dinner, same with meat/veggies.
I hold my drops under my tongue(I take 10 drops 3 x day) for about a minute, and that’s it.
Please read this website I’m posting again.
Read the diet instructions, it’s short and will give you all the answers you’re looking for. Keep up with us and good luck. Make sure you’re also drinking 1/2 gallon of water a day(you can count the tea/black coffee towards the 1/2 gallon
hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html
Thanks Sherrie for the advice about measuring even the fruit but the tomato sauce i mentioned is not store brought it is order from an Hcg website called Pefection Portions where you can buy premeasured hcg approved meats 1oo grams, you can buy hcg salad dressing and the tomato sauce i mention where the contents are only puree tomato, basil, and i meaured 100 grams of ground beef and ordered the seasoning that only contains hcg approved seasoning the website make and takes the guesswork out for time purpose you can just use the items because they are handy, I appreciate your advice and will adhere to it, i am reaching out to this forum for support because I will get it right this time and i am asking questions out of fear because i dont want to mess up. So i appreciate you guys for responding with tips ans advice…………….. thanks again to everyone
Denise – be sure that you get your 500 calories in every day. You don’t want your body to think you are starving, then it starts to hold on to the fat, etc. I sometimes had difficulty even finishing the small portiens of protein, especially chicken, but Sherrie advised me that I should be sure to eat it all, especially the protein, so I stuck to her advice. I don’t have a problem trying to be as creative as possible with the menus, as long as you eat the right things, the right weights, etc. I counted the tomatoes in my chili as my veggie….and I had no problems successfully losing weight. You have to do what works for you, and I needed a little variety to stay with the diet. I also made some meatloaf and it was quite tasty…..but stay with the protocol portions, etc. there was a reason Dr. Simmeons work was successful, great news on the 3 lb loss!!
Hey guys, my first binge day was 2/4/11 gained 3lbs. Started phase 2 today (2/6/11) had cup of hot tea for breakfast, 3 1/2 ozs boiled chicken, 1/2c green beans and apple for lunch. Haven’t gotten to the dinner yet. So I am keeping my fingers crossed that in a couple of days I will see some progress. I know a couple of people that are on or have done this with great results. My question is does anyone know of anyone with diabetes (type II) that has been on this diet? Any information will be appreciated.
Getting all my food in is my problem at this point. Especially on the weekends! During the week, my schedule is pretty set and it’s not too bad. I get all my liquids in also. But on the weekend??? It’s a LOT harder! I have 2 weeks left on R1P2. I’m soooooooooooo ready to start phase 3!!! It was a tough weekend. EVERYTHING smells soooo good. But I CAN be strong. I got Day 7 of 7 1 mile walks in today also. So that made me feel good.
Congratulations on your 3 pound loss!! Hang in there, even on the slow loss days. If you keep with it, you should be fine.
Judy, I’ve never in the whole diet gotten 500 in for a day while on p2. I stay between 460-490 this time(before it was around 470). It’s hard to get it right at 500 and I do better right under. One time last time I ended up at a tad over 500 for the day(like 510) and the next day I had put on. This is week 1 and I’m down 11.8 pounds(had gained 4.2 on load days). I have 8-11 pounds to go.
So do you count the total loss from pre-load days or post-load days? I’m never quite sure.
Nice work on the loss!! I’m sure it sucks to have to do another round, but at least you know it works! I’m not looking forward to another – at least two rounds, but I’ve made it this far, I can do it again!
Hey Debbie
I would grill, bake or broil over boiling chicken. 🙂 Green beans are not on the original protocol, some people say their diet said they can have them IF they’re french style green beans
Did you talk to your Dr(since you have diabetes)before you went on it? I can’t answer on that one, I do know a lot of people have been put on this diet and have lost well enough to come off meds they’ve been on..
Good luck
LOL I think people do it both ways, some count before, some count after. You are going to lose what you put on on the load days as fast as you put it on. I kind of keep track of it both ways. I honestly don’t know what to tell you on that. The first time I ever did p2, I lose a pound one day and gained it back the next(on load days), so I started out eating vlcd from where I was before load days.
I’m having a hard time with dieting(to be honest with you) right now as I stayed at 136-138 for quite a few months, and knew I could have gotten these few pounds off on my own if I would have just started watching what I ate again. I also haven’t been walking because of the weather, and I know once I start back up on that again, I will be able to maintain again.
Good luck Kristi, you’re right, you CAN do it and yes, the diet does work
i had a very successful run of loosing 25 pounds this summer. i have re-started p2 just to take off a few additional pounds. hopefully i will be stopping p2 on friday-after having been on it 11 days. now, do i STILL need to do p3 since i did it last summer? i’m guessing i do–and if so, does it need to be 3 weeks when i was only on p2 for 11 days??
Kendell,
First of all, if you read pounds and inches, it says you have to do a minimum of 21 days for this diet to work(I wish it wasn’t as I’m so ready to be done with this), you have to do 21 days(counting the 2 days of loading), then 3 days of vlcd and then 3 weeks of no sugar/carbs in order for you to reset your Hypothalamus
Hi Sherrie
Thanks for the info but can you tell me why grill, bake or broil over boiling? (Just curious) About the green beans when I ordered my HCG it then gave me permission to view the P1 though P2 with lots and lots of recipes for later. On the list it did have green beans in the list. Also, I have looked up about using Aspartame, can I? I know it says in my list that you can use Stevia or Truvia. Why I am asking about the Aspartame is I love the diet green teas, since you can drink tea is the green tea allowed? Good luck to everyone and thanks for the reply Sherrie.
Hey Debbie
This is what pounds and inches says(I had been told baking also, but this says differently(this is from pounds and inches.
As far as sweeteners, there are 2 only allowed, stevia and sweet n low.
Please go to this website I have posted, it has pounds and inches on it and tells you what is allowed(on the original protocol). I have talked to ones now that said they’re allowed green beans(if they’re french cut)there are carbs in green beans. I would stay away from the green teas with aspartame in them and stick with what Dr Simeons said to use, if you want to get the best results the quickest way.
http://www.hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html
Lunch:
1. 100 grams of veal, ground beef, chicken breast, fresh white fish, lobster, crab, or shrimp.
All visible fat must be carefully removed before cooking and the meat must be weighed
raw to ensure 100 grams. It must be boiled or grilled without additional fat. Salmon,
eel, tuna, herring, dried or pickled fish and all other meats are not allowed. The chicken
breast must be removed from the bird
OMG. Yesterday was by far the hardest day of the diet for me. We did not attend any superbowl parties (told my husband too tempting) but, I did make a bunch of goodies for my family. Everything looked and smelled so good I could barely stand it. I ate lean beef burgers yesterday (even added mustard to one. I mean it’s just salt and vinegar and mustard seed, how bad could it be, right). Anyway, I have not weighed myself since Friday. I was at a small stall then and I’m afraid that if I weigh now, it will be the same. Sherrie….I did not know you weighed out your fruit too! You are so commited.
Anyway, I started my drops exactly 2 weeks ago and I know I have lost at least 10 pounds. Probably more. Like I said, I have not weighed since Friday. Anyway….wish me luck. I haven’t cheated, but for some reason feel like I have.
Sherrie, is balsamic vinegar ok on lettuce?
Maddie, you did good, and I think I read that mustard is allowed on this diet(use french’s). I think it has 0 calories in it if I’m not mistaken.
You need to weigh everyday, this way you can keep an eye on things that may throw your weight off.
Believe me, I’m having a very hard time this time with the diet, but I think it’s because I’m in the normal bmi, I need more than anything to lose the inches.
Yes, you have to weigh fruits, veggies and meat, this is the only way to make sure you don’t go over in calories, or too far under in calories.
Just remember, you can lose inches and not lose weight, you can not expect to lose weight everyday. 🙂
Yes, you can have vinegar. I was using red wine when I first started out at my highest weight, but then got to eating my salad without anything, and actually prefer it that way now.
Good luck, you’ll do great.
I just went and re-read pounds and inches, this is what it says. I never used mustard while on this diet, so wasn’t really sure
The juice of one lemon daily is allowed for all purposes. Salt, pepper, vinegar, mustard powder, garlic, sweet basil, parsley, thyme, majoram, etc., may be used for seasoning, but no oil, butter or dressing
Debbie, I answered you, but my comment is awaiting moderation..sorry. 🙁
Hang in there with the dieting! Remember it’s only for a few short weeks. I’m well into my 5th week and I’m definitely dragging! I just have to keep remininding myself that it’s only for a short period. I think I’ll try the next round at 3 weeks. Maybe that will be a little easier psychologically!
But you’re into your second week so you’re almost 1/2 way there!!! Yippee!!
The problem Kristi, is mentally and emotionally, I think you have to be ready to go on this and know you can have the 3-6 week willpower, plus the extra 3 weeks of p3 that follows. I was NOT ready either of those ways, but just wanted to get these few pounds off again before I ballooned back up to what I used to be. My first time of p2, I did 6 weeks, I cheated after the 3rd week. I was disappointed in myself and the scales disappointed me more. The 2nd time of p2, I did 3 weeks, never cheated once and lost well on that. This time I’m doing the 3 week again, but I’m just drained, and am finding it’s much harder not to cheat. I had a cookie yesterday, it was 75 calories, which still put me under my 500 calories for the day, but was still up .4 this morning. What this if nothing else, it should show to people, is that it does work. You do gain if you eat the “no no’s. So today, no goodies. I have time for those.
One week from this Friday night, the drops will get put back up in the cupboard, and hopefully for good this time.
Hi i was just wanting to know if i can do a round for 6 weeks for maximum weight loss or would it just have to be three??? Also I am taking the homepathic hcg and if i did do the round for three weeks instead of 6, how long would i have to wait to do round 2???? Thanks
Sherrie, I remeber you telling me that you lost quite a bit of weight on phase 3 as well. I think I will as well, but I have read that this is not part of the protocol. Is it ok to lose weight on phase 3? And did you feel good and energized on phase 3 while you lost?
Thanks for sharing all the great info and positive energy. I was skeptical about this diet until a friend lost 63 lbs over 4 months and then her daughter did about the same. So it is hard to argue with the results. My wife and I started our own diet last week with hcg drops from the HCGA Diet Club. I lost 6 lbs the first day and my wife lost 3 lbs. After 6 days I have lost 10 and she has lost 8. Follow the protocol. It works. I don’t know what else to say.
Maddie
It does say to maintain within 2 lbs either way of last drop day. I didn’t try to lose on p3, I just did lose. I was eating what I was supposed to eat, but never stuffed myself, only ate until I was satisfied. I have NEVER felt energized the whole time I’ve dieted, maybe it has to do with my age, but I started B12 before I even started the diet a year ago and still take it(it really doesn’t seem to be helping). When the bottle I’m on now is gone, I will not take B12 anymore. I will continue to take my potassium pill everyday as when I quit taking it for a week a month or so ago, I started getting foot cramps again.
When do you start p3?
Get Mari
The maximum you can do is 40 days on the drops, that would be 2 days on the drop that are load days, and then 38 days on the drop and very low calorie diet, then 3 days off the drops and stay on vlcd.
If you do the 40 days, then you can stay on the next phase 3 weeks and then go back on the drops, reload and start all over. If you do the 21 days, then do it the same way, do 2 days of load and then 19 more on the drops with the vlcd.
Good luck
Hey Sherrie, you’re right. I don’t ever feel energized either. At least you are almost done. You probably look great!
I am starting phase 3 on Friday next week. I think I will continue to lose. I was worried about the 2lb instructions. I am just going to eat healthy and I’m sure I will be fine. I am not going to worry about loss, only gain. Are the only restrictions on phase 3 potatoes, rice, bread, pasta & sweets? Any good sites you know of that give menu examples of phase 3? Thanks again for all your help. Your like our own personal counsler……
Hey Maddie
e-mail me at stratman397 at aol dot com
I have a site with p3 foods. Just put maddie from hcg in subject line and I’ll add you to my friends list
I’m supposed to stop drops next Friday too and start adding back the following Monday
Hey everyone, I was wondering had anyone tried the Walden Farms products. They are free of sugar, fat, and calories… Just wondering. I have been making smoothies with my strawberries and lemon juice and a little truvia and ice ( the best thing I could have ever made lol). It has made such a difference now that I try different things with my food. Before I just made it so bland but now I have found so many things to do with my food it is awesome. I first tried this diet some months back and I didn’t stick with it because I had just had a baby and I truly wasnt ready to stop eating yet lol. I restarted when I knew I would dedicate myself and now I am 17 pounds lighter going into my 3rd week. I didn’t gorge either because I felt I have been gorging all my life and it didnt bother me at all. (maybe because I had it made up that I was done eating reckless). I still have a long way to go so I will keep you posted.
Kingdom, I think a few on here have tried those, I myself never have.
You want to make sure you only use stevia or sweet n low, truvia is not allowed on p2
This is what’s on the site about gorging that I’ve found
These are called the “gorge days”. Eat as much fattening food as possible on both days.
YES…you have to do this! This is important to get the HCG to work as intended for the
rest of the diet
I loaded really good, put on a little over 4 lbs and lost almost 12 pounds the first week. I only had a little over 15 to get off this last round(until I loaded), but those 4 lbs came off the first day I was on vlcd. Next time around, please load right, you will probably lose better yet
Good luck
Yes Sherri you are right because Ive stalled twice and not gorging is probably why. My end date is March 5th then I do my three weeks of p3 then im going back on p2. April 1st is when my 2nd round begins and I am eating everything in sight lol…
LOL You feel like that now, but you will find when it’s time to “load” again, you won’t be able to eat as much(without feeling sick) as you think you can.
Don’t forget, eat pizza, candy, ice cream, cookies, cake, burgers, fries, donuts. LOL
Hi all,
I’m on day # 2 of VLCD and I’m down 3.7 post loading and 2.0 from my weight before I started…wasn’t sure which way to figure it. Anyway, I’m posting because I am hoping for some suggestions on how to handle my situation.
I started on Saturday 02/05 and I would like to do the 40 days but I’m going to Mexico on vacation/celebration of my husband being cancer free!! yayy..on day # 28-35 so what should I do? I want to lose as much as I can before I leave but I know I won’t be able to do VLCD on vacation…I plan to enjoy my time. Should I just start all over when I get back?
I appreciate any guidance you can offer.
Missy
Hi – First of all this site is great! A lot of advice, support, knowledge and cheering for each other. When I first heard about HCG and asked from a friend if I was interested I said yes, sure, definitely I can 40 days. Wanting to lose about 40 lbs. my thought was……a pound a day I’ll be sooooo happy. Second loading day was tough but I handled it and then the first week I was down 9. lbs. Very excited. Then I cheated, Don’t Cheat!! Because you will continue to cheat. I just lost it after that. It’s been a total of 25 days a total lose of 14.4. Not too bad but should have been better. No way can I do 40 days. So I’ve decided to end the drops go on LVC for 72 hours and then start Phase 3. I will probably start the protocol again some day but I need to really want it. I need better weather then this cold weather so I can continue walking which would help me with motivation. HCG is great and I suggest people do all the research they possibly can. Find a site like this and stay informed. Do it the correct way and it will work. I did lose inches and the size 12 pants are now hanging way back in the closet and I’m getting into the 8’s again. I am staying here and not going back. HCG did give me that desire and good feeling about my body. Thank you all and blessings on your journeys.
Christine
I had to look to make sure what you wrote wasn’t written by me. 🙂
Of course, I had more than 40 lbs to lose when I started. The first time I did this diet(last March 22) I lost 9.2 the first week. I was going to do 6 weeks and cheated after the first 3 weeks. I lost 15 lbs the first 3 weeks, then only 7 more after that. Anyway, I went to p3 for 2 1/2 weeks and even lost more weight, then went back to p2 for 3 weeks(no cheating) and lost 13-15 more, then p3 and stayed on it for a long time. Lost the rest of my weight and maintained at between 136-138 for months(Christmas time got hard and I put on a few pounds). I didn’t gain much, but thought I had best get back on the diet to get those few pounds off now before it went up any higher. You are so right, the diet works fantastic, but you have to be in the right state of mind to do it. I have NOT been in that right state of mind this time, and I am having a very hard time. I don’t even want to go the 21 days, but I know I have to finish up(last drops will be next Friday), then the following Tuesday I will be back on p3. I also like to walk everyday and haven’t been able too for awhile between babysitting, working and the cold weather
Great post!
Hang in there. You have less than 1 1/2 weeks to go!!! My last drops are next Wednesday and I’m SOOOO ready to be done with this round!!! But WE CAN DO IT!! We are STRONG women!! = )
I agree with Sherrie. You do have to REALLY want it! It’s NOT easy. But we are STRONG!! So hang in there and stay motivated. By all means take advantage of the shared knowledge and motivation that this site is providing! Remember that sometimes the encouragers need encouragement also. By encouraging someone else, you can’t help but encourage and motivate yourself along the way!! = )
Lana??? Where are you??? How are you doing?
LOL I used to be strong, I’m too wore out to be strong anymore. This working Wed, Thurs and every other weekend from 11-8 and then watching my 6 mos old g-daughter Mon, Tue and some Fridays from 8 am to usually around 7 pm is taking a toll on my body and mind, but I wouldn’t give any of it up for the world. I had to go in to work early today, then left early as the lady I help wasn’t feeling well today. I need some sleep!
Thanks Kristi I’m really trying, but I honestly doubt I’m going to make it another 9 days, as I know after that I have to still do 3 more days. I never had this much trouble before. 🙁
Beginning Ph 3 in a couple of days and wondering if Bean or Ezekiel bread is ok.
Didn’t loose as much as I hoped…BUT the 25+ pounds I did loose look and feel more like 40! My body looks VERY different! Very excited I found this!
hay every body well my waight is 252 pounds and im on my seconde day of hcg im realy messing up because i m not waing my vegies rite auww well i dont now how much is a cup of vegteble in ounces iv been eating in about 13 ounes of vegtables because i read that 1 cup is 8 ounce i want to eat rite please somebody help me and how to measure rite
Hey there! I had a really tough week last week and this week working undoing the damage of cheating… trying to get back down to 345 and when I do I will go into phase 3 for a few weeks and get back on the horse of a 21 day cycle of phase 2…
Lastnight when I went to bed, I decided I was done, no more drops this morning(was supposed to be ending next Friday night, which would be my 21 days). This morning I got up and weighed, I was up .4(this has been a bad week), then I told hubby, I’m sticking with it, I end next Friday night(with the drops), then the following Tuesday, it’s back to p3, which I always did really well in before.
I hope you all have a blessed day and if things get tough, just try and remember, it’s short, it’s hard, but we’re all here for eachother and we CAN do it!
Sherrie,
Yippee for you!! I am so glad you decided to hang in there just another few days! Everyone looks to you so much for your support, advice and encouragement…I know that is probably hard for you, but at the same time it probably makes you feel great that you have and can effect so many people in a positive way. It just goes to show that ALL of us are human, we can fall, but the difference between the winners and losers is that the winners get back up again and keep going! This diet is hard, but frankly there isn’t a diet out there that is easy…..at least with this one, the duration is usually very short, the results are usually very immediate (and drastic sometimes) AND you learn to eat the things that we should eat for the rest of our lives…otherwise, we stay on the diet roller coaster OR we stay overweight.
I went in for my annual physical/bloodwork a couple of weeks ago. After losing 41 lbs, I no longer need blood pressure medication or pre-diabetes meds…I had been taking those for the past 5 years….everything came back in the normal range and my doc was so proud of me! I was proud too! I still need to lose another 30 lbs, and will start my third round on February 19….although I too dread the boredom of the P2 foods, I more so look forward to more weight loss and a healthier life at age 52….so proud of everyone, just take it one day at a time….
I am struggling, this is five for me I think I lost 4lbs
Thank you Judy
I really don’t get bored with the foods, I eat chicken for one of my meals just about everyday. Hubby cooks it up for me every 3 days, he is very supportive, in his own way. I just told him this morning, I think I’ll do the chicken and hamburger patty the rest of the way out. LOL I buy Laura lean beef 96/4 and it’s so good. There is 140 calories in 4 oz, so I measure out 3.5 oz and make me patties then bake up 3 at a time for 3 days worth. I also buy the shredded lettuce and then use a round subway bowl with the lid on it, and throw lettuce and usually my chicken cut up in it and there is my one meal with a fruit. I don’t really tire of foods, which makes it nice. I make up a gallon pitcher of sweet tea about every 2-3 days(don’t care much for plain water) with stevia and drink my coffee(black). My problem I’m having is I’m wanting a little bit of ice cream or something sweet right now. I have had 4 cookies(not all at once) but not going to do it anymore, those things will wait.
Judy congrats on the “GREAT Dr’s visit, I’m so proud of you!! I bet that Dr was elated as well! Keep up the good work. Are you going to do 3 weeks of p2?
I have to go to the Dentist on Feb 22 for a cleaning and a tooth pulled, wouldn’t you know it, that’s the first day I can have “food” again. LOL I’ll have to eat me some eggs that morning as I’m sure I won’t eat again until later that night or the next morning
Hey Sherrie,
Yes, I will do 3 weeks (21 days) of P2. I have decided I can stick with 3 weeks much better than 42 days….it prolongs the weight loss but for me and hubby it works best. We like P3, always seems to be a treat after P2, so we don’t mind shorter stints with the maintenance in between…besides, as I confessed before, we actually have our wine during P3 (although I know you are not supposed to) but we still are successful, at least so far, keeping within the 2 lbs for the most part during this time. Good luck at the dentist!
I know all too well on that 6 week one. 🙁 That’s what I did the first time, it was terrible. P3 is definitely a treat. I never could stay in the 2 pounds though, I always lost quite a few pounds on p3 without even trying.
Not looking forward to the dentist visit, but I had a piece of tooth break a few years back, and since it never bothered me, I have been keeping from having it pulled, well, I feel it’s going up further and I don’t want to end up having to go to an oral surgeon, so feel I best bite the bullet and get it pulled now(should have done it years ago).
I’m having a really hard time today…terrible migraine and I’m up .10 🙁 but I know it’s my fault…yesterday was really bad and my schedule was really out of whack so I ate lunch later than normal and was hungry most of the day and then I worked out for the first time on this diet…I really didn’t think I was doing too much since I felt good during but afterwards I felt horrible…I was nauseated and felt like passing out…and was sooo hungry that I ate a PB&J sandwich…I know terrible but I did feel a little better after. I was actually surprised I only gained .10 today…but I’m fighting a migraine this morning and wondering if I’ll be able to stick it out…..I hope so..I’m down 5.40 for the week already but honestly I’m already getting bored with the foods….I really have to look for some good recipes today so I can keep going.
Congrats Judy 41lbs is awesome!!
Missy
YEAH for sticking with it!! It’s only another week!! Just be REALLY good for that week and then things will get easier. Hang in there…
Keep us posted! We’ll try to encourage you and as you encourage us, you’ll be motivated as well!! You’ve done SO well so far that you don’t want to backtrack! Hang in there. I’ve got 7 days of drops (last day is the 16th) then the three no drop VCLD days. Then P3. After that, I’m going to try 3 week stints. I think my goal will actually be 3 weeks or 15 lbs, whichever is longer. And if I’m able to hang on a few days extra, great. But I won’t beat myself up as long as I’ve gotten the 3 weeks or 15 lbs. I’m hoping the smaller steps will make it a bit easier for me. It’s been a long month, but I finally hit the 30 lbs mark (from the post load days!) this morning. That’s very encouraging. So hang in there, don’t get discouraged! Look at how far you’ve come so far!!!
You Can DO IT!!! We’re counting on your GREAT example!! = ) (How’s THAT for pressure) Seriously though, no one can “make” you want to do this, or even stick with it. I’m the first person to admit that I’m an quick quitter when stuff like this gets hard. But somewhere, somehow, I need to set a good example for my daughter especially, that even though something is hard, you need to stay the course. Prove that YOU are STRONGER than this trying time! I think teaching my mind this fact will help me in a lot more ways than just with my weight!
I’m with Judy! I’m SO tired of the boring foods. I’d just about KILL to have a bit of ketchup with my burger! Or something with the chicken. I CAN’T WAIT for P3!!! But I keep reminding myself that it’s only for another 10 days. I can survive this.
By the way Judy, GREAT JOB on the Doc visit!! He’s got to be so proud of you and YOU should be so proud of yourself!!! What a great accomplishment!! And all for “only” 41 lbs. = )
I started walking with my daughter the 1st of Feb as part of a school contest for her (and the need to do it for me!) When I went to a pulmonary doctor on 2/8 (I had a PE back last July) to see if I could stop the Coumadin, he noticed the weight loss from my other doctor’s chart the beginning of January. I also mentioned that I had been walking 1 mile a day. When he went down the list of “risk factors”, he said I wasn’t sedentary (among others) and I was just BEAMING on the inside! My weight is now my “only” risk factor and I’m proud to say I am REALLY working on that. WITH PROGRESS!!
So keep it all ya’ll!!! WE CAN DO THIS!!!
I hope your head feels better quickly. Nothing like a migraine to make you want to quit! I agree the foods are boring, but just remember it’s ONLY for a couple of weeks. Then you can add stuff back in!! So hang in there, relax and stick with it!!
Missy, sometimes that’s all we do put on, but then a lot of times you may stall out even not cheating and not lose anything because of the cheat, for 2-3 days.
Remember, you probably just were retaining fluids from working out, and weight does fluctuate.
That website I posted hcgcompany.com go to it and then under hcg diet, it has recipes on there for p2
Please get back on the diet and realize you’re human, and we as humans are not perfect and do make mistakes, we need to fix our mistakes though
Thanks Sherrie & Kristi,
I will definitely look at those recipes…the hard part is that my husband does all the cooking and while he’s so supportive and is making dinners than I can eat (I measure and he and my mom eat whatever they want) but I think he’s getting tired of chicken..LOL
I’m back on the wagon today & seem to be feeling a little better…I’m sticking it out for 21 days..no more working out that much though…maybe the treadmill for 20 mins but that’s it…it really made me feel bad.
You all inspire me to keep going:-)
Thanks for the support
Missy
Thank you, Sherrie has been a wonderful help, and all of ya’lls comments have been too – I know this diet works – I was @ 40 pounds gone in 28 days… I back stepped and messed it up myself – I am back on track with losing, but will definitely do the 3 weeks after this round 40 days is TOO much for me – if I could eat the fish… and wasn’t so picky with my veggies I think I would be okay, but man the cucumbers which I LOVE are starting to make me despise them 😛 – I am determined to get back to minus 45 pounds and then… follow the protocol to the T as before – ladies and gentlemen you are all awesome for supporting each other – keep up the wonderful progress everybody!
Hello,
I am back on the HCG diet. I had done a round of the homiopathic last year and lost 15lbs in 21 day cycle. I am doing another round of the actual prescription strength Dr. monitored kind. My sister has done both and her prefrence is that of the prescription strength. Now I am hoping to loose about 20lbs. I am 153 now and would like to be about 130ish.
I like fish, but I find that I can never cook it right. I usually get the frozen fish fillets in packages from my local grocer. Can anyone tell me how long and at what temp I should cook those things? I find I loose better when I eat fish, shrimp, etc. rather than beef.
I’ll be checking in with this message board to keep myself motivated.
Thanks,
Meg
Hi Missy,
I had the same thing happen to me. I went on a vacation toward the end of my phase 2. Like you I was going to enjoy my meals out on vacation and you especially have something to celebrate:), I kept taking my drops, enjoyed my meals, but did not overeat. Don’t get me wrong I ate, but I just didn’t overeat. In the end I maintained the weight loss I had already accomplished. After finishing the drops I gave myself a six week break which you should do and then started a new cycle on the drops to shed the remaining weight I wanted to lose. In the meantime I took the p4 appetite suppressant to kept my appetite under control. That product works incredible well. I feel like I needed to pencil in “don’t forget to each lunch on my agenda”. Anyway, best of luck to you and I’m so happy for you and your husband! I am a widow and know the blessing you have been given with that news:)
Megan
Remember, with the real stuff, you have to really watch what you lose as far as lotions, shampoos, etc.
I prefer the homeopathic myself. Never did the real stuff, but have talked to some that have(my neighbor which is an RN used the real), she never did as well as I did on the homeopathic, but to each his own, I wish you luck. This is my 3rd round of p2 on homeopathic, and my first week I lost more than I did the previous 2 times.
I really don’t know what to tell you on the fish, the only one I ate while on p2 was the shrimp, and I would get the frozen, then boil it, peel it and eat it with some toabsco sauce since I couldn’t have my homemade cocktail sauce.
On the fish, ask the guy that works in the meat department on how to cook it. It doesn’t have instructions on the package?
You can/will do it Lana. You have to be 100% in to this diet, which I for one wasn’t this time.
I would never suggest for anyone to do more than 21 days to begin with, that’s hard enough as it is, when you throw in those 2nd 3 weeks, it’s a real killer. I think most people that have gone to p3 will tell you that phase is great, and I myself stayed on it for a LONG time when I was done with p2 last time.
How much are you down again now and how much longer do you have? We are ALL here for you hon..Keep up the great work, in no time at all, you will be sporting a new you.
Carina
If you’re on your 2nd of of hcg, is today your 2nd day of loading, or have you loaded and on your 2 days of the 500 calories?
You have to weigh your meat(3.5 oz) then your fruits( I weigh out strawberries, 5.3 oz is 50 calories, if I do an orange, I peel it then weigh it, it’s 14.55 calories in each ounce and then apples I core then weigh, and they’re 16.25 calories in an ounce. The veggies I would do last as there is hardly any calories in most of those. Make sure you do not go over your 500 calories, make sure you use sweet n low or stevia only for sweetner subsitutes.
You do have a scale to weigh your food on, right? If not, then get you one. We just use my husbands postage scale as it works great for me.
This website will give you an idea on veggies/weights/calories
Good luck with your journey
foodanddiet.com/NewFiles/calories-vegetables.html
No carbs on p3, and ezekil bread has carbs in it. Stay away from the carbs/sugars on p3. Make sure you weigh everyday on p3, if you go up to 2 lbs or more on any day from last drop day, do your steak day, which consists of eating the biggest juciest steak you want for dinner, and then either an apple or tomato, which can be eaten anytime that day. You can have your fluids also but no other food.
Congratulations on the weight loss. Are you done or do you have to do another round?
Today is my last day for the drops. When can I use regular lotion, during the 3 day interval with out the drops, or the first day of the 1,500 calorie? I have tried mineral oil and coconut oil and neither helps my dry, ashy, chapped hands. Desperate for soft hands again! By the way, how could I forget I’ve lost 20lbs in 21 days YEAH!!!!!!
Sandra, first of all congratulations on the weight loss! Yeah for you!!
2nd of all, being on homeopathic, I always used the regular lotions, etc. My neighbor made some body butter and it feels fantastic on the skin. 🙂 If it were me, I would be using my lotions now, but never would have stopped. If you’re on the real hcg, then wait until Tuesday(when you’re able to start eating again). I’m exactly one week behind you and can stop my drops next Friday night, YEAH
3rd, there is no 1500 calorie diet you go too. Don’t need to count any calories next phase. Just stay away from the carbs/sugars and weigh everyday. If you hit that 2 lb mark, then do your apple/steak or tomato/steak day. Steak is for dinner(any size you want) and apple or tomato can be eaten with dinner or anytime throughout the day. You can still drink as much as you want that day(if you ever have to have one, you may get lucky and maintain right from the get go, which I hope you do). I never once wrote down anything I ate on p3 and always continued to lose during that phase. Just kind of mentally keep up with what you had to eat for the day, don’t weigh out anything though, this is the fun part of the diet.
Meg, I have two posts waiting on moderation to approve them to you. Don’t know what was written that won’t go through.
Let me try copying and pasting parts of it for you and see what happens
Remember, with the real stuff, you have to really watch what you lose as far as lotions, shampoos, etc.
I prefer the homeopathic myself. Never did the real stuff, but have talked to some that have(my neighbor which is an RN used the real), she never did as well as I did on the homeopathic, but to each his own, I wish you luck.
This is my 3rd round of p2 on homeopathic, and my first week I lost more than I did the previous 2 times.
I really don’t know what to tell you on the fish, the only one I ate while on p2 was the shrimp, and I would get the frozen, then boil it, peel it and eat it with some toabsco sauce since I couldn’t have my homemade sauce for the shrimp.
On the fish, most likely the meat guy at the market would be able to tell you how to cook it. Doesn’t it have instructions on the package?
Okay, got it all copied and pasted so you could see what I had written. I guess it wasn’t letting the other go through as I put down c o c k t a i l sauce and maybe it thought the first part of the word was a bad word?? LOL
I started on Jan. 1 & 2 for loading the 3rd I was 390.8 my loss record is as follows
January 3, 2011 – 390.8
January 4, 2011 – 389
January 5, 2011 – 380.4
January 6, 2011 – 377.6
January 7, 2011 – 376.4
January 8, 2011 – 374.2
January 9, 2011 – 367.4
January 10, 2011 – 369.6
January 11, 2011 – 369.2
January 12, 2011 – 368.2
January 13, 2011 – 367.2
January 14, 2011 – 366.6
January 15, 2011 – 365.8
January 16, 2011 – 364.4
January 17, 2011 – 362.6
January 18, 2011 – 362.8 went up a few ounces here not sure why…
January 19, 2011 – 361.8
January 20, 2011 – 360.8
January 21, 2011 – 360
January 22, 2011 – 358.2
January 23, 2011 – 356.8
January 24, 2011 – 355.8
January 25, 2011 – 354.2
January 26, 2011 – 353.2
January 27, 2011 – 351.6
January 28, 2011 – 351
January 29, 2011 – 349.6
January 30, 2011 – 349.8 My cycle is due here…
January 31, 2011 – 352.4 Still haven’t started pffftt
February 1, 2011 – 355.6
February 2, 2011 – 354.4 Cycle started… also stopped drops went into a total relapse of cheating :/
February 3, 2011 – 358
February 4, 2011 – 360
February 5 & 6, 2011 – did not weigh self….
February 7, 2011 – 372.8 freaked out… for obvious reasons – started drops again
February 8, 2011 – 370.4
February 9, 2011 – 370.8
February 10, 2011 – 370.4
February 11, 2011 – 367 😀 headed the right direction again…
As ya’ll can see I did a major set back I made it down to 349.6 it was the first time I had been under 350 in over 10 years… and I just lost it so here I am again trying to not look @ the damage I have done and get back on track – my plan now is to get to 345 and then hit phase 3 for a few weeks and renter phase 2 for 21 days – I know I am NOT mentally strong enough to do the 40 days. I am also do the Zumba fitness with the Wii… which is proven to be fun and entertaining.
Thank you everyone for your kind words of support they really do help!
I’m interested in knowing what the appetite suppressant to kept my appetite under control in p4 is and how can I purchase it? any one know?
Well, Yesterday was my first day on the “real” HCG drops and I lost 4lbs! Wow! If fat loss keeps going at that rate I will hit my target weight loss in 3 days!!! I hope it keeps coming off like that. I’d stay motivated easily, but I am expecting lower numbers tomorrow. I hope it keeps coming off like that, but I’m expcting that it is a fluke.
down to 148 from 152
Meg
LOL how much did you put on for load days? You always do lose quick the first couple days(not to burst your bubble). I lost everything that I had put on from load days in my first day.
I have been maintaining within .4 for the last 7 or 8 days now, and I still have about 10 lbs to get to my goal yet. I probably would have had mine off by now, but just haven’t been in to it this time like I was previously. Keep up the good work Meg, and keep checking in
Sherry, you don’t have to wait until p4 for the appetite supressant, some people take it all the way through the program. More or less like a diet pill, just go to walmart and buy and appetite surpressant, that’s what my friend did and used it on p2. I used a diet pill the diet dr had given me, but all the “otc” things never have worked for me
Hi Rhea,
Thanks for the info…that sounds like a plan…I really think I can keep my food under control while I’m gone…I’m more worried about the “fru fru” drinks..LOL that I know I’ll be having…..I’m on day # 5 today and I’ve stalled but I’m still down for the week about 6lbs so I’m happy. I really messed up on WED and worked out & got sick from it and then ate a PB&J sandwich. I only gained .10 but that’s where I am still today. I’m back on track though & feel like it will start coming off again.
What is the p4 appetite suppressant you are talking about? I haven’t read anything about that.
I feel great today and my energy levels are through the roof. I’m taking B12 drops and the funny thing is they are raspberry flavored so I feel like I’m getting dessert when I take them…funny I know!
You’re right we do feel extremely blessed with the news…the worry about what the scan would show was very stressful. He had 39 radiation and 10 chemo treatments and had to have a feeding tube for 6 months since he wasn’t able to eat so right now I want him to enjoy anything/everything he possibly wants to eat. He’s a huge supporter of my efforts with this diet too and has been most helpful. The food is getting a little boring but we’re doing a menu this weekend. That’s the hardest…if you wait til the last minute to decide what to eat it’s harder. So, planning is very important with us.
I would love the info on the appetite suppressant.
Thanks!
Missy
I have 3 more rounds! I am very encouraged. Thank you for getting back with me. many other websites say Exekil bread is fine, but I have reservations…so thanks for your input!
Have a wonderful weekend!
Alright, I am in phase 4 on the maintenance for life. I have been on it since Wednesday, I have maintaned nicely the whole time on phase 3 only 1 steak day. I worked graveyard last night and haven’t been to bed yet. I’m terrible and curious , so I weigh right before I go to bed and then get discouraged, but in the morning I’m within 1lb of LDW. I will go to bed at 11:30 this morning and wake up about 7/8 tonight. Now when I came home from working all night it said I was up 3lbs. I figured since I hadn’t been to sleep yet so I ate when I came home. If I am up still 3lbs. tonight after a night of sleep should I do steak day. No eating when I wake up, or at work then tomorrow morning do steak day. We have a b-day party & dinner to go to saturday night and don’t want to have to just eat steak. What do you think.
Thanks,
Treena
Hi Missy, Yes planning is a huge part of success on this diet. I’m so proud of you and happy for your family. I would not worry about messing up the other day. You are back on track and your body has been tricked into going after the bad fat. That is what happens after your bulk up phase and then going down to the 500cal. days. The hcg thinks it is still having to go after all of those calories. That is why the weight starts to come off and stays off. It is really amazing. The p4 is an appetite suppressant that has a glycerin base. It is amazing (no caffeine or alcohol in it). You can get it from hcgadietclub.com. I remember when I started to feel great on the diet too. It was like I had been completely detoxed. I had never felt like that before. It is really that first week of 500 cal. that is the hardest. Once you get past that you are just looking for more interesting recipes:)
Great chatting with you!!
here, you be the judge. We’re not supposed to have carbs/sugar
Ezekiel Bread
Serving Size: 1 Slice; Calories: 80, Total Fat: .5g, Carbs: 14g, Protein: 4g
Breads are what got a lot of us in to trouble with weight to begin with. 🙂
You have a great weekend too. I should clean this weekend, but…………
It’s important on this diet that you weigh yourself the same time each day. Being off schedule will throw your weight off. I can get up weigh, make the bed, go back and weigh again and be off a few ounces. As long as you’re not over the 2 lbs, you’re okay. Most likely it’s fluid retention though and being off your schedule. If you’ve been maintaining that well on p3, I’m sure you’re still fine.
Missy, I keep re reading this, how can you be up .10? I know there is 16 oz in a pound, but I’ve never see a scale that did .10 only up to .8 then it goes to the next whole number. LOL
My scale is a weight watchers digital and I was 158.5 WED and then THU and today I’m at 158.6. Maybe I’m not saying that right…this is all new to me..LOL!
LOL you had .10 which is 10 oz, that’s what had me confused. I have seen the weight watchers scales, wish I had one as mine measures by .2 and I wish it was by .1
Now, you gave me a grin, .1 is nothing sweety! Sometimes you don’t really gain though after cheating, or if you do, it may be minimal, more than anything, it usually just causes you to stall out for a few days.
You will get to your goal, just keep your chin up and stay away from those good pbj’s.
Big (((((((((((((( HUGS))))))))))))) to you.
You know, I wish they would make scales that go up to 16 oz like as in a pound. Have you noticed they only go up to .8(or .9 I guess with ww scales), but then after that, it goes to the next pound.
LMBO! Figures I’d be reading that wrong…hubby got that one at BB&Beyond and I like it alot.
No more PB&J’s for me 🙂
Thanks Sherrie! Have a great weekend!
Well, now you can have a pbj, just not until you get to p4. It does sound good right now, better than chicken, asparagus and an orange. I hope the next week hurries and gets here so I can get off this phase.
You have a great weekend too…
Does anyone know what’s the deal with bananas and carrots on ph3. I love both yet they say watch the sugar in both, yet it’s natural sugar. Is it much difference with the natural sugar in oranges and apples? I understand its more sugar in carrots and bananas so is it harder to digest?
Sherrie,
I didn’t do the load days. I’ve done the HCG rounds a couple of times and never felt that it made anything better or easier for me. Although I have gotten that wonderful HCG headache that asprin wont help. I drank about a gallon of water yesterday and got a full nights sleep. I think that helps more than anything. I am not expecting any more big losses like that, as a matter of a fact, I wouldn’t be surprised if I don’t loose ANYTHING for a few days. Oh well, it made me feel good. The first few days are the hardest for me. It has gotten to be a habit to just eat whatever or whenever I want. I have a boyfriend with a lightening fast metabolism. Love him, but hate his metabolism.
Keep up the good work, and thanks for the motivation
Meg
Thanks for making me feel welcome in the chat room Sherrie 🙂
Meg
It’s very important to do the load days(gorge days)
These are called the “gorge days”. Eat as much fattening food as possible on both days.
YES…you have to do this! This is important to get the HCG to work as intended for the
rest of the diet
As far as your b-friend, it may change as he gets older. My middle child(son) is 32 and has always been like your b-friend, hes finally put on some weight..:)
Ugg I am so frustrated….I have been at the same weight since THU morning and I haven’t eaten anything I’m not supposed to since that PB&J on WED and I continue to weigh everything. One thing though…I’m really constipated…I think I read somewhere where this is common on the HCG diet….so really this could be some of the issue….should I just continue P2 as I am or is there something I should do since I’m stalled now for 3 days. Otherwise I feel good…my energy level is good and I’ve not had hunger pains since WED. I was feeling good about this morning and now I’m bummed 🙁
Have I mentioned how helpful this forum has been for me? You all have been great.
Missy
Hey Missy
That’s because even though you didn’t hardly put on, it does cause you to stall out for a few days(even staying on protocol), this is why I have been the same weight(within a couple ounces) for over a week, can we say depressing? I lost almost 12 lbs the first week and this week I’m still about the same as I was on Monday, so don’t feel bad. Yes, being constipated(if you’re sure you are). Not pooping(sorry if tmi) doesn’t mean you’re constipated, feeling like you have to go and you can’t is being constipated. I take 2 of my oxy powders every other night to keep me going. But if you’re full of poop, then yes, that could be the reason you’re not down. Stay on p2! I can’t remember when you said your 21 days are up, but you have to ate least get those 21 days in(which is why I decided to stick it out for another week).
Don’t be bummed, this will pass. Some will probably tell you to do an apple day, I say don’t bother with them, you’re probably still losing inches. I would rather lose inches than I would weight anyway. 10 lbs isn’t anything if you have flab hanging. Hang in there, within a day or two you will drop some more, I promise!!
One more thing, put that scale under your bed for 2-3 days. In p3, it’s necessary to weigh everyday as you’ve got to make sure you don’t go over that 2 lb mark, but on p2, I wouldn’t worry about the weighing except once or twice a week if you’re not cheating!
Thanks Sherrie,
I really needed to hear that. I think I will put the scale away for a few days. How often do you measure the inches? I am always used to going to bathroom 2x a day so I just feel like I should be going more. I will stick to it…do you know how hard it was last night for me NOT to eat a cookie…they looked sooo good but I had my orange instead 🙂
Ok, hair appointment in a few to make me feel beautiful & better today
Enjoy the weekend…
You’re doing good Missy, I have cheated, so I know what the scale does and how it stalls.
I really never measured except on the very first day that I started this diet(almost a year ago). I measured my waist only(it’s hard to measure yourself and be accurate. I measured once again(my waist, after I had lost the 60 lbs.
I did good yesterday with no cheating either, until I saw the cool whip can and was wondering if it was still any good. 🙂 I only squirted one squirt though. LOL
I’m bad, but as I said before, I’m really not in the right state of mind this time for this diet. I got those 12 lbs off and with just like 10 left to go, I’m not really pushing like I did before…You will get there. How much longer before your 21 days is up?
You know, I wasn’t even thinking the other day. Someone had said about being hungry, someone else said to up the drops, you actually want to lower the drops. If you’re taking 10, try 7 or 8 drops instead(it’s opposite of what you would think you have to do). Sorry I didn’t think of this sooner..:(
Even if you are absolutely perfect on this, you will occasionally stall. I did the start of my second week!! It was really hard to just get started and find myself already stalled. But I hung in there and when it budged, it picked up steam quickly. So I hope you feel beautiful and better today and are staying strong!
I have 4 more days of drops (or until my bottle runs out. It’ll be close) and 3 more days after that. I’m REALLY struggling right now. I’ve been super consistent with the walking I started. I’ve gone 12 for 12 days of at lest a mile. However, I’m really struggling with the menu. I’m not overly hungry and I’m still losing, but I’ve been trying not to gag down my protein. I certainly won’t be doing the 6 weeks next time!!! 3 weeks at a pop! I can’t wait to eat SOMETHING that isn’t like choking down dry toast everyday. On the upside. I had my first grapefruit today. = ). I wasn’t allowed to have them while on Coumadin and now that I’m off, I added that to my fruit rotation! Yippee!
Missy,
Constipation is a part of HCG for me. If you look in the “natural” section of your grocery store at the teas, pick up Smooth Move tea. I drink a cup 3x a week and I generally loose extra weight that morning….icky, but it helps keep the scale going down. I am drinking about a gallon of water a day…consistantly plus my diet coke and 2 cups of black coffee a day so I don’t think its lack of liquid!
When I fall off the wagon, I typically expierence about a week stall and then I have a huge drop…think of the salt in the PB&J you have to get rid of, it’s proably water weight. I’ve never found apple day helpful, but some do.
Good luck,
Keep it up!
Meg, are you not following the protocol written by Dr simeons? Diet drinks aren’t allowed on p2. I also don’t do the smooth move tea(I haven’t even seen the smooth move here)but I use the capsules oxy powder, it works really good
Hi Sherrie, you are so knowledgeable and helpful with the hcg diet. Thanks! My question is about Vlassic Pickles (spears). There is no sugar and no calories, so can I eat as many as I like? I have 1 more day of the 3-day wash-out period. Then on to ph3. I don’t think I’ll be able to eat that much. Just the past 2 days with out the drops I’m still full with the 500 calories. Will that begin to change as time goes on, on ph3?
Also Sherrie, do you have an answer to my last submission? Thanks Again!
Not really Sandra, there are a lot of questions I’m asking myself right now.
As far as the pickles, yes they are a cucumber, yes they have no sugar and virtually no calories, but they are loaded with salt, so this is why they’re also a no no.
Well, I guess I should have said a no no, I didn’t see until re=reading you were eating them all along. 🙂 The hcg takes about 72 hours to get out of your system, this is why you stay on the 500 calories for that many hours.
Make sure when you start p3 that you eat your 3 meals, and if you snack in between, make it a healthy snack(one paper I had said to try and eat 3 apples a day while on p3. I actually lost weight both times I was on p3(not trying), but I was eating really healthy, and ate until I was comfortable, but not stuffed. You should start being hungry come Tuesday morning when you start eating real food again. 🙂
How much did you lose and how long did you do the diet for(3 or 6 weeks)?
I either didn’t see another question or I didn’t know the answer. Can you tell me again what the question was? I’ll go look but if it’s been awhile, I doubt I’ll find it
Ahh the banana and carrot question..let me go read it again.
It’s more to do with the carbs. Here is a website with some foods you should avoid while on p3. Remember, p3 is only 3 weeks long, and carrots and bananas(which I love also) are not going to be gone in that 3 weeks time
hcg-diet.org/hcg-diet-phase3-foods-to-avoid.html
Sherrie, I began the hcg diet 3-weeks and 2 days ago (23 days), I’ve lost 22lbs. and LOVING IT!!!!!!! I’ll start my 2nd round in 3-weeks, when I finish ph3. Is that okay right after and how many rounds have you done?
Sherrie, I’ve only been doing the pickles the past 2 days. I can’t eat 3 apples and 3 meals , that’s alot! What’s bad for me is before the diet I never ate breakfast. Alot of fast foods and junk foods LOVED MA BLUE BELL. I don’t think I’ll ever feel the same about her again!lol
Congratulations. How much more are you trying to lose?
Do me a favor, and don’t do the pickles next time, you will find you’ll probably lose more weight without the extra salt. 🙂
Yes, you can load up after doing p3 for 3 weeks and re-start p2 again. I did a 6 week round(got very hard after the 3rd week, and I ended up cheating), then did a 3 week with no cheats at all. I stayed at 136-138 for a few mos. then came Christmas, we had company and I was eating like I used too, so put on a few pounds. I wanted to get them back off, so started p2 again 2 weeks ago and have not done good on it at all. My mind was not in it, I’m still in the normal of bmi for my height, but wanted to get this under control. I am supposed to finish my drops this coming Friday, and I’ve always done well on p3, so will decide when I weigh in on Friday if I will go a few days longer on p2 to get myself straightened out and on track, or if I will go on to p3. I had a really bad day yesterday, the scale is now under the bed until Friday(although I did get it out and sneak a peak this morning). I know the consequences of cheating, and I know I will stall out(which is why the scale is under the bed, LOL).
Sherrie, Do you continue to get your drops from the same company or change up? I’d like to loose 30 more lbs!
LOL they just say it’s good if you can eat 3 apples a day on p3.
The pickles will be okay on p3. Make sure you keep a close eye on your weight on p3 and remember, if you do go up 2 lbs or more, do your steak day(big, juicy steak for dinner) and an apple or tomato either with dinner or anytime through out the day. No need to weigh out any of it.
P2 you don’t eat breakfast either, were you eating b-kfast? LOL You do on p3 though, and make sure you do get your 3 meals in. You’ll do fantastic on p3 I think
The last 2 bottles I’ve gotten have been from a different person on ebay, but I do the same kind of drops each time as they have worked really good. I’m not ever hungry with them, I’m just an emotional eater, and lately, my emotions have been running wild.
Sherrie, are the drops real or homeopathic? Please send me the info on ordering, depending on cost I may by from them. I’m also an emotional eater so I understand, mental hunger also.
I’ve always done the homeopathic, I found a good website(wish I would have kept it on my favorites) and it says the homeopathic work just as well. I like that they’re made in the USA.
These are the ones I use
cgi.ebay.com/PCHF-Homeopathic-HCG-Weight-Loss-Diet-Drops-2-Oz-New-/280616972800?pt=LH_DefaultDomain_0&hash=item4156133200
Sherrie, I can tell by your comments you’ll reach your goal. Emotions will always be a part of our lives, we have to try and not let them control us. I’ve enjoyed chatting with you, enjoy the rest of your evening and Thanks Again.
thanks Sandra
Yeah, I know I can get to my goal again, but as I’ve said before, you have to be emotionally ready for this diet, and for some reason, I just wasn’t there this time.
Feel free to e-mail me at stratman397 at aol dot com anytime you want, if you do though, make sure you put hcg diet or something in subject line so I’ll know it’s you
You have a great evening too and thanks!!
Hi ladies,
Well, my stall is officially over!! Yayy! I am down 1.5 today so 7 for the week…I had hoped for more but I’ll take it!
Sherrie my 21 days are up on Friday 2/25 but I’m going to keep going til I leave for Mexico on 3/04 because I know that week will be consisting of alot of food & alcohol :-). One of the ladies said she just kept taking the drops and didn’t overeat and she maintained…so we’ll see.
I had 1 girl scout cookie yesterday when I was delivering them…that was SOOO hard but I only gave myself 1 and I nibbled on it…it was too funny! The weekend was a little harder than I thought it would be but I managed. I can tell a difference in my clothes and the 7lbs must be from the tummy area because it seems flatter (or that’s what I’m telling myself) LOL!
Hope you all had a great weekend!
Missy
Remember, you have to have 3 days of vlcd once you stop drops, so you need to stop them by the 28 so starting the 4th of March you can have everything but sugar and carbs.
Remember, p3 is probably the most critical phase of the diet
I am a bit nervous to do another round of the HCD diet. It will be the second time around. This time I plan on doing the 21 day program. Any feedback or pointers will be grately appreciated.
for those of you just starting the diet, please take about 10 minutes and read this website. There is a ton of great information for p2!
hcginfoonline.com/Tips%20and%20Tricks.htm#Loading:_Day_1_and_2_of_the_protocol
Hi Jennifer, It is fine to do another round on this diet. If you did 21 days before it is recommended that you have 1 day off of the HCG before you start another round. If you have been on the HCG diet for 40 or more days, it is good to take a 6 week break from the HCG drops. This way your body does not build up an immunity to the drops and you will have better results. You can do this as much as you like as long as you give your body time in between rounds.
Jennifer, the first time around, I did a 6 week(hated going that long) and then took 2 1/2 weeks off and did another 3 week round. I’m just finishing up another 3 week round, but since I’m in the normal bmi range and also under by a couple pounds what Jillian Michaels says I can weigh, I haven’t really watched it this time like I should have(other than the first week). I’m just not in to it at all this time. You have to be 100% sure that you’re ready for another round, if you’re not, it’s too hard to stick with it.
Why are you nervous??
Rhea, your body builds up immunity to the drops if you stay on them straight over 6 weeks, and you have to remember the real hcg and the homeopathic are 2 different things and don’t work exactly the same. 🙂
Hi Sherrie. So glad you sound upbeat. Are you ready to be done with your drops on Friday? I think I may continue just 4 or 5 days after that. I still have 20 pounds to lose so I really am hoping that I can get another 10 off by next Wed. Then another 10 in ph3. Does that sound realistic? I am really craving that “everything” bread!!! LOL.
Oh ya, I got some miracle noodles sent to me. Have you tried them?
To everyone else here……sounds like you are all doing great! This is a great forum. Stay commited. I have been on this diet 19 days and have lost 16 pounds. No cheating other than lotions and lip balm. WE Can DO IT
Hey Maddie
I decided a few minutes ago I’m done dieting. I’ve had such a struggle this time, and I’ve decided since I only have less than 10 lbs to lose, I want to try it on my own. I am going to be okay. I just want to be able to eat and control how much of each thing I eat. I just hope I don’t put on weight when I go back to eating tomorrow, will keep up with you all, and I’m still here for all of you. You all can/will do it if you’ve got your heart set on it. With me, I see what the diet can do, and I feel it’s the best diet out there.
Maddie, I have heard of the noodles, I never got any, but there are some on here that have.
You are doing great Maddie, probably won’t get 10 lbs off in the next week with only having 10 left to go. Usually it slows down to an average of about 1/2 lb a day. You are doing great and I’m so very proud of you.
I’m happy and that’s what life is all about, right??
Hi everyone – Started 72 hours on 2/8. Maintaining LWI (give or take a few). Really enjoy reading everyone’s posts. Sherrie – Hope you’re doing well. Friday is only 3 days away. We do sound alike. I was enlightened the past 2 days. Finally on Sunday someone said to me,” Have you been losing weight?” and then another on Monday. Maybe that’s the motivation I was missing. Darling husband didn’t notice, children didn’t notice, co-workers didn’t notice. But a 29 year old (good looking) young man noticed. He’s an old friend of my son’s but it still made me feel good. Weather has improved so now I’m walking 2 times a day. Before noon with a toddler in a carriage (not mine, it’s my job) and now in the evening with my husband. Feeling really good. A few questions that I hope someone can answer. Can I start the drops again on Monday? If I can do I have to do 2 gorge days again? Has anyone bought the drops at CVS Pharmacy? I noticed them there the other day. Has anyone bought drops from http://www.hcgliquid.com/index.html? They offer a free 12 day drop (you pay shipping). I think that with my drops from last time should get me thru another round. Sorry for all the questions. Is okay to do drops from 2 different companies during the same round? One more question. If I had to do a steak day. Is there anything else that could be done? Steaks are so expensive and I’d have problems eating a steak in front of the 5 children. Thanks again for all your support. Have a Blessed evening.
Hi Sherrie, You’re right if you are HAPPY that’s all that matters. You were also right about me getting hungry, today is the 1st day of ph3 and I soooo enjoyed my cheese and bacon (no sugar) OMELET. I hope you’re not gone, so many more ????.
Why do they put ham on the list it has sugar in it or almonds also sugar? Are plums allowed? What’s with peppers I read eat lots of hot peppers? I’m burning up!LOL!!!
Hope you’re still with us in conversation. Also I went on e-bay, so many did’nt know which one is THE RIGHT ONE BABY!!
Hey christine
I gave up today. I just don’t have it in me right now to stay true to the diet. I think considering I have 10 lbs to lose(that’s just for my own goal weight I had set), if I set my mind to it, I can get this off. If I have problems, maybe on down the road I will try this again when I’m in the right state of mind, that’s the only way to do this diet right. I will try and stay away from carbs and eat more protein, fruits and veggies
You are doing great, am so very proud of you. Those important people in your life that didn’t notice the weight loss is because they see you all the time. 🙂 You don’t see it when you’re looking at that person every day. My hubby never saw it in me either until I showed him the before/after picture on the computer, then he went wow! When I first started my drops last year, the sheet of paper I got said you can go back on p2 as soon as you want. They recommend you wait 3 weeks though. My paper said if you went back on p2 before 2 weeks not to reload, if over 2 1/2 weeks then re-load, so I waited 2 1/2 weeks the first time.
If you need a steak day you have to do a steak day, that meat isn’t expensive as you think for 1 person. How old are the kids? Do they not eat things everynight you can’t have? If you have too, eat it in another room, but if you go 2 lbs over, you have to do a steak day.
Saw those drops at the drug stores, don’t think they are as good as what we have
I got mine on ebay each time. 🙂
SHERRIEEEEEEEE! Hello woman of strength…..I see your still here & no no no you cannot quit. How long have you been on this cycle? I’m too am on my 17th day of the VLCD & its all one day at a time. I too had only 10lbs more to lose and I’m there already with 4 more days of the drops. Now I have done three cycles to get my 45lbs off and if I did it you can too. You have been such a help to everyone here & we all want to see you reach ur goal. EVERYONE PLS ROUTE SHERRIE ON TO FINISH HER CYCLE. Sherrie its all a mind trick decide to quit everyday just to make it thru another day and you will be done in no time. I have the faith in you woman. To answer your question YES you will gain weight if you do not finish atleast 23 days it is definate. I have a client that decided to stop after losing 15lbs in 9 days, she stopped her drops for two and gained 8lbs back she has decided to finish her term but her weight is slow to leave now. Stay the course Sherrie you will be fine. After Cycle 2 for me I maintained 148 thru out. Thru the 8 week wait to CYCLE 3 I absolutely enjoyed carbs & some desserts, sugar was never my thing. Sherrie I’m routing for your finish do girl, you can finish. Leadership is shown by example. Continue being the LEADER that everyone here has made you….
Sandra, I’m not going anywhere, I still read everything that comes through. 🙂
What do you mean so many more? 🙂
Glad you got hungry today, but was about 99.9% sure you would. 🙂
I always ate the oscar mayer pre cooked bacon, I have no clue what it even has in it, I never looked. 🙂
I always read ingredients not serving info. Some things have natural sugars so it shows up as sugar on serving and not ingredients. I ate the 100 calorie pack of almonds. I think most likely they want you to stay away from high carb
foods(bread, rice, potatoes, etc). Almonds are good for you. I got the cocoa almonds and would eat one pack a day while on p3. Here is a list of foods that are good/not good to eat on p3.
Humm, did the one I sent through from ebay not come through by itself. E-mail me and I’ll send it directly to you(the kind I buy), and here is a list of foods for p3
hcginfoonline.com/maintenance%20phase.htm#Starchy_(High_Carb)_Vegetables0
Thanks Sherrie – If you need to chat outside the post I can be reached at christinewilk@yahoo.com. I’m in TX if you ever head down this way. Stay strong and trust in the Big Man above to guide you in life.
Lisa, LOL how the heck are you..I did quit. I took my drops this morning, but, as usual screwed up big time, just not in it right now. I’m in the right weight range for my height, age. I don’t need to be skinny at 54. LOL I do 100 crunches a day, and am about to start back up on my daily walks again since the weather is finally nice out. This Friday would have been my last drop day but I just don’t care like I did before.. I’m in a size 5/6 pants, so I think that’s okay, better than the 16’s and 18’s I used to be in. LOL
WTG on your weight loss Lisa, I am really proud of each and every one of you, this diet is NOT easy! I’m also cheering on my son right now that is going to a diet Dr and is on a high protein diet. He’s lost 10 lbs since Saturday. Wish him luck everyone! 🙂
I maintained at 136-138 for a few months until Christmas time. 🙁 I went up to 145 with all the junk food, then about 5-6 weeks ago, I shot up from 145-153 in a weeks time, went back on the diet, loaded, got up to 158, the first week I lost almost 12 lbs. Went to 146 and then found myself eating a subway cookie here and there. I just didn’t have the willpower I always had before. Saturday I blew it big time, then I did real good Sunday, screwed up Monday, screwed up today, etc. It doesn’t do any good to be on the drops and be cheating everyday, now you see kind of what I’m going through?
Anyway, I will continue checking in and keeping you up with my weight. I may just try to start maintenance tomorrow(6 days too early) and see what happens.
Awwww so sorry to hear that you strugglesd so much this time. It is not a easy program but it is definately worth it. I love it love it. I have had little cheats here & there with a half hand full of nuts or a fork full of bake mac & cheese, or having flounder & scallops at the same time, lol but it didn’t cost me any weight gain I just didn’t lose. But your weight is fluxing to much. Did you ever set ur weight in, instead of just watching what you eat as we spoke about months ago. You weight will stay down when you watch carbs & sugar intake. If you never set it, locked it in then that would explain the wild swings. P3 must must must be done. 3 weeks no sugar no carbs 2lbs up or 2lbs down. It is crushual (if I spelled that right, lol) to the whole program. Love you woman. If your stopping pls pls pls, absolutely NOOOOOOOO SUGAR 0r CARBS woman. Set it in and you’ll be fine.
Hey Lisa
No, it’s not easy, but much easier if you don’t live with someone that can eat everything/anything and not gain weight.
My weight didn’t fluctuate until just recently. I stayed within 2 lbs for months. Once Christmas was here is when I went up to 145 then just recently in a weeks time went up 8 lbs. I always lost weight on p3(without trying). Right now I don’t even know if I have it in me to do the 3 weeks of p3. This is what bothers me. I probably will stay on the drops until Friday, then try very hard to do the 72 hours of vlcd, but I really don’t know what is going to happen since I’ve cheated so much. I’m okay with this weight, but I really don’t want to go any higher than I am right now. Would like to actually go down 1 lb to 145, and then if I can get to 136-138 again on my own then that’s great, but not be obsessed with it like I was before. I’m too old to be obsessed with my weight, should have done that years ago. LOL
e-mail me Lisa, have lots of things I want to talk to you about.
stratman397 at aol dot com
i just started this and am finding it hard to figure out what to eat. Does anyone have any good recipes??
Thank You Lisa!
After your e-mail this morning, I decided what is 5 more days of vlcd?? I’ve done it before and can do it again. I have never been a quitter, but have struggled so much this time. I need to be healthy, and eating all the carbs/sugars again are what got me fat to begin with, so going to finish this up(last drop Friday night), then go in to p3 for my 3 weeks. I know I can do it. I may not lose anything else between now and then since I’ve messed up so much, but at least I will be able to maintain where I’m at now, which I’m fine with(although I would love for my 2 pair of pants that aren’t fitting right now to fit again). I have been under a lot of stress lately, which did not help matters any. Life is what you make it, it’s all about choices. I guess you have to realize it never does any good to worry about things you can’t change(just adds more stress). Weight we can change, that is a choice that we can make. We all need to push eachother. Lisa gave me a good talking too, and I guess I needed that one on one.
Thanks again Lisa!! Love ya girl
Sherrie, Good for you! Once again, you prove to all of us that we can succeed with this journey if we simply set our minds to it! As you have told countless people on this site, P3 is probably the most important part of this diet, and you want to take advantage of what you have lost so far and keep it there! I think one of the best “incentives” we can give ourselves when we become weak on this or any diet, is to try on some clothes that we want to be in or better yet, try on some old clothes that we used to fit in and look in the mirror and say to ourselves, “I don’t want to fit back into these!” You can do it girl! We are ALL behind you…..I am about to start round 3 of P2 this weekend….and honestly can’t wait to get the last of this weight off…..I am strong and I want to be as healthy as I can and no medicine or anyone else can make me lose the weight except myself! So proud of you and your decision to finish what you started…..
Thanks Judy. How much more do you have to go? From what I’ve seen you look fantastic now! You are the right Judy with the blog, right???
And yes, I do still believe p3 is the most important part of this diet. I never have cheated on p3, and I won’t this time either!
Sherrie,
Yes, it is me, the Judy from the Wallace site! Ideally, I would like to lose another 30 pounds (that would put me at my lowest weight since I had my one and only son 30 years ago), but honestly, I would be happy with 20….My husband still needs to lose about 60 more, so as long as he keeps going, I will continue as well, maybe I can get that 30 gone! Sure hoping so…..as I told you before, the 41 pounds I have lost already have made such a major change! Not only in my looks (continue to get comments from co-workers) but most importantly I no longer need ANY medications…BP or pre-diabetes…that is the best thing! Thanks for inquiring….
That’s fantastic Judy. How much has your hubby lost now? You will get that 30 off! I think more than anything I would love to lose inches, but can’t seem to get them off. Even 100 crunches a day isn’t working.
I’m so glad you’re off your meds!! Woo Hoo….Keep it up girl!
Good Morning everyone,
I need some advice. My chiropractor is also a wellness/alternative medicine guy and I go to him for support pretty frequently. He’s just across the hall at work and while everyone in my office thinks I’m insane doing this diet he’s my support system. I didn’t know he was even looking into the HCG stuff until I asked him what he thought about it and found out he was getting ready to start offering it to his patients (the drops). While I was already taking mine and I’m not doing it through his office he still guides me and measures me…I value his opinion/suggestions. So, this morning I was discussing my progress with him (-9lbs and I’m on day #12 of VLCD). He thinks I need to stop the drops now and do the 2 weeks of no sugar/carbs before I leave for vacation so that I can eat what I want in Mexico. I am not going to go crazy but I do want to enjoy my time. He mentioned something about the body needing to reset and he said then when I get back I will have had 3 weeks off the drops and can restart if I need to lose more (I do) While this makes sense to me, I’m bummed because I really wanted to lose more before leaving.
Suggestions? Opinions? I welcome them all. You all have done this before and know how things work. This is my first round.
Glad to see you sticking it out a few more days Sherrie.
Missy
Hi – My best wishes are for you Sherrie. Thank you also for your quick response to my many many questions. Okay, you convinced me or really opened my eyes to the steak day. If I need to do it…I will do it….and I am doing it!!! I don’t know where people on this post live but if you hear this loud rumbling, its not an earthquake just my stomach grumbling. I am starving. I’ve had 3 cups of green tea and 4.5 liters of water so far. and it’s only 12:20. I am up 2.4 lbs and need to come down so that when I start my next round on Monday I will be motivated.
Oh Sherrie, the children are 11, 14, 15, 17, 18 that are home. (2 more in college) I’m going to make them chicken fajitas with a little bit of steak for dinner and then when I eat my steak it won’t be so noticeable because they are use to me not having bread anyway.
Stay connected and we all will be here for you.
Sherrie I’m soooo very happy you decided to stay and fight the good fight against FAT!. FAT is no longer my friend I cut my ties with FAT it can no longer dwell with me in fact I hate stored FAT! and something you hate you won’t entertain…..I thank GOD for his natural substances right here on earth. We have to be wise overcome the pitfalls that caused us to stop caring about our health and our bodies. It is the ONE thing that GOD did put us incharge of & we have failed and became FAT! But thx to HCG, excersie & blogs like this we can all help each other. ENCOURAGEMENT & SUPPORT is the keys to SUCCESS in all area’s of life. Sherrie I know you can do it woman, tho it may be hard you have lived life longer than most of us & thats a hard task in this world. Stay the course & one day at a time woman, love ya
Hey Missy
I did really good today(no cheating), and will put my 3 weeks in with the 3 weeks of maintenance. Lisa T is the one that talked me in to it(she also sells the hcg now as she has done so well on it). Anyway, the thing with the hcg(as she was telling me) is if you don’t do the 21 days with the 3 weeks of maintenance, you will gain back what you’ve lost. If you quit now and only do 2 weeks of maintenance, you will put the weight on you’ve worked so hard at losing. Also, you need to be able to keep up with your daily weight loss on p3, this is the MOST important phase. I hope I don’t have a problem with p3, I’ve always done well on that part of it.
I didn’t even realize until yesterday (my son is doing the high protein diet) that we could have pork rinds on p3, as there are no carbs/ sugar in most of those(some of the flavored ones did have 1 gram of carbs). Please do the 21 days and then the 3 weeks to maintain your weight. If you’re not going to do it, you may as well just quit now as the diet won’t work. I knew that, but I needed someone to remind me of the consequences. I didn’t care if I didn’t lose anymore weight right now, but didn’t want to put on more, which is where I was headed. I’m just glad Lisa came on and e-mailed me lastnight, it helped me to make the right decision.
Thanks again Lisa
I did good today, no cheating and I’m finishing up the drops this Friday night and there wont’ be any carbs/sugars until after my 3 weeks are long gone. 🙂 You are an angel!
Christine, I heard it growling all the way here in SC. 🙂
I started doing things differently with my drops the other day and it’s actually working much better. Instead of doing 10 drops 3x a day, I’m doing 20 drops around 10:00 a.m it’s keeping me full all through the day.
I’m lost..thought you were going to be done with your drops today?? If so, you can start eating Sunday morning.
Ooooh, I have a good recipe for chicken quesadillas that those kids would love too and they’re easy to make. Those ages no need to fill guilty about a steak, they should be thankful you’re happier and healthier, that means you’ll be around longer to harass them. Wow, 7 kids!!
Hello everyone!
My internet was down for almost two weeks! I was receiving all of you guys posts on my Blackberry but could never reply to the forum from there.
I was the woman that was having a hard time eating steak because it always resulted in a stall. To maybe just give you a recap of how i have been the past couple of weeks….. I stuck it out through the stall (no apple days), i actually ate fish and chicken for that entire week, no melba toasts, spinach and onions, apple and strawberries and finally saw a shift at the end of that week of 3 lbs, I don’t know what i had done wrong or if i simply was not doing anything wrong just the fact that I was around the days right before my menses. That day I ate steak again just because i couldn’t handle chicken anymore, the next morning the scale went down and hasn’t stopped moving in the right direction ever since. I am on day 34 and have lost a total of 21.8 lbs. I was supposed to do 33 days only but i added on the 3 days of my menses on which i did no injections and I should be finishing my shots on friday. I am very excited to finally finish do my 72 hours of VLCD and start p3. If i decide to do another round I will not ever ever ever do more that 23 days, this was crazy and I even cried because of some of the cravings and the boredom with the food. LOL.
I am so glad that all of you are doing well, and that you were able to give Sherrie a little pep talk, I would read and say to myself “OMGosh I know it’s hard Sherrie, just finish its only a couple more days” I felt so awful that I couldn’t get online at home to try and send some supportive words to Sherrie, but I’m glad you stuck it out!
Sherrie; you are a trooper, I know it was hard for you this time, it was hard for me the first time I did it, and even though this time I went into it with my heart and was committed, I too struggled! I actually ate an entire family size bag of M&M Pretzels the day I last wrote about my stall with the steak! the next day I did not gain but was very sick to my stomach and felt so guilty, I cried a little to my fiancee, and then washed my face and got right back on the horse and I have not cheated since! its not worth it! and to be honest they didn’t taste as good as I remembered them being, which was even worse!
Anyway I just want to congratulate Maddie, Lisa, Judy, Cristine, Missy and Sherrie for your individual goals and thank you all giving me support through the support you gave each other! I am finally online again:)
I will continue to keep up with the forum!
thanks again
Sherrie – Are you doing the 20 drops just once a day? After being on drops for 25 days I ended my drops on 2/7, 72 hours with 500 calories, but didn’t do real well on P3. Gained 2.4 so I did do the steak day today. After I ate the steak and apple my tummy felt sick. Went for my 35 min. walk and felt better (physically and emotionally). So now I’ll see what the scale says in the morning. I would like to start R2 on Monday, 2/21 which would be 2 weeks on P3. I’m positive I can do another round I just needed the break. If I drop another 10 -14 lbs I’ll be real close to the 135 I want to be, and this time I WILL follow P3 correctly. Yes, 7 children. I ended cooking them chicken kabobs and eating my steak earlier than them. Husband came home later from work so he was no problem. Yes, I do harass them but only the teenagers. Wait, only 5 of them are teenagers. One is on his own and one still young. So I guess I’ll have many years of being a happy, healthy, harassing old (but feeling young) Mamma. Have a great, blessed day tomorrow.
Hey Ana
So glad you were able to finally get back on to responds. Am so proud of you, you’re doing great. I know where you’re coming from, the first time I did the vlcd, I did 6 weeks(42 days) and it was hard, I cheated after 3 weeks, this is why I did the 3 weeks the last time and this time. Of course this time, it’s no secret, 1 week was even too long for me. LOL
Yummy, m&ms, they are good, but they’re only good while we’re eating them. 🙂
I just got a recipe for butterscotch pound cake a few minutes ago, it’s going to have to wait a few weeks before I’m able to try it. :), but I will eat it on down the road, just not the whole cake. 🙂
2 more days until my last drops, and I’m so looking forward to that. I’m going to have an omelet in a bag on Tuesday morning and then have to go to the dentist at 10:20, so guess it will be later on that night before I feel like eating again(and on my first day of real food(that is legal) this time. 🙂 Can’t wait. Guess I should have made my dentist appt for the following Tuesday..?? may still change it.
Keep up the good work, and continue posting. We all need eachother!!
Yes Christine, I’m doing 20 instead of 30 drops(they say to go down in drops and not up when you’re hungry). I do all 20 drops at 10:00 a.m and it’s working so much better, plus I don’t have to keep reminding myself to take them, nor do I have to take them with me to work.
You could have had the apple (or tomato) earlier today, you don’t have to wait until dinner to have that on steak day. 🙂 Oh well, you’ll know next time(hopefully there isn’t a next time).
I’m glad you got your steak down with no problem(other than the sick tummy). 🙂
I had to do a steak day once(right as I was on my first day of no drops(and that was after my very first round). I did lose the weight I had gained. Now, I did do a steak day once on p3, but did it just to do it(hadn’t gained any weight). Well I didn’t lose anything that night, but then the next night I did. 🙂
I’m so glad you’re feeling so good..keep it up. Remember if you only go 2 weeks in between, don’t do a load day. If you want a load day, wait at least 2 1/2 weeks in between…
How tall are you?
Welcome back Ana, We are here during your P3. You got back on line in time. P3 was harder for me than P2. I love our explanation of the M&M’s not tasting good anymore. I’m hoping most of that processed food that I thought I really needed I really don’t need and really won’t like. The HCG did teach me how important the good food as in protein, fruit and veggies are really what a person needs to enter their body. As soon as I get to my desired weight and maintain it, I’m going to work on the family and all their bad eating habits. Have a Blessed night.
Hi Sherrie, one thing I’ve noticed about this diet is the SRENGHTH IT BRINGS OUT IN ALL OF US, THE MOTIVATION TO GO ON!!!!!! You go girl!!!!!!! WELCOME BACK! I ate smoked pork ribs today(no bbq sauce) they are a little greasy but they are soooo good. I hope it’s okay. Also it’s GIRL SCOTTS COOKIE TIME (my weakness) but like you I’ll get over it and move on.(smile). I also did some almonds but I’m still a liitle confused about the sugar. I’m eating through-out the day3-4 fruits and 3-meals is that right?
Jennifer-
I was also a little nervous about doing a second round-I was nervous that my results wouldn’t be as good or that I’d cheat and gain back weight, but I was pleasantly surprised to have results just as good as the first time. I also felt like the 2nd round was somewhat “easier” as I knew more about the diet (even though I felt like I had researched it heavily before round 1). By the time I did my 3rd round-I was way confident and experimented with more foods than previously. For example, I added the use of coconut oil (not a recommendation for anyone) and had good results. I wasn’t as hungry as in round 1 and 2 and I felt like I was getting a treat when I mixed the oil with unsweetened cocoa power and stevia. Of course, I don’t recommend my experimentation to anyone-just passing long info. I love the hcg diet and truly believe that as long as you follow the original protocol, you can’t help but be successful. After 3 rounds, I’m down 50lbs so I’m pretty happy. For me, I knew I was “done” when I started having “crazy” thoughts about cheating and found myself coming closer and closer to cheating every day.
One thing I remember reading about the diet that helped me: It didn’t matter if I understood all of the science behind the diet-all that really mattered was that at the end of the day, I saw the results that I was looking for. Good luck on round 2! :o)
Sandra-
I wish I had your strength…those girlscout cookies are not as innocent as they look! Those darn things nearly did me in at the beginning of P3! I was at work…stressed out…alone in my room with the 5 boxes I had bought from one of my students to help her out in her sales (at least that’s what I told myself). After I ate an ENTIRE BOX, I realized I’m still weak and that inside of my skinny body is a fat person fighting to get back out (ha ha). After that screw up-I gave the rest of the cookies away immediately before I had chance to do something stupid again. One steak day later…I never want to see a caramel, coconut, chocolate cookie again….argh!!! My cabinets are BARE until I get a handle on my addiction to goodies. For me, all or nothing unfortunately has lead me to “nothing” for now. I can always eat those things later….maybe…after P3 is done…
Hi Lisa, OH MY GOD CARAMEL COCONUT CHOCOLATE COOKIE , OH MY GOD!!!
YUCK YUCK YUCK YUCK , YEAH RIGHT! LOL!!!!!
So did the steak work the next day, naaaa don’t tell me (smile)
Thank you Lisa and Sherrie for the feedback. I will be on here a lot the next six weeks (P2 & P3). It is a v. challenging diet and I will be turning to this WONDERFUL site for support, as I see everyone remains positive w/success stories. I did finish P3 last week but I still had a hard time w/sugar cravings and gained about two lbs back – I never did crave the starches. I read L-glutamine (from GNC) can help w/the sugar cravings. Feedback? Plus, I also read to test the potency of the HCG is to put a few drops on a pregnancy test. I did – not pregnant. I bought my drops from TheOfficialHCGDiet site.
Why was I thinking you just ended your drops yesterday? 🙂
Yummy you would have to tell me what you had to eat. LOL The grease is fine, just don’t overdue it, butter, oil, etc. The best kind of oil you could eat is coconut oil. I need to remember I have some to use in a week..
Some sugars are natural sugars. Look in ingredients for the sugar(not in the servings)
The cookies, well, get some and freeze them. I take them out of the boxes and put them in freezer bags,they last forever, and are just as good when you take them out. When you get done dieting or you get to p4, then take 3 or 4 out and eat them. 🙂 I did that with some donuts I had bought, and I still have some peanut butter cups from last Easter that I got 50% off after Easter that are froze. I had some back at Christmas time, well, lets say I ate too many of them. I had 4 gallon size freezer bags of them.
I usually ate 3 meals a day. If you can get eat all day small meals, that’s great.
Did you weigh this morning? Make sure that is the first thing you do every morning and then watch that weight doesn’t go 2 lbs over or correct the problem that day!
Have fun and enjoy your food!! Remember chew your bites 20 times and you will fill up a lot quicker. (proven fact)
I also had coconut oil on my list of p2 to use, but when I tried it(although it had a flavor to die for), I found my weight did not move like it was, so only used twice(with same thing happening both times.
I suggest taking the apple, peel it, pour some stevia and cinnamon and some butter flavored pam on it and putting in the microwave 1-2 minutes, now can we say delicious dessert??
Lisa, this is what happened to me, and believe me, this time I did cheat, over and over, but I’m finishing this up with no more cheating. I may have to add a day or so, we’ll see how I feel tomorrow about doing that. Haven’t decided if it would be better for me to be on my 500 calories or eating more when I go in to the dentist Tuesday(supposed to be my first day of “food”)to have a tooth pulled..
I also lost just as good on the p2 the 2nd time around as first, and did better yet this last one, until I started cheating..To think I would have probably been to my goal if I would have just said NO.
LOL Yes Lisa, the worse thing you can do is screw up in p3, this is the most important phase.. You should have done as I suggested to Lisa though, put the rest of them in a freezer bag and froze them(put them down under some things, as they last forever).
You should have sent them to me, I would have frozen them for you. 🙂
Jennifer
Are you using stevia for your sweetener or sweet n low? These are the 2 that are allowed. Sugar cravings are very hard to get rid of. I have a site saved on here, we really do not need refined sugar, and if you do have it, you should only allow yourself(when done dieting), 10 grams per 500 calories a day..Here is the site
Never heard of the L-glutamine. As far as the pregnancy test, remember, we’re using the homeopathic, you’re NOT going to get the pregnancy readings like you would with the real stuff, which is why I keep telling everyone using it not to worry about changing lotions, etc, that you do not have to be as careful with the homeopathic. But remember, the homeopathic does work just as well as the real stuff. Heck, Look how you start losing weight right away when you start using it, but if you cheat, you stall out the same as if you were on the real stuff. I have done a lot of research on it, and the sites say it’s just as good as the real stuff, and I think from what I’ve seen, it actually works better.
annecollins.com/diet_tips/eat-less-sugar.htm
I’m sure you’re right Sherrie about not losing 10 pounds before Wed next week, since I GAINED half pound yesterday! I’m crushed. this is the first time I have gained on the diet. Maybe too much salt yesterday. I don’t know. I was losing 1 pound a day last 4 dyas……bummer! Anyway, I have 20 to go. So, I will do the best I can til next week then lose more on phase 3 I hope.
Hope your feeling well. How’s your back? Whne do you have your tooth think?
Well the steak day worked. Down 3 lbs this am. Amazing how something so simple can give such a drastic result. Results like this can really motivate a person. Will be doing perfect on the rest of my P3 till Monday and then I will start my drops again. Need to lose 30 Lbs and if it takes a round 2 and maybe a round 3 I know I can do it. Everyone on this post offers such great support. The weather is getting better, the days are getting brighter and we all have so much to look forward to where ever we are on the journey of HCG and life. Everyone have a Blessed Day.
Maddie, it’s okay hon. Weight fluctuates EVERYDAY..And, how much have you lost in how many days? Look at the big picture. You can’t expect to lose everyday hon..Your body has to catch up too you know and you’re still losing inches even when you don’t lose weight. Heck, I would rather lose inches than weight anyway. 🙂 It could be more salt, less peeing, less fluids, there is so much. I can weigh, make the bed, go weigh again and weigh completely different by a few ounces, same thing when showering.
If you don’t believe me, try it. Weigh, take a shower, dry off and weigh again. 🙂
I’m feeling better, back is still sore but nothing like it was a week ago.
When do I have my tooth think?? HUMM, I’m thinking and it’s next Tuesday at 10:20 LOL(I think that’s what you were wanting to know..??)
WOO HOO, and you didn’t mention this in the e-mail..Sneaky little thing you are!!
Steak day can get kind of rough, but you have to do them to get back on track. If I would have kept up better on p4 and ate my steaks when I needed them, I wouldn’t be having to go through all this again now.
Keep it up, you’ll do great. we all have eachother for support on here!!
Have to leave for work in an hour, will be gone until tonight around 8:00 but will check back in then.
Hi Girls, I’m only 3-days into ph3 and I’ve dropped another lb. Sherrie, cookies in the freezer along w/ alot more goodies. I keep thinking when this diet is over I’ll get to eat some. I hope wishful thinking in the long-run will not be weight gain! I ate another omelet today, used coconut oil. Are plums allowed on the diet? Is sucralose allowed, its an ingredient in Walden Farms dressing? Congratulations everyone on your DETERMINATION and WEIGHT LOSS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
I picked up some brownies(amish) today and brought them home for hubby, he ate 4 of them and I took 2 and froze them before he could eat them all.
I didn’t cheat at all, but did eat a little grilled chicken tonight when I got home(about 1/2 hour ago), figured that was better than eating a candy bar.
Sandra, wtg on the 1 lb. I make an omelet in a bag, it’s delicious and so easy. Since I can eat Tuesday, I went to the store tonight and picked up some stuff to put in my omelet come Tuesday morning(tiny pepperonis, pre cooked bacon, green pepper, onion, cheese), I haven’t made one of these for years and really looking forward to it.
Please read this, it will tell you what is good and what isn’t to eat on p3
hcginfoonline.com/maintenance%20phase.htm#Starchy_(High_Carb)_Vegetables0
Thanks Sherrie for the website. It’s very useful. Have you heard of eating pork rinds on ph3 or doing a protein day if you go over ? The protein day is no fruit, small
amt. of veggies if any with all the meat you want for the day. I ate and snacked all day, (no sugar or starches) but I feel fat. I know when I weigh if I did any damage.
Okay, need some help here. Decisions, Decisions!
I can end my drops today, or I can finish them up Sunday night. I have a dentist appt Tuesdayy and since they’re pulling a tooth, I won’t be able to eat for awhile(the appt is at 10:20 for cleaning then pull the tooth right after). Now, if I end my drops today, then come Tuesday morning, I will be able to start eating normal again(minus the carbs, sugars), but if I stay on the drops until Sunday, I won’t be able to eat until Thursday morning. I’m trying to figure out if it would be better for me to be on the 2 meals(500 calories) or the regular food on Tuesday..I know I would only be able to get one meal in on Tuesday, if even that, and I know how important it is to eat both meals. I’m finally doing good on the not cheating and am finally seeing the scale going in the right direction. I was at 145.6 this morning and I was only going to try and get back to the 136-138 that I was at before…SUGGESTIONS PLEASE!!
Hey Sherrie… I would say to stop the drops today so you can eat “normally” when your tooth gets pulled. Being on such a strict diet with the pain of having your tooth pulled out is not a good combo. 🙂
LOL well, I know that, but, I was thinking of how well I was finally doing with NO cheating, and how if I kept up with it for a few more days, maybe I could get a little closer to what I was before. Maybe I will get lucky and lose more like I did last time on p3. 🙂 Last time I stopped my drops, I was 158 and went down to 136 on p3, which is why when I started putting back on at Christmas I didn’t do the steak day, because I never got back to my last drop day weight
Sherrie I would say stay the course. This is something you already started & need to finish with the best possible results. Besides the protocol says a min of 23 days so I’d stay on & cross the eating bridge when I get to it. Just b/c something arises doesn’t mean that we have to always chg directions. Having a tooth pulled, being able to eat is not the issue. You will still eat rather you have it pulled or not. Food is food and with the HCG still in ur system you will still be feed even if it eat alittlem but w/o it in ur system and with a sore mouth i can’t see how you will eat regular food anyways. Most of the time with mouth pain we really don’t eat anyway. Hope this helps much love
Well Sherrie…we have all seen you go through this downward spiral since christmas..it happens to the best of us.. I fell to the same thing gaining 15 lbs from dec 22 to jan 15th.. this. 6 week cycle
I have needed 2 of those weeks to take those back off..and the last 3 weeks 12 more.. its amazing the way the scale moves when you don’t cheat. Haha. Well I’m happy to say I am 84 lbs down in the 3 cycles I have done in the past 5 mo.. only 30 more to go. Sooo..to my point.. you are talking only 2 more days of using the drops..? How much more can u lose in 2 days? A pound? Well u know u have lost on P3 before…so…u can again.! Not much of a decision if u ask me.. eat on tues!!
Sherrie – If you’re still on the 1x a day drops around 10:00. Then I would make my last day today. That way you could have a decent early breakfast on Tuesday, probably the omelet and maybe some fruit. That way if you can’t eat until later in the day or even the next you’ll have some nutrition in you from the breakfast. Any rules from the dentist about fasting so many hours before? Also with stopping the drops today, if you can only eat soft food you wouldn’t feel guilty having another egg omelet or a few apples smushed to make apple sauce. You wanted suggestions I’m sure after everyone has left their replies you’ll be even more undesisive. I would bet that you’ll not want to eat on Tues. after the pull, go home and sleep and wake up Wed. morning with a pound or two gone. Keep us posted.
Sherrie, I say stay on the drops til Sunday do your 3-day 500 cal be ready to eat Thursday. If you get off earlier you still have to add extra calories to your diet, as is you’ll hardly get down the 500-cal having your tooth pulled and by THURSDAY GIRL YOUR MOUTH WILL FEEL BETTER, YOU’LL FEEL BETTER, YOUR STOMACH WILL BE READY FOR THE EXTRA CALORIES AND YOU CAN CHOW DOWN!!!!!!!LOL
Sherrie, I say just finish the drops! I figure you need to stay on the 500 cal diet 72 hours after the last drops sooooo…. lets say your last drops are on tuesday, your tooth gets pulled, it would be easier (because you really wont want to eat anything) to stay on track with your VLCD and by thursday you will be able to and actually may want to eat crunchier things. I say stick it out :). And also I have gone an entire day without eating, although your not supposed to and have lost the same, with no stall following. Im just letting you know what happened to me when I couldn’t eat and entire day, please don’t hurt me if the same isn’t your result. LOL
I think you will do fine either way, but I would finish the drops on the day I get my tooth pulled.
OK question!!! I finish my HCG on Saturday Morning not on friday as I had assumed 🙁 i start my 72 hours then and finish Tuesday 6am. My question is what happens or what do I do if for some reason I gain during those 72 hours. And will I possibly lose during those 72 hours? Also I wanted to ask as I see that Sherrie lost during p3, I read that your not supposed to go up or down 2lbs during phase 3, if I do lose more which I hope to as Sherrie did, will I be domed to gain everything back in the future with a vengeance?
Lisa, I have been on the drops for 21 days tomorrow, plus the 3 days of vlcd, actually today is the earlier I can stop the drops, as I would have to still do vlcd tomorrow, Sunday and Monday. If I go until Sunday night, the it will actually take me over the 23 days, which even though it’s okay to do that, I don’t think I want too. I’m ready to get going on p3 I think…
Wow JRod, wtg on the weight..Woo hoo!!
That’s what I’m going to do. I will have drops left just in case, but I sure hope I don’t ever have to use them again(I said that before).
I will be eating an omelet Tuesday morning, then heading to the dentist. Sure hope the anesthetic wears off quickly so I can have some dinner that night
That’s exactly what I’m going to do. I doubt I’ll be able to come home and rest, have my 6 mo old g-daughter(hubby will watch her while I go to the dentist), then Wed and Thurs I’ll have to work. Everything will be fine I know, and I’m not going to worry. I just want to get on p3, am really looking forward to it.
This tooth I’m having pulled is actually a piece of a tooth, it has been broken off for years. I figured I had best get it pulled now as I feel it going up in to the gum, and I am hoping I don’t have to go to an oral surgeon.
I may have to take me some apples or oranges or maybe strawberries and put them in the processor Tuesday night..YUMMY..guess I can make me a shake with milk and berries and stevia..??
LOL Ana, I was either going to end the drops tonight or Sunday, honey don’t make me have to wait until Tuesday to end them, then I wouldn’t be able to eat until Saturday morning..Can’t wait that long. 🙂
How you doing??
I would start eating Wednesday morning and stay on the vlcd Sun, Mon and Tues. You shouldn’t put anything on if you watch it those days. The only way you would put on(you’re still only eating 500 calories) would be if you do like I did the first time I was on the diet and did 6 weeks and the day I ended the drops, I went crazy and ate candy, etc etc and put on and had to do a steak day.
I have read websites where they say that if you lose anything extra on the p3, it’s just an added bonus. I didn’t try and lose extra, it’s just when you don’t eat carbs, and you get full and push away from the table most of the time you will lose. I also walked everyday, which helped. 🙂
I actually weighed 158 on my last drop day before, just staying on p3 for weeks, I went down to my 136-138, the neat thing was when I would take vacations and eat like a pig, I would come home and be up a few pounds(mostly from the traveling) and within 2-3 days of eating normal p3 foods again, I would be back down to 136-138. I kept that weight for months until Christmas time, then I went nuts and if this diet didn’t work, I would have shot up 100 lbs with the way I was eating. I actually only gained up to 145, then all of a sudden it a weeks time, shot up to 153, don’t know what happened, but the main thing is keep an eye on your weight everyday, if you ever go up, do either a steak day, protein day or apple/cheese day, you will NOT gain it all back unless you go back to eating like you used too..
Hi Ana, I’m just replying to your comment about the 72 hours, I didnt loose lbs but inches. Yes, you loose wait on ph3. I have and I read Sherrie did. One day I ate all-day, but the right things and did not gain. Good-Luck!
Either way Sherrie Im glad you continued to diet and on Tuesday Morning welcome to the Omelet gang (smile)! Sherrie I found out my bacon actualy has sugar in it, I’m a little dissappointed, thou I did’nt gain, I think the sugar my have cause my eating binge. I was hoping I did’nt care for food anymore, just use it as a survival mode, but I found out sadly I’m still in love. So I’m mentaly trying to re-adjust, any pointers.
Sandra, I have all the stuff bought for my omelet in a bag..YUMMY. Anyway, my precooked bacon has sugar in it too, I ate it for breakfast every morning the first p3 and lost weight, the 2nd time of p3, I ate a fat free Yoplait yogurt and also lost. You can eat when you go to p4, just never go back to eating as much of anything like we used too. A little of this and little of that won’t hurt you. If you can, chew 20 chews each bite also(hard with corn flakes, have tried it), but it takes 20 minutes for food to digest and for you to feel full.
Well, I learned something new tonight that I never knew. I told you all my son was on a diet(going through a Dr)Anyway, his first week(he started last Saturday he’s down 13 lbs. He’s 6’4″ and has about 75 or 80 lbs to lose. I’m hoping he can get it off, he’s got high blood pressure and only 26(he’s my baby). Anyway, he eats a lot of protein, and they get up to 20 grams of carbs a day. I didn’t realize until he explained it today, but if you eat something that has 18 g. carbs and 15 grams of fiber, you subtract the fiber from the carbs, which would make it 3 grams of carbs you ate instead of 18. Anyway, he got some wraps(I didn’t get the name of them, but they’re a mexican wrap) and they’re very low carb and high fiber. When you subtract the fiber, you’re left with a negative 7 carbs. Anyway, his fiance already knew this(she’s an LPN), but I found it very helpful. I guess this is why I would lose weight before without trying. I was eating a few carbs but also ate a lot of fibers(this probably being why they say to eat 3 apples or more a day on p3). Anyway, for those of you who didn’t know this, thought I would share.
Hope you all have a fantastic weekend, I have to work this weekend. 🙁
Sherrie the drops PCHF, I see the bottles says 12x etc, I heard that means its been diluted 12 times. I’m just curious because my bottle said 6x but I guess it does’nt matter because we both loss weight. Thanks for relaxing me about the sugar in the bacon and I will buy some yougart! I am definitely getting in 2,000 cal.I eat and little later I want to eat again. I’m eating alot of fruits and meats and of course a bacon cheese omelet every morning! Please tell me I’ll be okay, I don’t want to weigh one day and be 10lbs over!!!!!!!!! H E L P !!!!!!
Sandra, at one time I found a website that explained the 12x etc, it was very complicated and it didn’t mean anything to me as I was losing so well.
They say the best yogurt to get is the greek plain, then add stevia and fruit, I didn’t care for it myself. The kind I bough had sugar in it, but I would eat it every morning the last p3 and was still losing. Remember, what works for me may not work for you, you have to kind of play around with things. I ate a lot of tuna fish with mayo on p3 last time, and I would try and eat my lettuce salad every day still for lunch, but with a lot of toppings. I also ate cocoa almonds. If the bacon isn’t hurting you(weight wise) then I wouldn’t worry about it. Heck, the first round of p3 I was probably eating at least 500 calories for breakfast every morning.
Honey, if you get up one morning and you’re up 10 lbs, you best go to the Dr LOL
You’ll be fine, just keep a close eye on the weight!!
I had not read your recent comment before I wrote mine, I have’nt been eating alot of apples to do the fiber count. I eat alot of grapefruits and oranges and as I said meat! I mostly suck the juices w/out the pulp so to speak! Tell your son I wish him SUCCESS! I hope you don’t have to work to hard, what do u do?
I am laughing THANKS!!!
fiber is good for you, and a lot of people lose weight really well by eating those apples, so eat your apples, who cares if you have to run to the bathroom more often? 🙂
I watch one of my gbabies(she’s 6 mos) on Mon, Tues and some Fridays and then on Wed, Thur and every other weekend, I do in home health care for a lady with dementia. I used to work more days a week for her and less hours in a day(now I work from 11-8 or later) to where I used to work 11-4 or somewhere around there. I had to cut my days back, but put in longer days when I started watching the gbaby. My job is not hard, but very stressful and so hard to see someone that young(she’s almost 72) have such a terrible disease. The other g-baby that is 6 mos today(they’re 9 days apart in age) is going to be moving down here from Illinois in another 5 weeks, can’t wait.
I have 6g-b’s and they r great!!!!! You’ll enjoy all the cute things they say and do! And a HAPPY-B-DAY to the baby! Of course I’ll let u know if I’m over when I weigh in the morning. Goodnite.
LOL Who’s b-day is it??
I actually have 5 g-babies. The oldest will be 12 in April and is the only boy, then I have a g=daughter that is 8, one that is 2 and then the 2 babies.
Have a good night, hopefully you don’t have nightmares about getting up in the morning and weighing 10 lbs more. LOL Sweet dreams
Hello everyone, I am new to this whole HCG Diet besides all of the research I have done. I started the protocol today and had some serious gorging. Tomorrow I will be doing the same thing. Then on Sunday I will be starting the 500 calorie protocol. I cant wait to start losing wait and finally fit better In my clothes and look better in my clothes. I will be looking to this site for support. Thank you all
I hate days like today. I mean I don’t, but I do if that makes sense. I was down another 1.2 this morning, which puts me at 144.4 which puts me like8 lbs from where I want to be again. Sometimes like today, I feel like staying on this another day(1 day at a time). Oh well, I don’t usually take my drops until 10:00, so have time to figure it out(2 hours). LOL
If I only would have stayed on track this time for these 3 weeks(they did go by fast) and not have cheated, I would have probably been the weight I wanted to be.
Hello, everyone im very new to the HCG diet. I did a lot of research and even read most of the report by Dr. Simeon. Anyways I started the protocol yesterday with my load day. I gained only one pound should i gain more than this? I thought I would gain like 2 pounds from yesterday. Anyways today is my second load day and im going to eat like a cow again!!! I cant wait to actually start the 500 calorie a day diet part on Sunday.
Hi Tray, I just recently join this site myself and I can aasure you it’s a great site. I have certainly enjoyed the corronspondence here. Good luck reaching your goal.
At my workplace, for the month of Febuary, there are dessert girls that pass out warm cookies that break apart because they are so warm and moist along with cheesecakse on a stick. I wanted to devour the entire platter!! As I mentioned before, I LOVE sweets!! The director of the company saw me and offered to get me a cookie or any other kind of chocolate. I told him, “no,” and that I will take care of it. I resisted temptation!! I am happy I did!! I will not weigh myself until the morning but looking in the mirror – I do have satisfaction and it’s day two on VLCD!! Not my first rodeo, but this time I do not want to cheat even once because I do not want to spend extra time making up for it -set back. Long journey ahead. Reminding myself that the benefits are well worth it!! Besides, chocolate will always be around!! *BIG SMILE* Reading peoples blogs also helps – thank you to all of you!!
Thank you, today i am starting my vlcd so hopefully i drop all the weight I have gained in the last 2 days from gorging. I gained a total of 4-5 pounds from gorging. Wish me luck
Tray, I lost all my load day pounds overnight..:) I also gained close to 5 lbs in the 2 days.
Good luck
Sherrie, I am @222 again. After all that eating the pass couple of days I went between a 1lb to1lb1/2 over, never hit the 2lb. However I am a STEAK LOVER so I will be eating one today! I am truly enjoying the almonds, but I think (know) I’m eating TOO MANY! Just can’t eat one (or just can’t eat a hand full) lol. Thou I’m not eating sugar and starches, the free calorie range is scarry for me! I’m always wondering if I’m eating too much because it’s hard for me to count my calorie intake (I know we don’t have to).
Am I stressing too much in ph3? I liked the limitation of 500 cal. However, I do like the food range on ph3.
Quick note as I’m ready to walk out the door for work
Don’t do a steak day unless you hit the 2 lb mark, weight is going to fluctuate a pound or two
Do NOT stress over p3, just keep up with the weight
I bought the 100 calorie packs of cocoa almonds, or I would have done like you..
Yes, you are stressing too much
Chin up, chest out..
Off to work
Have a great day
HUGS!!
Good for you Jennifer! That’s hard…my husband spent the last 6 months with a feeding tube and not able to eat so now that he’s able I want him to eat anything/everything he wants but the timing is bad since I’m trying to be good…and it’s girl scout cookie time and I sold them for my goddaughter…and bought myself 6 boxes before I decided to do this…I did good…I had 1 cookie..LOL
I’m sure you will do great! I lost 10lbs in 12 days so far….now I’m on P3 because I’m going on vacation in 2 weeks so my doc suggested I do P3 for 2 weeks and then do another round of P2 when I get back from vacation.
Missy
Tray,
I don’t think I ate enough and had hunger pains longer when I started VLCD…so I wouldn’t worry about how much you gain in those days…I should have gained more…and what I did gain came off the first day.
Good Luck!
Just wanted to update and feel I’m still in the groove. It is a point for me to be accountable and not end up where I was before (my motto, “I’m never going back!”)
P3 has been a little tougher this time that in previous times and I’m not sure why. I have had to have 2 steak days so far, but they weren’t bad at all. I was a little hungry in the day but I just kept my mind focused on work and remembered that I was going to be able to eat a giant hunk of meat that night and that anticipation kept me on the straight and narrow.
Like someone else mentioned, I was hoping I was “over” food, but it isn’t true.; for example, my addiction to sugar is still there. I do make the flax bread “mug bread” everyday for breakfast and that satisfies my bread craving. It has been tough however battling my friends and family who always seem to be offering me food and scowling at my “no thanks” offer. I have found that I am an “all or nothing” person. Once I start, I can’t seem to stop. So now, I just don’t start! :o)
Missy-
You have my admiration! Those darm girlscout cookies got me! As I was sitting alone in my classroom, all stressed out…I had a weak moment and ATE AN ENTIRE BOX of cookies!They were delicious, but in retroscpect-they weren’t THAT great…at least not 2 lbs worth of great! :oP After I came to my senses, I gave the other 5 boxes of evil cookies away! I told myself I was buying them to help out one of my girlscout students, but in my heart, I think I really just wanted them for myself! Lesson learned. :o(
Hi everyone – I am ready to start R2 of HCG. I feel like I’ve been on a non-stop eating frenzy today. No willpower at all. Yes, those girl scout cookies are a killer. But, I start R2 tomorrow and will be on this site often for support. Only doing the 23 days this time and if I need to do a R3 then I will. I have about 30 lbs. to lose to get to my desired weight. Good luck to us all and have a blessed night.
Hi Christine, on your gorge days eat a few Girl Scott cookies for us(smile) and GOOD LUCK on round 2. I’ll be there with you in 2 more weeks.I’m looking foward to round 2. Like Sherrie said you know what to expect now.
Sherrie, you are LIKE OUR OWN PERSONAL CHEERLEADER and MOTIVATOR!!! I just read your comment, I did do steak but it was more like a protein day, no fruits or veggies. I had 3eggs w/ cheese, 1/2 a steak, the other 1/2 @ lunch, snack:almonds,
and for super some smoked turkey and that’s a wrap. OMG yesterday I had a diet coke, never had one, never ever thought I would drink one BUT IT WAS SOOOOOOH
GOOOOOD!!!!!!!LOL!!!
Missy, I still disagree with your Dr. Dr Simeons said how it has to be done to work. P3 is the most important phase of this diet, and you’re taking the change of gaining everything back you worked so hard to lose
I just got in from work, stressful day again, and glad I have the next 2 off(except I’ll have my 6 mos old g-daughter all day both days). You can do(instead of a steak day), where you eat 12 eggs through out the day, or 2 apples and 2 oz of cheese 4 times a day. This is good for people who don’t care for steak as much, or who wants something else to eat during the day instead of waiting until dinner. 🙂
I’m glad you didn’t do the “steak” day. It’s real important to do that only when you hit the 2 lb mark. 🙂
Thanks Sandra – I even had a Diet Coke today. Finishing it right now. Haven’t had one in I think 5 or 6 weeks. Be careful they can be addicting. Grilled my 3.5 oz chicken tonight for my lunches the next few days. Chicken with spices wrapped in lettuce and an apple and my drops and I’m ready for work. Oh, also my 5 liters of filtered water and 3 tea bags all ready in my lunch box. Forgot, my bread stick for snack time so I don’t eat the animal crackers I serve the toddler for snack. As I said before I am motivated and yes Sherrie is correct we now know what to expect.
Christine, eat all those cookies you want, then don’t you dare touch them until you get to p4
Good luck, if you need ANYTHING, we’re all here for you!!
Christine, what i found worked better this time around, was instead of 10 drops 3 x a day and having to take them to work with me, at around 10:00 am, I would take 20 drops and was less hungry than I was doing it the other way. If you’re using the homeopathic, I would recommend this. Too many people think you need to do more drops if you’re hungry, when it’s actually the opposite on these drops.
Good luck again sweetie!
Okay good, im glad to hear girls. today for me was not to bad. in fact i was hardly ever hungry. so far things are going great. 🙂
Sherrie – I’m going to try the 20 drops this time. Question……I have 2 half bottles of HCG. First half is from my R1 and other half is from that site where they were offering a free trial and I only had to pay shipping. Do you think that should be enough at 20 drops 1x a day for 21 days? Did anyone else notice that e-bay has banned the selling of HCG drops? Any other suggestions for a reasonable priced site for drops? No more eating time for bed everyone. Goodnight.
Were they 2 oz bottles for 6 weeks? If so and you only did them 3 weeks last time, yes, you should have enough.
Humm, no, hadn’t seen that on ebay, I did find this site, see what you think?
myhcgsource.com/order-hcg-drops-2.html?gclid=COGYvr-fmKcCFVFx5QodSkNNc
Sherrie – Thanks for the site. I put it in my favorites and will be ordering from them on Thurs. Exactly what I was looking for. I probably have enough but it doesn’t hurt to have extra so I don’t run out. Or for the R3 (which I’m sure I’ll be doing) But that’s okay. I’m ready to be a mean, lean, skinny machine. Enjoy grand baby tomorrow. Maybe the weather will be nice and you can go walking with her.
Hey everyone! I am BAAAACK! LOL… I feel as if I have been gorging for a month due to our extended trip and then knowing I was going back on this. Tomorrow is my 1st day and I am ready to start vlcd but i am starting drops 1st thing in the morning and then eating ALLLLLLLLLL DAY LONG! I am going to have to get my girl scout cookies to! LOL… My daughter was in a beauty pageant today *(her 1st one)* and I felt totally bloated and not comfortable! NOT a good feeling as I am sure I am not the only one! anyway with the weather getting warmer, I would like to have a nice BOD this summer! SO COMEON lets do this thing together! SHERRIE! I’m back, I am home and I will be reaching out to you along with hopefully some new found friends!
Missy, thank you for the response but I did fall off the wagon tonight. Luv sweets but I craved food in general!! I did not crave food to that extent during R1. I think my body was drained because the day before I did the “Organic Smooth Move Senna Herbal Stimulant Laxative Tea.” Although I take my vitamins and I did pack a lunch, my body needed more – I felt fatigue. Curious to see my weigh-in in the morning!!
Also Missy – congratulations on your success!! You deserve a vacation after your journey!! As we all know, this is a v. challenging diet.
Sherrie – yes you are our backbone and cheerleader!! I may try the 10 drops for the day (or is it 20 drops) late morning and see if that works better for me. Also, I disliked the steak day which I did have to do once. I will try your different option in P3 if by chance I go over 2lbs. Thank you again for the info!!
Christine – I was in GNC and from what the salesperson was telling me, they too had to pull it off their shelves due to the fact that they found something in the homeopathic HCG that is given in the injections and requires a perscription. I have always ordered through the ‘official hcg diet’ site.
Hi guys, been following the blog for sometime now. After 3 rounds, I am successfully down 53lbs and about to do what would hopefully be my last round.
@sherrie – when using the 12 eggs instead of steak day, do you still need to eat an apple or tomato? I’m asking because I always go up the week before TOM, no matter how clean I eat.
Christine, that’s what I’m going to do, Mama brought her stroller for me, it’s going to be in the 70’s. wish there were some way to put pictures on here, wish David would put a way up, then we could post our before, after pictures and we would all feel like we know eachother better. Some of you are friends of mine on facebook which is really nice and helps out. 🙂
I’m still doing my 100 crunches a day, and then 25 pull ups on the ab shaper on each side to help with that under the bra FAT. 🙁 Wish I could find some exercise to take care of that.
I was up a pound this morning, but didn’t cheat, so not worried about it, start p3 tomorrow.
I think it’s from the creole seasoning and then drinking so much of my sweet tea with stevia(I used a lot of that seasoning).
Jennifer
It happens to the best of us. Remember, you may not have put on much weight, but will probably stall out for a few days, don’t get upset over this, you did it to yourself. If you have too, put the scale under the bed for a few days.
Let us know how you did today.
My drops were for 10 3 x day, I was kind of getting hungry still, so I lowered the dose to 20 drops and did it around 10:00 in the morning. Stopped drinking by 9:45 and then didn’t drink again until 10:15
I did see when I did a search, there were still drops on different sites. There is hardly anything in these drops. 🙁
Gotta go feed g-baby. Talk at you in a bit..Good luck and stick with it today, you can do it!!
How much more you have to lose?
Hey Christine! I am in the same boat as you! Starting my third round today of the VLCD…I too have about 30 pounds to go (but I might go for another 10 depending on how I look at feel once the 30 are finally gone). I am fortunate that my husband is also on the diet with me, so it makes it much easier….good luck to you…..I gained 4 lbs this time on the load days, the most ever for me, but I know how important it is to do those days correctly, and believe me we did a great job! Looking forward to hearing your progress….I will post mine as time permits….busy work week this week!
Hey Sherie
Congratulations.
You can either do just 12 eggs though out the day (cooked however you like) or 2 apples and 2 oz of cheese 4 times a day, and that should work just as well, if not better than the steak day
If it’s because of your period, I probably would never do a steak day, only because it’s not from you cheating, and it will come back off. Does Dr Simeons say anything about having to do a steak day because of the weight that goes on every month? I don’t know as I never had that problem, so never read about it
Thanks for your information. I am usually a very good sticker to the protocol. I can’t remember ever cheating but I do have issues from time to time, so I try to add foods in one at a time to see how it affects me. Last week I ate so good and added in nuts one day and was up 2lbs the next day and had to do a steak day. I dont like steak days cause I get low blood sugar, so doing the egg day will definitely help me.
Thanks!
The apple and cheese day would also be good for you. 🙂 Good luck
@Lisa…those GS cookies are hard to walk by…but I’ve managed. You’re right they are good but not worth 2lbs 🙂 My goddaughter is a GS and I help her every year…I sold 50 boxes for her this year.
@Sherrie…yeah, not sure I agree with him on that either..his plan is not the same as Dr. Simeons and seems too lenient to me but I was confused and wasn’t sure what the right thing to do was since I’m going to be gone for 8 days so I stopped the drops on THU and started no carbs/sugar on SUN. I was actually bummed because I was doing so well and didn’t want to stop yet but I will start back when I’m back from vacation and hopefully will do better this time because I’ve been really doing alot of research and recipe gathering. The planning seems to be the most important part (at least for me).
I sure hope I don’t gain it back that quick…I’m still losing so far. Is it crazy that I’m ready to go on vacation & get back so I can lose some more before summer..LOL!
Thanks! Will try both. I just hate to eat apples cause I got fed up of them on P2 🙂 For me I have severe bloating before my periods and also around ovulation…its always a battle.
Good Morning!
So, it was SO nice to eat an omelet on SAT….I was a good girl & didn’t eat the bread or hashbrowns that came with it….I couldn’t even eat the whole omelet but man it was good!. I lost another 1/2.lb today and I leave next week for vacation. I’m wondering if anyone has tried the miracle noodles and if so how do you fix them? I’m going to get some to try because I miss pasta. Are some better than others? Suggestions?
We spent the night in the ER SAT night because my husband got a piece of steak stuck in his esophagus and couldn’t get it down/up. He wasn’t even able to drink liquid. It was scary. They said he may have to have is esophagus widened because sometimes radiation can damage it or create scar tissue so we are afraid that’s what has happened. He has only been off the feeding tube for 3 weeks. So no more steak for him for awhile and I think I caught a cold in the ER…all those germs floating around in there made me cringe.
Last night for dessert I had a tablespooon of milk with a vanilla creme stevia drop added to my strawberries and it was SOOO good I felt like I was cheating. I love that stuff! I haven’t tried my chocolate ones yet but I’m so excited to find something so yummy that’s allowed.
Have a wonderful day everyone. It’s beautiful here & supposed to hit almost 80 today!! I’m in Charlotte,NC. Is anyone near me?
BTW….this forum really has helped me through this and I’m not really dreading the next round in a few weeks because I know I have all of you to cheer me on.
Missy
I am Missy, I’m in Seneca, SC(an hour south of Greenville, off I 85. I’m less than 3 hours from you. 🙂 I’m also 20 min from GA border and 1 1/2 hours from Atlanta. To be in th low 70’s today for me. Very windy here today
You can take an apple, core and peel it, cut it up, put some cinnamon and stevia on it, microwave about 1-2 minutes and yummy!!!
Awesome Sherrie…you’re so close!
I’ll have to try the apple with the stevia…I tried it with apple pie spice and it was yummy.
Any ideas for the chocolate stevia drops? I was amazed at how good the vanilla was. I’m hooked!
Well everyone I have manged to lose all the weight I gained from my two gorging days. I lost those 5 pounds in just 1 day. Today is my second day on the VLCD but I have to admit I am somewhat hunger and at the same time I am so tempted. I see my family eating all this wonderful, but as for me I can not eat it. So far I have my mind set to stay on this diet, but I cant lie it is kind of hard. Can I hear someones success story so I can stay focused.
Tray,
Congratulations for making the decision to committ to a lifestyle change and a desire to get to a healthier weight. How many diets have you been on in your life? If you are like many, and most of us who post on this site, probably many, many kinds, types, etc. of diets. They are ALL hard, in one way or another. No matter what “types” or “amounts” of foods you can have on any diet, they never seem to be what you want. In fact, I truly believe, at least for me, that as soon as I can’t have something, that is all I seem to want! So, if I was on a high protein diet, all of the sudden I crave veggies….anyway, as far as motivational stories, here’s mine and my husbands. We just started our third round (did one in September for 30 days and another January 1 of this year). I lost about 41 lbs and my husband just over 70. We both have more to lose, me about 30 and hubby about 50. We were able to stay on P3 very well even having our beloved “wine” an keeping our weight at the last drop day. I have been able to discontinue, with my doctor’s approval, ALL medications I had been taking for years for elevated blood pressure and pre-diabetes. My husband’s blood work is within normal range now, but he is continuing to take his meds for another 6 months to see if he too can get off of all of them. We are both 52 years old and have both struggled with being overweight most all of our lives. THIS DIET WORKS for us….we see very quick results, both on the scale and in inches/clothes. We personally know about 10 people who either are currently on this diet or were on it recently and EVERY SINGLE ONE of them have continued to maintain their weight loss. Not many diets have that kind of success ratio.
The point is, the true motivational story will be yours! I guarantee if you can stick this out another week and see where you are by then, without any cheating of course, you will probably be more motivated than you ever have before. How much weight do you want to lose? And how long a cycle are you on this first time? I found the 21 days works best…just long enough to see some really great results, but not so long that you want to quit. Hang in there….you are not alone…..and you CAN do this!!
Hello Everyone!
This is my 3rd day on the HCG diet. I finished my loading day this weekend and boy did it feel good to eat whatever I wanted. Today its crunch time and I’ve been doing well so far. Not that hungry. Do I wish I had a cheeseburger right now, yes but I am thinking of the end result.
I am on the 45 cycle and I really do hope for great results. I have to get a scale and I forgot last night. So my weight may be off but not by much. I will weigh myself when I get home today and make that my starting weight.
I really hope to lose around 60lbs but I know it wont be in this round alone. So I am hoping for the best and reading you guys posts are giving me hope. Thanks for the stories and the encouragment.
Okay, so I realized this morning, HEY I CAN EAT AFTER 10:00 THIS MORNING, SO I DID.
I had done my drops differently (20 at 10:00 am, instead of spacing through out the day to keep me from being hungry). So, I ate lunch, and actually ate what I would have eaten, but when we got home from walmart, I ate a small orange and then a few pieces of watermelon. Why I was preparing dinner(hamburger on the grill, bakes asparagus and watermelon), I had a few bbq pork rinds(no sugar, no carbs, high protein). Woo Hoo, finally 3 weeks are over. I sure wish I would never have cheated, I would have been at my goal, but, I’m close enough I think by watching what I eat over the next 3 weeks, I should maybe be able to get off these last few pounds. I was up a pound this morning(still under my 2 lbs) but figured since I didn’t cheat, it was probably fluid retention from my tony chacheres creole seasoning(the more you use the hotter it is) 🙂 Anyway, tomorrow morning I’m having my omelet in a bag, then I have a dentist appt. so don’t know if I’ll be eating much of anything after that. I have left over watermelon that I bought today and some leftover baked asparagus, and lots of veggies and fruits. I love this part of the diet, you can eat quite a lot, if you watch what you eat..No more measuring out meats, fruits, etc. LOVE IT..
Tray, most of the time, if you stick with it, the load days do come right back off, and that is how it will be the rest of your life if you “stick” with it.
How often are you doing drops? Mine were 10 drops 3 x a day, this time(I’ve done p2 twice before) I did 20 drops at 10:00 am and it really helped, I wasn’t hungry at all during the day. It usually takes around 3 days or so to stop feeling hungry. Just remember, with these drops, you don’t increase if you’re hungry, you decrease.
You can either stay on this diet for 3 weeks then do maintenance for 3 weeks, or you can be overweight all your life. It’s hard, everyone of us on here have fought with weight, if we hadn’t, we wouldn’t be on here now. There are many success stories on here. I’m down 60 lbs. and actually about to what I want to weigh. I lost it before and kept it off for months, then at Christmas I put on from over eating and then instead of laying off of the eating stupid, I kept on and put on a little bit, so decided to do one more round to get it off. I just started on maintenance today when my 72 hours of being off the drops was up. P3 is a great!
You have to decide what you want out of life, and then follow your heart. You can succeed or fail. I didn’t do as well this time around, but I was still in the normal bmi range and I really wasn’t motivated like I was before. The first time I was motivated, but I had decided to do the 6 week first, that’s very hard and I caved after 3 weeks, which is why 2nd time around I did 3 weeks and it wasn’t hard at all. I also would lose in p3 as not eating carbs/ sugars, walking and leaving the table when I was comfortable, well, lets just say it was an added bonus. 🙂
You can do this!
Hi Sherrie, I was wondering how does POPCORN fit into the hcg diet? Is oatmeal a starch? Are there any recommended cereal? So many questions I know (Thank You).
Sherrie I know you’re going to enjoy your OMELET and I hope you’re not in much pain tomorrow. I love eggs but the thought of 12 eggs WOW! I also ate cracklins
(pork rinds) today. You can eat them on ph2?
Hey Sandra…Go read what I wrote…LOL I ended my drops friday at 10:00 a.m so I was able to eat after 10:00 a.m today, although I waited until this afternoon.
No popcorn until p4, along with no oatmeal until p4. 🙂
I haven’t gone above my 2 pounds of last drop day, so won’t be eating 12 eggs. LOL
I haven’t decided if I have to do a steak day, if I’ll do that, or the eggs or maybe the 2 apples and 2 oz of cheese 4 times a day, hope I don’t have to decide. 🙂
No, no pork rinds on p2, but on p3 yes, there are no carbs/sugars in them.
Here, this is for p3, hope you find this helpful. Hugs to you…
How did you do this morning, weight wise?
Summary
Helpful Lists
Low Carb Vegetables
Starchy High Carb Vegetables
Low Sugar Fruits
Sample Menus
Notes and Tips
Beyond the Maintenance Phase
——————————————————————————–
Summary
The maintenance phase (also known as Phase 3 created by Kevin Trudeau and the stabilization period) is the 3 week period after you finish your injections. There are a few simple rules you must follow: you must weigh yourself every day, you must remain within 2 pounds of your last injection weight (either above or below), and you cannot eat sugars and starches. It is extremely important to eat enough protein on this phase, many people eat at least 100 grams of true protein (about 400 grams weighed raw). If you go over the 2 pounds, you must do a steak day (this is explained in the protocol and in the tips and tricks page). We want to be clear that this 3 week period is crucial to the success of the diet. The entire phase is explained in Dr. Simeons Pounds & Inches, yet we compiled a list to help you out. Before we get to the list, read an excerpt from Pounds & Inches:
When the three days of dieting after the last injection are over, the patients are told that they may now eat anything they please, except sugar and starch, provided they faithfully observe one simple rule. This rule is that they must have their own portable bathroom-scale always at hand, particularly while traveling. They must without fail weigh themselves every morning as they get out of bed, having first emptied their bladder. If they are in the habit of having breakfast in bed, they must weigh before breakfast.
It takes about 3 weeks before the weight reached at the end of the treatment becomes stable, i.e. does not show violent fluctuations after an occasional excess. During this period patients must realize that the so-called carbohydrates, that is sugar, rice, bread, potatoes, pastries etc, are by far the most dangerous. If no carbohydrates whatsoever are eaten, fats can be indulged in somewhat more liberally and even small quantities of alcohol, such as a glass of wine with meals, does no harm, but as soon as fats and starch are combined things are very liable to get out of hand. This has to be observed very carefully during the first 3 weeks after the treatment is ended otherwise disappointments are almost sure to occur.
One last item before we begin: The day that you give yourself your last injection, you count 72 hours (continuing on the 500 VLCD for those 72 hours) from that moment and then you start the maintenance phase. That weight that you were the morning of your last injection is the weight that you use as a basis for your maintenance phase. Anything OVER two pounds from that weight calls for a steak day.
NOTE: The time period to begin this phase is not 3 days after your last injection, it is 72 hours! (For example, if you administer your last shot on Monday at 8 am, you will begin the maintenance phase on Thursday at 8 am.)
First thing, when beginning the 3 week maintenance phase, make sure to increase your calories to at least 1500. Don’t try to continue the diet after the hCG is out of your system. Bear in mind, your weight will fluctuate the first week or two; this is normal. Do a steak day if you need to. The weight will eventually stabilize. Watch the starch and sugar religiously during the 3 weeks. Read labels. (Continue) eating organic food if possible. Eat whatever you want, without starch or sugar, during the maintenance phase. Make sure you are eating enough. Use healthy fats and dairy products to up your calorie intake if necessary. Drink enough water.
——————————————————————————–
Helpful Lists
Click here for a place which describes fats; this is helpful to know what to introduce into your new maintenance diet.
Click here for a list of starches (including certain beans); this is helpful to know what you need to avoid.
——————————————————————————–
Low Carb Vegetables
This list is roughly arranged from lowest to highest carbohydrate counts, but all are non-starchy and generally low in carbohydrates. Exact carb count depends on serving size. Remember when counting carbs in vegetables that the fiber is not counted, and can be subtracted from the total.
* Sprouts (bean, alfalfa, etc.)
* Greens – lettuces, spinach, chard, etc.
* Hearty Greens – collards, mustard greens, kale, etc.
* Radicchio and endive count as greens
* Herbs – parsley, cilantro, basil, rosemary, thyme, etc.
* Bok Choy
* Celery
* Radishes
* Sea Vegetables (Nori, etc)
* Broccoli
* Cauliflower
* Cabbage (or sauerkraut)
* Mushrooms
* Jicama
* Avocado
* Cucumber (or pickles without added sugars)
* Peppers (all kinds)
* Summer Squash (including zucchini)
* Scallions or green onions
* Asparagus
* Bamboo Shoots
* Leeks
* Brussels Sprouts
* Snow Peas (pods)
* Green Beans and Wax Beans
* Tomatoes
* Eggplant
* Artichoke Hearts
* Fennel
* Onions
* Okra
* Spaghetti Squash
* Celery Root (Celeriac)
* Carrots
* Turnip (see Carb Counts of Root Vegetables)
* Water Chestnuts
* Pumpkin
Starchy (High Carb) Vegetables
The main veggies to be avoided when reducing carbohydrates are the starchier vegetables:
* Beets
* Carrots (depends on diet)
* Corn
* Parsnips
* Peas
* Plantains
* Potatoes in all forms
* Winter Squashes (particularly acorn and butternut)
Choose Low Sugar Fruit
Fruit is an area where some of the low carb diets part company, as some depend more upon glycemic index or glycemic load (South Beach, Zone), while others just look at total carbs (Atkins, Protein Power). Also, some diets (Atkins, South Beach) don’t allow fruit at all in the first phase. In general, your best bet fruits are these, but do check carb counts. These are sort of arranged by sugar content, taking volume and weight, into account. This is not an exhaustive list.
Good news: the fruits lowest in sugar are some of the highest in nutritional value, including antioxidants and other phytonutrients.
Fruits lowest in sugar:
* Rhubarb
* Strawberries
* Cranberries
* Raspberries
* Blackberries
* Blueberries
* Grapefruit
* Melons
* Apricots
* Plums
* Peaches
* Pears
* Guava
* Cherries
* Apples
* Papaya
Fruits fairly high in sugar:
* Grapes
* Tangerine
* Oranges
* Pineapple
* Kiwi
Fruits to be avoided in the maintenance phase:
* Bananas
* Dried Fruit
* Mango
——————————————————————————–
Foods to Avoid:
Avoiding sugar simply means avoid cookies, cake, pie, candy, cupcakes, frosting, soft drinks, corn syrup, kool-aid, processed food, energy drinks, fruit juice, honey, yogurt, donuts, cookies, pudding, maple syrup, brownies, canned fruit in heavy syrup, ice cream, cool whip, boxed breakfast cereals, breakfast bars, granola – nothing with sugar.
Be sure to read food labels, check to see if sugar is added into a product before you buy it. Nearly every product in a can or box contains sugar in one of its many names. The first five ingredients listed on an item is the majority of the product, so be sure that sugar is not in the top five.
Avoiding starch means avoid cornstarch, white flour, wheat flour, any flour, pasta, any bread or bread product, breadsticks, bagels, hamburger and hotdog buns, crackers, tortillas, oatmeal, rice, polenta, peas, corn, lentils, pita bread, pretzels, corn chips, potato chips, yams, potatoes, pancakes, muffins, nearly all root vegetables, any breading on fish, chicken, or other protein., beans, grains, acorn squash, butternut squash, cereals, granola, cereal bars, popcorn, biscuits, corn bread, taco shells, croutons, rice cakes, Cream of Wheat, corn meal, and some nuts.
Most restaurants and fast food places add sugar to nearly every product, so be wary of eating out all the time. Other meats to watch out include deli meats, bacon, ham, prosciutto, sausage, and hotdogs.
Do not eat processed cheese (i.e. Velveeta), it contains unnecessary sugars and starches. Try not to eat processed anything for that matter.
Wow, didn’t mean to copy and paste all of that, sorry, am tired and going to bed.
good night to you all and happy weigh ins. 🙂
I have my dentist appt tomorrow morning
Sherrie – I did gain a pound and a half this morning. I am disappointed in myself but I was back on track today. Hopefully I do not stall the next couple of days. I want to lose 10lbs this round but was hoping to be on P2 for only 21 days this time. I will go for a short run before work tomorrow.
I think I cheated yesterday because I only had half a grapefruit for breakfast and did not eat anything until 8PM (I work late hours). By that time, I was SO hungry I just did not care. Today I ate when I woke up and after work.
Congrats on your P2!!
Jennifer, when did you start p2 again? If you only have 10 lbs to lose this go around and 3 weeks, that’s doable, I lost over 10 lbs in the 3 weeks, and if I wouldn’t have cheated, I would have lost more, I too was disappointed in myself.
You said about breakfast, on p2, you do NOT get breakfast, only lunch and dinner, and you need to try and eat those around the same time each day.
If you need to talk, please e-mail me at stratman397 at aol dot com I am on my computer quite a lot, except when I’m working on Wed and Thurs then I’m gone all day
Don’t stress, if all you had to eat was a grapefruit then your body was probably think you were starving it. Please take time for yourself and your body, you have to have fuel to run, just like a car. 🙂
Thanks Sherrie, I’ll just stick to whats on the list, but sometimes I get confused because pork rinds are not on the list and to me I thought they were chips(I know theres no sugar and its not a starch) so I don’t understand why not the popcorn, anyway one thing for sure I followed the diet strictly to ph2, lost weight, so I’ll do the same with ph3, I’ll FOLLOW THE RULES. May everyone have a BLESSED and HAPPY DAY!!!!!! Chat with you girls later.
By the way walnuts and pork rinds are not for me ate both yesterday and gain 2lbs. Have’nt decided rather I’ll do eggs, steaks or apple and cheese.
Sandra, on p3, it’s all about learning to read ingredients and servings. Popcorn says right on the box, “carbs”, pork rinds don’t. You can eat anything you want on p3 as long as their is nothing with sugar or carbs in it. Protein knocks down carbs. If you have something with 10 grams of carbs in it and eat something with 18 g of protein, that makes your carbs a -8..
Don’t fret on p3, just keep a close eye on the scale, and watch the sugars(refined) and carbs(read, read read)
remember also, something may not say “sugar”, but most things that end in ose are sugars. I have a website that says the 99 different names for sugars
If you’re up 2 lbs, you’re okay, unless it puts you two pounds or over on what you were on your last drop day(that’s the weight you follow the steak day by.
You have to eat those things in moderation. It may not have been those 2 things, think of what else you had to eat yesterday, how much fluid you drank, how much salt intake, etc
With my almonds(cocoa) they never hurt me, I also ate the 100 calorie pack. Emeralds sell walnuts in the 100 calorie packs too
thx so much sherrie. What your saying really does make sense things in life may be hard but you have to try if you want to succeed. I really do not want to be overweight for the rest of my life. So im just going to fight the hunger a lot harder. I realize that you said you take 20 drops at 10am, is that the only time you take the drops. Oh yeah and so far I have lost all the weight from load days plus an extra 3 pounds.So in total that makes 8 pounds. 🙂 Your reply has really inspired me, so now I know i must stick to this no matter what. Thank you 🙂
Thx Judy. I am going to try my hardest to stick to this diet. I definitely do not want to be overweight for the rest of my life.
Tray, my drops were 10 drops 3 x day, I did p2 3 times and had remembered reading if you were being hungry to lower the dose. I thought I would try taking 20 instead of 30 drops and just did them at 10:00 a.m instead of 7,12 and 5(plus it was much easier), anyway, it worked great and I never did get hungry
That is great you’re down 8 lbs in what, 2 days? You are doing GREAT!
Keep up the fantastic job!
Hello everyone, today is my 2nd load day and I gained 1 lb from yesterday today all I can think about is what I souls eat so I will be successful this time. I’ve tried this diet 2 other times unsuccessfully and didn’t stock with it… This time is it for me. I’m back up and don’t want to go through this sumner ashamed of my body. Plus if I lose the 45 lbs that I want I get the tummy tuck… . Help cheer me on please and thank you….
Girl, I thought you only had 20 left to go.
You have to lose this weight for yourself, if you fail, you’re a failure, and I don’t think any of us like to be failures. You can do it, if you set your mind to it. Unfortunately, I didn’t hit my goal this time, but I was not in to the diet like I was when I had a lot more weight to lose. I love p3 and will try to finish up the 7 or 8 lbs I have left to get off in the next 3 weeks, if I don’t get it off, then I’ll do p4 for 3-4 weeks then do one more 3 week round of p2, which I don’t really want to do as It would put me under what I want to weigh
good luck
Hi Jamie, I read somewhere THAT THE FOOD LOOKS GOOD OR IS GOOD and the reply was SKINNY LOOKS BETTER or SKINNY IS BETTER and I don’t feel any of us would be dieting if we did’nt feel the same way to some degree (even if it’s for health reasons). I tell my grandchildren ANY-THINGS POSSIBLE!!!! ALL YOU GOT TO DO IS PUT YOUR MIND TO IT AND JUST DO IT, JUST DO IT!!!!!!!! ( yes, GOT, smile). I wish you luck this go round, you can do it!
Sherrie , I think it’s sinking in about the food intakes. Yesterday I also had several hand fulls of SWEET STRAWBERRIES, diet 7up, bag of pork rinds, couple of hand fulls of walnuts, 2 boiled eggs, and serv’g of smoked turkey, oh, and an apple. I think that was ENOUGH right, to send me up 2 lbs. So maybe you’re right again, it may not have been the walnuts and pork rinds just the amount I ate-OKAY-DUH! Sherrie if the label nutrition facts say 2% sugar and the ingredients does not include sugar, then is the product okay? Example: Ham. By the way I weighed @ noon and I’m back down, after finaly taking care of business in the restroom.lol
What did you sweeten the strawberries with? I use stevia and you can actually have 5.3 oz(which is quite a lot of strawberries for 50 calories, it sounds to me like you probably didn’t get enough calories, which will also make your weight go up. All of that was probably under 1000 calories
Pooping does help. LOL
Read the ingredients, go by that, remember “ose” is usually sugar. The nutritional label shows sugar even natural sugar. I actually only use that part for calories. 🙂
You don’t want to be weighing except first thing in the morning. 🙂
You’ll be fine, get the calories up, and make sure you get enough protein and veggies, where are your veggies?????????????????????
Sherrie it Is really 20 – 25 lbs but I’m going for the full amount or number in my head we talked about this before, you’ve seen my pics but I think its a number or size so when I get there hopefully I know….
I think I put on 8 lbs after christmas, so maybe that’s why I am freaked out… But thank ui know this its it for me. I want to be healthy for my lil girl and comfortable at the pool this summer , i have 3 months to hit my goal;)
Yes, have seen your pictures and that’s why I couldn’t figure out where the 40 lbs came from
You have to be healthy for yourself first, then all of your family! You’ve got 2 beautiful sons and a hubby too.
You can hit that goal if you stick with it this time. Absolutely NO cheating. I would NOT go more than 3 weeks, you start trying the 6 week, it gets really hard especially with a family, who more than likely, likes sweets like my hubby. Think it’s much easier to do the 6 week if you’re single. 🙂
You can do it.
I would be okay in a swimming suit, my problem is I have very muscular calves that I hate and don’t like anyone to see. I also want more fat taken off(like below the sides of my bra and then my waist. 🙁 I am doing 100 crunches plus 25 side crunches a day and back to walking 1/2 mile a day, but I don’t think this will ever go away without surgery
You’re right, where are the veggies? Have not thought about them. I know I need to balance my meals out, but I’m on the go so much. I did’nt use anything on the strawberries, natural sweetness. I just bought some real sweet blackberries-delicious. It’s so much going on with ph3, I guess that’s why I be freaked out. Have you ever use Waldens Farm Dressings, no sugar, no calorie and no carbs. Just finish a salad so I ate some veggies (smile). All the lettuce I ate in ph2 I should’nt want LETTUCE or TOMATOES.
no, never did the walden farms, I learned to love lettuce without any dressing. I would make me a chicken salad everyday with my shredded lettuce, salt and pepper, yummy! Never got sick of it. Add lots of goodies to your salad. Have you ever tried it without the dressing?
Also, if you like cantaloupe/watermelon, eat some of that, it’s also really good for you.
How are you doing with the maintenance? I had that omelet with bacon, pepperoni, cheese, onions and green peppers and a small apple for breakfast, then went and had my tooth pulled, came home and ate strawberries/watermelon and cottage cheese(couldn’t have anything hot or cold), really not supposed to chew on anything hard. For dinner I made me up some sirloin tips I had bought and already had weighed out. I sprayed olive oil pam in a pan and put salt and pepper on the meat and cooked it, then had more cottage cheese, strawberries and baked asparagus and a cheese stick for dinner. Then I had 2 bbq pork rinds. That’s it for me for the night, we’ll see what the scale says tomorrow. I may have a yogurt tomorrow morning, or I may have another omelet and take me a yogurt and salad for lunch tomorrow and then some cottage cheese/strawberries, cheese stick and hamburger patty for dinner tomorrow night(I will be at my other job).
Keep me posted on how maintenance is going. sure hope I don’t have to do a steak or any other kind of those days this time(didn’t last time).
Hi Sherrie. Started p3 and actually started eating today. I’m so scared for some reason. I don’t think I ate near enough calories today. But, you know I want to lose another 15 pounds. So, I am hoping to lose. I also know it’s important to get enough calories. I guess I’m just so nervous about gaining. It actually terrifies me. I know, I gotta get over it. I guess when I weigh tomorrow I will (I hope I will) feel better.
Can I have a diet soda Sherrie?
To everyone else, sounds like you’re all doing great. Keep up the good work (u 2 Sherrie)
Hey Maddie
If you don’t get enough calories, you will put on weight, know it doesn’t make sense, but your body thinks you’re starving it. You have to eat!
Don’t worry about anything on p3, this is what steak days are for, just in case you mess up(just kind of try and remember from day to day what you eat so if you happen to put on, you’ll have some idea what caused it). Remember it’s 2 pounds from your last drop day that you don’t want to go over.
They say not to drink diet sodas, but I have had them on p3 before and will continue to(I do the caffeine free ones), and I like the diet mug cream sodas.
I ate a lot today, but I am not fretting over it, what will be will be. I have about 8 pounds to lose and I don’t want to have to do p2 again but if I have too I will but would do a p4 first. 🙂 I’m tired of dieting and continue to exercise everyday.
Please try and eat right from now on out Maddie and please keep up with me on your progress. You could e-mail..:)
Sherrie looks like you have 2 ph3 worriers on your hands myself and Madie (smile). Oh yes I had the lettuce w/o the dressing on ph2, did lettuce sdws all the time. Glad you’re feelin good and OH MY GOD 2 bbq pork rinds, I ATE A WHOLE BAG!!! SO YOOU’RE DOING JUST GREAT!! I want some ham, I need to know what kind to buy, also what kind of yogurt you use, yogurt is high in sugar. I don’t like cottage cheese. I read somewhere for a strawberry shake use milk and stevia, of course the strawberries, do u know if that’s right? I did’nt write the recipe down nor do I remember where I saw it.
Hi Maddie, I’m your sister worrier on ph3 (I’ve probably worn Sherrie out about ph3, smile). Good-luck to you and I’m sure you’ll do fine (I worry about eating toooo much)!
Okay it is 11:47 PM and I’m stuffed ready to be on the VLCD tomorrow. Going to bed with my drop on my bed side table so bright and early we will start this on the right note… I’m sure there is something I didn’t east but someone posted food is good but skinny is better, sorry I’m doing this from my phone in bed so please don’t be mad…. I will look to Sherrie and the others during this next 21 days +
Good night all…. Talk to u in morning, weal see how much these 2 load days have I gained;)
LOL Yes, I do have 2 of you that I’m trying to tell it’s “okay” too. 🙂
I’m down .6 from yesterday and 2 lbs down from last drop day(last Friday), so am creeping further away from any thoughts of “steak” day.
Eat the ham, don’t worry about it, it’s pork and you can have pork.
I eat all kind of yogurts, some of them have some carbs in them, that’s why if I eat one, it’s for breakfast. I never did do the greek one that is plain with nothing in it, did buy some other greek ones though. Remember what I said also about the carbs and fiber though. If something has 10 g of carbs and the same thing has 15 g of fiber, that makes the carbs a negative number(-5)
Not sure about the shake, never have done it. I would probably use yogurt in a milkshake with strawberries and skip everything else. 🙂 But, that’s just me.
Remember, you’re not on p2 anymore, mix up some things, quit worrying. How was weigh in this morning?
Don’t any of you on p2 do the carbs-fiber! That’s just a piece of information for on down the road. I only know that because my son is on a high protein diet and he’s allowed 20 grams of carbs a day. The nurse told him to subtract the fiber from the carbs to keep up with his carb grams.
Hope you all had a fantastic weigh in this morning. I’m down 2 lbs from my last drop date(last Friday). Had an omelet in a bag this morning and yesterday morning. These are as good, if not better, than the ones you have to mess around with. If any of you would like the recipe, let me know and I’ll post it.
Sherrie.
I would love the recipe… I am on my last P2 day, 24 lbs down in 42 days. I admit, I ended up cheating quite a few times in the last 2 weeks, somehow I was not able to get my mind set back in the right place. But I am determined to not mess up P3. I am at 146 lbs, I am 5’8 and rather big-boned, so it’s a good weight for me (145 is where I wanted to be, so I am happy being this close despite my cheating, lol).
I am hoping for several good recipes from y’all 🙂
Thanks!
WTG on the weight loss
This is why I said I would never go more than 3 weeks on p2 again, it was just too hard.
I am at 143 right now(5’6″). I was at 136-138 for many months. When my weight started creeping up again, thought I better take care of it NOW. Anyway, did one more round of p2. I struggled big time, but p3 I seem to have an easy time with. Here is the omelet in a bag recipe…So easy. Make sure the water is boiling good when you drop the bag in and do not go over the 13 minutes. You can do more than one omelet at a time if you’re making them for someone else too
YOU NEED:
eggs
quart size freezer bags (standard storage bags will not work)
You don’t need oil or any fat to cook these delicious omelets so they are healthier AND easier!
POSSIBLE ADD-INS:
cheese
onion
peppers
ham
sausage
turkey
tomatoes
basil
spinach
INSTRUCTIONS:
Place a pot of water on the stove to boil.
Crack 2-3 eggs into a quart size freezer bag.
Add any add-ins that you like.
Seal the bag removing as much air as possible and mix the contents by squeezing the bag.
Place the bag into the water and boil for exactly 13 minutes.
Remove the bag, carefully open and slide the finished omelet onto a plate.
Thanks Sherrie,
after I posted my request, I started google-ing and found something similar, but made in a mug in the microwave. THAT just may be my breakfast for the next few weeks, lol… easy, fast, and I can make several for my kids to to eat as well without having to wait for my water to boil… never thought of doing an omlett other than in a pan… I need to learn to think outside the box, lol…
If I go below 143 lbs / 65 kg, I look sick and people will question what’s wrong with me, so 65 kg is my cut-off weight. I sport dark circles under my eyes anyway, thanks to my mom who has the same problem, but when I drop below the 65 kg mark, I am starting to look seriously anorexic and ill… I am very happy where I am at. My size 8s are falling off, now I just need to make sure I can maintain this weight. It’s the lowest I have been since I got pregnant 10 years ago… LOVE this diet, but I too would never go past 3 weeks again… 42 days was hard but I just did not want to have to do a second round and I did not have enough weight to lose to warrant a second round…
The water boils as you’re throwing everything together in the bag, all together, it takes probably 20 minutes
I’m funny about anything you make from the microwave, did a cake in a mug one time, it was okay at first but a it started cooling off, it got chewy and nasty tasting. I sometimes will do scrambled eggs in the microwave, but I hurry and eat them.
I think there was something on QVC to buy for the dark circles that really worked well.
I’m the same way, if I get below 135, people think I look like a skeleton
I am in size 4 pants, but have always needed bigger tops than I do bottoms
Sherrie, please post recipe for us for something to look forward to;) starting today on vlcd… Yay me!
Hello Everyone, Sherrie I weighed in @ my norm 222 ( by the way I’m 1/2in. from 6ft). So I guess my normal weight for my height 180-195? I have’nt been 180 since my first year of college. (I’m the big 50, 1/2 century!) Trying to make us all feeL OLD -just kidding because I look young and feel young AND FAT! haha!!! The omelet in the bag is cool, no grease, new on me. For the shake I use ice right w/ the yogurt? Sherrie your weight is going down on ph3 is that okay?
OK Sherrie, after today I”ll forget about the ham. Went to grocery store read ingredients and nutrional facts, sugar, corn syrup, dextrose and some w/ soy. So I’ll wait on my GORGE DAYS in another week YIPPIE!!! Oh yes some also have nitrates and I read they are not good either. I did enjoy some peach lowfat yogurt w/8gms of sugar on the nutritional facts—-????? I’ve eaten almonds before don’t remember them tasting so good (smoked almonds). I eat them through-out the day. My veggie today was mustard greens w/turnips and smoked pork ribs, for breakfast a loaded bacon,cheese omelet and an orange.
Hello everyone 🙁 (shrugging my shoulders and kicking a rock!)
I am not happy today.
*Sherrie I emailed you directly because my internet was down and couldn’t get on the forum this morning before work ,but now its up, so you can disregard my message, well because here it goes………
yesterday was my first day on p3, I was very excited. First, because my LIW which was Saturday at 5:00 am was 148.8 lbs and when I weighed in on sunday morning I was 147 lbs, Monday morning I was 146.4 lbs, and then Tuesday morning 5am when my 72 hours were over I was 145.8 yey! but this morning I was 149.2 lbs……. 🙁 very upsetting!
Now I know that I am supposed to go by my LIW but this is mind boggling to me , I mean 3.4lbs???? what happened?
I did not do a Steak day or any other type of correction today because my LIW is of 148.8 lbs and today I was only up 0.4lbs.
Now I did eat alot yesterday, atleast it felt like it, for breakfast I had 2eggs with 2 slices of no sugar added/ low sodium bacon at 530 am, i worked like mad yesterday so I snacked at 8am on 2 thin slices of Prosciutto and one slice low part skim milk mozzarella cheese. and snacked again at 11am on a small apple, then at 2pm I had 4oz of canned Salmon on a 3cup bed of spinach, red onions, chinese sprouts ( I dont know the correct name), chopped celery, shredded cheese, some 2 tbs of bacon bits (Ok this salad is from the nasty salad bar at the hospital where I work, I was as creative as I could ) and then ate an entire bag of pork rinds 🙁 I over did it, I know! snacked on 24 cocoa almonds at 5pm.
for dinner a sugar free jell-o snack cup because I was stuffed . through out the day I drank my 3 liters of water.
Im not sure what made me go up? but i felt terrible about the jump in weight from awesome 145 to 149, please someone help me! Im stressing!
Im wondering if the weight i lost during my last 72 hours of VLCD was just a tease, and if this is normal? Should I have done a steak day? I think I confused myself, help please!
Hello again all!
I was wondering …. if i did 33 days of hcg do I have to do the 3 week break or can I do two weeks and start round 2?
thank you 🙂
Hey Sandra
My weight always has gone down on p3(all 3 times now), which is fine with me. I read on a site where to consider it an added plus.
I’m 5’6″ and my weight should be around 130-145 and you add 5 lbs for every inch over 5′ with 5′ being 105.
I’m 54 and don’t feel a day over 53. 🙂 Well, today I do, ong day.
You can have fat on p3, but with the omelet, there is no butter, etc and it come right out of the bag perfect shape, love them!!
I don’t know what to tell you on the shake, I’ve never made them, just saying how I would eat them if I did have one. 🙂
Keep up the great work Sandra. I’ve been deciding if I want yogurt or another omelet for breakfast tomorrow. 🙂
I have had ham before on p3 and never gained, but again, I eat every kind of meat I want when I am on p3, except for cookies, pies, cakes, rice, that kind of stuff. 🙂
Just make sure you’re adding some good things to p3 and not trying to just eat all things from p2
Ana, most of them say do p3 3 weeks then go back to p2. My first sheet said you could go back to p2 as soon as you wanted, but if it was 2 weeks or less do not gorge and if it was 2 1/2 weeks or longer to gorge again(I waited 2 1/2 weeks so I could pig out again.). 🙂
Sherrie glad to hear from you, now you have me thinking about that darn HAM AGAIN!(smile) Did you receive my e-mail?
Sandra, no, didn’t get an e-mail. If it went to my spam folder and didn’t have something about hcg, then I probably deleted it. Put HCG or hcg diet or sandra from the blog or something in subject line, then I can save it to my addresses after that.
I loved having ham, pork chops, and every other kind of meat I wanted on p3, this is why I love this phase. Now I’m thinking I may pick up a hostess ham to make up for dinner one night.
I’m fixing to go to bed, I’m wore out, it was a long day..Please resend the e-mail and just put something in the subject line..
So, this morning, I was down to 142, which is almost 4 lbs below last drop day(last Friday morning). I ate like a pig yesterday and still lost 1.4 or 1.6 can’t remember which. Today I have my omelet and 1 strawberry(couldn’t eat anymore without getting sick from being so full), packed my lunch/dinner for today. Made a huge salad, have a string cheese, cottage cheese, apple, strawberries, tuna fish and cocoa almonds, which if my adding is right(in my head), that’s about 1500 calories. I really never keep track of calories on p3, I just eat healthy and eat until I’m full, but going to kind of keep track today. I feel like I’m finally seeing light at the end of the tunnel. I have 4-6 lbs to get back to what I stayed at before for so long(which may be why I’m losing now because 136-138 is where my weight stayed for so long before). I’m continuing to do my 100 crunches plus 50 extra side crunches a day). My walk I haven’t been able to take since Tuesday, but will get back out tomorrow again.
Hope you all have great weigh ins and a fantastic day. Keep on track, one day, we’ll ALL be skinny!
Have to work today, so won’t be home until late tonight! I will check my e-mails when I get in tonight
Hugs to you all!
Ideal body weight calculator
changingshape.com/resources/references/idealbodyweight.asp
Renee
You need to weigh first thing in the morning with just your undies and after you have gone to the bathroom, this is the most accurate time to weigh. If you weigh in the afternoons, you’ll never get a good reading as you may pee one day or drink one day more than another.
If you have a hard time with food, your best bet is to go 23 days(2 days of load on drops and then 19 days of drops vlcd, then 3 days of no drops and vlcd). If you want, you can go day by day after the 3 weeks, but I would give that one a shot. Too many of us tried the 42 days and fell off the wagon, it’s very hard to do that phase that long
I lost 60 pounds. I did a 6 week(only lost good the first 3 weeks then cheated and only lost 7 lbs the last 3 weeks of the 6 week. Did 2 1/2 weeks of p3, went back to p2 for 3 weeks then p3 and actually lost the rest of my 60 lb total on p3. I was 158 last drop day and then stayed on p3 quite awhile and ended up between 136-138
Please get the scale and weigh in the morning.
Way to go Sherrie! I LOVE p3 too! Not that I have lost much more on it, but despite eating really healthy, I feel like I am cheating since it is so much more of a variety than the limited VLCD. We are on day 4 of VLCD and our 3rd round of P2…..never, ever have I been able to keep with a diet this long…and the results have never been better. Once we get to our ideal weight, at least I know I can always come back to this diet should things start to get out of hand (like you did, so smart to do it, after your Christmas time gain). I really, really believe weighing every day, whether you are on the diet or not, is KEY to being aware of what you are doing…..it is so easy, especially for overweight people, to put on weight and not even realize they are doing it. Especially if you tend to wear loose fitting or baggy clothes (which most overweight people learn to do). You can add 10 lbs so quickly……then it’s out of control.
Good luck to all! Anyone heard from Monica lately? Hope she is still on track and doing well….
Thank you Judy..:)
I never wore baggy clothes, always tried to wear jeans that were too tight and then a big t-shirt, now I wear my shirts tucked in. I have love handles(which is why I do crunches), but oh well, I’m 54 years old so not going to worry about those right now
People that have never been overweight don’t have a clue as to why we always still see ourselves as being big, even when other people say “you look great”. In our eyes we see ourselves as fat still(which is why people with anorexia are like they are).
I don’t recall Monica, but do think about Lana, I haven’t heard from her in awhile and need to shoot her an e-mail
Lana, if you see this, please check in!!
WTG Judy on your weight loss, hope you hit your goal this time, and if not, one more time should do it for you
Sherrie,
I was thinking about Lana as well….hope to hear from her too! You know, I am 52 and will be 53 in April. I was a cheerleader in high school, class favorite, etc. but I ALWAYS had a poor self image. When I look back at those high school and early college photos, now I think, wow, I was pretty hot! Even my 30 year old son told me that recently when he saw some pictures of me at 20 years old that he had never seen. But after having my perfect son, I put on the weight and never stopped….So, I still see myself as that large person who hates photos of herself….although yesterday at work (and not bragging but this happens a lot since I lost the initial 41 lbs) this lady told me to STOP dieting, I was thin enough. HA! Thin?? I have never been THIN….I am 5’8″ and very big boned….so I will never be rail thin and still have 30 lbs to lose, but it was really nice to hear someone say they thought I was at an ideal weight…..not something I have heard in years….keeps me motivated…..good luck to you…don’t work too hard today!
Judy, how much are you weighing right now? Like I said, other people can see what we can’t see and remember, when we age, we need to have a little weight on us, or we will really show our age, that’s why I knocked my original 130 out real quick, I don’t want the loose skin popping up
If you knew what I went through yesterday, well, I even wonder how I woke up this morning as early as I did(before my alarm went off). I was beat
shoot me an e-mail, put Judy from hcg on subject line and I’ll try and shoot you through an e-mail on my day yesterday.
I hope I have a good day today, believe me I do. I’m about to leave to go to work now, with g-baby in tow
stratman397 at aol dot com
Hahahaha, I feel the same way. I will be 42 next month and although I have never been skinny, I most definitely was never at 170 lbs without being pregnant. And having gone through 2 rounds of IVF for my oldest son did not help either.
I always thought I was medium-framed since several of my friends are even larger than me. But the tes from that website earlier showed me that I am too. That puts a different spin on my weight as well, because at 5’8 and being large-framed, I’ll never be able to go further down in size without looking sick. So, 146 it is for me, I supposed… my husband already said it’s enough, but I think he is mostly woried about the shrinkage of the “twins” 😉
Sahmo….how funny about the “twins”! Just like the hubby’s to worry about those, huh? And how ironic that they are often the first to lose the weight! ::) Oh well, payback from Eve’s mistake at the beginning of time perhaps?? Yes, I think with your height and your frame, 146 is more than an awesome weight! I will never be there and I am the same height and frame….I will be very happy at 160, maybe 154 ideally…..great job on getting where you wanted to be!
Thank you Renee for the information.
I do weigh myself in the morning now and I am 5lbs down today. I’m on my 4th day on the VLCD. So im feeling motivated. Your story is motivating and I hope to loose 40lbs this round. For a 5’10 person, I want to be 150 but my friends think I would be too skinny. Thats what I was on my was wedding day and thought I looked beautiful. We will see how it goes and if I should get back down that far or not.
Also did anyone see Dr. Oz the other day. They talked about the diet. Of course you had your critics but there were people there that swear by the diet and its works for them no side affects. I havent had any side affects so far, but I am only 4 days in.
I’m wishing everyone the best and I’ll keep you ladies posted.
Down 2 lbs exactly today…
I used to work for slender u a few years back. To figure out bone structure, you take your middle finger and thumb and wrap it around your wrist. If it overlaps you’re small bone, just touches med and if you can’t touch, you’re large boned. You can lose a little in your wrist, but not like other parts of the body. I am actually small to med. bone and everyone used to think I was big bone. LOL
I don’t think huey and duey will shrink much. LMBO. Mine never did get any smaller. LOL
Renee, your first message came through this morning on my aol account, but I never have seen it show up on here. ??
Anyway, you had said you were going to get a scale and then weigh this afternoon, I didn’t want you to weigh in the afternoon as it’s not accurate. LOL
Anyway, I just read earlier and think I posted it, 106 now for 5′ and then 6 lbs for every inch over is I “think” what it said, it’s on the site I posted this morning.
No, didn’t see Dr Oz, wish I would have known it was going to be on, maybe I can do a search of his show. What did Dr Oz think of it?
Thanks Sherrie for that tip of info about the wrist. All my life I thought I was BIG BONE and to find out today I’m MEDIUM, WELLLL! Also found out I need to loose more weight accord’g to the chart, but if I can get down to 200 I’ll be HAPPY ( 22 more lbs to go)! I see things in the POUNDS department are going GREAT for you. CONGRATULATIONS!!!!!!!!!!!
Well, besides your ankle(which it would be hard to wrap your big toe and med toe around it(LOL) it’s the part of your body where you really don’t much lose weight. Some people have thought just because they were over weight that they were big boned, which is not the case at all
The thing is, at 5’8, you could weigh 165 and look great and you WILL get down to that weight, just keep working on it and you will be there in no time. How much all together have you lost now?? Keep on plugging away and you will get there!
Thanks, I am finally feeling human again. 🙂
Eating dinner now, had another hard day at work, came home 4 hours before I was going too. The lady I help(she’s going to be 72 next Monday) and has dementia had to go to the hospital today. I just pray they can find out what is wrong with her and can get her feeling better. 🙁
Goodmorning Ladies, Has anyone alternated between 2 different HCG drops? I’m getting ready to order my drops ( for my 2nd rd.) and I don’t want to get ripped off. The last company I ordered from, the first bottle was great, the 2nd bottle was weak and I was hungry, had to really fight it, so I don’t want to order from them. Sherrie I know you gave me the name of one, but I prefer the 6x, because of the way I’m eating on ph3 ( MY APPETITE HAS INCREASED , thou I’m still not over 2lbs, always @ 2lbs) I feel I need something STRONG! I only have 1 week today, need to order! HELP and THANKS!!!
Hi Sandra – I had asked the same question awhile ago but it didn’t seem like anyone had an answer. So I will try to help you by my trial. I have about 1/2 a bottle left from my first round and then ordered from http://www.hcgliquid.com/index.html. They offer a free 12 day drop and you just pay the shipping. So I ordered from them and I’m hoping the 2 don’t clash with each other and that they are enough to get me through 21 days. So far there’s been no problem with the free ones. I am doing a change in taking them from my R1. In R1 I was doing the 10 drops 3x a day. But it was alot to remember the one during work. I took Sherries suggestion and then tweeked it for my schedule. So now I take 12 drops around 9:00 and then 12 drops around 4:00. The afternoon ones keep me accountable during that home from work, getting dinner ready stage in my life. Good luck, have a blessed day and stay strong.
Sandra, the 6x or 12x isn’t going to matter while on p3, that has nothing to do with how you feel on p2 eating. I was never hungry and did the 20 drops 1 time a day instead of 10 3x day, remember, on those you decrease when you’re hungry. I haven’t been hungry at all on p3, infact, today, I ate my omelet and then didn’t eat again until a bit ago(I never eat this late, but was busy today). We went to Ruby Tuesdays and I got a 14 oz rib eye with steamed asparagus and steamed zucchini, it was all so good. No am stuffed again.
I got mine on ebay though and they’re no longer able to sell them on there
Sherrie I’m getting ready to start ph2 again, this Friday. I need to order my drops. You’re right e-bay is’nt selling them anymore. However, I did find several others, just not sure which is the RIGHT THING. You went out to eat?? What about the sugar in the seasoninngs? (CONFUSED AGAIN-LOL) Also I understand about the 6x etc. for dilution of each chemical they put in to make up the HOMEOPATHIC DROP. Google Dr. Oz show and review the comments about hcg diet.
I to need to order more drops… Dang, that sucks about ebay is that within the last couple weeks??? I am down 3.5lbs today. 2nd day, this time is a lot slower then the last time. I was complaining to my hubby and he was like you don’t have that much to lose like last time, but it was like 6-8 lbs in the first 2 days! I am wondering if my drops are old, or not as potent as well. I have only been doing them 2x a day, but I am starving and having a hard time this go still… Also i am about to be visited by the monthly friend but not sure if that is why I am slow going or not, but anyways it is frustrating! Sherrie or someone please respond there are a few of us that need drops from what I see.
Hope everyone is doing good, Got my hair done tonight and went darker, *(Usually really blond)* so trying to see if face looks slimmer! LOL what a joke huh! anyway look forward to connecting to others! Good night
Well everyone, so far my diet has been going very well. I have been on phase 2 of the HCG diet or VLCD part of the diet since Sunday now, which is 6 days. So far I have lost 10 pounds and if you include the weight from my gorge days than I have lost 15 pounds. I am so proud of my self. Everyone else sounds like they are doing great keep up the great work!!!
See Tray, put all those worries to rest and just look out for you!! You are doing great and we are all rooting for you..Keep it up!!
Jamie, the drops have a shelf life on them, but once you open them, they lose some potency, so if these are ones from last time, they may not be as strong.
I did mine one time a day and 20 instead of 30 drops, I never got hungry once doing that(would do them around 10:00 a.m, would eat at 1:00 and 6:00(I was really good at keeping with my meal schedules, as that seemed to help.).
You will find when you wait awhile in between p2, you just can’t seem to get in to it like before. Your hubby is also right, in a way. You don’t have as much to lose, which will slow down the loss, but then I look at me, and I am almost back down to what I was before. 4 weeks ago(my load days) I was 153 today, got up to 158 with load days, cheated a lot on those 3 weeks this time(was not in to the diet at all as everyone on here can tell you), and as of today, I weighed 141.0 which is a loss of 12 lbs (before load days) and Monday will be 4 weeks from starting weight after drops, so I can’t complain at all. Last Friday(last drop day) I was 145.6. I haven’t even been on p3 for a week yet and I only have 3-5 lbs to get back to what I was before and 6 to get to my main goal(I don’t want to go under it). I’m actually getting nervous. I can’t eat sugars/carbs until the 15th and I’m already close to my goal.
LMBO Sandra..You get me worked up with laughter everyday. (MS WORRY WART). I always go out to eat at Ruby Tuesdays on p3, always have(all 3 times). I had a big 14 oz rib eye, broccoli and zucchini and then my big omelet in a bag yesterday(never did eat in between which I feel bad about, but) I lost .4 and that’s even with eating late lastnight(always eat around 6;00 or 6:30 and it was closer to 8:00 lastnight). I never do the “potato” and lastnight no rolls for our table(son and his fiance are on diets too).
I did read some of that on Dr Oz, just wish I could have seen the whole show.
What did that Dr Patel(the cardiologist) say about the diet as I saw they asked him, but segment on the internet was too short to hear his answer
Goodmorning Ladies, It’s such a GREAT DAY WHEN YOU WAKE UP, BUT EVEN GREATER WHEN YOU’VE LOST AN EXTRA LB. (on ph3) IN ADDITION TO THE 2 YOU GAINED!!! Yesterday I weighed 224, this morning 221, LOVE IT!!! Sherrie I’m glad to hear I fill you w/ laughter, it’s good for the soul. I try!! Dr. Patel tried the diet himself and found he is very satisfied-GO HCG!!! May everyone have a WONDERFUL and SUCCESSFUL WEIGHT LOSS OF A DA!!!! And yes I’m bubbly because I lost a lb.(smile)
Hi, Tray, where did you get your drops? As we said e-bay no longer sales them. I’ve viewed a few others, just uncertain. Thanks and Good Luck!
Sherrie, I love cranberry100 juice, they say no sugar added, thou it’s high in natural sugar, my body is craving for some, what do you think? I a-wait your answer-Thanks!!
Well girlie, wtg!! I love it. Just made me another omelet in a bag(I’m way off on my breakfast this morning, but how do you eat when you’re not hungry)? So, I made one with green pepper, pepperoni, onions, spinach, cheese, basil, mushrooms and onions, and with all those ingredients, there was no way I could eat the whole thing(had just had a bunch of strawberries too, and also want to eat some of my tuna salad before dinner so it doesn’t go bad). LOL
OMG This omelet is HEAVEN. Best one I’ve had yet. Sandra, I am so proud of you. wish you lived here so we could walk together. 🙂
I will answer about the juice on this. I had read stay away from juice on p3, so no matter what, I don’t have it. I did get me some ice cream today, but it’s for in 2 weeks when I can have it again.
Big hug to you..Keep up the fantastic work
Sorry, fantastic job!! 🙂
Sherrie I walk on occasion, not as often as I should. I also wish you were here, I’d have a Motivator, Sponsor, Walking Partner, and a Friend. I use a stepper to excercise.
What kind of ice cream did you buy? I am a BLUE BELL BUTTER PECAN LOVER. Sherrie, I am cutting my ph3- 3 days early. My 21 days end on March 8th, my gorge day will be on the 5th and 6th. I think I’ll be okay, what’s your opinion? Also “I’ve heard of 3 day gorge-what”s up w/ that one”?(CONFUSED AGAIN-SMILE). I’m still try’g to decide on where to order my drops for my 2nd rd. By the way have a friend who backed out of the diet , said it was too much, before even giving it a try.
Sherri, what are you sorry about?
And, where was it you said you lived?
Yes, you will be fine. The first time I went from p3 back to p2, I did it 2 1/2 weeks later(just so I could load again). Anything shy of 2 weeks, you’re not supposed to reload.
I got 2 of the pets ice creams on sale(buy one get one free). I bought vanilla so I could make my hubby a “sonic” banana cream pie milkshake and got me a praline pecan(OMG, it’s better yet than the butter pecan). Then I have been wanting butter brickle from when I was younger and had forgotten about it, anyway, blue bell makes a butter crunch that is supposed to be the same as butter brickle. They didn’t have it in the 1/2 gallon, and I’m really wanting to try it, but found it in a little 2 serving size, so got one of those, it’s in the freezer with my 2 brownies, few subway cookies and some pb cups from last Easter. 2 weeks from Monday, I’ll try it.
Get you some of the pet praline pecan and try it on your load days, heck, eat the whole thing! Then let me know what you think
Don’t do a 3 days gorge, Dr Simeons says 2. I don’t know who came up with that, probably someone that wanted to gorge an extra day. LOL
That’s sad your friend backed out. Wait until you’re dieting, she’ll be jealous. The thing is, you either do it for a few short weeks and get healthy, or die from obesity
LOL I had worded something wrong, so corrected it
You need to e-mail me, easier to correspond with you.
I bought my drops from amazon. Although they no longer sell the drops anymore. More specifically i bought the drops through the seller Green Web properties, and thank you for the support. 🙂
Hello everyone. Not to much Action on this site today, but here are a few sites that I found our drops on and I just saw it on ebay as well but went directly to the website and it was cheaper, http://www.a1supplements.com/HCG-Lean-2000-2-Fl.-Oz.-p-20735.html $21.95
Also http://cgi.ebay.com/Official-HCG-Weight-Loss-Drops-/290539269473?pt=LH_DefaultDomain_0&hash=item43a57d6d61
same product little more expensive…
Crud I didn’t see this but sounds like a better deal then I just bought!!!!
http://www.myhcgsource.com/order-hcg-drops-2.html?gclid=COGYvr-fmKcCFVFx5QodSkNNc
Might order this to!
Also a seller I got me last drops from I emailed them and this is what they said,
Dear snugglerbynature, The FDA made eBay take down all HCG sellers, so the only way to buy HCG from us is to go to our website and purchase as a dropshipper, go to dropship sign in page at http://www.hcg-ez.com and enter the password: shipdrop. then purchase the HCG for $9.98 each. -hcg-ez
Big discount from my last order and these are the same drops my mother got here’s from her dr for 1100 $ for get and my dad to do this diet…..
Why are my comments in waiting for moderation?
I had that happen awhile back, sometimes if you have an e-mail address, a website(with the www with it), or something that doesn’t sound just right, it does that.
I see I have an e-mail from you, will go read it and respond
new diet craze, supposed to give you energy, etc and this can be sold on ebay.
My sister said my sister in law has tried it(more for the energy) and it seems to really be working great.
Here is a link from a channel 6
http://www.ch6health.com/diet/mango1.php?sub=89
Has anyone heard of this diet?? Supposedly it works great and they do sell the stuff on ebay
ch6health.com/diet/mango1.php?sub=89
Sherrie,
this so called NEWS6 is all over the internet with different diets. Their story reads the same every time… “blah, blah, blah, we did not believe it, so we tried it ourselves… blah, blah, blah, sceptical… we found this FREE trial for blah, blah, blah”… it’s the same thing every single time… they claim amazing results, suggest free trial for THE BEST stuff out there. Then you need to sign up with your credit card information for the shipping expenses and that’s where they get you!
Before I went on the hcg diet, I had looked into one of their diets that they had claimed to have tested and found out that this “news site” is one of the biggest scams…
There just isn’t a miracle cure for our weight problems, but for me, hcg has come pretty darn close to that!
I’d suggest to stay with what we know works! HCG!
I just ordered some, not so much for the “weight”, but more for the energy. I haven’t had any of that since Lord knows when. It was pretty reasonable, and free shipping.
I’ll let you all know if it works with the energy, I would LOVE to be able to get off my sleeping pills and supposedly it helps with that too.
Anyway, I thought this is what my sister told me my s-i-l was using and she had so much energy, but it’s something else. I told my sister to try the stuff my s-i-l was selling and see if it worked for the energy and if so, maybe I would look in to selling that.
Anyway, it is just so aggrivating that they had to pull hcg from ebay(dang FDA).
The same thing happened to me the other day Jamie. I had this great response to (I think Sandra) about using two different drops and my answer is still in moderation. And yes I did have a site in there with www but I’ve used it before with no problem. The drops I got from that site are still working great. They were for 12 days (free) just pay shipping.
Hello everyone, have you tried the miracle noodles and what do you think? Christine where did u order your drops from and how much (cost)?
Sandra, Have not tried the noodles. For me they seem expensive and I would rather not spend that money and just learn to live without pasta. (at least for now) Here’s my email. christinewilk@yahoo.com I won’t try putting that site on again because my other response is still in moderation. I went to the site and the free drops are no longer there (it was a trial offer) but I still have the link and it still pops up that way. E-mail if you want to check it out. I took the drops 2x a day at 12 drops each. It works for me and the drops lasted 12 days. For my area it only came out to $10.99. You could only order once. I have a friend who knows I’m HCG and if it’s possible to still order I may have her order another trial for me. My first drops came from another friend who had a Dr. who sold them (don’t know who, what or where) but they also worked and were only $20. Now I’m told they went up to $30. I have enough for the rest of my R2 but would like to get ahead of myself if I need a R3. These drops seem to be like the gas pumps. Harder to find cheaper and going up every day.
Sandra, I just responded to you but I guess since I put my email in it, it is now in moderation. I’ll wait a few and try again. Sorry.
Hi Christine, I hav not received it. What’s with moderation
Okay Sandra let’s try this. Email me so I can give you that site. christinewilk at yahoo dot com
Hopefully this won’t go into moderation~!
Thanks Sherrie for the tip— For all my fellow droppers! LOL here is a great offer from where I used to get mine from on ebay, i emailed them and they sent me this, so i am hoping that you can get it decoded, add the triple W before the web site
Dear snugglerbynature,
The FDA made eBay take down all HCG sellers, so the only way to buy HCG from us is to go to our website and purchase as a dropshipper, go to dropship sign in page at “Insert the Triple W here” .hcg-ez.com and enter the password: shipdrop. then purchase the HCG for $9.98 each.
Thanks Jamie, How long did u use this brand and did U get hungry and how was your progress of loosing weight on the brand? Thanks Again!!! I’m thinking I may go w/this brand-waiting on a few more to look at.
Actually Jamie, you hardly ever have to use the triple w on any of those sites. When I’m doing a search on a website, I just put the name of the company like hcg.com and it goes right through. Don’t know how long it has been since I’ve used the triple w.
Hey Christine, What site did you mean from the one I sent???
Well I don’t usually type in the www either but that is good to know, i just was trying to share my finds with others…
LOL that’s fine, I didn’t know if everyone knew that or not(about the triple w’s)My hubby still types them in, I say do it the quickest way. 🙂
Wow all, it was hard at walmart tonight. All the goodies, I had things picked up and had to put them back down. Why do they have to have so many sweets. No wonder there are so many over weight people, and people with heart problems, etc. You wouldn’t believe how much sugar/carbs are in that stuff.
2 more weeks and I can have a little bit of this and that. The hard part is stopping with the “little bit”.
Hello everyone. I am new to this sight, but so glad I found it. I am on day 13 of the drops, and down 18 lbs. My husband decided to start the drops today instead of starting them when I did. Should I try to stay with the drops after 21 days so he can catch up with me and us be on p3 together and load the 2nd time together or is really to hard to go past the 21 days and not cheat.
Sandra, yes they worked
I wish I would have gotten this email before I spent the 35 $
Live and learn….
How are you doing so far on it as far as getting tired of it? That has to be entirely up to you. Make sure you do your 3 weeks, then you can just go one day at a time(remember though, when you end drops, you have to go 72 hours without drops while staying on 500 calories). How much are you trying to lose?
Good luck on your journey, please check in and keep up updated on yours and your hubbys losses!
I have a question that I haven’t been able to find an answer to on the internet. I keep hearing you guys talk about starting another round of Phase 2 after as few as 2 1/2 weeks (if you want to do load days) on Phase 3. However, I don’t know if that means 2 1/2 weeks of being off the drops, or 2 1/2 weeks of being on Phase 3? My last day of drops was 2/14. I started Phase 3 on 2/17. I did just shy of the 42 days on my first round. I was “perfect” until the LAST day of the ND- VLCD. But it was VERY hard. I’m going to do a 3 week round this time. I have another couple rounds to go so I’m trying to get going on it as quickly as possible. I just can’t find any information other than the protocol that Dr. Simeons wrote.
So when can I start the drops again?
Kristi,
You can start another round of P2 once you have been on P3 at least 3 weeks. Since you did the 42 days, I would suggest you absolutely do a full 3 weeks of P3 – Sherrie has told us on many occassions that P3 is actually the most critical part of the diet, in that it allows your body to get used to the current weight, without having high and low fluctuations as you introduce new foods to your diet after the P2 dieting. If your next P2 round is only 3 weeks long, then maybe you can make the following P3 phase a little shorter (at 2 1/2 weeks). But since you were on the drops for a significant amount of time during your first long phase of P2, you probably should get in 3 full weeks of P3 before you go back to P2….just my two cents.
Kristi, my first drops I got said you could go back on p2 anytime. It said(once you’re on p3) if you go back to p2 before 2 1/2 weeks, then don’t load again, but if it was 2 1/2 weeks or more of p3(before going back to p2) then reload). I was on p2 the first time 6 weeks. After 3 weeks I had a hard time and started cheating. I did 2 1/2 weeks of p3 and then loaded and went back to p2 for 3 weeks and did perfect that time around. Then when I went to p3 the 2nd time, I stayed on it for weeks(I loved that phase). I just did another round of p2 and am now on p3 again. I am hoping I don’t have to ever do p2 again, but I said that before. LOL I kind of screwed up over the holidays(not big time, but enough to where I didn’t want my weight getting out of control like it had before).
Even though what I had gotten said you could go back on p2 anytime while on p3, I do feel at least 3 weeks is best. If you want to talk one on one, feel free to contact me through e-mail at stratman397 at aol dot com
I always tell everyone to make sure the first time though to put hcg or something in the subject line as it will go to my spam folder.
Good luck
Kristi and Sherrie….It is amazing to me how many of the HCG suppliers have “adjusted” the original diet as studied and created by Dr. Simmeons. They have different foods, different dosages of the HCG, different minimum and maximum time limits for the phases of the diet, etc. Sometimes people choose to be very rigid in their following the diet as Simmeons expected it to be done, and other times the same people seem to take the HCG supplier recommendations over Dr. Simmeons. I tell everyone I have introduced to the diet, to follow it to a T the first time, as Simmeons clearly outlines in his manuscript. Then, what works for you, any refinements or additions of food, etc., is up to you….but don’t be too surprised if making too many changes doesn’t produce the best results. In the end, however, whatever works to keep you losing the weight, that’s would you should go with….
Yes, a lot of them have changed things Judy, some foods, etc which I still follow Dr Simeons on what can/can’t be eaten(except I do use pam on p2 as if it were around, I think the Dr would have agreed), but you have to remember one thing, the homeopathic and the “real” stuff, which Dr Simeons only did the injections, are totally different things. Just like makeup etc that you’re not supposed to use on the real stuff, I never changed a thing with any of my soaps, shampoos, deodorants, etc. I think that was carrying just a little too far. Remember, the original diet was introduced over 50 years ago, and things do change over the years.
The first time, yes I did do 2 1/2 weeks in between, the other time it was 3 weeks in between.
Why O Why did I give up.
My first round I did great and lost 21 lbs. My second round seemed so much harder.
I gave up on the last round after about a week. Ugg that was stupid. I have gained back a bunch of weight. I am so disapointed in my self. I am starting over to day. I loaded over the weekend and today is day one of the VLCD I hope that I can make it for 40 days this time. I am more determind than ever to loose this weight.
Hey Sherrie & Hello everyone if you’ve been reading the headlines the FDA is coming after all sites that is selling hemopathic HCG for weight loss. Altho they acknowledge that it holds no treat to humans they’re saying weight loss is a medical issue and Hemopathic HCG has not been approved by them for weight lost. Ebay is done you can’t get it there anymore. You can get just the drops if you are doing it on your own at seemeshed.com. They are the ones that I used myself to lose 48lbs. If you have a supplier and you have more cycles to do… buy ur drops now so you’ll have them the injectable version is not what there after but who can afford $100.00 a shot. Unopened & stored in a cool spot they have a 2 yrs shelf life. The Pharma companies & drs giving injections aren’t making any money so of course the FDA has to step in and Ban the hemopathic version. Stay the course folks and get THIN
Christine I did’nt know the cost of the noodles, jus heard about them. HOWEVER, if they’re EXPENSIVE I can do with out them THANKS! I did’nt fine the free trial, I did find the site and yes they toooo r expensive, hcg-ez r the most reasonable I’ve seen. Jamie sent me that one, I’m going to try it and one more (have’nt decided on the other yet) So let me know if u find another. I’m order’g tonite okay.
Thanks Lisa for the info, I’ll look into that and consider the FDA also when I order.
I heard from the lady I got mine on from ebay, she said she can’t sell them on ebay anymore, but she will still sell me some for what I paid for them before. I got mine for $23.99 for 6 week supply, she said she sells them for $30 to ones that weren’t customers
Hi Sherrie, A strange thing happen this morning ( and I know u’re going to say I should only weigh once in the morning-SMILE) I weighed in @ 224 @ 7am came back @ 10am 222 AND YES MY SCALE IS ACCURATE AND THE SAME ONE I’VE BEEN USING-???????? (no, Sherrie I did’nt poop!)LOL
HI Today I woke up and weighed in and was up almost 2lbs!!! UGHHHH! 1.6 TO BE EXACT. I also started my monthly last night late so I AM Hoping that is what it is! DANG! But staying the course and hopefully my new drops will be here soon!
I am SUPER DOOPER tired and achey all over and can barely function today! I have really been on an emotional roller coaster, lately, so This SUCKS! this is the one thing I have going! Has anyone watched I used to be FAT??? I recorded it a few times, and watched it last night while I was on my night high of not being able to sleep and I cried… I might make my calender to like they do and find me a trainer! A CUTE one would be nice! LOL… My hubby said whatever gives me incentive! It’s all in fun tho
Thank you for that Sandra, I was eating my dinner when I read that. LOL
That happens, weight fluctuates all through out the day, but your first morning weigh in(naked or in undies) after you pee, is still your most accurate.
You can weigh 10 times a day, lol but only right down the first morning one.
I think the reason they honestly say though, to only weigh once, is if you’re up it’s depressing and if you’re down more(like you were) then you get on a high, and in the morning, you could be up higher than the 222..
Jamie, if there was no cheating, then it’s probably just fluid retention, don’t let it get you down. It will go away as fast as it came
Yes, I actually did see that show(18 year olds) 2 weeks ago this coming I think Sunday(maybe Saturday) on MTV when I was working. I hated it this one boys g-friend kept him from losing, so sad that he let a girl get in his way of losing.
Stay with it Jamie!!
Hi everyone,
I have a question I want to pose to the forum. This is my first time on the “real stuff” HCG, previously I have used the homeopathic versions and you do not build a tolerance to those, therefore you can stay on the VLCD longer to loose more weight before moving into P3. I was wanting to to the P2 with the “real stuff” for the maximum amout of time and then switching to the homeopatic drops to continue loosing the rest of the weight without moving into P3 until I have lost all of the weight I want (20- 25lbs will put me at my final goal).
Anyone have an opinion or comment I’d appreciate anything ya’ll have to offer.
Thanks,
Meg
Hey Meg
I don’t know who told you that you can’t build up immunity to homeopathic, I disagree with that.
I have said before, and I still feel this way, there is a difference for sure between the homeopathic and real stuff. You don’t have to be as careful with products you use with homeopathic, but actually, my opinion is the homeopathic is actually just as good if not better than the real stuff. If homeopathic didn’t work, then people that have lost weight on it would put back on. I put on a little over the holidays, but it was my fault by NOT knowing when to quit eating all the sweets. But, also, my neighbor, an RN lost some on the “real stuff”, not as much as me, and has put hers back on.
I don’t feel you should go over the 6 weeks on homeopathic nor the “real stuff
Sherrie,
Thanks for your response. I have a tendancy to agree with you on not going over the amount of time prescribed by Dr. Simeons. I am pretty cranky and tired while on this diet. I think my body needs the break of P3 before starting the cycle again.
I do think this diet is very specific to the individual. I have noticed I lost more weight faster with the “real stuff” but it slows down while I have a constant steady weight loss of the homiopathc version. I would have the worst headaches and hunger with the homepathic, but so far haven’t had that expierence with the prescription version. I really think it all ends up pretty much the same…except the dollars spent. Give or take I end up loosing the same and that is the ultimate goal.
Something that has helped me this round is my soda maker. I make a couple of liters of carbonated water and flavor with stevia drops. I love the creme soda with the carbonated water. Some of the soda flavors I’ve used work but I really like to make cold green tea or yerba mate tea and carbonate it. Makes me less hungry.
Thanks for your thoughts Sherrie,
Meg
Hey,
One more question, then I’ll shut-up. I am having a VERY difficult time sleeping. Does anyone have suggestions? I doubt it all can be blamed on the diet that does make me mind numbingly tired, but not able to sleep. I have hit EVERY stressor in the last nine months so I am just glad to be here, healthy, and able to complain about loosing weight; but sleep would be good. I’ve tried tea, baths, yoga….. nothing works consistantly.
Thanks,
Meg
You know I an I have 90 days exactly to get where I want. That’s PG’s birthday.
Yes, everyone needs a break. 🙂 The 3 weeks on p3 is great as you’re eating so much more
I see you asked about sleeping. So, you have tried warm milk with honey, exercising, warm baths. Do you have panic attacks when you go to bed? Also, your age?
The reason I’m asking is I never had a problem until about 1 1/2 years ago(of course, I’m 54 now). I started going to bed and would get thinking about EVERYTHING imaginable, and would still be awake at 3:00 a.m or later. I also was never one to take naps. I did the scheduling too(same bedtime everynight). Anyway, I would end up thinking so much, I would have panic attacks. I started doing a shot of nyquil ever 4 or 5 nights just so I could have at least 1-2 nights of sleep a week, I also took tylenol pm. One thing you can take(I finally had to get a prescription for sleeping pills) is benadryl, those will not hurt you, and they will help yo uget a good nights sleep.
hey meg? What’s this soda maker?
That would be awesome, I like fizzy…. Anything!
I could do fizzy tea or even water with stevia 😉
I’m excited to hear your answer
Jamie, if you can’t get 40 lbs off in 90 days, there is something wrong. 🙂
So far I haven’t gotten tired of the diet. If I try to get to my ideal weight I need to lose at least 100 lbs but I would be perfectly happy with 60-75 lbs. So I guess 3 rounds probably. Thanks Sherrie for responding, it is so encouraging to know others are going through this with me.
Hello Everyone, I enjoyed reading everyones comments today and would like to THANK YOU ALL FOR YOUR SUPPORT AND WEBSITES FOR ORDERING!!!! I FOUND 2 I’M GOING TO GIVE A TRY!!!! After I use them each for a few days next week I will let you all know the OUTCOME of each different one, and my respond to them as I go! May everyone have a peaceful and sleep-ful night (especialy-u-Meg!)!
Sherrie, I’m going to weigh only once from now on cause I’m CONFUSED AGAIN!!!LOL!!!
Also-cheated had 8oz of 100% Cranberry Juice-soooo good- then, “but not now”! It’s not as GOOOOOOD AS BEING SKIIIINNNY AND HEEEALLLTHY!!!!!!!!!!!
And Ms Sandra, how long has that juice been around? Do you think they’ll be pulling it off the shelves in the next few months? Probably not, it will still be there when you’re able to have it. Do you know all 99 words for sugar? What gets me is when something says” no sugar”, then it is right there in the ingredients written differently than just saying”sugar”. People eat or drink it then find out that one of the ingredients was sugar. This is why it’s so important to learn as much as possible and to figure out the ingredients. Almost a year later, I’m still working on it
I’m kind of maintaining. I am staying around 142(was 145.6 last drop day, which will be 2 weeks this Friday). I think I’m most likely going to have to be happy where I end this time, can’t see at this time, going back on p2 for 3 weeks with like less than 7 lbs to lose.
Madison, how is your hubby doing so far on the diet? Is he on the vlcd now?
You will get to your goal, just keep on, don’t get discouraged and keep thinking about what you’re going to look like in a year(actually less) with 100 lbs gone.
I lost 60, did first one of 6 weeks, 2 1/2 weeks of p3, then back to p2 for 3 weeks, then stayed on p3 for a long time in between. Lost another 22 lbs on p3 the 2nd time around. Kept the weight off for months, until Christmas goodies time came around. Well, if I would have quit with a couple cookies here and there instead of a dozen, I would have been okay. Anyway, I got back to 145(from 136-138), then in like a weeks time a few weeks back, I shot up to 153, so back on the diet I went. The first week, I took off 12 lbs(including my load days). I’m really happy where I’m at, although, since I stayed at the other weight so long, I would like to get back to that weight. I do want to get my 3 weeks over of p3 where I’m trying to maintain, then I think I will work on the last few little pounds on my own. If I can’t get them off on my own, I may have to do one more round of hcg
Make sure you and hubby have plenty of drops to get you through, they do have long shelf lifes on them.
How much does your hubby want to lose?
Jamie,
I am in infomercial junkie, if they sell it on TV I have to have it. Other than that I am a pretty rational human being. Only a few things have actually worked out the way it was promised. The Soda Stream was one of them. I think you can get them from Bed Bath and Beyond now also. All of their diet sodas seem to work with my chemistry while on HCG EXCEPT the diet root beer, go figure. I cut back on the soda flavors and usually just make the soda water and use tea or stevia drops to flavor. I have no problem drinking up to a liter a day of this….just try to get me to drink plain water…not gonna work. Check them out, I really love mine.
Meg
Jamie,
I seen it at Bed Bath and Beyond.
Jamie, if you go to their website, it goes across the bottom of where all you can buy it.
Sears, Macys, et
sodastreamusa.com/
Well on third week off P3 and very happy with the results. Although I still would like to lose 10 more pounds I have to say I am happy. I don’t know if anyone has the WII with the fit board, but I got on that silly thing this past weekend and it told me I was finally in the normal range as far as weight and BMI!! I could have huged the machine itself!
LOL Sherry, I remember you talking about that thing before
I go by the websites to tell me if I’m ok on weight, bmi
There is a real good bmi calculator website
What is the website? I want to test it out to make sure my WII is not messin with me, LOL 🙂
Sherry,
I feel the Wii fit board mocks me when it makes that sarcastic sound when I step on it…Sorry, im a little cranky today.
I have been doing the Wii dance party’s with my boyfriend and actually get a pretty good workout from that (we are competative and he is a great dancer). I have guitar hero elbow today. It is amazing how well video games have done to incorporate movement. It makes it fun to workout.
Meg
nhlbisupport.com/bmi/
LOL At my age if I did one of those, you would all be attending my funeral. We need to have a “get together” when we all get skinny.
Sherrie,
I am 35. I do think some things are changing. I have night sweats when I do get to sleep. I have been using the night time sleep medicines that have benadryl in them to sleep. The dosage is one softgel, but now I’m up to about 4 to even fall asleep. I have hit every major stressor this year, divorce, moving 2x, getting laid off, loosig my best friend, loosing my dog, medical difficulties, starting a new relationship, looking for a job (not going well), selling a house…I am hoping 2011 goes a bit easier, but I figure if I came out of 2010 remotely sane then I did a pretty good job.
I have been trying to turn off the lights in the house around 7 pm, no caffiene past noon, in bed by 9, keeping a note pad to write down those random thoughts that pop into my head…..I guess I will just have to ride it out. I am hoping to start working out again after I go into P3, but my workouts are pretty intense, usually about 1,000 calories so I am NOT going to do that on P2.
I pulled myself out of bed really really early this morning so I am hoping Ill just be so tired that I’m out by 9. If not my girlfriend said I could come watch her 2 year old for her. After that, she said I would sleep for days…
I’m just happy to be loosing this stress weight.
Meg
NO MEG, DON’T DO IT! I am 54, have a daughter that is going on 36, son that is 32, son that is 26, 5 g-kids(almost 12, 8, 2 and 2 that are 9 days apart(6 mos). I watch the 6 mos old 2-3 days a week from 8-6 or later, I also stay with a lady that has dementia from 11:00 am to 8:00 or 8:30 on Wed, Thur and every other weekend, and I’m so tired after that, you would think if someone just blew on me it would knock me over, but I still don’t go to sleep, so tell your friend thanks but no thanks(LOL)
Some of those OTC things can make you more drowsy. Don’t take that many of those pills either, my sons fiance who is now a nurse, was a pharmacy tech for over 5 years. Taking too many can really mess up your kidneys or liver(can’t remember which). She told me never more than 2 bendadryl! Please talk to your Dr.
sorry to hear you’ve had such a bad 2010. If you were close by(where did you say you live), I have 4 inside dogs, I would be happy to lend you one 🙂 Things are finally starting to pick up here in SC.
I hope and pray you have a lot better 2011..Big Hugs to you
THANKS FOR THE INFO~~
I am going to buy one of those TODAY!!!! I love bubbly!
Meg I totally get that darn Wii board! I look like a short stubby FAT @$$ on that darn thing and when I step on it it is like Whoaa!
I haven’t tried the dance Party??? Is it fun!
MEG, I am the same age as you where are you living at?
I have had a bunch of $#!+ this year as well.. you can email me if you would like to become email buddies as well as Sherrie. ja_bunney at yahoo.com
anyone can email me for that matter!
I have an almost 2 year old that I take care of all day but I to have the same sleeping problems, I take 2 benedryl, and 2 nyquils last night and 4 hours later I am still wide awake, around 315 this morning I went to sleep… ARGHHH!
Id love to chat tho! Thanks for the soda machine idea!
Jamie,
Dance party is soooo much fun. I’m an awful dancer and my boyfriend is really great. It is just fun to laugh with someone.
Meg
@ sherrie and jamie,
I just moved to Frederick Maryland end of December. Good for me, there is no lack of fresh seafood for this diet. I eat crab, and fish just about every meal. my email is meganmarcheterre@hotmail.com put HGC in the subject line so I don’t delete thinking its spam. I have to be really careful opening email with that crazy ex out there.
I’m trying really hard to hold onto the good things, like my dog. He loves me just a little less today since I can’t walk him (broke my toe on sunday).
Hey ya’ll,
How about we each share our favorite HCG foods and recipies from each phase.
I’ll start. My FAVORITE P2 is sliced cucumbers soaked overnight in apple cider vineagr with lots of salt and pepper and dried dill.
Meg
HA!!! I just realized that there are two sherry/ sherrie’s here. Sorry, not able to focus through the sugar craving…
Meg
Hi everyone – It’s 9:12 and the first time I’ve sat down all day. Trying to catch up with everyone here. I’m 50 and had the trouble with sleeping the past few years. The same story……divorce, death of my father, bankruptcy, foreclosure, son tried suicide (at college many states away) remarriage, (very happy) but my 5 children and him don’t always get along, now have 2 more children. (his). Finally my Dr. put me on Zoloft for anxiety. I didn’t think I had a problem but she suggested it. I sleep like a baby now. It’s the lowest dose possible but it just takes off that little edge. (Just a suggestion) I’m doing real well on R2 P2 this time. I knew I was very motivated this time. The weather has improved and I walk every night for 2 miles. Thought the hubby would join me but…..(that’s another story) but walking alone does help clear the mind. According to the BMI site I should be 120 lbs to be an average “normal weight” If I were to ever get to 120 I’d be wearing my 11 year old’s clothes. I’ll be happy with 135 (that’s 25 lbs to go). Will probably do a R3 but that’s okay. I’m seeing results and couldn’t be happier. Everyone have a blessed night.
Meg,
Actually it is not mocking you. the sounds it makes has nothing to do with your weight, it has to do with balance. If you step on it wrong, it will make that silly sound; however, if you step on it properly it will say great.
You are right the WII helps make working out fun.
Sherry 🙂
Couple of questions…
1…can we have tomato sauce??
2… Diet lemonade from Chick-fil-a is water fresh squeezed lemons and splenda. Is it allowed?
3… What about imitation crab and or lobster??
Thanks so much!! I am doing this again for a 2nd time.. I lost 12 lbs the first time and want to lose 15 more!!
I have used diced tomato. Make sure they are only tomato and nothing else in the can. I loose more on the days when I make a chili with 1 can diced tomato and 100 gr super lean meat and spices also is pretty filling.
Hello everyone, I’m a little down, no not my wait-it’s maintaining, have’nt lost or gain. The problem is, does anyone live here in Houston?WHY? I DID’NT ORDER MY DROPS IN TIME! I was hoping I would be gorging Saturday and Sunday but now I have to wait til next week. If no-one lives here for me to use their drops, I guess I have to wait. Does any-one know where I can order tommorrow and get them over-nite fir Friday? Hope everyone else is doing great! Hi Sherry, I’m really confused now (smile)!!
See everyone how confused I am, how could I mis-spell WEIGHT!lol
1) No, if you read the ingredients, I think it has carbs or sugar or both in it
2)No lemonade. The water/lemon(you’re allowed one lemon a day) is fine, stay away from all sweeteners except stevia and sweet n low(only 2 allowed)
3)No substitutes
Sorry about the “no”, but if you want to get the weight off, stick with the plan. 🙂
Good luck to you!!
YEAHHH!!! Day 3 down 5.3 lbs…That makes the torture of last night worth it. I am so glad I didn’t give in to temptation. It will be easier today I’m hoping, Has anyone noticed that on the “real stuff” HCG that their emotions are all over the map? I’m happy, then weepy, the angry…Its a rollercoaster that I am dying to exit. My poor boyfriend is getting the brunt of the mood swings…uuugghhhh!!! Although, weightloss like this is worth it.
Does anyone know if Truffle Salt is allowed on the HCG diet? I’d love to use it but I’ve had such great success so far, I don’t want to ruin it.
Hello Everyone, I weighed in this morning @ 219-GO GIRL!! That’s right I lost 3lbs on ph3 and I’m almost done. My last day on ph3 (21days) is Monday but I’m clocking out Friday or Saturday. SORRY READY TO EAT, BUT I WON’T OVER DUE IT. My drops still have’nt come in and I know I should wait til they do and then gorge out, but I’m going to start taking in a liitle @ a time other foods and when my drops come, I’ll go from there. I really don’t think I’ll gain that much between now and Monday eating normaly-SUGGESTIONS PLEASE! Sherrie how many days were you off track and went back to ph2 and how much did you gain?
Hey Sandra
Way to go girl!
I don’t really know how to answer that, I stalled out constantly from cheating so much. Would eat cookies every few days.
You will do fine, just watch the weight closely
Hey Judy……Are you out there?……. Back on 2/21 you started R3 with about 30 lbs to loose like me. How’s it going? I’ve lost about 5 on a slow but steady decline. I had to order new drops today they should be in on time and I hope they work well. It’s crazy how these drops are getting scarce. One week they were at CVS and within a weeks time they were pulled off their shelves too. Well a weekend is soon upon us and for me that is sometimes good and sometimes bad. Hope all is well and you and hubby are staying on track. Talk again soon.
Hey Christine!
I am still here and reading all the posts every day on my I-phone, just been crazy with work lately and I haven’t taken the time to sit at the laptop and write any posts. Yes, hubby and I are still on track, but like you, this time around (3rd time) appears a little slower. Including the 4 lbs I gained on loading days, I am just over 10 total lost so far in 13 days (including 2 loading days), so that is not bad. Also been the same exact weight for the last 3 days, but I started that dreaded female thing yesterday (and at my age I should be done with that, but it came anyway). SO, I expect I shoiuld drop a little in the next few days because I have always retained water during that time of the month. We are steady on course, however, and determined to get where we want to be. With the “true” 6lbs I have lost so far this round (I don’t like considering the 4 I had to lose just to get rid of loading gain), I guess I have about 24 lbs more to go! And I WILL get there, no question about it. We have been on and off this diet since September 2010, and I have NEVER stayed with a diet this successfully….going the 3 week round is so much easier and we will just keep doing that until we get to where our 52 year old bodies need to be. Besides, we hare really learned a new way to eat and a new respect for food and calories and carbs and sugars…..Glad to hear you are also heading in the right direction! Maybe we will get there together!!! Keep us posted on your progress, I will too!
Hey All….
I forgot to post that I found those Walden Farms salad dressings that have no sugar, no carbs, no calories, no nothing…haven’t tried them yet but I found them at Krogers in the diet food section. Also found maple syrup, chocolate syrup and Alfredo sauce, all the same, no nothing in them….they may taste terrible, but I figured it was worth a shot to try them out…..can always add seasonings to make them better. Anyone out there tried these products? I figure we lucky to have such things these days (they sure didn’t back in the 50’s when Simmeons created this diet) so we ought to take advantage of every opportunity to save calories, sugar, carbs in our diet….I will let everyone know my thoughts after I try them out on P3…..
Hey Judy
I have never tried th “walden farms”, not to say our stores don’t have them, I guess I’ve never really looked for them.
I do use a lot of pam spray on stuff(or I did in p2), like of course my fresh asparagus and then also cabbage(I put some in a bowl, spray with butter flavored pam and then add either garlic salt or tony chachere’s seasoning) then microwave 2 minutes.
I don’t really know how chocolate syrup that is healthy could taste good, but if you get it and it tastes like hersheys, let me know. LOL
You are doing great on the diet..Keep it up..
Well Sherrie, I would pretty much bet that the chocolate syrup won’t taste like Hersheys!:) But maybe a good substitute if you wanted a glass of chocolate tasting milk?? HA! Even PAM butter isn’t as good as real butter, right??? How’s your weight going now that you are off? I have GOT to start walking, I know that is what I need to do now that I keep getting closer to where my weight should be, otherwise, I will have to eat 500 calories a day for life just to maintain! (Just kidding, I know, that is starvation…would never do that!)
I have those walden farms to, they all kinda tate the same but it helps on the really hard days….
LOL Judy, I don’t know, never tried pam on bread before, but it’s really good sprayed on the asparagus
I just got done looking over what I’m eating for breakfast. Big apple sliced with stevia, lots of cinnamon and some spray I can’t believe it’s not butter, 2 egg omelet in a bag with ham, green peppers, cheese and basil(canned spinach in it is heavenly) and 6 pieces of bacon, so I’m figuring breakfast is like 700 calories today. 🙁 Of course, now, if I get full, it won’t all get eaten.
Actually I’m doing really good. Last drop day(2 weeks ago already) I was 145.something and this morning I was at 142.2, so am down about 3 more pounds. I can’t complain, but I would really like to get back to where I was last time, which would be another 4-6 lbs. I can’t see going back on the drops for 3 more weeks, as I am about 99.9% sure I would drop below what I want to weigh, and I know you have to stay on this diet a minimum of 3 weeks(although I did try and talk myself out of that last time.
Now, on to find that stupid spider that just flew across my desk. 🙁
so, that means the chocolate syrup tastes like the raspberry vinagrette dressing?? LOL Think I’ll pass…Y’all go for it!
Goodmorning Everyone, Yes Judy I’ve tried the Ranch Waldens Farms Dressing and its actually delicious considered the others but did’nt want to waste the money. Ladies I don’t know wants going on, but I like it, dropped 2 more lbs this morning and I’m EATING. Down to 217. I keep looking at my scale but it’s accurate. I ate some chocolate covered almonds (2) yesterday, did’nt taste so good, had 1 spoon ice cream and my stomach BLOATED UP! haha So I’m not forcing it. I will let my body guide me and not my eyes and mind over thinking what I may want. I love this diet, I’m also (was) in the group of never being so dedicated to a diet. MAY EVERYONE HAVE A GREAT AND SUCCESSFUL DAY!!!!!
Sandra
Aren’t you on p3? If so, no chocolate covered almonds, look at the sugar in those. LOL and the same with the ice cream, stay away from the carbs/sugars. The cocoa almonds I was eating(100 calorie pack) I was eating for lunch and they had 1 g sugar and 4 grams of carbs, but also have 2 grams of fiber, which brings carbs down to 2 grams. Those chocolate covered ones you want to stay away from until you’re either loading, or you’re on p4
Going to be another long day today. I worked from 11-9:30 yesterday, but had a great day with the lady I help out with dementia, I am supposed to have today off, but going to relieve her niece at 3:30 and work and then I’m working all weekend. I told hubby I will not have a day to myself now for, well, for a long time. I am off every other weekend, but next weekend, I will have my 3 oldest g-kids(almost 12, 8 and 2) all night(will be first time spending the night for the little one, and if she cries, her Mom is coming to get her since she never would let anyone watch that one), and then 2 weeks after that, I will have the (well, she’ll be 7 1/2 mos by then)g-baby all night for 2 nights straight. I think I will look 154 instead of 54 when those 2 weekends are over.. I NEED A VACATION. LOL
“The difference between a successful person and others is not a lack of strength, not a lack of knowledge, but rather a lack of will.” Vince Lombardi
Ok… Here it is! I had my family in town and have followed the diet with great results. But this morning we went to breakfast and I ate egg whites!! What does that mean?? Have I messed up and do I have to start over? I messed up twice I guess by eating breakfast the eating egg whites which are not on the plan!! I took the drops in the morning before I ate… But I guess that does no good since rules were broken.. Maybe I can just skip lunch or dinner?
Help!!!
Also, I use liquid Stevia drops. How many drops equal a pack??
Gina,
No worries! Dr. Simmeons actually said he would allow patients who had strong aversions to meat protein to occassionally substitue one whole egg and two egg whites in place of one of their proteins for the day….just don’t have protein for lunch, veggie and fruit, and you will be fine! No harm done!
Gina, are you wanting to know so you can make it as sweet with the drops as you do the packs? I never paid attention to any of that when I had some liquid, I just put it on. No calories, so no worries
You should be fine, just have a fruit and veggie for lunch and then do your protein, fruit and veggie for dinner. As Judy said, there should be no harm done. 🙂
Is there a limit on the packs of stevia in a day?
So with all that said. What if u have a bad or a cheat meal?
And thank you for all of everyones input on my questions!!
And so as long as the ingredients say no carbs or sugar ADDED then it is good?
Because tomatoes have natural sugar in them?
So with all that said. What if u have a bad or a cheat meal?
And thank you for all of everyones input on my questions!!
And so as long as the ingredients say no carbs or sugar ADDED then it is good?
Because tomatoes have natural sugar in them? Thanks again!!
So with all that said. What if u have a bad or a cheat meal?
And thank you for all of everyones input on my questions!!
And so as long as the ingredients say no carbs or sugar ADDED then it is good?
Because tomatoes have natural sugar in them? Thank y’all for your help!
Gina, from one who knows, it’s not worth cheating. I cheated first time, 2nd time I never cheated once and this last time I cheated again(only because I just was not in to it this last time, had already been at my goal, first time on it I cheated because I did 6 weeks and it got hard after 3).
I Never once planned a cheat day, it just happened. If you want to cheat, or thinking about it, then don’t do the diet. It does cause you to stall out.
You have to eat what is on the list for the 3 weeks you’re on the diet
Hey Madison
You can have as much of that stevia as you want, there is nothing in it at all(no carbs, calories, etc).
Hi Sherrie
I’m a newbie! Its seems u have been there done that so…
I have a few quick questions; have u tried mixing the veggies? Others veggies like broccoli? How much of the veggies do u eat? Cup or ounces? Where do u buy ur drops?
I think that’s it for now lol I’m following dr simeons protocol but can’t understand the veggie part:-/ look forward 2 ur response:)
Btw no toothpaste uggg I cant go out lol
Thx!
Hello Everyone, I noticed Sherrie (whoom I Love Dearly) was talking to someone about cheating. If the drops are WEAK, it’s a hard road to travel and it will take A-LOT OF DETERMINATION-PERIOD! HOWEVER, THAT’S WHY ALOT OF US DIETERS LOOK FOR A MIRACLE, LIKE HCG (THE GOOD STUFF, NOT THE WEAK RIPP OFFS). Even then, (speaking for myself) thou I was’nt hungry, my eyes and mind would think of- I guess how good the BAD CARBS were before the diet and stinky habits would try to get in the way but A FEW DROPS OF THE CORRECT HCG AND DETERMINATION KEPT ME ON TRACK W/O CHEATING. OH YES I THOUGHT ABOUT IT, AND THAT’S ALL IT WAS A THOUGHT. Even now on ph3 I still may “see” something I use to like to eat and think of how good it was, like BLUE BELL HOMEMADE VANILLA ICE-CREAM, yet yesterday when I ate a spoon of it (OFF PH3) THE TASTE WAS DIFFERENT AND IT UPSET MY STOMACH, so I won’t force it , just because I use to like it and I’m not saying the taste for it won’t come back, BUT I HOPE NOT CAUSE SHE’S (Blue Bell) ONE OF THE REASONS I’M NOW TRYING TO LOOSE THE FAT.lol Wel,l I just went on and on-hope it helped someone.
Can someone offer me some advice. So basically since this sunday I was 207 pounds so far this week i have only lost 2 pounds. I manged to lose like 2 more pounds but my wieght keeps fluctuating from 204-207 i dont understand whats going on. this has been happening for about 3-4 days now. im so frustrated. the only thing i have changed since last week is that I started eating extra lean ground beef for protein and hard boiled eggs. My total caloric intake is about 500. im just so confused. tonight my family is eating KFC and because of how frustrated i feel, i just so want to have some. can someone help me out. Thanks
Hello Everyone, I noticed Sherrie (whoom I Love Dearly) was talking to someone about cheating. If the drops are WEAK, it’s a hard road to travel and it will take A-LOT OF DETERMINATION-PERIOD! HOWEVER, THAT’S WHY ALOT OF US DIETERS LOOK FOR A MIRACLE, LIKE HCG (THE GOOD STUFF, NOT THE WEAK RIPP OFFS). Even then, (speaking for myself) thou I was’nt hungry, my eyes and mind would think of- I guess how good the BAD CARBS were before the diet and stinky habits would try to get in the way but A FEW DROPS OF THE CORRECT HCG AND DETERMINATION KEPT ME ON TRACK W/O CHEATING. OH YES I THOUGHT ABOUT IT, AND THAT’S ALL IT WAS A THOUGHT. Even on ph3 I still may “see” something I use to like to eat and think of how good it was, like BLUE BELL HOMEMADE VANILLA ICE-CREAM, yet yesterday when I ate a spoon of it (OFF PH3) THE TASTE WAS DIFFERENT AND IT UPSET MY STOMACH, so I won’t force it , just because I use to like it and I’m not saying the taste for it won’t come back, BUT I HOPE NOT CAUSE SHE’S (Blue Bell) ONE OF THE REASONS I’M NOW TRYING TO LOOSE THE FAT.lol Wel,l I just went on and on-hope it helped someone.
Tray, what you just said is the reason you are NOT losing…Stay with the plan, leave the eggs alone and weigh that meat out, 3.5 oz on p2. You can have all the meat you want on p3 without measureing.
The eggs are for vegetarians and then it’s an egg and 2 egg whites. Weren’t you doing well with the diet when you were following the plan?? Dr Simeons worked on this diet and perfected it, if you want it to work right, then follow it, plain and simple.
I did cheat, but as I said before, I was NOT in the right state of mind to be on this diet for the 3rd time, plus I was not overweight, still in the normal bmi, but yet just a few pounds more than my low weight, so wanted to nip it in the bud. The thing is, I am on p3, I stick strictly with this phase and when I had the 60 lbs to lose, I did follow the diet. Just learned after the first time, it’s best to do 3 weeks NOT 6.
Please go back to following the plan
I love you too Sandra..:)
I also am going to have a 1/2 cup of ice cream next Tuesday night(the 15th) when I go to p4. 🙂 But, I’m quitting at the 1/2 cup, not going to make it 1/2 gallon. 🙂
I knew u were my sister, cause that was me the 1/2 gallon.lol Yes, my e-mail did some funny stuff too. My drops still hav not arrived, but I ate very lite today-not much of appetite for some GOOOOOD REASON!!!
LOL That was a joke about the ice cream. Would you believe until I was on p4 this last time, I was not a big ice cream eater. I would eat some occasionally or would like to go to DQ to get a blizzard or shake, but would usually buy vanilla for hubby and either none for me or the kind with brownies, etc in it. If I had vanilla, I would have to have a bunch of hersheys syrup on it, then when the syrup was gone, I would put more on it. I loved the toppings. I also like homemade shakes. I love my cakes, reeses pb cups, cakes, etc I like pies, but not as much as the other stuff. So, this is where I will always have problems. I just need to learn when to quit eating the “bad foods”. A little bit of this or that is okay, it’s the “lot of this and that, that isn’t”. I’ll just be glad when I get to p4, but, I still have 4-7 lbs I would like to lose. I’m doing better actually on p3 this time(as far as maintaining and not losing a lot).
Sandra, just sent you back another e-mail hon. I’m getting yours, but you don’t seem to be getting mine. AT&T have been having problems with e-mails lately. Anyway, don’t see the question on here that you asked, I’m looking…
I’m about to go to bed, I’m soooo tired.
Sherrie,We can talk tommorrow, have a Good, Restful and Peaceful night
Just shoot me an e-mail. I will be home until around 10:45 tomorrow and Sunday and then have to work all weekend and won’t be home at night until between 8 and 9:30
Hey, everybody! I have been a silent reader on this site for about six months. I lost 25 pounds my first time through, last August/September. I had about 15 more to go so I planned to lose between Thanksgiving and Christmas but couldn’t stick to it (for obvious reasons — CHOCOLATE). Loooooong story made short — I loaded three times and didn’t follow through so I have put back on 12 pounds of my 25. I am so discouraged. I loaded again last weekend and did fantastic until Wednesday when I found out there is a slim chance my husband won’t have a job next year (he is a teacher). So now I cheated for THREE DAYS. Not horrible by any means but definitely went off the diet. So how do I recover? Do I keep taking the drops and stick with it or do I need to lay off for a while then start with loading again followed by P2?
Thanks for all the information and encouragement y’all have provided, even though I have been “lurking” silently! I bet I am not the only one who has been creeping this site. It is AWESOME!
Sage
My answer has more to do with how your weight is. Did you hit your goal before, are you close to your goal or are you still overweight by quite a lot? If you’re way over weight, then I would say just don’t even do the diet anymore until you feel you can have 6 weeks of not cheating(3 weeks of p2, 3 weeks of p3). If you are close to your weight like I was last time, you probably just can’t get motivated as you’re so close, that inside you’re not really that worried about it, or that’s how I was anyway, yet, now I’m glad I stuck out the 3 weeks, even though I did have some cookies last time here and there(that was NOT good).
Now, the last thing I’m going to tell you is the most important. STRESS is one of the worse things for the heart, along with obesity. It never does you any good to worry about things that you can NOT change! God always watches over everyone that believes in him. I know he always has me. Things I use to worry about, I found out afterwards there was never a reason to worry to begin with. This is March, things can change in a few months, even a few days time. If he thinks he may get laid off, have him start looking for a different job now. What kind of work does he do? Where do you live? Moving is always hard, but yet its always been a new adventure for me. You can’t use everything for a crutch. You either want to lose weight Sage, or you don’t. That choice is yours and yours only.
Good luck sweetie!!
Thediva
Your post came through to my e-mail, but I can’t find it on here.
First of all, no mixing veggies. You have a list of veggies you’re allowed on the protocol, broccoli is not one of them. You can have that on the next phase. As far as the veggies I ate on p2, I always planned both my meals for the day with the meat I was going to eat, then would add in my 2 different fruits for the day. I always weighed out my fruits(would peel the orange then weigh, would core the apple then weigh and would weigh out the strawberries(5.3 oz is 50 calories on those). The apple is like 16.25 calorie and oz and an orange 14.55 an oz). Then the veggies I would see how much it was on a saved veggie calorie site and add those in last. Make sure you don’t go over on calories, although, if you’re under a few calories, that is better than being over.
As far as toothpaste, yes, you can use toothpaste, if you’re on homeopathic drops, you can actually use all your regular stuff.
My drops I was getting on ebay, they are no longer selling them. I’m afraid before too long, anyone that wants to buy them is going to have a harder and harder time finding them to buy. So, my advice(as was someone elses on here) to get a few bottles(they have long shelf lifes) and put them in a dry cool place unopened, and then if you need them on down the road, you will have them
I understand now. The reason I was eating eggs in the first place was because I was told I was allowed to have it in replacement of chicken or ground beef that I would eat for protein. If I knew it was not for me and only for vegetarians, I would not have touched it. Just great my ignorance to that detail cost me a good couple pounds. Oh well we all make mistakes. Thanks Sherrie. I was starting to have a feeling it was those eggs. Oh yeah btw I never ended up eating that KFC I craved it when I saw my family eating it for dinner, but guess what? I went to bed last night and I had a dream I ate it, and when I ate it in my dream I was so disgusted with the taste. When I woke up in the morning I told myself just because of that dream I wont crave anymore KFC. The dream felt so real, I actually tasted the chicken in my dream and it was DISGUSTING!!! LOL. I wont be having anymore KFC craving for a LLLLLLLLOOOOOOOOOONNNGGG time.
Tray, it’s okay. Sometimes you hit a plateau to begin with, but you also have to pay close attention to what you eat while on p2 and if it affects your weight at all. Not all foods affect people the same way, just like caffeine doesn’t do a thing for me, yet someone else that drank as much caffeine as I do would be shaking or up all night.
I haven’t been to KFC for awhile, ours is kind of disgusting looking(dirty). I do like bojangles, but will wait until I’m on p4 before I eat that. For now, regular old grilled chicken is good to me. I actually use Tony Chachere’s seasoning (instead of salt) and pepper on it and it’s really good. It has a spicy taste.
How was your weight this morning? Make sure you drink your fluids and try to leave the eggs for p3. I eat them just about every day on this phase, either in an omelet in a bag or scrambled.
Keep up the good work, you will get there!
Jamie, haven’t heard from you in a while, how are you doing?
Am leaving for work shortly, would love to hear if you’re down anymore..And, everyone else for that matter.
I was staying in my 142’s this time, you know, 142.2, 142.4, etc then went to 143, which was fine as I was 145.6 on last drop day(which was 2 weeks ago yesterday). Anyway, this morning, I was down 1.4 lbs from yesterday(I had a big breakfast yesterday, 2 egg omelet in a bag with cheese and green pepper), then had 6 slices of bacon and a huge apple with stevia, I can’t believe it’s not butter spray and cinnamon in the microwave) then for lunch had 1/2 piece of grilled chicken and an apple(wasn’t hungry as I bought those pills to help curb hunger that I was talking about), and then for dinner, had a 1/3 pound burger(no bun), an apple and 2 cheese sticks). Anyway, I was quite surprised to see I had dropped. I can handle eating like that and then losing, although, I don’t really understand how it all works, but this shows you, you eat healthy, and you will lose.
Thx! Not sure if drops r homeopathic bought at gnc in the white box?? but I am watching calories didn’t mix veggies or eat broccoli I dont eat the same meat each meal should I? And I only eat apples I may try oranges next week 1 week completed today:)! Keep going everyone! Can’t wait 2 b done food choice is limited b/c I don’t eat a lot of meat normally;(
I weighed in at 205 pounds this morning. So pretty much I only lost 2 pounds so far this week. I will take your advice and stay away from the eggs. Thanks Sherrie, as usual you have been a great help. 🙂
What pills did you buy to curb your hunger? I need help with that so much! Where can I get?
Sandra,
I live in houston too…you can get the hcg drops from. GNC or even at a CVS..in the meantime
While you are waiting for your drops to come in. I have used them once as a backup…and work.
I currently don’t have any for u to use. I have mine ordered and will start my third round of
P2 on the 17th. . I will be loading days 15 and 16th.. perfect days for me since I’m going to the
Rodeo to see KISS on the 15th… haha!!! I have lost 83 lbs on 3 x five week P2 rounds..so I know
This system works and is great. I have about 35 lbs to go. I really only have 30 to go..but each
Time I go on P3 I stabilize and maintain 5 lbs above the last drops weight… I know most willsay
You are not supposed to gain more than 2 lbs on P3..but I’m 6’2..and (now) 245. So 5 lbs to
Me is equal to 2 lbs for most other people.. good luck with your P2 and your future loss!!
Jarrod.
This week-end is my loading days, I am 218Lbs by Monday should be about 223Lbs, now that is scary. Monday I will go to work ,weigh, measure and began P1. I am so excited. Wish me luck!
Hello to all I’m a newbie and thus us round 1 on gnc drops
How long do u need 2 wait b4 u start again? Can I eat other fish I don’t like red meat:( Can I spray my grill with the Pam spray
Thx
Hi Jarod, Thanks alot! Someone else told me about CVS have’nt been able to find them Walgreens had them but took them off the shelf (re-call). GNC has 2 different kind which one did you get that you know works? Also if you know which CVS it is please tell me, they’re probably cheaper-prefer them. I’m VERY PROUD OF YOU AND YOUR WEIGHT LOST, I KNOW YOU’RE BEAMING!!!!! Waiting on your answer!!!!
Sherry, I ordered some super african mango 1200 from ebay. You take 2 a day(I take them before breakfast), so far they seem to be helping
Thediva, most likely they’re homeopathic(the real ones come from another country), and with those, you don’t have to change anything you use, and yes you can brush your teeth..
You need to have a different fruit, meat and veggie for dinner than you have for lunch. If you eat an apple for lunch, you need a different fruit for dinner, to not eat the same 2 things in a day.
Thediva, I would recommend going to p3 for 3 weeks, then loading up and going back on p2.
You can have white fish.
Yes, you can spray your grill with pam, when I was on p2, I would spray pam on my fresh asparagus before baking, and also on my cabbage, and would add some garlic salt and microwave for 2 minutes(that’s good too)
Jrod
Congratulations on the loss
Remember though, it doesn’t matter how tall you are, you do want to not go more than 2 lbs above last drop day. I’ve known people that are taller than that, that still follow it like it’s supposed to be. This next time, if you go 2 lbs up, take control of it then, this is really the only way for it to continue to work right when you’re completely done.
Kiss, cool, have fun. Wish I was going
Hi Jarrod, I’m really not that hungry, but I’m not strictly on ph3 any more, So I’m on ph4- (??)- (WANTED TO GO RIGHT BACK TO PH2 BUT DID’NT GET MY DROPS) but I’ve had 4sm cookies, 2crackers, 2sm bite size of chocolate and 1 spoon of ice-cream all with in 3-days and of course my regular meals (not heavy, and I have’nt gained). I have’nt had any bread, fried foods or slices of cake or pie. So EVERYONE (SHERRIE), WHAT I’M TRYING TO ASK IS WILL I BE OKAY TIL MY DROPS COME IN, IF FROM THIS DAY-IF I JUST STAY PH3 FOCUS TIL I GET MY DROPS. I ordered some from 2 different places and really hate to spend MORE MONEY on some while I’m waiting. (They should be in by Wednesday). I mean that would be like an extra 40.00 @ GNC (UNLESS SOME ONE CAN LOCATE THEM CHEAPER ON THE SPOT). SIITING-IN A-WAIT-TAKING ALL CALLS-so to speak!!! THANKS EVERYONE!!!!
Thx! So baking is ok boiled fish Didn’t sound good lol I’ve been eating chicken and shrimp b/c of that also the guy David on this site said he only ate apples I’m not big on citrus fruit but …….will it keep me from losing????
Thx! So baking is ok boiled fish Didn’t sound good lol I’ve been eating chicken and shrimp b/c of that also the guy David on this site said he only ate apples I’m not big on citrus fruit but …….will it keep me from losing???? Also read pounds and inches and I thought it said other fish was ok except fatty 1 like tuna herring pickerel ??? What about sole or cod or tilipia
Yes, the drops were at CVS….that’s when I should have bought them. Now they are gone. I have enough drops for tomorrow and really hope my new drops from HCG-EZ come in on Mon. I know we are to follow Dr. Simeons protocol to a T but I’m always reading and researching sites. Has anyone read “How to Feel Good Naked in 26 Days” also known as HCG Body for Life or been on the site? He so far is one of the closest I have found to Dr. S. One thing they have added to their acceptable food list is White Tuna. This got me thinking………when Dr. S. did his research wasn’t tuna only sold in cans packed with oil? Can tuna (solid white packed in water) be okay to use now on P2? Has anyone out there used it with results? He also encourages the use of Organic Apple Cider Vinegar. I was drinking this daily before HCG because it was a natural for gout. Is there anyone that uses this on the original HCG protocol? I would like to start drinking it again (3 Tbs. diluted in 8oz. of water before bed) Would be interested in hearing from anyone with their advice and suggestions.
Also, I’ve had a great R2 so far. I’m not near my desired weight lose but getting there. I went to a baby shower today. Got a little dressed up and I’m telling you I felt good and looked good. At 50 I almost looked like a “Hot Mamma” Everyone have a Blessed night and stay strong.
Sandra, on p4, you are allowed to eat all of that stuff. You just need to slowly bring it back in to your diet(as you’ve done). As far as p3, you can stay on that the rest of your life if you want. 🙂 The only thing that is important if you do that, is kind of put some p4 foods in the diet, like whole grains, your body needs that stuff too.
I stayed pretty much on p3 for months, as I liked p3 so much. I’m ready to add back a little bit(yes, just a little bit) of my sugar and carbs this time. 10 days and counting. I want a bowl of oatmeal with a banana(or cream of wheat with strawberries and bananas).
Thediva
Yes, you can bake your fish, or grill..??
You need to mix the fruit up. Dr Simeons said if you eat an apple for lunch, eat one of the different allowed fruits for dinner. I love getting strawberries and sweetening them with stevia
You’re right, no tuna fish. You can do a search on “white fish” and see what is considered white fish.
Make sure you don’t eat the canned meats(chicken, tuna) and don’t do the imitation stuff.
What’s with the mango diet, suppressing your appetite if hcg does-I know Sherrie you said for energy, but I thought B-12 was recommended for energy on hcg-diet-CONFUSED AGAIN-LOL. I’m looking for ALL THAT WORKS TOGETHER!!!!
I love it when you’re confused.
B12 has never done anything for me, of course the pills never work as well as shots, but, even the shots I got of B12 years ago never worked for me
The African mango is to suppress your appetite, plus supposed to give you energy.
I’ve only been taking it 2 days. 🙂
Hey sherrie,
Been super busy u know me, down 2 today after my gain from my periods,
Just for on a new med, wil talk offline on that but man I’m NOT HUNGRY at all, naucious really?
Going to bed, good night all…
It’s the eggs if u r in p2 eggs r not allowed:( sorry
Well the ones I from cvs on the southwest side of town in sagar land. the ones I used were just called HCG… I used them for 5 days before I gave them
To my co worker..my order came in I use a product called weight off plus for professional health products. Its a homeopathic blend. It works for me. U can find them from vitacost website.
Well I am beaming..when I am off my cycle I go the the gym at LA fitness to keep me steady..so of the 5 lbs I gain back is muscle…I stay on the no sugar no starch plan..low carb. But went out to mexican food at arandas this week…blew it..but didn’t gain. Haha.
Well…i know.. but I been doing a lot of gym work and weight training and building muscle massnow that the fat loss has been stabilized..so I’m ok with the 5 lb gain..cuz I’m still losing inches and toning..I’m 40..so I feel overall great and gaining strength back I gained all this weight after getting hit by a car while riding a bike 6 yrs ago… so…its time this is a great way to take it off anf now I know how to keep it off.
Good luck Babs! This weekend is my loading as well. I did it Friday/Saturday and I start the LCD today. Are you doing 40 days? Let me know how tomorrow goes for you.
Hello All! Today is day 3 (2 days of loading is over), day 1 of 500 calorie. This site has inspired me to start the HCG Diet. I will keep you all posted on my success!
Have a great Sunday
RAR,
If you loaded Friday and Saturday, what did you do yesterday? You should have started the vlcd yesterday.?
Thediva
There are different hcg diets, I wanted to follow Dr Simeons protocol. He said if you eat an apple for lunch, to do a different one for dinner.
You have to pick which one you’re going to follow
I’m sure it was supposed to say broiled fish, not boiled. 🙂
I am following dr simeons I read it but didnt see the 2 fruit part I will start 2 day: day 7 with different fruit;) do I need 2 switch meat too? Also after 40 days if I need 2 restart how long do I wait? THX! for your help:) happy Monday!!
Hi is this ur first time also? Which protocol are u following? I’m going 40 days too
Good luck I’ll b watching ur comments!
Dinner:
The same four choices as lunch but you should not repeat the meat, vegetable or fruit within
the same day
Wait 3 weeks, reload and then start back over.
Happy Monday to you too. 🙂
I know we are to follow Dr. Simeons protocol to a T but I’m always reading and researching sites. Has anyone read “How to Feel Good Naked in 26 Days” also known as HCG Body for Life or been on the site? He so far is one of the closest I have found to Dr. S. One thing they have added to their acceptable food list is White Tuna. This got me thinking………when Dr. S. did his research wasn’t tuna only sold in cans packed with oil? Can tuna (solid white packed in water) be okay to use now on P2? Has anyone out there used it with results? He also encourages the use of Organic Apple Cider Vinegar. I was drinking this daily before HCG because it was a natural for gout. Is there anyone that uses this on the original HCG protocol? I would like to start drinking it again (3 Tbs. diluted in 8oz. of water before bed) Would be interested in hearing from anyone with their advice and suggestions.
Also, I’ve had a great R2 so far. I’m not near my desired weight lose but getting there. I went to a baby shower Saturday. Got a little dressed up and I’m telling you I felt good and looked good. At 50 I almost looked like a “Hot Mamma”
Afetrnoon ladies,
I weighed myself after 2 days of loading and I lost 1 pound, is this normal? I had eggs, polish sausage,coffee heavy on the cream and splenda,ice cream, choc chip cookies, stew,papa murphy stuffed chicago style pizza,more ice cream,chips,ranch dressing, just about anything that would fit in my mouth,LOL at the end of the second day which was yesterday I was sooooooo sick of food. Yet weighed this morning and lost1 pound, go figure.
I actually lost 1 pound as well. Not sure if normal, but…I weigh over 300 pounds so I would have to eat a lot of calories to put on.
Hello ladies,
It is not unusual at all to lose some even on the loading days. What you will soon find out is that our weight fluctuates a lot more than we probably ever realized. Unless you were already in a habit of weighing yourself every single day, down to the ounce, you probably had no idea how much it could change and how rapidly. The more “atune” you will now become to that. Don’t worry though, as long as you are following the diet and not cheating, your true weight will shine through….good luck!
The first time I started the diet, I weighed 196.6, the first day of loading I lost a pound, next day I gained
B/v womens weight goes up/down o dint weigh in every Fay just 1 a week and Im fine with that;) I can’t find a new scale any ideas (food scale)
Thediva
I had a good scale, but it was a pain to weigh food on as it would lock before I was done getting my 3.5 oz. So used hubbys postage scale(he thinks it came from Staples)
Thedivia,
Soft Works brand scale…at most grocery stores and Target. It is awesome…you can put an empty plate or dish on it, zero out the weight, then add food for the weight you want…it even has the digital read out that pulls out so a large plate doesn’t hide the readout…it is perfect!
Our is digital too, and that’s how I do it. Put a saucer on it(never needed to use a big plate LOL. I would zero it out and then weigh my meat.
Thx for the scale info! b/c i don’t have a scale I’ve been eating 2 Tyson all natural chicken tenderloin strips does anyone know if that’s 3.5 ounces
I think it’s 2 oz for each one. If they’re in a bag, it should have servings info on the back. You need to eat fresh chicken. Get that scale
So do u think i blew it 4 the first week? I don’t have a scale now and i was told that 3 strips was 4oz so I just had 2 I will get a scale soon or keep eating shrimp it weighed lol
Just read protocol again and I cant find amount 4 veggies I’ve been doing 2 cups good or bad? My drops directions said 2 cups!
I would weigh my meat, then fruit then veggie. I wouldn’t really follow anything on that, other than to count it for yourself to make sure you don’t go over. I would eat lettuce every day for lunch and would count it as 20 calories(which was high, but would have rather been under than over on the 500 calories.
You can use this site for calories
foodanddiet.com/NewFiles/calories-vegetables.html
Hello Everyone, Just wanted to report I’m feeling better, pass few days everything was up-setting my stomach. I’m maintaining 217. Still waiting on my drops. I don’t know how I’m gonna do the 2-load days, I don’t have an appetite. No desire for BLUE BELL, COOKIES, CAKE OR A GREASY HAMBURGER. I guess that’s all good-right. I’m so ready to do Rd2 and knock my last 17lbs out the door!! I’m 1/2in from 6ft, so I think a set weight of 200lbs will be fine. “I MEAN FINE” (coca cola bottle)
How’s it going Christine? Jarod decided to wait on drops, 1-will be in Tues and the other one Wed (have’nt had appetite to do laod days anyway). Sherrie look for e-mail.
Are we allowed Stevia in our coffee during P2? I could not find the information on it. I do know it has no calories therefore should be allowed, right?
Hey Sandra I’m 6’0 and was thinking 195 so I’ll always have a 5 lbs warning thats says stop eating lol so how was rd1 can u give me pointers? I’m a newbie day 7 but I may have messed up eating frozen chicken 🙁 don’t weight daily so I’ll know Monday day 14 when I weigh in
Thx! Watching 4 ur comments:)
Hey everyone, I am typing this from the hospital, my daughter is really sick, both hubby and I have had a bad tummy flu like symptoms. I cheated today with oyster crackers and diet sprite my princess is very sick that we had to bring her in. pretty sure she’s getting an iv.
Just wanted to check in tho.
Best wishes to ur baby I’m praying:)
what happens if u forget the Melba toast?
Goodmorning Thediva, I bought lots of melba toast and breadsticks, I only ate about 7 pieces the entire diet. You don’t have to eat them! I bought frozen chicken breasts from Sam’s, cooked about 4-5, ate 1, froze the others. Made it easy for me to come in and warm up. Other than not eating the starch I followed ph2 EXACT: 3OZ MEAT, 2 CUPS VEGGIE 2 FRUITS and LOTS OF TEA and WATER.I weighed in @ 237, I’m now 217!! I Love the HCG-DIET!!!!!!!!!!Yes, you can use Stevia, I did not.
JAMIE SORRY TO HEAR ABOUT YOUR PRINCESS, HOPE SHE FEELS BETTER!!!!!!!
yes Babs, you can have as much stevia everyday as you want. That and sweet n low are the only 2 allowed
Thediva
You want to go to the BMI site, it gives you what the bmi is and what is in the healthy range(you want to be in the healthy range).
Thediva, it’s important to weigh each day. You need to get in to that habit, as when you go to p3(which, you’re on p2 right now, not p1) you have to weigh every day, as if you go up in weight you have to know what to do. I think the weighing everyday on p2 is only so you get in that habit of doing something you’re going to have to do the rest of your life to keep your weight in the 2 (not 5) pounds
nhlbisupport.com/bmi/
Not a thing, I only did melba toast first time around. Some people tend to lose less eating it. It’s just extra calories, if you don’t feel you need the calories or you’re not hungry, then don’t eat them
Sandra dear
You’re supposed to eat 3.5 oz of meat, not 3 oz.
Thanks I got the chicken and the scale I’ll start the weighing daily on Monday so I’ll b ready for p3 btw can I have milk on p3? And altoids on P2?
Thanks I got the chicken and the scale I’ll start the weighing daily on Monday so I’ll b ready for p3 btw can I have milk on p3? And altoids on P2? Thx! Sandra I don’t want Stevia or Melba lol;) good luck with ur goal? Day 8 4 me
Another question to the forum. Does anyone know of a gum or mint that we can have during P2? I think when I’m out and running around it will help curb the sonic cherry limeaide craving..
Meg
Hey Everyone- I’m back, and so excited to knock off this weight! Again. I was on hcg twice last year. The first time was drops and the second was injections. I must say my body responded better to the drops. I started a new career path in the Fall and that had me on the road and still does 3 weeks out of the month. The hype over fabulous foods in new cities has passed and so is gaining back the weight I worked so hard to lose last year. I’m ready to lose it again and stay positive along the way. I had my first 500 calorie day yesterday and woke up 5 lbs lighter. Yay! I LOVE this site and I continually refer others to it. Glad I have each of you for support. Happy Losing!
I actually chewed it(the sugar free) the first time around, but it does have calories/carbs in it, so really should not have it
Thediva, why not start with the weighing the chicken tomorrow morning?
No mints, gum, etc on p2(vlcd) with p3, yes you can have milk(I usually drink the 2%, but really not a big milk drinker
Stevia is fine, there is NOTHING in it, no carbs, no sugar, no calories, etc. I use it in my sweet tea and on my strawberries.
Hi everyone, I am wondering if oatmeal is allowed on P3. I haven’t started p3 yet but am getting close to coming off the drops so I wanted to get some input before I start. thanks.
No, it’s not allowed until you get to p4
Read this if you get a chance on foods to eat/not to eat on p3
hcginfoonline.com/maintenance%20phase.htm#Starchy_(High_Carb)_Vegetables0
Hello everyone, today I weighed myself and I was 200 pounds now. Im so happy. I have lost 20 pounds in just a little over 2 weeks and if you include my gorge days than that’s 25 pounds. To anyone that can answer i have a question. Anyways, I decided I was just going to do 3 weeks of the drops than go to phase 3. Thing is am I suppose to keep losing weight during this period, because I really want to keep losing weight? If not would it be best if I just did 6 weeks of the drops instead of 3, if I wish to continue losing weight. Thanks and keep up the GREAT WORK EVERYONE!!! DROP THOSE POUNDS AND INCHES!!!
Hey Tray
Congratulations on the weight loss
You’re supposed to stabilize on p3 within 2 pounds of your last drop day, but on my other 2 p3’s I lost both times. This time, I’ve stabilized better, but was wanting to lose around 5 more pounds. 🙁 Right now in 2 1/2 weeks(since last drop day), I’m only down 3 lbs. The thing is, I don’t want to go on p2 again right now, as that will put me under my goal, which I don’t want to happen. How much more are you wanting to lose? If it’s at least 20 lbs or more, and you’re not having a hard time on p2, I would go another 3 rounds(you can quit the drops anywhere in between 3-6 weeks)
Hey Sherrie, I have another 55 pounds to lose. When you said the rounds did you mean another 3 weeks or 3 rounds of p2 and p3. Also, I am going to assume that losing weight during ph3 is a big no no and should be avoided and countered with a steak day.
Acually, I lost weight on p3 without trying before, and everything I’ve read, you can say it’s an added bonus. 🙂
Sorry, I meant another 3 weeks to make it 6 weeks. 🙂 That was before I knew how much you wanted to lose yet. With that being said, since you want to lose another 55 lbs. If it were me, I would probably do 3 weeks on p2, then 3 weeks on p3, then go back to p2 and continue doing the 3 weeks until you get to your desired weight, but that’s just my opinion. I found it was really hard when I did the 6 weeks, which is why the next two times I only did 3 weeks at a time(that was even hard on me this last time)
C O N G R A T U L A T I O N S TRAY!!!!!!!!
Hi Thediva, hope all is going well, forgive me for the error on the amt. of meat. However, my good friend Sherrie corrected me. I finally received my drops and now I don’t know want to do because I’m not hungry and feel full all the time.
Do u hold ur drops under ur tounge if so 4 how long?
Do u hold ur drops under ur tongue? If so 4 how long
Thx! 4 the phase 3 info got the scale weighed my chicken found out 2 strips was just fine:) whew! Even thought I’m not weighing daily I can c something happening lol will start Monday with daily weigh ins every am after potty time lol thx!!
I would hold mine for less than a minute under my tongue
But why do you want to wait until Monday for everything. You need daily weigh ins Thediva, from today until forever. This is the only way you’re ever going to be able to see how your body reacts to the different foods and to get you in a habit of weighing.This should have been done from day 1.
Sandra ..hey there Houston home girl.!
Glad to hear you decided to wait for ur drops and not go out and buy more.! Have they came in
Yet?? Well I know how u feel about the load days..especially after u have done around or 2..
But…for me doing a 6 week cycle..I don’t Cheat for 6 weeks…so the two load days are planned
Out by me… maybe not to the point of gluttony but I plan on to eat the foods athat are the hardest
For me.. like wings pizza popcorn peanut butter mexican food.. gen tso’s chicken.. and plan to eat
Those spread out over the 2 days. Appetite will mentally be there cuz u know u just want to lose
Weight and loading seems to go against it..but..we all know that those 2 days are needed..
I do hope ur stomach is feeling better!! I know ur ready to drop those last 17 lbs!! That’s how I feel about my last 30.! Haha.. I am glad this round I really have followed P3 strictly so I can stay within
3 lbs since my last drops.. of course a 5 week break is almost harder to do than the 6 weeks on.. cuz I just wanna get back on ikt..but know my body needs the hcg break.. so here I am at the gym
On th stat bike replying to u on my phone..hhaa multi-tasker!!
Now for everyone… my mom sent me a txt message last night saying she seen this ABC news
Report on HCG saying how dangerous it is and can cause blood clotting and brain anurysems
And heart issues…she beggd me to not do it anymore… Iwent online looked up the story and say what they broadcasted… well MY opinion is that. Some doctors are not gonna agree with the diet
But now since its so popular of course there will be unfound scare tactics that the media will post.
The same things were said when the low carb atkins diet was big in the late 90’s.. well… I don’t know whatis fact or not…has anyone seen that broadcast lastnight? Well. Believe in this to the tune of 84
Pounds in the last 6 mo…and have 30 more to go…so…I’m. Doing it by the way its been done for the last 60 years.. and take the breaks and do it…sorry mom.. I know mothers know best…but I also know media scare tactics too..haha.
Any diet you go on can be dangerous. The cardiologist that was on Dr Oz said he has lost on it and he’s all for it and he’s a heart Dr!! The thing is, you have to weigh things out, is it healthier to go on this diet and lose weight and learn how to eat, or is it healthier to be obese and die of heart disease? I’m hoping I’m done dieting. I do have 3-6 lbs still to lose, not enough to go back to the drops for sure(I’m in the normal bmi range), so am going to have to lose these on my own. I am eating a lot of fresh fruits right now, and a lot of protein. I’m also up on calories, since I’m on p3. I did honestly think about doing the drops and vlcd for 1 week to get the last few off, but do you really think 6 lbs would make a difference in the way I look? LOL I thought about it and the answer is NO. I’ll continue to do my crunches everyday and hopefully get back on my walking schedule and drop the inches(who cares about a few pounds if you get rid of the fat?
Good luck on the rest of your journey
Okay, so I just did a search on ABC as JRod said and found the segment. I sure wish I could give my 2 cents worth to that Dr. and that dietician. for one, I went on a 500 calorie diet before I ever went on this. I started in May of 2009 and come October of 2009(after walking a mile every day and eating 500 or less calories a day, I lost 30 lbs. Now, this diet I lost more than that, I was getting my veggies, fruits and proteins(unlike the 500 calorie a day diet I was on). Also, that’s B.S that you will gain it back. They say if you lose slow, well, I consider 30 lbs in 5 mos slow, that it stays off. I have eaten “forbidden” foods on p4 of this diet without putting on, and the only reason I put on over Christmas was because I wouldn’t have a little of this I would have A LOT of this and that, and not 2-3 cookies but a dozen. Sorry, but anyone would put on weight like that.
So, as I said, I wish I could give my 2 cents worth 2 those 2 people on the ABC segment
Hey Rach..keep us posted as to your progress. Today is vlcd day 1 for me …looking forward to a good loss tomorrow morning! 🙂 Gained 5lbs in loading.
Thanks Sherrie 🙂 Also my next question is that if I am going on p3 lets say Sunday does that mean in stop the drops tomorrow. Cause I started the VLCD or ph2 on a Sunday so would that mean i would start ph3 this sunday. If it helps this sunday would mark three weeks. I just want to know when to stop the drops and when to start ph3. Thx 🙂
Thank you so much!!! 🙂
Hi I’m not hungry period…. day 8 can I skip drops but still eat 500 so I can save them lol
I’m using the drops from
Gnc anyone else?
I’m on day 8 don’t feel hungry at all but u can’t skip meals I know.
Need 2 rounds probably so I need receipe ideas??? Anyone!!!
THX!
I wanted to add my “2 cents” that this hcg weight loss program is certainly a life changer. As a guy who fought off Stage 3 cancer and still has to deal with the long-lasting side effects of chemotherapy, I am so grateful that the hcg liquid drops diet became a part of my new healther-me lifestyle. I was able to drop 24 pounds in my first round and more importantly, now I can keep if off by watching what I eat and getting a little assist from my liquid appetite suppressant that also has a natural energy boost in it. Funny thing is that I no longer have the desire to eat some of those nasty old burger and fries meals that helped get me to my max weight at 250 pounds. I encourage anyone considering it to take a chance and go for it. It’s well worth it.
Hi BigJohn, You’re AWARDED A DOUBLE CONGRATULATIONS!!!!!! For OVERCOMING THE OBSTACLES!!!! I’ve been maintaining ph3 (with a few cheats here and there, nothing major). How many rounds did you do and how long have you been on the hcg-diet?
Heeeey JRod, How r u? Yes I was feelin better, ate supper and miserable again. Soon as I get my appetite back I’ll be right back with u (rd2). I’m going to load on ALL THAT BAD CARBS you’re talking about. I hope my drops are GOOD (someone reffered the company), but I order from 2 different companies (just in case). Some one on the site said GNC”s drops are GOOD! Hope I don’t have to go there, these are cheaper, but u know the saying: CHEAPER IS NOT ALWAYS BETTER!!!!!
Hi Sandra where do u drops come from? How long have u been on the diet?
Did u ever skip drops or meals on days when u were not hungry at all?
What are the best times to take the drops? I take the drops first thing when I wake up.. Then get confused as to the best and most beneficial time to do afternoon and evening drops. Anyone care to share?
I Got my drops from HCGA Diet Club. They have 4 flavors and the mint tastes like a treat. I lost 22 pounds in P2 and I am maintaining so far. Lots of great ideas and suggestions here. Thanks everyone for all the feedback and sharing.
Hi Gina,
I take my drops 7-1-7. Start on my way out the door, That’s after I have had my coffee and am ready to drive to work, this way i’am not drinking water while I drive. At least 6hrs apart seems to work for me. I loaded on the 5th & 6th of March and did a good job of that and I do not have any hunger pangs ;+)
I thought I heard or read somewhere you take the drop’s on P3 for the first 3 days while you are gradually adding more calories so not to shock your system, that we were not to jump right into 1500 Cal right away. Has anyone else read this?
Hi Thediva, My first set of drops came from hcg1234. My others from hcg-ez and health zone (in-which some of my co-bloggers recommended) . The last two I have not tried. Thediva I never skipped meals or drops. I took my drops and tried to eat around the same time everyday and all-ways before 6pm! I did the 3-weeks (500 cal w/ drops). Make sure you have enough drops!!! They may band them anyday(GNC). I know one website told me they are back ordered. I may order some extras!!! I don’t ever want to be w/o HCG (smile)!
WHERE ARE YOU SHERRIE??????
Hi Babs, Where did you get your drops? I like the part not having “ANY HUNGER PANGS”!!!!! I’m on ph3 (sort of) and I don’t have an appetite, BUT I KNOW IT’S COMING and I want to be armed and ready with some GOOD DROPS!!!!!!!
Hey Sandra
Sorry, just got in from work..What you need? If you e-mailed me, I will get to it. Have 30 some e-mails to go through…
Hey Tary
Sorry, just got in from work. I can’t find your post on here, but have it in my e-mail.
How long have you been on the drops? You need to be on them a total of at least 21 days, that means 2 days of drops and load, then 19 days of drops with low calorie diet, then off the drops and 3 more days of vlcd. If you have done at least that, then yes, tonight would be the last day of drops, do low caloriie Thur-Sat and start eating Sunday
I just noticed some ppl take drops three times a day I only take them twice does that matter? Also I dont eat red meat so if I need a steak day will chicken work? If so fried grilled or baked?
Thx!
Also after u reached ur goal weight did u need drops? In case I need 2 buy backup for later
Perfect! So if I do drops at 8-2-8, would you eat lunch at normal lunch time? Basically does it matter when you take the drops as long as you don’t eat 20 before and after?
So drops at 8 lunch at 12-1 drops at 2 dinner 6-7 and drops at 8?
Sorry for so many questions!
Thanks for yalls help!
Gina, there are things they say to do to help maximize your loss. You want to always finish eating by 7:00 at the latest, you want to also stay on a good sleep schedule and try and get at least 7-8 hours of sleep a night, you want to lay off fluids at least a couple hours before going to bed.
My drops were take then not eat or drink for 1/2 hour. Last time I did 15 before/15 after(I took 10 drops 3 x day), then after a few days of getting hungry(that was 3rd time of doing p2), I started doing 20 drops(on these you cut back on drops if you’re getting hungry) and did them all around 10:00 a.m. This way I didn’t have to keep packing and unpacking my drops and also, it kept me fuller all day
Nope, never heard that, nor would I ever do that. Dr Simeons said specifically to stop the drops and stay on the 500 calories for 3 days. After doing p2 3 times, I can tell you, that he did perfect this diet!
NO, your body will think you’re starving it, and it can cause you to gain weight. Follow the diet!
Tray, hope you found my response. You had turned your 2 letters of your name around and it through me, until I just found this
Have you done the 21 days(2 days of drops high calories, 19 days of vlcd with drops)? If so, yes, you don’t have to take drops today, eat vlcd today, tomorrow and Saturday, add back Sunday. If you haven’t done that many days yet, you need too do them first in order for the diet to work.
Believe me, I would love to be a guinea pig and do like 10 days of drops, just to see what happens, as I only have about 3-6 lbs to lose, but am afraid it could mess up what I have already done, plus, I could fall below, which wouldn’t fly with me.
Diva, as I’ve stated, I did the drops one time(instead of the 3 x) once a day and dropped them from 30 to 20 to keep me from getting hungry
You can not substitute chicken for steak, but there are 2 other options instead of steak day that I will post.
I did have to buy drops one more time, but only because I got a little crazy at Christmas and started eating no no’s in large quantities. That was my fault.
I had thought about buying some back up drops from the place I got mine(through the lady on ebay), but haven’t decided yet on doing so. May get one more bottle just because the shelf life is so long
As far as steak day, out of 3 times of being on the diet, I only had a steak day one time, that was when I was on it the first time and going from vlcd and no drops(during those 3 days) and the beginning of p3. I had a stressful day and ate everything/anything. I did the steak/ apple(instead of tomato) and lost what I had put on. Never did need another steak day after that
Here are the other options instead of steak day IF you need them
I know you can do an apple/cheese day too(instead of steak), eat 2 apples and 2 oz of cheese for every meal. Or you can also do a protein day with eggs
◦You are allowed to eat a total of 12 whole eggs and nothing else throughout the course of the entire day.
You would also want to drink lots of water on your Egg Day.
This should help you to lose 1 to 3 pounds within the next 24 hours
Christine
I have missed talking to you via e-mail. 🙂
Hope all is going well with you
I have never been a big soda drinker, so am fortunate(plus all the new news lately on diet sodas is not good). I have maybe had 2-3 diet mug cream sodas in the last almost 3 weeks. I did use to occasionally crave pepsis, but thank Goodness never was a habit I had to break(did give up cigarettes).
When is it you’re starting over and how much do you have to lose? I’m still needing just to lose that 3-6 lbs. 🙂
Sorry, but I had to turn off the nested (threaded) comment function within WordPress. This is where you could reply to a comment and it would appear underneath the comment you reply to. For some oddball reason, the function continued to break comments on my “HCG Diet – Calorie Counter” post. It appears that WordPress has issues when the quantity of comments becomes too large using nested comments.
I was thinking of starting a Facebook Fan page in relation to the HCG Diet which would much better facilitate ongoing discussion like what has been going on in the comment system of this blog for the last 2 years.
My question is: “If I set up a Facebook Fan page, would those of you who have been interacting here become a fan of it and utilize it to continue the discussion of the HCG Diet?
Sherrie, thanks for your info! One more thing, 😉 so if I take the drops at 8 am then eat lunch at 12 ish-1, Then drops after lunch, is that ok?? That is kinda what I have been doing but hope it’s not wrong. But then sometimes I would take the drops then eat lunch 30 min later.. What is the beat routine? I just wanna make sure I do it right;)
Thx! Sherrie
Hi Christine I’m on round 1 also 40 days then rd2 Mayb
Looking forward to reading ur comments Mayb we can email each other since we r on rd1
Let’s go!!
Sherrie, I just read in one of your post that you can do 20 drops one and not do drops the rest of the day??
Hey Sandra..!
I am doing good….well…I went to the Rodeo last night…Saw Martina McBride..
not a big country fan…but she was good….and…speaking of good…
I did have a foot long corn dog and 2 Miller Lites….It was good..!
I was sooo glad I put in the gym work yesterday Morn and this morn..!!
haha… I didnt weigh this morn…but will tomorrow….I dont wanna see ANY set backs !!
Well I am glad you are feeling better…! It seems to be after you eat..? so…just dont eat and you will be ok ?? hahaha….
I am sure your drops will be fine and have the potency you need to get you thru it all.
I know that at GNC they are more costly ( between 40 and 46 dollars ) but..if you
have a GNC discount card…will be a few bucks less….but I dont buy from there..
they are too expensive and can but the same thing on line for 10 dollars less..
This is what I buy and from where…. and have lost the 84 lbs on it ( so far )
I agree…”Cheaper isnt always better” !!
http://www.vitacost.com/Professional-Health-Products-Weight-Off-Plus-HCG/?csrc=PPCADWLT-weight_off_plus&mtp=sjcKiCpUg%7Cpcrid%7C6051933731
that product works great for me….and is only 32.00 and I buy 2 bottles at a time
( for 1.5 bottle will last 6 weeks ) and so if the total is over 49.00 its free shipping.
Well I have one more week of working out at the gym ( gonna miss it !! ) and
then back to 2 days of planned out loading ( of the foods I think I will crave on my 6 week P2. ) ….and then I am back in the saddle for another 25 – 30 lb loss…
Summer ( in Houston ) is Mid- April here….so…Im ready for summer wear !! haha..
T-shirrrt time is comin !! haha….
Ya’ll have a great day and good luck !!!
Jarrod
[Sandra March 9, 2011 at 5:08 pm
Heeeey JRod, How r u? Yes I was feelin better, ate supper and miserable again. Soon as I get my appetite back I’ll be right back with u (rd2). I’m going to load on ALL THAT BAD CARBS you’re talking about. I hope my drops are GOOD (someone reffered the company), but I order from 2 different companies (just in case). Some one on the site said GNC”s drops are GOOD! Hope I don’t have to go there, these are cheaper, but u know the saying: CHEAPER IS NOT ALWAYS BETTER!!!!!]
I am 15 days into my 21 day cycle and have lost 15lbs. My beginning weight was 205lbs and my goal weight is 185lbs. I am going on vacation March 24th and wanting to look some what presentable in my man thong.
One thing I noticed was stay away from high sodium spices and foods. I realized this about 3 days ago I had a lot of water weight.
Hi everybody, I started the 500 Cal on Monday weigh in at 217 and today am 209.6 ;+)
In answer to your question David I would LOVE to follow your BLOG on Facebook. I like this blog and the why we all interact. Thank You!
YES!!!!!!! Put this on Facebook!!!!!!!
As the saying go, WE ARE NEVER SATISIFIED. MY APPETITE IS BACK!!!!!! So I start the drops Friday. Today I did’nt eat heavy but I played around w/sugar. Stomach still a little bloated but I’m not miserable! However I am READYYYY-Rd2!!! Weighed this morning gain 4lbs, I guess from not getting in ENOUGH CALORIES, but as I said; I did’nt have an appetite and felt terrible when I tried to eat. NOW I’M JUST PLAIN OLD HUNGRY!!!!!HAHAHAHA.
Sherrrrrriiie I’m back! Heeeeeey JRod, Thanks for the info-glad u had a blast. U deserve it!!! To the rest of the crew YOOOUUU GOOOOO!!!!!
Okay – I have set up a Facebook Fan Page called ‘HCG Talk.’ You can find it at http://www.facebook.com/pages/HCG-Talk/147120378684617. Please ‘fan’ the page and feel free to interact.
I’m still keeping comments open here but I’m hoping the Facebook Page will eventually take the place of all the commenting here as it is simply a much better means of interaction and discussion.
Gina
I had read a long time ago, that with these drops, IF you’re getting hungry, then decrease and not increase them.
anyway, I thought so I wouldn’t have to take mine with me to work, I would do the 10:00 in the morning and that was it. I lost just as much weight last time(even though I wasn’t in to the diet and was cheating)as I did doing them 3 times a day, and I wasn’t hungry at all
hi sherrie just in case u move 2 Facebook as I dont have that could I email u If I need more support? 🙂
Hey team I’m the newbie and don’t have Facebook please visit here often b/c I may need ur help! day 10! Haven’t been weighing in I’m
Not a scale hog but I will start b/c it will help in p 3:)
Goodmorning Thediva, The diet states you must weigh in! You can gain weight by water retention and may need to do an APPLE DAY. So u need to know your weight on a daily basis-not just ph3. Hav a Great Day!
Diva, I don’t see your post on here, but read it on my e-mail
I went to FB, but yes, I will NOT turn my back on you. Do you have my e-mail?
stratman397@aol dot com just make sure you let me know who you are in the subject line and HCG, when I see that, I will put you in my address book so it comes through to me.
The only days I’m not on much is on my work days(Wed, Thur and every other weekend). Then I am gone about 10 1/2 hours but always check e-mails after work
Hey everyone, today is my first day of hcg phase 3 and I have no clue what to eat. I want to have break fast but dont know what to eat. Can i have milk, orange juice, or even eggs. I know i cant have carbs or sugar but everything has carbs in it.
Tray
No juice, it has carbs/sugar in it. You can have meat, bacon, eggs, omelets, etc ect.
Will put a website on here under this that tells you what to have.
Not everything has carbs in it..?? Read ingredients. You don’t want breads/pastas, potatoes, etc. those are starchy foods. You add back everything but the sugar/starch.
Eat fruits, veggies, meats, cheese(not processed). You don’t want to eat the kraft slices of cheese, all the other kind are fine(like deli cheeses).
hcginfoonline.com/maintenance%20phase.htm#Starchy_(High_Carb)_Vegetables0
Hey everyone, today is my first day of hcg phase 3 and I have no clue what to eat. I want to have break fast but dont know what to eat. Can i have milk, orange juice, or even eggs. I know i cant have carbs or sugar but everything has carbs in it.
Hi tray how much did u lose? will u do another round? I’m a newbie day 13! Good luck Sherrie will help she’s great:)
Hi Tray – Sherrie answered before me but here’s another site that would be helpful. http://hcgvictoria.files.wordpress.com/2010/06/phase_3_hcg_basics_quick_reference_guide.pdf
It’s a quick guide to P3. Follow P3 exactly and it will work. I didn’t and didn’t gain a lot but still gained. I will make sure after my R2 (one more week) that I follow it exactly. Good luck. We are all here for you.
Dear Dave,
I am not sure about anyone else, but I don’t really want all my friends and family to know wat I am doing. I have received over the years so many comments positive and negative about my weight loss and gian that I just want to do this in private and get there. I read this site daily for tips and inspiration, and I love seeing the emails in my inbox.. I know facebook is the thing that everyone is doing, but for some people like me I hope you kee this blog going. I greatly depend on it.
Sarah I live this site 2 hope to see it stay how r u doing what day r u on?
I agree with Sarah. I thought FB might be good until I posted something and then realized all 32 of my friends including family could read it. I thought there was a way to do private comments. Does anyone know if this is possible? If not I’ll probably not use it and stay with this post and hope to still be able to get help and communicate with other HCGers. You could also e-mail me at christinewilk at yahoo dot com. I’m not an expert at HCG or even a perfect example but I know it works and we need the support of others. Have a Blessed day.
Hey friends- I just wanted to check in after 6 days on the diet and give my progess….I’m down 9 lbs. However, I was super bummed this morning when I weighed .8 lbs more. Dang! Was it the lack of bowel movements I had this week, finishing dinner at 8?? Ahh…
Sooooo…..I’m headed this Saturday to NYC for 5 days for work. I am an event coordinator therefore I’m constantly trying the latest and greatest restaraunts and catering companies in the industry. I’m hoping my will-power will kick in while I’m out there. Wish me luck!
One parting thought, I was afraid I was going to run out of drops so I started looking around. Evidently ebay, amazon, and paypal banned/are banning the sale of hcg. I went to CVS, Walgreens, Walmart, and Target and couldn’t find it. I was told GNC is going through a recall right not too. I pulled out one of my old packages of hcg that I ordered through ebay and called the seller. As it turns out, this Dr. Hansen has researched the recall inside and out. It was refreshing speaking to him about it. He offered to send me any of his literature to better understand why they are recalling the product and what manufacturer’s must do to comply with the FDA to continue distributing it. He refered me to a distributor and I ordered a 4 oz. bottle for $50. I have used his product and I know it works. I lost 20 lbs on it last year. Let me know if you need more hcg and I can give you the info.
That’s it for now… happy losing this week hcg’ers 🙂
Christine
Yeah, on FB you can private message someone. Just go to whichever friend you want to private message. Then click up on the right side of their page where it says send message. You can write your message there. When you send it, only that person will see it
Thanks Sherrie, i didnt end up drinking any juice and i had eggs.
I’m with Sarah! People can be opinionated, so I don’t want all of my 500+ Facebook friends to know I’m dieting and see my HCG comments. Although I haven’t commented much. I do read all of the comments every day and get inspiration. I hope we can keep this site. I’m 2 weeks in vlcd and need strength. I have been craving sugar and bored with what we can eat. Has anyone eaten cocktail sauce with shrimp? Did you gain?
That’s great Tray, think you will find p3 to be pretty enjoyable. 🙂
Hello everyone, I’m appreciative of Mr. Wallace for his websites however, face book is not the same. This blog seem so up and close. Oh well it is what it is. As for me I’m worrried I don’t have a good bottle of drops but I’ll give it a couple of days and we shall see. I notice swelling in my ankle??????? I’m thinking if I don’t have a good bottle that the teas are suppressing my appetite and my thymus will not reset-Sherrie Help!!!!!
Sandra
Can’t find anything on here
hypothalamus is the correct terminology.
As far as tea, as I said before, I have never had a problem with tea suppressing my appetite, wish it did. Sounds like you’re retaining fluid(ankles being swollen).
You’re back on p2, so don’t worry as far as the hypothalamus, as that happens in stage 3(which is why you stay within the 2 lb range), which you did. You didn’t even bounce around like most people do..
You can e-mail me anytime sweetie
Rach – what site did you buy your drops from? My last round I bought from http://www.officialhcgdietplan.com. It is more expensive (2oz for $79 which includes overnight shipping and handling) but the site is still up and running.
Julia
I make my own cocktail sauce with horseradish(that’s okay to eat)ketchup and black pepper. the ketchup isn’t okay to eat. You can try it with hot sauce, that’s how I would eat mine. Just read the back of the hot sauces, make sure there are no carbs/sugar. I can’t remember if it’s Texas Pete, or which one, but one of them is fine, and it’s really good with the shrimp
Hi Julia I mix my shrimp with the Melba toast and tomatoes and hot sauce yum it’s like shrimp stew lol
@Jennifer — I purchased my latest round from www dot hcg-ez dot com. Click on the right-most tab, “Drop Ship Sign-in,” and use the password “shipdrop.” I got 4 oz. for just over $20 including shipping. They took about four days to get to my house. Good luck!
I joined the Facebook page but, after reading the comments on here, I am rethinking that. I agree with y’all — I don’t want all of my friends/family freaking out about my use of HCG.
Is it possible to change the name of the Facebook group to something less obvious and make it private so only members can see it or access it?
Mr. Wallace — thanks for letting all of us lurk on your site!!!!
@Sherrie — you mentioned an appetite suppressant a few days ago. What do you use and where do I purchase it? Thanks!!
Arch, thanks for passing on your conversation with Dr. Hansen. Which distributor did he refer you to? I can’t figure out which brand to buy. Thanks for your help!!
Hey guys!
I’m on VLCD day 6.. and i know its probably not the smartest thing to do, but i never weighed myself. I know weighing is essential to keep track of the the weight loss, but i just couldn’t get myself to do. I hate the scale, yes, THAT much. I’m on the drops that i purchased from the official hcg diet plan website.. has anyone else bought drops from them? If so, how did it work out? I know everyone is different but roughly around when did you guys starts FEELING changes (pants loose, shirts big, and so on)? I feel like i havnt lost a dang thing. =( I havn’t cheated at all. in fact yesterday i could only get one meal in because i couldnt get myself to eat the 2nd, i definitely wasn’t hungry. But im not going to skip anymore and will continue following protocol. I’m on the 45 day cycle so hopefully i’ll start seeing results soon! =)
Hey I can’t find my brands drops so I cut my drops from 2 times a day to 1 can it still work? I need to reserve them until I find more:( help
Sage, are your drops fromhcg-ez working for you? Are you hungry? How long have you been on them? Is this your first round w/ hcg-ez?Sorry about so many ???? Just wondering if it was me they did’nt work for-Thanks!
Heeeey HOUSTON CALLIN JROD!!!! How’s it going? How many pounds r u down now? I was over by Reliant, I could SCREAM-THE TRAFFIC!!!! I’ve been having a time but, I think I’m back on track!
Thanks for the suggestions. I just found this site. I have noticed fewer places to buy too. My last round I lost 20 lbs on a 21-day deal. I bought a 2 oz bottle online from http://www.hcgadietclub.com. It cost me $67 and had free shipping. I felt adventurous and tried the mint flavor. Is is refreshing and almost a treat three times a day! I guess they also have a grape, lemon and honey flavor. I am waiting do another course – hoping to lose 15 lbs more :-).
Sandra you are so funny! All your comments are entertaining to read..!! I and still waiting for
My drops to get in..supposed to be today.!! My load days were supposed to be today and tomorrow
Tonight being the KISS concert haha..( heck yes there is traffic down by reliant its Rodeo season!!) Haha
I work down there in the Med center area so..everyday At 5pm..I have to drive past is to come back
Out to the sw side of town. Since my drops don’t come in until today…I’m pushin my load days to sat and Sunday. . Cuz I’m gonna head to Galveston to the beach thurs til sun..! Gonna be hard
Cuz I have a friend I went to school with comin in from cali.. he and I are hookin up for dinner mondsy
Then I’m headed to chicago Tuesday thru Friday…. sooo talk about A TRUE test!! Here it comes..haha
Diva, I cut mine from 30 to 20 drops the last time and only did once a day instead of 3 times(to keep from having to try and remember to put them in my purse when going to work). I was actually less hungry taking 10 less drops a day
JROD, I won’t be in Chicago, but I was born in Illinois(a couple hours west of Chicago) and am going back up that way in May for a week for my Moms 85th b-day. Is that where you’re from originally?
You can call Thediva while you’re there, she’s in that area.
I’ve still been researching on mini rounds, but can’t find anything. I just need like one day of load, 7 days of vlcd on drops and 3 off and then I think I’ll be to my goal.
sherrie..if you get any info on that ‘mini round’, please post.
Sheri
I have such a small amount to lose(around 7 pounds at the most) that I know if I go longer than even 10 days of drops then 3 days o f vlcd without the drops, I will fall below what I want to be. I will continue trying to find something on it. I would do it, if I knew it wouldn’t screw up the weight loss
Sheri, found something FINALLY. After reading this, I think I will just try and get the last few off on my own by not adding watching what I eat a little more carefully
But what are you supposed to do if you hit your target weight before you complete that round of HCG Shots?
Well first of all, you should still keep doing the injections until you have done at least 23 of them. However, once you reach your Prime Weight, you would then increase your calorie intake from 500 calories, up to 800 – 1000 calories per day. Then, like the HCG Protocol says to do, you will do 3 days of the VLCD (Very Low Calorie Diet) after the injections stop.
At that time, you will start Phase 3 just as you normally would. But either way, one round will never last less than 23 injections, even if you only have 10 pounds to lose.
Dr. Simeons says that, even in the most mild cases of obesity, the Diencephalon requires about three weeks to properly fix itself. If you don’t do at least 23 HCG Injections, your weight will likely be regained after you stop the diet.
Hi Sherrie..the only concern I have is if we would be able to stabilise..cause after this round I think I will just need a mini round too…
I’ve just seen too many people do this diet, and then gain back because they try to get smaller than what they really should weigh. Good rule of thumb is 105 for 5′ and then 5 lbs for every inch over.
I never should have had to have done another round, but mine was all of “not knowing” when to leave the Christmas goodies alone. I got through Thanksgiving with no trouble, think I put on 2 lbs but then had it back off within 2 days. Christmas was a little different, think I celebrated for a month without stopping. Hoping I can leave the Easter candy alone
sherrie..I’ve seen this explanation with even if you need to loose 10lbs. My confusion is how to increase to the 800-1000 calories?
Sheri, what you have to do is increase the protein. Say 3.5 oz of chicken has 105 calories in it, you would double that size and that would make it 210 calories, you would eat the same things as you would on the 500 calories, but increase the sizes/calories of each to get up to that. So just double up on everything. 7 oz of your protein with both meals, and then do the same with your fruits/veggies.
I could do that, I just don’t want to have to take the drops for 3 weeks more. LOL
Siana
Following protocol means weighing everyday. You can’t say I lost this amount or that amount without weighing, and on top of that, when you go in to p3, you HAVE to keep up with the weight in order to stabilize correctly
If you skip meals, your body will go in to starvation mode and you will NOT lose correctly.
You need to start weighing first thing tomorrow morning. guessing at weight doesn’t cut it
@sherrie – I totally here yah..I just didnt want to have to do it for 3 weeks! Let me just try to get through this round. Today will complete week 1. Down 9.5lbs so far..(5lbs of that was loading weight). This is the first time I gained so much on loading lol
That’s usually what I would lose in a week(all 3 times) was 9. some pounds. 2nd time I put on 5 lbs loading, 3rd time I put on 4.
How much are you needing to get down? What are you at now? I was thinking you were the same height as me, 5’6″..?
I need to figure out what to do to get these last 7 lbs off, maybe stay out of the ice cream?? LOL
@sherrie
haha ice cream might be the problem. I am very short 5’2″. 138lbs today. My goal is 125lbs..so thats why I was thinking I might finish the round around 130, 129 if I’m lucky..then I’ll still need to get down the remainder.
Gotcha Sheri, and that would be good for you to get too. Never know, you may end up hitting it. We’ll keep our fingers crossed.
Have you already been to the 125 at all yet? Was thinking you were like me and were pretty much at your goal then screwed up at Christmas time also.
I don’t know why I stayed 136-138 before for months, and yet can’t seem to get back to the 130’s this time.
LOL I really don’t do the “ice cream” much. Just occasionally. I have a harder time with the cakes/brownies/cookies.
It’s been years (at least 15 years..could be more) since I last saw 125…my gosh! It’s gonna be fabulous if I can hit that (crossing fingers and toes). Started at 193.
For me, I realised that my body handles flour products well, but not rice..no no rice and I are not friends 🙂
It’s really important to put whole grains back in to your diet when you get to p4. Brown rice is very good for you.
You will get to your goal. How long have you been on it? I started March 22, 2010. I was 196.6 when I started. I’m for the most part happy with where I am, but do want to get back to the 130’s. LOL! If I would just really watch it for a few days, I know I could get there.
I turned 54 this past December, and feel better now than I did when I was 40. I do 100 regular crunches a day, plus 50 on each side(first thing in the morning).
Was getting back to walking everyday, but of course, the weather is NOT co-operating today, rainy and cold. 🙁 I want to get back up to my mile. I cut back last year when my sciatic nerve was bothering me to 1/2 mile, but figured that was better than nothing, then. Once winter time got here, I pretty much quit all together, which is probably another reason why I gained a little.
Would love to see a before/after picture of you
Shoot me an e-mail at stratman397 at aol dot com and put Sheri or hcg diet or something in the subject line
Yes I know its good for me but I have no idea why my weight goes crazy when I do..even if its a little..I definitely go over ldw. I’ll try again this time.
Sending you the photos now 🙂
Sherrie that’s good b/c I dont want 2 change brands so I’ll stay on 10 drops a day until I find at least 1 more bottle then I’m cool day 15 🙂 I’m doing great no scale to weigh granny is gone 🙁 lol headed 2 calif for a fashion show yeah!!
Siana I’m on 45 day cycle too now day 15 I’m not weighing in either I dont have a scale lol but I’ll buy I 4 p3 or I hope someone will give it 2 me I
a college student no money 4 that let’s keep in touch with our progress so day 42 we stop drops and do the 3 days w/o drops right? Where did u buy ur drops?
You have to have a scale before you start p3 or you will have no idea what your core weight is, and you will have nothing to follow
Hi Sherrie:) I know the scale is my friend lol I feel something already I will have a scale b4 this r1 is over btw 45 days means 42 drop days and 3vlcd days? Right? I did do drops with my 2 load days dies that matter didn’t know I was supposed 2 I will next load day:(
You use drops on load days(days 1 and 2), then day 3-40(not 45) you stay on vlcd with drops, then day 41, 42 and 43, you do vlcd with no drops
Thx! Sherrie I’m all set working on thru r1 p2 I am greatful for ur input 🙂 how was the baby visit?
Still wore out. The older two were fine, the 2 year old has never been away from her Mom at night(well hardly ever away from her ever for that matter). I don’t think I’ll be keeping her all night again, or not anytime soon anyway.
Now, the weekend of the 25th, we’ll have the 7 mo old all night, but we keep her during the week, so she knows us and should do fine, or so I’m hoping. My son that is moving back down here from Illinois will be here that weekend, and his little girl is 9 days younger than the one we’re keeping, so he will be a big help. 2 more weeks and I will have all my kids/grandkids here with me..Can’t wait. Just hope son is able to find a job real quick
Oh Sherrie real quick should I just stay on 10 drops a day for the rest of this cycle or when I get more drops go back 2 twice a day?
How many drops a day are you supposed to be taking? Mine said 10 3x day(30 drops), but, remember, if you’re hungry, you decrease drops instead of increase, so, I went down to 20 drops from the 30. If you weren’t hungry taking the “right” amount when you had them, then I would suggest you go back to the original amount
Sherrie..
Well I am not from Chicago… I am from Texas…I live southwest side of Houston.
I have to go to Chicago ( Arlington Heights ) for Business next week for 4 days..
I didnt know TheDiva was from there… haha..well I really dont know where anyone
is from except for Sandra ( because she asked if anyone was from Houston to borrow some drops while she waited for hers to come in)
Well MAY will be a good time to go up there….winters are horrible up there !! haha..
May should be a good time to go. I have been up there about 5 times …2 in the winter
were enough !!
Well…I am sure your plan of a Mini-round would work…. 1 day of load…7 on…and
3 off..! I am sure it would do great for people who want to drop the 5-10 lbs
within a 10 day mini plan…..as you know every “body” is different and the way it
works and reacts… (but since I have been writting this, I see that you have changed your mind on it.) haha…
sherrie March 15, 2011 at 4:31 am
JROD, I won’t be in Chicago, but I was born in Illinois(a couple hours west of Chicago) and am going back up that way in May for a week for my Moms 85th b-day. Is that where you’re from originally?
You can call Thediva while you’re there, she’s in that area.
I’ve still been researching on mini rounds, but can’t find anything. I just need like one day of load, 7 days of vlcd on drops and 3 off and then I think I’ll be to my goal.
LOL Jrod, know all about the Illinois winters, lived there until I was almost 30. This is why I don’t live up there anymore, nor do I have a desire to live up there.
I just haven’t found anything that says you could do a mini round and keep it off, or I would try it. LOL
How was the “kiss” concert? Love that group. Been to 1 concert in my life, David Cassidy, LOL, now we know how old I am.
Haha…Well Sherrie… I will tell you.. David Cassidy was a few years ago….
I am 44 and ….well….I dont remember him much !!
However…was a Huge Kiss Fan as a kid..and later in life…and well…now..
TONIGHT is the night… in about 5 hours from now… ( 8:30 CST ) ….
so…. I am ready ! haha….
Well I was in Chicago last month…it snowed and was 17 degrees….YUCK.. I need to look at what it is like for next week….. However…this weekend in Houston will be
80…so guess who is going to the beach in Galveston ?? ME !! haha…
JAAAAROD HAVE A BLAAAST FOR YOU and ME. I must be crazy because I’m eating supper, steamed fish and celery sticks and it actual taste good. Maybe when we are both on ph4 and “IN CONTROL” we can go to eat. HAVE A GREAT TIME!
S H E R R I E- DAVID CASSIDY?????????????????????HAHAHAHHA!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Has anyone ordered drops from myhcgsource? If so please let me know how they are?
I was more of a “Bobby Sherman” fan myself!!! Now that’s really showing my age!!!!
CHRISTINE-WHOOOOOOO???????????????(SMILE)
OKAY HERES MY AGE MY FIRST CONCERT WAS KC and THE SUNSHINE BAND!!!!hahahaha
Sandra, yes, David Cassidy, OMG, he was so dang cute back then. LOL
Bobby Sherman, wasn’t that 7 brides for 7 brothers? LOL I do remember him. You know he’s a cop now(in real life)
Okay time to get cute…….Bobby could save my life anytime!!!!!. My first concert was “The Who” in Providence RI.
The Who? LOL
Now, I used to feel the same way about David Cassidy, but he’s not too cute these days. LOL
Ok Sherrie just got ur message so that I’m clear 10 drops a day instead of the 30 will make weightloss unsuccessful? I’m not hungry on 10 an for the first 10-12 days I was on 20 per day didn’t notice directions said 30 lol until u pointed it out for the record I was not hungry on 20 or 10 just growling sounds on 10 so what 2 do? Can find same brand 🙁 is it ok 2 mix Brands of drops ?? U r probably resting from ur visit lol
Nope, not resting yet, but about too, have to work tomorrow, Thursday and then the weekend shift. Haven’t decided if I want to get a few hours in on Friday or not
If you’re supposed to do 30 drops, I wouldn’t (myself) fall below 20. It’s fine to use 2 different kind of drops, as long as they both work.
Ok Sherrie then I need 2 get the drops u have 2 feel comfortable with brand swapping an I’ll go back on 20 Drops 2moro thx get rest an we will talk soon:)
Sherrie,
The KISS concert was last night…and….it was as expected…AWESOME !!!!
Had a blast.!
Sandra…I am glad the steamed fish and celery sticks tasted good…haha…Yummmy !
Well..its all about getting to where we need to get..!!
I did have a blast for you as well last night…haha… kinda crazy…cuz we all really
dont “know” each other on here…but we do in our own lil way to always be here
for support and questions and answers and just overall help…. so when I was
at the concert …I actually thought about you all…and wishing me a Great time..
I was having it !! So…even when not on here…we are still here in our lil ways
thinkin of each other and always wishing continued support !!
Once we both get on P4 and are in control going to eat sounds fun !!
to actually get to “know” someone here ( same town none the less ) as an
actual “person” going thru the same paths and journey is something nice
to have..!
Well…. I got my drops in the mail ….I am ready to bust open the box and
get started and stop going to the gym each morn ( for 6 weeks anyway ! ) haha
But… My starting of the drops and my 2 load days will be Sat and Sun…
ready to “Rock and Roll” VLCD starting Monday…. !!
Ya’ll have a great day !!!
Jarrod
Morning everyone!
I have been quiet for awhile…but I’ve been reading the comments. I’m back on VLCD day # 3 today. I got home from vacation on Friday night & loaded SAT & SUN. I was very happy with my weight on vacation. When I got home on FRI I was still at my lowest weight point and I ate pretty good on my trip but I weighed everyday and I didn’t go crazy with food but had fun and splurged a little. I think all the sweating and walking must have helped me to keep it off.
I’m down 4lbs since SUN but this time I’m having headaches and the sleeping issues are happening again…I am wondering if I’m having headaches because I’m not sleeping good. Anyone else have trouble sleeping? I hate taking something to help because I am groggy the next day but I need my sleep.
Glad to be back…I have about 20lbs to go and hoping this is the last round I need to do. I am missing my Zumba though 🙁
Jarrod
Glad you had an great time at the concert. I see Prince is going to be here in a week, but just found out, so doubt I will go. David Cassidy will probably be the only concert I can say I went too when I die. 🙁 Everyone will say WHO??
Missy, that’s great you didn’t put anything on while on your vacation.
Zumba, lol, I didn’t know what it was until a week or so ago, I don’t think my old body would let me do that, although, I do like to dance around in the family room. If you have been doing zumba, I would continue with it. 🙂
The headaches should go away. My suggestion would be, same bedtime every night(you’re not eating after 7:00 pm either are you? If so, you need to eat before then. Also you can take 2 benadryl to help you sleep. I have to take a sleeping pill(which I’m thankful doesn’t make me groggy), but I would have panic attacks at bedtime, so Dr put me on them over a year ago.
Good luck and hoping y’all have great weigh ins today
Hi Missy..congrats on maintaining well and your loss so far. I’m on round 4 and its the first time I’ve had sleep issues the last couple nights. Was wondering if I was just over tired, but last night I finally got a good rest. Sherrie is giving some good advice there. @sherrie – sorry to hear about the panic attacks.
Hey Missy I’m a newbie rd1 congrats in the lose I can’t wait until p3 looking forward to all if ur help from sheri Jarrod Christine and Sherrie good luck:)
@sherrie and @jarrod Kiss&David Cassidy I’m lost lol
Diva, watch it, remember, I’ll be up that way in a few weeks. LOL
You have never seen the partridge family? OMG, I AM old. 🙁
Lol Sherrie I’m sorry I’ve heard of that though lol
Diva
Here, now go look at when he was a heart throb and then now. 🙁
davidcassidy.com/
HELLO EVERYONE, I’m feelin real good (FINALY) about rd2. My last weigh-in before my load days 222, after my load days 226-TODAY 219!! IF ANYONE WANTS MY HCG-EZ DROPS THEY CAN HAVE EM. If I had not order another drop from a different company I’d be CRAZY by now! Also during ph3 my weight went down to 217, but I concentrated on 222 (my last accurate weigh-in.
JRod glad you had a BLAST FOR US!! This is rd4 for you-same drops? Do you use lotions? CONGRADS MISSY!!! THEDIVA did you get your drops? Sherrie and Christine did u get my e-mail yesterday?
Sandra
Good job on the weight loss.
What e-mail? I am always real good at getting back, so if you didn’t hear from me, then I didn’t get it. 🙁
Try sending again
URGENT: Help!! I had the busiest day at work, probably the busiest in months. I didn’t get to eat. I’m just now getting home and it’s 7:30pm. Do I eat? If so, how much? Or should I just drink a bunch of water and wait for tomorrow. Ahhh! Thanks for any help…. 🙂
Thanks sherri, i will definitely start weighing myself tomorrow morning, not matter how much it hurts. lol. I guess my main concern was the drops i bought and if they work, which i know its hard. I’ve been eating the same old boring thing for 8 days, lunch: 3.5 ounces of fish with lime and lettuce. for dinner: 3.5 ounces of chicken with lettuce. (im a little scared to try NEW foods but i will)a grapefruit or orange. and tons of water. I’ve been having the worst constipation as well. I used to take fiber supplements BEFORE going on the diet, and once i got on HCG drops i realized the supplement had 1 g of carbs and 10 cals. which im not sure if its a big deal or not but i stopped using them, and now i can’t potty. haha. I’d really be interested in knowing what kind of drops you guys have bought?
Siana
You have to eat different things or you will get burned out..Do you like fresh asparagus? Place aluminum foil on a cookie sheet(pre heat oven to 425)spray it with pam, then clean and break your asparagus, lay it single layer on the alum. foil, spray the asparagus with butter flavored pam or pam with olive oil and then add salt and pepper, cook for 20-25 minutes. Or take the shredded cabbage(I buy the angel hair kind, already shredded) and pour in a bowl, add pam and garlic salt and microwave for a couple minutes. Eat apples(fiber), you can take and peel the apple and slice or dice, then add cinnamon, stevia, and now that I’m on p4, I use the spray I can’t believe it’s not butter, but you can use the pam on it lightly too and then microwave 1 1/2 to 2 minutes for a yummy treat(only have to count the calories from the apple). You keep weighing your foods(don’t forget to also weigh the fruit) and you will do fine.
I actually went to the Dr when I was on p2(the 2nd round) as I was constipated. She said to take fiber everyday, miralax and also a stool softener(colace). It was terrible. Remember, there is a difference in constipated and just not having to go. Unless you feel you have to go and can’t, then it’s just that you’re not getting much in your stomach, so therefore, you don’t have anything to get out. Myself, I ordered some oxy powder a few months ago, and it works great. The website is oxypowder dot com
Good luck..Now weigh everyday and record your weight to keep up with it, and mix up those meals some so you don’t get bored.
Hugs..
Hey, Anyone have the best and cheapest place to get more drops. I am running out and need more GOOD LEGIT drops that are way pricey! Thanks in advance!! Happy Losing 🙂
Hi Gina, My first drops came from hcg1234 (they are expensive). Another place is http://www.easyhealthzone.com. I am presently on them and satisfied. There’s several others recommened on this site. Go back to previous comment. I know JRod and Sherrie commented. I can’t remember who told me about easyhealthzone but, I THANK YOU! aLSO i’M TOLD GNC have them. I hope this helps and GOOD LUCK w/ YOUR WEIGHT LOSS!!!!
Sherri,
Thanks a lot for you’re tips and advice. being as this is my first time on Hcg i’ve got a TON of questions and concerns that i couldnt get answered by the company which i bought the drops from. I weighed myself finally today and i will again everyday. I also bought some over the counter fiber today and took it just now so hopefully that works and i can FINALLY go potty. lol. that would be nice. never thought id say itd be nice to potty. as for the food i will definitely try it. thanks again. I am the pickiest eater in the world, that is why ive been sticking to boring lettuce and grilled/steamed fish and chicken. seriously the thought of it makes me sick lol i dont think i ever want to eat fish or chicken ever again after this diet. lol. ^.^
If anyone can provide a legit place to get real hcg from id appreciate it very much. I’m going to continue with the ones i bought for this round but i would love to try diff ones for the next. thanks! =)
Siana, I felt the same way about chicken and eating it everyday, but I still love grilled chicken.
Here is a great website, scroll down and it says recipes.
hcgcompany.com/thankyou.html
Siana,
I am having the same problems with the potty…Grrr
I bought the smooth moves tea that was recommended for that problem…and it did work…however I don’t like the taste and it woke me up in the middle of the night with stomach cramps so I’ve only drank one pack & if you want it I’ll be happy to mail it to you…just email me your address if you want it…alan4missy@gmail(dot)com. It’s no use to me.
My doctor had put me on Miralax awhile ago so I thought I would give that a try…I just had it sitting around and hadn’t tried it…it worked great & didn’t give me cramps…so I’m sticking with that.
I hope everyone is having a great Friday…it’s beautiful here in Charlotte and will be in the 80s today!! So excited for warm weather. I’m going yardsaling tomorrow for the first time this season and I’m excited to be able to look for smaller clothes! I’m down 5.2 for the week and I’ve got a size 8 jeans on today!! First time in 13 years and I’m feeling great! I’m struggling slightly with headaches this time but I’ve always had headaches so this is nothing new.
My bff of 22 years is starting the diet tomorrow with her load days SAT & SUN so we’ll be doing this together!
Hope you all have a fantastic weekend!!
Missy
HJi Missy, Congrads on your loss. What’s your size before the diet? Is this your first time on hcg drops?
Sandra,
I was a size 14 at Thanksgiving but I cut out carbs & sugars and lost about 10lbs on my own so I was a 12 in FEB and now I’m in 10s comfortably and they are getting loose…..I have the one pair of 8s on today and they fit perfect. I went to Goodwill SAT and bought 4 pair of jeans for $20 to hold me over until I’m finished losing. I didn’t want to spend a bunch of $$ on new clothes just yet…that’s why I’m excited about going yardsaling tomorrow…I live for yardsaling in the summertime 🙂
This is my 2nd time on the diet. The first time though I was going on vacation so I only did 14 days of the drops and starting the maintenance phase. I was worried I would gain some back on vacation but I didn’t and I started this round on SAT. I am traveling again in 2 weeks from tomorrow so I’ll have to be very careful on that trip not to fall off the wagon..but it’s a girls trip so I know they will be trying to get me to drink…and I’ll have to be strong 🙂
Gina – many drops are no longer available. i buy mine from http://www.HCGAdietclub.com. it is totally legit and 2 oz drops lasted for my 40 day protocol. i have lost 27 lbs. This other guy has lost 31 so far http://hcgablog.com/. oh and they have flavored drops like lemon or mint. good luck
Missy, was trying to remember who lived in Charlotte, remember, I’m less than 3 hours from you.
Anyway, I had ordered oxypowder, and it really cleans you out good with no cramping either. you can go to oxypowder.com
YOOOUUU GOOOOO MISSSSY! How long did it take you to loose w/o the drops? You only did 14 days-was that the first time w/ drops?
JROOOOD!!!HOW’S IT GOING? You have your drops right-so what’s the progress? R U back in town?
WELL GOOD NEWS! i FINALLY was able to go number two. haha. it was great. lol. i remembered that i had bought some laxatives about a month ago, just generic walgreens brand. Took them last night and woke up to good news, finally. Definitely feel much better. I’m still not too happy with my lack-of-loss. Only 5lbs since march 9th, so im a bit upset about that. I’m going to keep trying and follow the protocol until my 45 day period is over, but then im definitely trying some new drops. Maybe the drops Ginger mentioned. I’ve been doing exactly what im supposed to be doing and still a very very low loss, which could have been easily from the low calorie intake. The only thing i can think of that i’ve done wrong is skip a couple meals, completely NOT on purpose, the first time i was so sick (tummy-wise) i seriously couldn’t get myself to consume another bite (not a bit of appetite either), it literally make me nauseous and the second time i was so busy at work i couldn’t even take a break and totally forgot to eat. But anyways, Thanks alot of your help, ill definitely keep posted and CONGRATS on your losses guys!! keep up the great work!! =)
Ginger,
do the HCGa diet club drops contain real HCG in them? what does the “a” stand for? (sorry if that’s an obvious question) ^-^
Hi Sianna, May I ask what drops are u taking? I notice yesterday I was’nt able to get 500cal in, (about 400,was’nt hungry) and I did’nt drop either. So I’m assuming u have to get 500cals in, that’s the purpose of weighing and counting for the diet to work successfully. I took Sherrie’s advice on 15 drops 2x’s a day and I felt FULL ALL-DAY! Also Sianna I will bake 4-5 breast @ one time ( the same w/fish), cook a pot of cabbage or spinach, seperate it, freeze and take it as I go. It really helps minimize and organize my time. I hope this helps and you will drop more just hang in there. Try cinnamon tea it helps regulate!
Hey Sandra!
I am taking the drops from official hcg diet plan website (40 days). and i’m going to try and eat spinach (cooked) from now on. Today, the same thing happened. I had my lunch and dinner consisting of fish and lettuce with lime juice and an apple. I ate the apple at about 1p.m. Took my second 10 drops at about 4 p.m. and tried to FORCE myself to eat my lunch because i was SOOOOO full. i finally at my fish, but simply couldn’t do the lettuce. I would have seriously thrown up if i forced myself. I read that it was important to at least eat the protein/meat portion so that is what i did. and i’ve been full ever since. I’m going to try and stick with white fish for a while (its the ONLY “meat” that i can consume without feeling nauseous. I’m going to tough through it, just hope that ill start seeing some actual/ promised results soon. =)
Sandra,
You have to remember, you tend to hit stalls more often on the 2nd plus rounds. You are losing more inches, so don’t worry as much about the weight.
Also, you need to try to at least get 460-480 calories, lol. I hardly ever got 500, which I didn’t really want too, as I always felt like there are so many different “calories” for this and that, and would rather be a little under than a little over. Look at me, I’m only eating around 1200 calories a day now and not losing anything, I’m bouncing around like a yoyo within 2 lbs.
Sianna, I try logging on to hcgadietclub and all I get is comments, no prices will come up-??????????????
EVERYONE I’M DOWN TO 214, I STALLED @ 216 FOR 2 DAYS. GLAD THE SCALE IS ON THE MOVE AGAIN IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION!!!!
R U BACK IN TOWN JROD and HOW’S THE DIET GOING?
CRISTINE ALL WENT WELL w/THE BANQUET and DIET!
SHERRIE I SEE WHAT U MEAN ABOUT THE STALL.
Hello Everyone, CVS now has HCG drops, however there’s no hormone in it. Can anyone explain this to me, then how does it work?
Hi Sandra – I didn’t see it in the Cypress CVS this morning but I’m sure it will be there soon. I have no idea how to answer your question. No HCG in an over the counter advertised HCG drop. I’m getting a bit tired of all the different types out there. I wish I had the money to go with the Dr. prescribed injections or was born many years ago and I could have been one of Dr. S’s subjects. I even found a site that says they offer the Dr. prescribed injections but if you don’t have a written prescription just fill out this form and “One of our Dr’s will prescribe it for you” Right ow my mind is set on finishing the HCG-ez drops (the crappy) ones. I’m doing better on them now. really following the protocol and to combat the sweet cravings I finally broke down and bought Stevia. This has helped in my water or tea. Of all places, I found it at Marshalls for about half price along with some Sea Salt. Well, spring break is almost over and back to work for me tomorrow.
hey sherrie how r u ? im so excited doin really well 15 more days and its p3 time ill need your help with foods to eat. hey was it sandra or siana that said they had drops to give away or did i read that wrong? lol take care talk soon
Hey Diva
Didn’t I send you the p3 foods? If not, shoot me an e-mail and I’ll send it to you.
Yes, you saw that on here, but can’t remember if it was Sandra or someone else that said they would give those drops away, but considering there are at least 3 of them on here that have bought them from there and are NOT happy with them, I probably myself wouldn’t want them. 🙂
Hi Thediva, Yes I said I’ll give the drops away. They’ve been in the refringe, however they’re no good, BUT YOU’RE WELCOME TO THEM (just pay the shipping and handling-okay). You can ask Christine about them.
Christine, so what do you think?? It contains something similar to the hormone that FDA approoved. I’m like you, it’s tooo much tooo many-we don’t know WHO’S WHO!!!!
The first company I bought from was good until they shipped me my free bottle seperate and later, which was no good.
Hey Christine you have the same drops as Sandra? If sonshat do u think of them.
Sandra thx send ur email
So if Christine like the drops I’ll try them how much do
U have left?
Thx Sherrie i will email u now
Diva, Christine doesn’t like her drops from there, nor does Lana. I think the company ripped them all off on them.
Thediva, my e-mail is cushingberry6@att.net
Diva – The drops you are asking about HCG-ez are not very good. It took me almost 2 weeks to get adjusted to them and I think that’s only because I bought Stevia. I wasn’t hungry on the drops like Sandra but my cravings for sweet things was impossible. I’ve stayed with the drops because financially I have already bought 2 bottles of them. They weren’t expensive but I don’t have money to throw away. I only have 20 more lbs. to lose and I think these drops will suffice for me (at least till the end of R2.) Maybe I’ll be able to come up with some other ones for R3 if needed. My drops for R1 were from a friend of a friend and they worked great but was unable to get them again. Do your research is all I can suggest. Just don’t get confused. There are now so many sites and so many different HCG’s. Stay on this site and your HCG friends here will advise you and offer their experiences with the HCG they have used. On another note, I’ve been doing some research on the pills (pellets they are called) but have not found enough people using them yet. Will keep you posted if I find out more.
Blessings to you on your journey.
Great news christine ill try them if they r cheap lol im a college student:) i dont have a sweet problem just chips so i should be fine as long as im not hungry :0 keep up the good work i hope i only need round!!!
ok sandra im in i want the drops so email me and let me know what to do thx
🙂
I JUST LOVE THE PEOPLE ON THIS SITE: IT’S ABOUT CONCERN, CONCERN ABOUT PEOPLE WE HAVE NEVER MET IN PERSON, BUT FEEL ENOUGH IN OUR HEARTS FOR THEM TO CARE, TO BE HONEST, TO THINK ABOUT GETTING TOGETHER, TO SUGGEST THE BEST DROPS THAT “WORKS” OR THE BEST TIPS OR IDEAS, TO FEEL COMFORTABLE WITH WHOOM WE CHAT. YET, WE ALL CAME TOGETHER BECAUSE OF “HCG” AND WE CERTAINLY DONT WANT “THE ONES THAT DON’T WORK TO BE THE REASON WE FAIL”
GUYS!!!!
Omg so i’m KIND OF SORT OF FREAKING OUT. Yesterday morning i realized i had developed tiny little red dots all on my right shoulder reaching my neck area. Tonight as im brushing my teeth i realize the “rash” has spread and reached my left shoulder. I am breaking out on my face (pimples) also and have a TINY little patch of rash looking thing on the crease of my nose. Now i did some research and some people say this rash is due to the body detoxing and whatnot, but i never read any kind of warning about this. =( Have any of you guys experienced this??
Siana, rash, no. I started losing my hair after I came off drops on R2. Are you still continuing to use your same soaps etc? Some people think they can’t because Dr S said not too, that was for the real stuff, I’ve never changed anything and am doing fine. If you’ve changed soaps/laundry soap, etc. switch back to what you’ve been using.
I’m occasionally breaking out under my eyes now, no clue as to what is causing that, but I attribute it to old age, your skin changes as you get older, but I’m sure I’m a lot older than you. That’s all I can figure. I will do some searching and see if I can find anything. If your body is going to detox, it would have been when you first started R1 or p2
Goodmorning Everyone, I’ve read a few of the negative views on hcg: Rashes are one of them (don’t recall what they said to do) or even if it’s due to DRY SKIN (another side-effect), Headaches, Dizziness, Fainting Spells and Hair Loss. However, I came into this like any other medication I take, knowing there may be a chance of SIDE-EFFECTS.
Sianna I hope you feel better, and I’m sure it will clear up!
Sandra you are right we do have a genuine concern and care for each of us on here
That are striving to make ourselves sucessful.!! We don’t know each other cept thru our
Daily chats and conversations and advice. I think its great.!
Well all I’m back from spring break in Galveston..and my Two days of loading…which in
Not even gonna talk about what I ate on here…cuz that is just cruel to u all on P2 now..haha
But it was good…and here we go… the the 43 days come!! Haha
Siana..wow..that rash thing…yikes…! I’m sure it will go away soon…sure its just ur body
Reacting to the chemical change. But certainly keep an eye on it..
Oh..and Sherrie to answer a question you asked last week… no I don’t use lotions or any
Oils.. just a body wash and shampoos…
Ok..Sandra – Thediva… here is an overnight option for you to save money and time getting
Diva the drops.. I can meet up with you this afternoon or early in the morn..and pick up the
Drops from you..I’m flying to chicago at 9 am.. will be at ohare at 1130 get me rental car..could
Meet Thediva to drop them off to her! Haha how is that for delivery? Didn’t sherrie say you
Live up there in that area? I will be in arlington heights all week…but am willing to go and
Drop off for u if you want. Just an option.. lemme know. Or email me jarrod_1966 at yahoo.
Siana – This is what I found for you………
“If something strange suddenly appears while using hCG (like rashes, acne, etc.), remember that fat cells store hormones, pesticides, and other toxins. When the body can’t release the toxins through urine or sweat, it will lock the toxin into the fat cells to prevent the toxin from taking over your body. When you lose weight the abnormal fat cells are released which means that the toxins are simultaneously released and released into the bloodstream. If you had an experience with something in the past that gave you a problem, like a rash, it is probable that the weight loss will cause the problem to come back as the toxin (problem) is released. This is a good thing because it means the body is ridding itself of the store toxins. Also remember that many skin disorders have their root in the colon, therefore cleansing it can alleviate or eliminate the skin disorders.”
I’m sure it’s not an ideal way for you to feel good about yourself but the rash is suppose to be something good happening to your body. I have never experienced the rash but I also heard something about a detox bath will help to move the release of toxins faster from your body. I also know that to make sure you are drinking all the water you are suppose to. This helps to release those toxins too. I’m at work and not sure if I have time to look this up. If any one else has any info on this please pass it on. Thanks
Siana, Be carefull of that rash, it might not be related to the HCG diet. I know a lot of people who have been on it and no rashes! See a doctor if it doesn’t clear up right away or if you start running a fever. You don’t want to overlook a real issue by assuming it is normal for the diet.
Good day 2 u all thanks jarrod but im in Philly 🙂
Working 4 2 weeks then off 2 Michigan. So I’ll have 2 pay 🙁 lol
Sherrie I think I found a p3 list but can I have milk or yogurt?
And do I need 2 count calories? Thx
Good luck and I hope the rash is gone real soon;)
Diva, when did you go to Philly? You said the other day you were in Chicago. LOL
Yes you can have milk on p3 and yes on yogurts, just watch the carbs/sugars in them
Well Diva….yes….Philly is a lil far from Chicago !! haha..
I am headed outta town ( to Chicago ) tomorrow Sandra….
Jarrod
Hi Jarrod – Glad you enjoyed Galveston. Two of my kids were there for a day during Spring Break. The younger ones, so I didn’t have to worry too much about “Spring Break” with them. It was a beautiful week though here in TX, I’m sure Chicago will be a bit different. I wish you the best on 43 days. That number was really tough for me on R1 that’s why on R2 I’m doing the shorter cycle. (I think) I have to laugh at myself because I actually forgot when I started R2. I need to go back and do some calculations. I’m not hungry and the sweet cravings are gone so I might just stay on the drops till they run out. Have a safe trip.
Lol yes jarrod Philly is far. Sherrie I’m a bridal model and I travel
A lot btw mar-oct so I’m on the move always 😉 may b in ur town who knows lol
Thx 4 the 411 looking forward to chicken wings soon lol u didn’t mention measuring or calorie count so I dont need 2 anymore?
Nope, no more weighing, counting calories. I guess being a model, you have to really watch what you eat. 🙂
Just keep an eye on the weight, if you go 2 lbs above last drop day, then do your steak day.
Good I’m tired of this scale 4 now going 2 weigh in on 3/28 never got a scale but I will on3/28 Lol so p3 no carbs, no sugar and watch weight daily 3 weeks then restart on p4 right? also if o gain 2 lbs I need a steak what size? Thx! Sherrie and
For everyone’s help:)
as big as you want
Hey everybody!
What is it about the 2nd time around on these drops? I’m having a REAL hard time this go round…I thought it would be easier but it’s not. I’m only down 1.2 since Friday but I’ll take it…I struggled on the weekend. I finally dropped under 150 for the first time in 13 years!! Yayy!
Still having headaches too. I thought it would be a good idea to use my iPod as a pedometer for my steps….and it was for one day until I washed & dried it because I left it in my jeans…Grrr…the funny part is it STILL works! Go Apple 🙂 now I know why they are so expensive…LOL
Ok…off to try & get the rest of my water in today….Ugg I feel like I’m floating now.
Hey p3 ppl I just wanted 2 know last 3 days 41-43 is no drops but do u increase calories? On those days? Thx!
Diva,
No, when you’re done with the drops, stay on the same vlcd for 72 hours, then you can start adding back everything except sugar/starches after that 72 hours
HEEEEEY EVERYONE, I’M ROLLING, DOWN TO 213 AND LOOOOVEN ITT-hahaha. I’VE GOT A WHOLE IN MY SHIRT FROM PATTING MYSELF ON THE BACK-OKAY, OKAY,-I GIVE HCG SOME CREDIT TOOO-hahahahaha!!!!!!!
Ok, Thediva, u can have the drops as I said, so how do you suggest we do this, as for the S & H
JROOOOD HAVE A SAFE TRIP- HOLLA WHEN U GET BACK!!!!!!!!!!!!
HEEEEEEEY SHERRIIIE and CHRISTIIIINE
Sianna, How r u doing today. Do u drink green tea?
Hey Guys!!
Thanks for all the info and suggestions!
I still have the rash. its not still not itchy or anything but i did notice it spread a bit more across my chest area and my face did break out a bit more this morning. I hope it lessens although i did a bunch of research and found that this so called “detox rash” can go on for the whole time one if on hcg or simply a low-carb diet. There have been many cases of it, of course it effects ppl differently. Some people get the “Rash” or red spots on their thighs, legs, belly but mostly on their chest area and neck. It usually happens during P2, around the 2nd week and whaaala, thats when i got it! They explain it pretty much how Christine did in her post, simply the body tryin to rid of toxins..and i guess it is a sign that it’s working. STILL a pain in the butt but i guess ill suffer through it if it doesnt get too bad. Its not unhealthy simply ugly.
Thanks a lot for the concerns! I am feeling a bit better simply because of the research, i thought i was having an allergic reaction to the drops but i guess its just my bodys reaction to no carbs and other things it was used to.
Ill keep you guys posted! =)
Siana, take some bendaryly for it
Heeeyyyyyyyyyyyy Sandra, wtg, stop patting yourself so hard, don’t want you not to have any clothes to wear. 🙂
Okay Sherrie, I’m keeping my clothes on. I did’nt drop this morning! HAVE A WONDERFULDAY EVERYONE, will chat later. By the way I cooked spinach w/ beef drop (haha I MEAN BROTH-LOVE THAT HCG DROP,CAN’T GET IT OFF MY MIND)-(no water)anyway w/ a little Tony’s, delicious!
Sandra
Remember, you do hit plateaus more often the more you do it.
Plus, you don’t have as much to lose, so you will slow down.
Tony Chachere’s? Love that stuff, my problem is I add too much, then my face turns red and I want to drink continuously.
Hey Christine… I think I saw ur kids down in Galveston last weekend.haha..well..I seen a lot of kids..
I took my 2 kids down there… they are 21 and 18. Sooo.. at 44 I felt old hanging with them..
But it was still fun. Weather was 78 and perrrfect! Yes…texas is beautiful right now! On the
Way to the airport this morn I saw the bluebonnets are out!!
Well Sandra…I am on the plane now about to take off… so I will still be here (holla’rin’) thru out my trip. Beauty of having a “smart phone”…haha…
Well they are buggin me to shut it off now… y’all have a great day!
Jarrod
Jarrod, have fun and behave yourself in Illinois.
Calling for snow up that way towards the end of the week
Hey, if you’re old at 44, I’m ancient at 54 🙁
I’ve taken some allergy meds and the rash seems to not be AS BAD, or AS RED, but definitely still there and is NOT going away supposedly until i eat carbs…which leads to my next questions, im pretty much never allowed to eat carbs again?? I’m so confused! lol especially with this rash being carb-related. im barely on VLCD 14, and on the 43/45 day drops. After those 43 days, its another 3 weeks of NO carbs and no sugar, then what? can i finally add carbs? i normally wouldnt mind but i wish i could get some pasta in to help this flaring skin. i’m definitely never doing the 43 day drops again. lol. next time it will be a short round! =) also have any of you guys had alfredo sauce during round 3?
Hi siana sorry u r still having trouble I’m praying you r well soon. What drops r u using? I’d this RD1? Sherrie can u eat popcorn on p3?
Diva, no popcorn until you’re on p4 or until you reload(if you have to do another round)
Siana: Why don’t you do 3 weeks of p2, then go to p3(you’re right, you still can’t have carbs on p3, although the yogurt I ate everytime did have carbs, I would eat them in the morning, and it never hurt m yweight any). You can have sugars and carbs, added back gradually on p4. You do 3 weeks of p3, and don’t forget when you’re done with p2, you quit the drops but stay on the vlcd for 72 hours before going on to p3.
Oh so Sherrie u can do several 23 day protocol until u reach ur goal weight. Then 3 weeks p3 the start again? They don’t have to b all 40 day protocol!
Diva
You have to at least do 21 days(plus 3 of vlcd and no drops) and no more than 43 days(including the 3 days of vlcd no drops). You can stop anywhere in between those 2 times also. Then you go to p3, you can go on and do some of the p4(where you add back sugar and carbs, or you can go back on p2
Yessssss thx Sherrie I understand now I’ll finish this protocol and Mayb do 2 mini ones b4 summer really hits ( good body here I come lol):)
Hey anyone know if any sugar free ketchup/salad dressings? Also flour free bread I need toast with my lol or just sausage? Uggggh!; thx in advance for your answers
Any one use mustard it’s zero everything just like hotsauce? Is mustard powder good?
Well….Sherrie… I dont think your ancient…haha… more like aged to perfection!
haha…( at least I like to think that about me as well ! haha )
sherrie March 22, 2011 at 6:50 am
Jarrod, have fun and behave yourself in Illinois.
Calling for snow up that way towards the end of the week
Hey, if you’re old at 44, I’m ancient at 54
Yes I saw that….yikes…30% chance of snow on Friday… the day I go back
to Houston !! there is ALWAYS delays out of O’Hare..(even when not snowing)
so we will see…
No worries…I am behaving myself….! haha…
Here is the fun I had today.. I got to my hotel….checked in… then went shopping…
for P2 foods…got salads..and spinach…cherry tomatoes…and cuccumber…
and chicken and small lean steaks and some shrimp….( and yes…some Fat free
balsamic dressing )
Well got back to my room….( here comes the engineering skills )
I took a washcloth…rinsed it in hot water…( to get out all the residue of
soap and what have you…dang near boiled my fingers off in the process )
took the damp cloth once it was good enough for my mental tastes…
then took the lil steak…wrapped it in the damp washcloth… put it in the microwave
for 4 min.. ( I will tell you…it makes an awful gross mess of the washcloth ) all the
meat juices comin from the steak…that should make housekeeping happy to see
that in the morn ) I almost thought well..I will just take the wash cloth with me and toss it out in then morn on my way out to work… but…thought naah…its ok.
had a salad…and the ( over cooked ) steak… then I realized.. you wanna know
whats grosser than the meat juice washcloth.?? Is a microwaved dry steak !!
so….that didnt work so well…..but….it was dinner..haha….now…I look forward
to a nice green delicious granny smith apple for dessert !!! haha…
( oh…and Chicago is wet…cold and gray right now…) I just left sunny and warm
Texas…..haha…
Diva… I think a lot of people on here do 23 day rounds instead of 43 day ones..
it seems easier for them…. me..well.. I do 43…cuz…well….I can manage without
the fats and other stuff on P3 for 6 weeks… I think it all works out the same
depending on your own personal tolerance.
Sandra… I love “Tony’s” !! I do add it to my beef and cabbage ( or chick and cabbage soups…or chilli ) nice flavor and kick !!
Well my fun meter is pegged for now….cant wait til Biggest loser comes on
in a lil while….I get inspiration to keep going and motivation from them all getting beat up in the gym…as I sit on the couch and know their pains and struggles….
I know these last 30 – 40 lbs I have to go to goal….are close…. !!
Well…ya’ll have a good night…..
laterz…
Jarrod…
Diva,
Walden Farms brands have several salad dressings with no sugar, no carbs, no calories, no nothing! And they are pretty good! I actually used the Thousand Island to mix with cabbage for cole slaw! They have other items, not sure about Ketchup, but I did try the Alfredo Sauce…very, very good for no fat, no carbs, no sugars, no nothing! I also use mustard on P2 and P3, no problems. Well, my chicken tenders and roasted asparagus are about done, time to eat! (I found the Walden Farms products at Krogers in Dallas, Texas….in the diet food isle, but I think you find them elsewhere) I bought maple syrup and chocolate syrup Walden Farms but haven’t tried them yet).
LOL Thanks Jarrod
Hey, just remembered when I saw the date, it was one year ago today that I did my very first drop, 196.6 pounds..
Happy Anniversary to me
Hi Judy – Didn’t know you were from TX too! I’m from Cypress (just outside of Houston). They have a great German restaurant in Dallas. Ever been there? Not on protocol but someday I’ll be back there. How is your round doing this time? I’m down some not the best but I’m not stressing about it. I’m at my lowest (I think) since about 4 to 5 years ago. I’ll get where I want to be probably by the summer. Write when you can and let us know how you are.
Great motivation. Happy anniversary and many blessings to you Sherrie!!!
HELLO EVERYONE, JROD I’m glad to hear u made it safely! Sorry to hear about your dinner! SHERRIE, HAAAAPPPPY ANNIVERSARY-IT DESERVES A CELEBRATION!
CHRISTINE I did’nt know u’re a TEXAS GAL!! JUDY, we can hav alfredo sauce?
THEDIVA, have’nt heard from u, changed your mind. SIANNA, GLAD TO HEAR U’RE FEELING BETTER! By the way I’ve used Waldens Ranch, it’s good! After school I had to pick my grands up from acroos town bring em back across town, take them to swim pratice, come home cook and clean the kitchen!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Morning all. Soooo gues who has the RASH now?! Yeah, that’d be ME. It started roughly 4 days ago, right at the 2 week mark. Yesterday it started itching sooo bad I couldnt help but scratch and now it’s irritated and bigger looking this morning. I was trying to figure out why I broke out on my face so horribly. It’s clearly a reaction to the toxins. I look like and feel like a wreck.
I went back read everyone’s posts as I know Siana was experiencing the same thing. I’ll keep an eye on it and see what happens. I had a rough 48 hours being in NYC for work. I fell off the wagon. I’m so upset with myself! I asked for a scale in my room like I always get, but they never brought me one. Maybe it’s better that way after the day I had yeseterday. I’m tempted not to weight until tomorrow morning when I know I’ll be home. And to think I only had 1 more week to go. Now I’m going to be doing a week longer then I planned. This has been a rough 72 hours! Need some suport 🙁
Hi guys!
Just had to join in to say Happy Anniversary. Havent been able to get time to log in here. I read the messages on my phone but cant post from there. Well just to update you…I was on a 7 day stall from 5 days before TOM. Stalled for 4 days, then gained 1, then stalled there for 2 days. The good news is that it seems to have broken. Down 1.5 today and looking forward to good losses for week 3. 🙂
MORNING ALL ;D
Hey Sheri an Rach Im a newbie rd1
Sheri happy u got ur mojo back lol what round r u on? Stay focused u will b losing big again soon;)
Rach, so sorry about the rash and the NY experience I’ll send a pray up, u stay focused it will be alright u will back on track soon ( her is a big huggggggggggg) :)!
Sandra where r u I sent u and email? O-0 lol
Hi TheDiva…I’m on Round 4…holding the fort well. (down 57 to date). This round I am just being positive about my round. So although I had the long stall, I prepared myself mentally for it. Getting ready for losses now 🙂
Great sheri I only need 2 lose 30 so im hoping 1 round 4 me ;-/ but if not I’ll do 2 more mini ones thanks 2 Sherri no more 40 days 4 me I didn’t know about the shorter protocol so how was p3 did u wait 6 weeks to restart Did u lose during p3?
Great sheri I only need 2 lose 30 so im hoping 1 round 4 me ;-/ but if not I’ll do 2 more mini ones thanks 2 Sherri no more 40 days 4 me I didn’t know about the shorter protocol so how was p3 did u wait 6 weeks to restart Did u lose during p3? Also did u ever hear of the cloudless bread?
Now
41.4 °F
Overcast
Today 43 °F
Rain Showers
60% chance of precipitation
Tonight 29 °F
Chance of Snow
Just in case anyone was wondering what the weather was like in Chicago.
From a “Getting Skinny” HCG friend in TX.
Diva, you only have to do 3 weeks in between p2 and p3, although, you can do more if you want
Christine
LOL I knew the weather in Chicago(poor Jarrod), as that’s where my Mom lives. My son that is here right now(they’re moving down in a week) is also from Illinois, he brought his cycle with him and has ridden it more here in the last 2 days than he has gotten to ride it in Illinois period. LOL
Hey, he got a job today..He was gone less than 3 hours and came back and already had one..Woot Woot
Philly is great! Sorry jarrod hey Sherrie u r in Texas? I’m on the way I need a job while bridal tour is off lol also can you eat ketchup on p3?
Diva, nope, I’m in SC
No, don’t think you can have ketchup, look on the bottle, but i think it has carbs
Christine… honey I don’t know where ur lookin…but its 38 and the wind chill is 31.! Haha..good thing I am inside!! Haha..I’m not a baby…but I don’t like the cold! Haha..
Sherrie…congrats to ur son for the new job! Yay!!
Diva..question.. I’m just a curious sorta guy.. I’m sure being a bridal model is fun..wearing all those bridal gowns for shows… but I bet u are drivin the show desgners crazy with all the weight u are losing haha..sound like fun though!!
Looks like only christine and sandra are in texas.. no..I think rach is in dallas..but us 3 are in the Houston area.
Philly is great! Sorry jarrod hey Sherrie u r in Texas? I’m on the way I need a job while bridal tour is off lol also can you eat ketchup on p3? Anyone have ideas on how u can fry my onion rings an fish on p3 without cornmeal? Lol also need dining out tips where 2 go if I need 2 eat out! Good food without sugar/starch:( possible? Lol
Hello Everyone, Rach, CONGRADS ON THE WEIGHT LOSS!! However I gained a 1lb., so I went back over everything I’ve eaten and it must be my cinnamon tea. It has carbs-1. Or maybe it was the spinach and beef broth (the broth has 20cals) so maybe I went over 500cals w/ the broth. Hi Jarrod, I know you’re COLD-Thanks to our weather Reporter Christine (smile). HURRY HOME!!!! I TOOK MY HCG BACK TO CVS! I don’t like the idea theres no hormone-I thought that was the main ingredient that makes the diet work. So I’ll try JRODS next. Thediva looks like u gave up on the hcg-ez drop. I’m glad cause they’re no good!
Diva: I ate out a lot on p3, I would get steak and an extra serving of steamed veggies instead of a potato
Sandra, my guess would be the “salty” broth. I never ate broth on p2 for mainly that reason, it’s very salty so therefore, it’s probably water retention
I’m dragging today y’all, feel like going to bed. Was supposed to work, but the lady I help had to have pre op today, so, got up at 5:45 this morning, was over at her house by 6:15 making sure she got up, got dressed, etc etc. Her daughter(the RN who hired me) called a minute ago and said they’re back in town. I’ll head over there again here soon, probably only stay until 8:15 or so then tonight, I’m hitting the bed early. Remember, this is the weekend I will have my g-baby(7 1/2 mos old) from Friday morning straight through until sometime Sunday, boy oh boy, I will feel very old or very young after this weekend. LOL
Jarrod, Illinois will make you appreciate your “Texas” weather. LOL I know my son is loving it here right now…no coats and short sleeve shirts. 🙂
TheDiva~ You can fry them with crushed up pork rinds! It is the bomb! I always got the hot ones, and then coated them with that, and baked on High/ once in a while I would fry em but it works!
I am still here just haven’t been checking in I am reading most emails tho. On ph as we have been super busy!
Keep up the good works everyone
Hey anyone ever done ground turkey on p2 ?
Sandra where r u I donwant the drops email me at blkrain77@gmail.com
Hey again any one ever had cod or perch in p2?
Jamie, good idea with the pork rinds… I tried them ( Hot and Spicy ones )
with chicken tenders before… ground them up and used them…however,
when I fried them they “coating” on the tenders seemed to fall off and stick..
when I did the same with baking them…they came out better.
Diva you can fry your fish in oil once on P3….
P2 I use pam…or small amount of chicken broth on medium heat with a cover
on them steam them with the medium heat… I like my foods with a kick..
so I use some Mrs Dash or the Tony’s…. Or….spicy curry powder.
I have used Cod and Talipia as my white fish….never used Perch..
I prefer my fish in the “stick” form..( Fish Sticks ) haha…. but…
not a big fish fan…but have gotten better with this plan..and I am seeming
to like it more.
As far as the turkey goes….hmmmm….this is a topic of disagreement on here..
the plan says no turkey…. but…it is 97% fat free….its like chicken..
I have seen 2 other HCG plans that say yes you can…but those plans
also say you can have broccoli… ( I do eat the brocc now and then )
and have only had grnd turkey 2 times in 2x 6 wk rounds… soooo….
hmmmm… I think try it and see how your body takes it…
Sandra..glad you took those drops back to CVS…hope u got your money
back.!!
Hope all is well with everyone…. gnite !!
Happy overnight losing !!
Jarrod
Hey GUYs! hows everyone doing?!?
HEY RACH!!! oh geeze im sorry you got the rash as well! =( mine is still going strong unfortunately! i counted 32 pimples on my face this morning, i have not broken out like this since …8th grade! ugh. its so depressing. i look terrible. I also applied some cortizone on the rash, all over my chest. seemed to help a TINY bit so maybe you can try that Rach? I did more research and everything points out to the toxins being released through our skin. With hcg it kicks in at the 2 week point. I’m telling you guys, its definitely draining..especially seeing this acne just grow. its terrible. I’m trying to bite the bullet because the way i look at it, i’ve done it this far so eeven if i were to quit hcg tmrw, id still have the acne and the rash and would have lost too little weight. SO im trying to keep strong, bite the bullet and keep my eye on the prize.
I did an apple day today, i didn’t feel like eating anything so i figured ive stalled for a couple days, might as well. so we will see if it did any good tmrw.
what happens if you do an apple day back to back anyone know?
Oh and even tho im nowhere near phase 3, ive got a question about it, so the protocol allows to eat things like hot dogs, sauces, cheese, sour cream but allows no carbs, yet those things have carbs…soooo im confused.. is it because they have a low amount of carbs?
Ok been reading up on p3 carbs/starch same?
If so how many can u have per day? I saw a pizza crust recipe made with eggs cheese and garlic and basil safe? Need help I’m one week away from p3 ;-0
Thx!
oooo i saw that crust recipe as well. can’t wait to make it. lol. looks very yummy with the toppings. I searched and most places said it was okay to eat in ph 3 but not the first week, starting the 3rd. as for carbs i also read that no more than 5-15 g since everyone is diff obviously would have to test and check…i could really go for some tacos right about now lol. bOo.. still a long way to go. Whats your weight loss til now diva?
Question, has/does anyone eat green beans? in phase 2?
Jarrod
You want to make sure it’s not the boxed fish sticks you eat, those are one of the worse things you can put in your mouth, you need to use one of the white fresh fish. The boxed kind do have “no no’s” in them. 🙂
Never did an “apple day”, sorry, don’t believe in them. They have so much fiber, which is what gets you “going”. I probably would never do a back to back, since they say apple day, don’t think you need ALL that fiber myself.
Anyway, stay with the fresh “white fish”, there is a list on white fish somewhere, tells
you how many calories are in it, etc etc, just do a search on the computer, it will find them for you.
No ground turkey on p2, you can have it on p3
Really not supposed to have hotdogs on p3, although I have had(without the bun). I think the ones I got had 0 or 1 g carbs, remember, you subtract the fiber from the carbs. Yes, you can have mayo(not miracle whip), sour cream, eggs. I have a website on here with what is and what isn’t allowed on p3.
Hi everyone:
@ Sandra were the drops the Nigen Biotech? I also saw they have no hormone but someone told me they duplicated the hcg profile so its like synthetic hcg. My friend used it on her 2 rounds and she lost and stabilised well..interesting.
@theDiva – on P3 I make the cauliflower crust pizza..its totally delish!!! Google it and you’ll get the recipe online.
Hey everyone 🙂 get well soon rach/sianna jarrod where is ur list of p3 dos and donts?
Sherri I found Cod is delicious with mustard lol doing research on p3 confused on carbs/starch intake subtract fiber? lol can u email me? where r u free drip lady? Lol I’m waiting;) I’m doing the CVS drops they r great 🙂
Hi Thediva, The free drip girl is right here. WaZ up?
Hi all, I’ve been reading this blog since I started the drops 3 weeks ago. I have lost 19 pounds but want to lose 50 in total. I am confused about the gap between beginning a new round. I have been told I need to take a 6 week break after my first round on the homeopathic drops because the body builds an immunity, but I have seen comments on here that says this is not the case, can someone enlighten me!? I can also highly recommend http://www.hcgadietclub.com where I got my drops from, good website, fun blog, great phone support (they are the ones that told me about the 6 week break) the drops are more expensive than some of the prices you guys mention, but I have had no hunger cravings and they are definitely working!!
Back on the losing band wagon, I stalled for a week, or so I am thinking my drops were no good but I finally got some good ones and I have the website to give if anyone wants it, They also have another drop that helps with cravings and I got htat to and I am telling ya it is working! then went and saw a Dr that my girlfriends were using to get their drops, and he told me if I HAVE THE munchies, and just cant kick it with walking or water or tea, then broth is the key… Something about the WARM, fulfilling sensation??? So I bought some organic chicken broth (emeralds) and put some celery in it and boiled the heck outta of it. Well this morn I am down 2.6! So more incentive. Also my trip to Aruba is keeping me motivated this time!
Also I have d
Hey John!
Welcome to the David Wallace friends….As to your question, Dr. Simmeons manuscript says that a 3 week break is needed after your first round to stabilize your weight. Then, if you need to go another round, he suggests that you take more time off after that round, and then again if another round is needed. So, your first round (whether you do the 23 days or the 42 days) you then do maintenance for 3 weeks. If you need to do another round, you can start it at the end of those three weeks, or even later if you prefer. Then, say you go another 42 day round, you should then take 42 off before you start again. Sounds like with only 50 lbs to lose and you are already almost half-way there, you might only need one more round. So no worries, just three weeks in between on maintenance is perfect.
Well since we can no longer reply to individual comments by certain people….
I will entertain reply comments here in one message…haha…
John Said:
I have lost 19 pounds but want to lose 50 in total. I am confused about the gap between beginning a new round. I have been told I need to take a 6 week break after my first round on the homeopathic drops because the body builds an immunity, but I have seen comments on here that says this is not the case, can someone enlighten me!?
( John…First Off…CONGRATS on your 19 lbs…. !! and secondly…Welcome aboard here! well you are correct in your reading and research…. SEE Below reply to Judy’s
Reply to you.
I have lost 84 lbs so far after 2 rounds….5 wks..and then 6 weeks. …I am 6’2 and started at 348..and lost 45 lbs the first round and 39 the second round…and currently at 264..
The reason I stopped after 35 days on round 1 was….I did become immune to the
drops… and had to stop….I also read ( page 30 of Pounds and Inches it said you need a 6 week break )
the second round was I was able to go 40 days…before I became immune…
this time I stayed off 5 weeks…. and back on now ( Sun and Mon were load days )
I want to lose my last 35 -40 on this 6 week course. ) Well since I became immune and only lasted 5 weeks..I only did my interval of 5 week break. during that break you will do your 3 week ( No Sugars or Starches plan ) I stayed on that for the 6 week and 5 week breaks.
Judy said:
Dr. Simmeons manuscript says that a 3 week break is needed after your first round to stabilize your weight. Then, if you need to go another round, he suggests that you take more time off after that round, and then again if another round is needed. So, your first round (whether you do the 23 days or the 42 days) you then do maintenance for 3 weeks.
( Judy go back to Pounds and Inches page 30… it says that “Patients that require a loss of more than 34 lbs must have a second or even more courses. a second course can be started after an interval of NOT LESS than SIX weeks.. though a pause CAN be more than SIX weeks…”) I suppose people are different…with the amount they wait..
when your on the 23 day plan….you can wait the 3 weeks.
Da’ Diva said:
Hey everyone get well soon rach/sianna jarrod where is ur list of p3 dos and donts?
( no I dont have a list….I just know food.. ( all to well !! haha ) and know that all processed sugars and staches you cant have… some think that no sugars and no starches equate to NO carbs that is not true..plenty of vegs and fruits have carbs (sugars ) in them….yes if you limit your carbs you are limiting the sugars in your diet..)
Sherrie Said:
You want to make sure it’s not the boxed fish sticks you eat, those are one of the worse things you can put in your mouth, you need to use one of the white fresh fish. The boxed kind do have “no no’s” in them.
(.”one of the worse things you can put in your mouth”….really? haha… I can think of worse… but….. I said I “prefer my fish in a stick form”… I didnt say I was GONNA
eat them..! haha… I am not a big fish eater anyway….but have learned to enjoy it
more.
Siana Said:
as for carbs i also read that no more than 5-15 g since everyone is diff obviously would have to test and check…i could really go for some tacos right about now lol. bOo.. still a long way to go. Whats your weight loss til now diva?
Question, has/does anyone eat green beans? in phase 2?
( well…I think if you count it that strict…you should be ok…..or at least anything under
20g a day… I think now that you have that teenage acne back…. you can do whatever you want ! haha… Jk..! )
Well…I am wrapping my last night up in Chicago before i head back to Sunny Warm
Houston.!! haha… I have been strict and on track the entire time here….
I cant wait to weigh in on Sat Morn….. to see where I am and how much I have lost
since tues morn…..
Hope you all have a great even…
Happy Losing !!
Jarrod
Ok jrod I hear u. So if it says sugar def no but if no sugar but carbs like in ranch it’s fine but don’t go over 20 carbs per day?? Lol I need all the help I cdm get with this carb thingy
Diva,
I never pay much attention to fruits, as it’s natural sugars. some of course have more natural sugars than other, but on regular food when on p3, I would stay away from Carbs and sugars(they pretty much go hand in hand). If something has carbs in it, it usualy has sugar in it.
My son is on a diet, the Diet Dr told him 20 grams of carbs a day on his diet(think maybe it’s southebeach diet). anyway, you subtract fiber from carbs to get the true carb count.
Here is a good site with do’s and don’ts on p3
hcginfoonline.com/maintenance%20phase.htm#Starchy_(High_Carb)_Vegetables0
Ok jrod I hear u. So if it says sugar def no but if no sugar but it has carbs like in ranch it’s fine?? but don’t go over 20 carbs per day?? Lol I need help with this carb thingy lol
ok jarrod so no starch and sugar the ovious ones i get but some fruit and veggies r ok i found the list. so now dont go over 20 carbs per day:-/ confused i need more help 7 days ill my big break lol ps who has had the no flour no carb bread?
Jrod,
LOL.. seriously the teenage acne has brought upon a rebellious attitude lol. Can i ask you which drops you’ve used mister? (guess i just did) Good luck on your weigh in!
Jamie, good job on being on the losing band wagon again. Yes, I would like to know what website you ordered both the drops and the craving curber stuff. I am on day 4 of VLCD and have only dropped 3.6 lbs. from preload weight (4.8 lbs. after preload as I had gained 1.2 lbs.). On day 2 VLCD I had 3 lbs. and I was so excited, but that trend has obviously slowed. I haven’t strayed from diet at all, and hunger is know starting to subsize somewhat, but is this normal. I was hoping for 1 lb. a day, but oh well.
Yes, Jamie let me know about the website. Thanks.
KD
So, let me get this right, you gained and ended up 4.8(after loading and have lost 3.6 of the 4.8?) There is nothing at all wrong with that. You are doing fine. Women tend to lose 1/2 – 1 lb a day depending on size, etc.
The hunger should start going away. What I did the last round and may do again if I decide to go one more round to lose last few pounds, is drop the drops back 10. I was taking 30, dropped to 20 and did them once a day instead of 3 times a day(at 10:00 am) and it helped a lot with the hunger. With these, if you’re hungry, you want to cut back on the drops, not increase like you would do with everything else.
Da’ Diva…. dont worry so much… so do a lil research on line looking for a Low Sugar/ low carb nutritional info… you should be able to download a chart with all kinds
of foods that are ok to eat.
( just remember….Starches are breads, potatoes, rice, pasta, flour and breadings…
starches break down into sugars into your system ) so….that is why now
starches….or…no food with sugars in them…)
Siana with your rebellious attitude !! haha….
Seriously though…have you tried drinking some Detox Tea?? to ummm…Detox
you to help with the Rash?
I use a Brand called “Weight Off Plus” It has the HCG in it as well as 3 key
Amino Acids to assist in the weight loss…. ( Arginine, Carnitine, Ornithine )
I swear by it…it has helped me lose 84 lbs in the 2 Rounds of 6 wk ( 11 wks total)
cycles…
Arginine, or L-arginine, is an amino acid that is needed to keep the keep the liver, skin, joints, and muscles healthy. Arginine helps strengthen the body’s immune system, regulates hormones and blood sugar, and promotes male fertility. In addition, research has shown that this amino acid may improve circulation and treat impotence and heart disease.
Carnitine, or L-carnitine, is an amino acid manufactured in the body from the essential amino acids lysine and methionine. L-carnitine helps carry fatty acids into the mitochondria in cells so that they can convert these acids to energy. There is a high concentration of carnitine in the heart, which is not surprising, since the heart relies on fatty acids for the fuel it needs to pump blood throughout your entire body.
Ornithine is a non-essential amino acid derived from the breakdown of arginine during the citric acid cycle. It helps build muscle and reduce body fat, especially when combined with the amino acids arginine and carnitine. Ornithine is also needed for the formation of citrulline, proline, and glutamic acid, three amino acids that help supply energy to every cell in the body.
http://www.vitacost.com/Professional-Health-Products-Weight-Off-Plus-HCG/?csrc=PPCYB-weight_off_plus&mtp=ed33KCGF5%7Cpcrid%7C433826731
Thanks Sherri, are you doing injections or drops. And if drops, where did you order from? Also, someone told me that there is no difference between the hcg solutions regardless of whether you inject or drop. You can do either. Is this true?
Well I decided to start P3. Not what I had originally planned on doing but just before bed last night I realized I had not taken any drops all day. I guess it’s true “The Mind Is The First To Go” I guess it’s better than the S_ X going first. (I’ll keep this blog clean).
So my last drops were at or around 5:00 on 3/23 (Wed.). 72 hours of 500 cal. sould put me around Sat. 3/26 at 5:00. Sounds good to me. I lost track as to how many days I was on R2 VLCD. I know over 23 and under 43. Lost 11.2. about .5 average daily. Wasn’t looking for a miracle and quite content with the loss. Will definetly do a R3 when the time comes around again. About 20 more to lose. Will try to be a good girl on P3 and will keep supporting and offering advice to all you HCGers. Have a Blessed day!!
Sandra – Sherrie – Somethings wrong with my yahoo mail folder here at work. The messages are not coming up. Have not forgotten you ladies. Will respond or write when I get home later.
I felt like u had not received my most recent e-mail Christine, because I had not heard from u-chat later.
HAVE A GREAT DAY EVERYONE!!!!!
Down another 3.4 this am Vicik
Down a another 3.4 pounds. As Vicky G would say Woooo Hooo
Morning all I’m coming to the end if rd1p2 I feel great on cvs drops no hunger.
Thx Sherrie list helped so have u heard or tried the no carb bread? Go siana and judy weight off yeah. Not sure where I am no scale but clothes r loose lol getting scale b4 p3
Sandra gave up in me I guess??? Have a great day!
Diva, you need a scale before you get off the p2. You do 3 days of vlcd and on drops, and you have to know what your weight is the last day of the no drops. Sorry, but I couldn’t imagine ever even going on the diet with no scale, as protocol says you MUST weigh everyday.
KT: I did the drops, had gotten mine on ebay, they no longer can sell them on there(I heard it was because of paypal, I don’t know), but I know the lady I had gotten mine from on there still has some and she said she would sell me more if I needed them. HCG(real stuff), doesn’t matter if you use real or injection, I prefer the homeopathic which is actually what most people use
Christine: LOL I would rather lose the S….X rather than forgetting the drops, but that’s just me. Yes, That puts you around 5:00 pm to eat Saturday night, but I would probably just start eating normally with breakfast Sunday(just my opinion). 🙂
Diva, have not tried the no carb bread nor would I. Just doesn’t sound appealing to me and luckily I’m not a big carb kind of person. I haven’t had a baked potato in over a year and don’t miss it at all, now I am wanting a sweet potato, and I can have those, but again, not big on those kind of carbs, so don’t know when I’ll have one. I’m still debating as to whether go back on a very short round of p2 this weekend(loading), haven’t decided yet. I just hate that part of the diet, having to weigh food, etc etc. If I would stay away from the sweets now, I would be okay..Well, not so much stay away, but refrain from eating too much of them
Jamie:
WTG on the loss, how much you got to go now?
Hope I got all the questions answered, if not. sorry.
Yeah Sherrie I know;( i will have it 4 the beg of p3 but I’ll b ready for rd2 lol
Is this ur baby week?
Hey guys thanks for all the feedback, this really is a tight personal forum, which I’ve been looking for, btw lost another 1.7lbs 🙂
Yes Diva, it’s my “baby” weekend. Have had her since 8:40 this morning. Son called to check on her a bit ago, I told him the only thing is they may not get her back. LOL
WTG John, keep it up!!!
Sherrie u getting attached? Lol babies r cute:) but I don’t want any?
OMG, I THINK I FELL UPON A WEBSWITE FULL OF PROFESSORS OR M.D.’s: Dr. JROD, Dr. Sherrie, Dr. Christine and any other PROFESSORS I DID’NT MENTION-THANK YOU ALL FOR YOUR KNOWLEDGE!!!!!!! THAT MEDICAL REPORT WAS VERY USEFUL DR. JROD!!!
Hi Thediva, No, I have’nt given up on you! WE ARE ALL HERE FOR SUPPORT OF EACH OTHER, and some things I’m not as knowledgeable about, so I LISTEN, RESEARCH and LEARN!!! I AM ROOTING FOR YOUR SUCCESS IN YOUR WEIGHT LOSS, I BELIEVE YOU WILL GET THERE-YOU SEEM DETERMINE!
WHAT’S UP WITH THIS SWEET POTATO PIE!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Hi Sianna, How r u? I hope u try the advice JROD gave u, it makes sense. Is the Benadryl helping? Remember u have to record what you’re taking and doing to clear it up, in-case any of us need to call on another Doctor Sianna (smile)
Hi John, CONGRATULATIONS!!! I am mid-way of my 2nd-Rd. I started @ 244 I now weigh 212, LET ME SEE, IS THAT 32 POUNDS I HAVE LOST-OOOMG!!! Sherrie, there I go PATTING MYSELF ON THE BACK- OH YEAH JOHN, I HAVE TO GIVE IT TO HCG AND THE SUPPORT OF THE DAVID WALLACE WEBSITE, I LOVE THESE GUYS (GIRLS) I MEAN PEOPLE-ok!!!!! SERIOUSLY THIS BLOG IS GREAAAT!
WEEEEELCOME HOME JAAAROD!!!!! NO WHERE LIKE HOME!!!
Haha Sandra I said u gave up b/c u still have not sent me info on what 2 do about the drops 🙁 lol
Thediva, I ask u awhile back, how u wanted to do it and u never answered. Then I saw where u had some, so I thought u gave up on them.
Hello, Hello, Missy r u out there? I know u had lost a ton of weight, so how’s it going? Have u gone below the 8?
Lol Sandra i still have my first bottle it’s about 1 or 1week and a half week left and I saw u had free ones so i said y not lol
I don’t know the best way to do this but whatever u suggest I’ll do b:c I need more drops lol so let me know;)
Hey everyone!
So far i have been using some Pro-Activ on my face which has done so-so. (I used to have REALLLLYY bad acne in grammar school, bought Pro-activ and i SWEAR by it!! so if anyone has problems with that, its a bit pricey but TOTALLY worth it lol)..so my face is a bit better! My rash unfortunately is probably still the same! =( bOo! it doesnt really itch or anything so thats good. I’m still putting on some cortizone ointment on it and it seems to help a BIT as well. A friend of my is a RN and he told me that if it doesn’t bug me too much i should just let it run its course. Jrod, i will definitely try that tea. where can i get it?
And i weighed myself this morning, FINALLY lost exactly 1 lb.. I must confess, i never get time to eat my veggies! =( so i always eat my two servings of fruit and my two servings of protein with the water of course. but i hardly ever get to the veggies simply because im SO busy at school and work. I’m still trying to find something i would like..im going to try cooked spinach maybe diff seasonings. I lettuced myself out, ha, never want to see, touch, smell and much less taste it. lol.
Has anyone tried cooked cabbage stuffed with beef? very yummy.
Sanda, omg 30 something lbs!!! and your barely half way! that is amazing!! had you mentioned where you got your drops?
Thanks for the help guys and BEST OF LUCK!! =)
good night.
And has anyone heard from Rach? i would really wana know how shes doing. i hope her rash is better!
Hi Sianna, This is my 2nd-rd. Do u do the teas? I first started w/hcg1234, 2 bottles for $89. They sent my bottles seperate-WHY????, I don’t know. I did not like that, made me skeptical “all-ready” of the 2nd bottle. First bottle was EXCELLENT, never hungry!!!!!!!!! Being my first time, even my LOAD DAYS I WAS SO FUUULL-BUT THE 2ND BOTTLE THEY SENT LATER, DID NOT WORK AS WELL! So I purchase somewhere else hcg-ez, TOTALLY NO GOOD: HUNGRY AND DID NOT DROP! On to my next purchase easy healthzone they’re good-BUT I’M GOING TO PURCHASE WHERE JROD BOUGHT HIS
Thanks for the info Sherri. I am using HHCG that I got from localhcg.com, but i was worried as some gals on the yahoo hcg support chat were bashing me a bit saying that the homeopathic does not work and that I will not reach by goal of losing 20 to 25 lbs. this first round. However, I must say that I started my 1st load day last Saturday at 145 lbs., and ended up 146.2 after load. I have folled the diet religiously (and OMG I didn’t know oranges could taste so good!!) and this morning I weighed at 140.2. So that’s 6 lbs. from after load days, and 4.8 lbs. from pre-load. Hey, it’s more than I’ve lost before, so I’m not complaining.
Yesterday, I did order the REAL HCG sublingual from Pharmacy Escrow and it won’t get here until another 2 weeks b/c it has to go thru customs, so I might switch to using that when it arrives since I plan on doing the 42 days on this round — OR I might save for another mini round for later. Who knows.
Siana, I have stumbled across a great spinach dish that I make. I boil about 2 cups of baby spinach for about 1 minute, then drain it. Then I spray a little bit of PAM (But it’s a coconut cooking spray instead) in a saute pan, throw in 1 T of diced white onion with about 1 T. of chicken broth. I then add my weighed shrimp, cook, then throw in the spinach with another 1-2 T. of chicken broth and season with McCormick’s Garlic & Pepper seasoning. At the last minute, I squeeze in a TINY bit of Sriracha sauce (‘cuz that stuff is HOT!, and voila — it taste so darn good and it is quite filling! Give it a try.
Thanks everyone! Good group here! 🙂
Down another 3.6 LOVE THESE DROPS I GOT!
I did eat a little extra meat last night but….
KT, LOL believe it or not, I’ve only known 2 people to use the real hcg(which comes from another country), other than that, most people are using the homeopathic. Homeopathic I have found to actually work better than the “real” hcg. One lady I know did all 3 and the homeopathic worked the best(even lost the most on it). So ignore those ladies that were bashing you.
You will lose as much on the homeopathic as you would have the real stuff, or maybe even more, if you stick with it
Hugs and good luck
Hey all..! I am here…back from the tundra of chicago…back to beautiful warm sunny Houston. Haha well I go to weigh in this morn…and down 8 pounds! (From tues til today..sat.) so..that is actually one 1 pound since my last drops 4 weeks ago… cuz I gained 7 lbs..on P3.. (I don’t wanna hear about the 2 lb rule Sherrie!! Haha I’m 6’2″..! Haha). During that time between There was 3 rodeos..one 4 days of spring break with my kids..and…2 amazing load days…sooo…7 lbs was not that bad..haha. well..so in 5 days I have lost the 7 lbs and a NEW pound lost… so…its all good from here!!
Sandra…what is up with the S.P.P?? Really?!! Stay away from that!! I thought those days of sinnin were behind you my child!! Don’t make me put u in the confession booth!! Haha
Well I been reading everyones posts…I wil reply later…I’m sitting in Supercuts right now..I’m next to go into the chair to get my “hairs” cut.. and then… I’m going to meet up with friends for a crawfishboil.. ok I’m pretty sure crawfish is not on the list…umm…but y’all don’t Understand crawfish season here is a big deal and “crawfish boils” are BIG events! So.. I’m gonna eat me 3.5 oz of crawfish..! Well in real whole fish weight that is about 1 pound of crawfish to get 3.5 oz of meat..haha..I’m not eating the corn..or potatoes…or sausage..annnnd not having the cold beer to wash it down with!! Ugggh! Oh well…its mor for the socailizing than the food. Haha…. ok…time for my hair cut…laterz y’all!!
Haha jrod u better stay away from that party lol happy u r doing better siana:) I’m almost ready 4 p3 so here is 2 the mini rounds lol and who made spinach and onion? Oooo!
So mad jrod is loosing more b/c he is a guy or his drops:-/?? Lol have a great losing weekend 2 all. Oh shrrie how r u and baby?
Jamie where did u get ur drops? Jarrod where did u get ur drops?
Hey Sandra we can do c.o.d. (cash on delivery) Thru the post office is that possible?
HEEEEY JROD, Houston and me r glad u’re back! Hey What S.P.P r u talking about? (jus kidding-haha) That was not me, Sherrie mention S.P.P last. I’ve had my share!
CONGRADS ON YOUR LOSS!!!!!
Sandra, it wasn’t me that mentioned SPP, I’ve never in my life even tried it
That’s fine Thediva, jus send your info.
Okay I’m CONFUSED-smile. S.P.P ON THE BRAINS(LOL)
Thank you Sandra, I was NOT going to take the blame for your screw up on the SPP. 🙂
Hey Sandra can u resend ur email I’m not at my computer also how much will this cost I’m sending it 2 my mom?
Sherrie what is Tonys?
Jarrod what is s.p.p.? Lol
Thediva, where ever u want me to send them, just give me the address and u can have them!!!!! I’ll pay the postage and we will be done with them okay. I jus hope THEY WORK FOR YOU!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
The Diva~ I am using 2 different kinds, *(1 is upstairs and one is downstairs, Just makes it easier for me~! but this one is the one I use in the afternoons from a1supplement
a1supplements . com /HCG-Lean-2000-2-Fl.-Oz.-p-20735. html *(put that all together for the website name. $21.00
The other one is from www . gfchealthproducts . com
These are what I am using in the morning and what my mom and Dad spent $1100 on from the dr. She brought hers the last time they came to town, and they were exactly the same! Talk about some luck on how I found these!!!! She was a bit pissed, but for 17.00????
Also I am using Green tea pills and drinking a ton of it and then the Maintanence plus,
This is from my girlfrien that turned me on to this site before I knew my parents got the same ones from their dr.
“The drops are all the same potency. I am a stickler for tring The differences here they are …. the Red PLUS has added B-12 and ingredients to support the thyroid, pituitary and hypothalamus. The Super Amino has added aminos to support muscles and tissues and boost metabolism. All work great. I recommend you supplement with the Maintenance Appetite Suppressant. I still take it today and I LOVE it. It is a homeopathic appetite suppressant and energy booster and it does help with cravings. It can be taken anytime after Days 1 and 2 (loading days)…so from Day 3 on through Phases 2 and 3 and indefinitely afterward to help keep the weight off.
If you have any other questions, just let me know.
Thx Jamie I’m not craving or hungry so that’s ok I’m just wondering if it’s ok 2 mix drops? U answered that lol not I’m looking for cheap ones! I’m a student lol so thx for the sites so what round r u on? Mini or long? Also with out the drops were ur 3 days hard?
Btw Jamie what is the tea supposed 2 do? I only drink it simethines;-/
Ok checked both Jamie which 1 do u like best gfc or a1supplments?
Has anyone tried the new mio water enhancer? 0 everything in it. I am going to look and see if I can find some at the store. It’s new but I don’t care for water, yet need to drink more, so may give it a try
Sandra I just noticed in ur response you said send u my moms address 3899 garland St Det mi 48214 thx and sorry again for the confusion;(
MORNING(ish) GuYS!
congrats on the losing everyone! and thanks all for the different hcg drops you guys used. ima jot them down as soon as i get home! as i mentioned before i got mine from official hcg diet plan. com and although ive lost about 10 lbs i still feel like i should have at least lost 17ish by now. but im barely almost half way so well see. it would be AWESOME to lose 35 which is ideally what i had wished for.
This question goes out for the ladies (or even men if you guys know lol) so yesterday i THOUGHT i had started my monthly pain in the butt, and i read that its not good to continue hcg drops while on your period, so i only took the morning ones and missed the other two doses.. today im not longer “on my period” soo should i still stop taking them if im just spotting? sorry if im a bit too graphic or what not. =/ lol also, ive never “cheated” or stayed away from the official diet but i hear many use chicken broth so im try some! =) chicken broth with chunks of chicken and celery sounds decent! =)
Siana, remember the original protocol was for the REAL hcg, homeo are a lot different.
I would have continued with the way you were doing it
Thediva, Do I address this to: Thediva? I’ll send this week. Good Luck!
Lol Sandra T thediva? No mail it to M.J.W. thx soooo much!
Sherrie let me know how that water taste my 40th day is the 1st so that means weigh in on theorninh if the first take drops?? Then apr. 2,3,4, no drops then start p3? Btw corn and carrots in small amounts on p3?? Thx
Jamie, What do u mean one is upstairs & one is downstairs (one good and one not)?
Goodmorning Everyone, I’m stalling @ 212,. I’m okay because I’m tall, but 200 will look better. It’s said 180 is standard for A Normal Size of my height but I’m 32 pounds lighter and 32 HEAVY POUNDS OF HAPPINESS BECAUSE OF IT!!!!! Besides 180 for me is SKINNY-I WANT FINE!
JROD you’re tall, so u kow where I’m coming from-right
Sandra, I have a bottle on my bed head board. So I can get it first thing in morning, both are good.
Just makes it easier for me!
I feel horrible I cheated last night with some pnut butter.
Always at this time of month
Back on track today!
Morning or afternoon everybody!
So, the rash is hitting me now…Grrr it’s on my right forearm/wrist and itches like crazy…and the headache hit full blown migraine status on THU so I completely fell off the wagon but got back on Fri and I’m down only 1 lb but I’m feeling much better and no headache today.
My doc thinks the heachache was from detoxing and I told him about the rest of you with the rash so hoping that’s the toxins and it goes away…it seems better today than it has been.
I’ve had a hard time this go round and haven’t lost anywhere near what I wanted to…but still even 8lbs in 14 days is better than what I would have done without the drops….so I won’t complain. It seems now that I have less to lose…down to my last 13lbs it’s harder than it was the first round.
I’m always reading your posts even if I’m not posting myself. I have another trip on Sunday with the girls for a convention in Nashville so I’ve got to try really hard not to fall off the wagon again…the drinking will be hard to give up but thankfully the trip is only 2 days this time….I am thinking I may do the 40 days this time…today is #17 for me and I’m just not where I wanted to be so I need to stay on longer.
Hope everyone has a great day!
Don’t know if anyone still needs drops but these are the ones I used the first time around and they were great. The only reason I’m not using them now is that my doc gave me a bottle of his to be part of his 1st round of guinea pigs since he’s just starting to offer the diet program…otherwise I would have bought these again…and if I have to do another round I will use them again.
TGL Nutrition…I got mine on Amazon but you can’t get them anymore there but they have a direct website you can get them from for $29.95 + shipping
www(dot)tglnutrition(dot)com/HCG_Lean_Extreme_Diet_Drops_p/hcg1.htm
Missy
Morning all hey Sandra down 32 yeah! How tall r u? What round r u on? Thx for the site info Missy! rd1p2 almost done:)
Sandra, i’m stalling at 229 for about 5 days now. its such a pain in the butt! =( every morning i weigh in and i’ve either been, 229.4, 229.8, and today im 229.2.. uuuggh.. and the apple day didnt work =( im hoping it will hurrrryy up and just get moving because this is killing me. (im 5’9” and i would love to be 190 at the lowest 180, i want to shed the belly and a bit of the upper arms but i still wana be delish 😉 hahah) How long did it take you to lose those 32 lbs sandra?
Missy, my rash is STILL here, BUT The good news is that i think its going away. well it is, the red is not as bright and the lower portion of the rash (between my boobies) is pretty much gone. it is itchy NOW, wasnt in the beginning. so yea the rash spots seem to be getting darker, like a fading light brown. so HOPEFULLY its gone. and the acne with the help of pro active has cleared up tremendously. so just in case you start breaking out. i’m just scared that if i do another round of hcg the same thing will happen again =(
Happy Monday to all…
Well I am reading that from the weekend that people have fallen off the wagon…
I know weekends are the toughest for me too… out of Mon-Fri routine and being
around the house and being with friends and such…. but… I can say…I was
good on Friday….and on Sat at the Crawfish boil…I had peeled Crawfish and Salad..
no ice cold beer or corn or potatoes… !!
Sunday I was good….So…I was good all weekend ! yaaay for me…
Today when I weighed in one week on P2 (cycle #3 ) I am 11 lbs down..
( but…that was also getting rid of the 7 I had gained during my 4 weeks off and
being on P3 ) so I am actually…down 4 lbs of “new” weight loss..)
I am sure from here on out…it will be slower…since I only lost .8 this morn from
yesterday…
Sandra said:
I’m stalling @ 212,. I’m okay because I’m tall, but 200 will look better. It’s said 180 is standard for A Normal Size of my height but I’m 32 pounds lighter and 32 HEAVY POUNDS OF HAPPINESS BECAUSE OF IT!!!!! Besides 180 for me is SKINNY-I WANT FINE!
JROD you’re tall, so u kow where I’m coming from-right
Jarrod’s Reply: What is “standard”? do you know the “average american woman”
is at 35% body fat ?? ( I heard that on Biggest Loser recently ) and…that if you
are within a range at that now…you are under the “average”…
Yes being a tall has its advantages…( and disadvantages ! haha )
32 lbs is AWESOME !!!! I know my size is “supposed to be 205…but…. I have
to agree w/ my friends and fam…that I am TOO skinny at that weight…
and it is too hard to maintain on my frame…. when I am at 225 or 230…
I am perrrfectly normal average size… So I DO know where your coming from
I dont want skinny either…I wanna get back to hott ! haha..
Hey jrod so round 3 great r u seeing that loss is slower than even round 2? I’m coming 2 the end of rd 2 and thinking of a second round :-/ so in p3 after ur 21 days did u go into p4? If u did r u still supposed 2 watch the 2lbs abs weigh daily?
Hi Sherrie, glad the weekends over…always the hardest!! I looked up the Mio water looks interesting, where I bought my drops they offered a “kit” which included a portable alkaline water dispenser, which I use all the time. You just fill with tap water and leave for 5 minutes while it alkalizes and ph balances, I like the idea of adding a flavor for variation but don’t know if it will effect the ph balance of the water, I actually like drinking water, and a lot of it, but being able to flavor it in some way would enhance the experience!
Hey John
I occasionally crave water, but not very often. I’m going to look tonight at walmart(if I can stay awake to go there) and see if they have it, if so, I’ll pick some up and let you know how it tastes.
Hi HOT (JROD)!!!!! AND DELISH (SIANA) It took me about 9wks. This is my second round , back to back. I’m glad your rash is clearing up!!!!! Missy, sorry to hear about your bad-luck! Thediva I’m 1/2in from 6FT. Your pkg is in the mail.
HOPE EVERYONE ELSE IS DOING GRRRREEEAAT!!!!! Jamie been there done that, you’ll bounce back. It took me a couple of days
Sandra!
Thanks, I am straight away now, even walked almost 4 miles this evening… I am totally determined this time!
headed back 2 chicago dont know if i can resist the pizza last day 4/1 plus 3 weeks of no carb/sugar ugggh! if i slip do i add a day or a week 2 my time:( help Pray i dont slip lol
@ diva, hahaha.. oh man don’t even mention giordanos stuffed pizza because i will seriously cave. lol. a friend in school was eating a slice and i wanted some so bad.. hmm.. wonder when ill be able to eat pizza again..oh and ive been craving flaming hots! can i have a tiny bag in phase 3?? lol im trying to get whatever i can. GOOD LUCK!
@ sandra 9 weeks huh.. oh man i wish!!! lol well i still have a while to go so i’m going to cross my fingers to at least lose 20 more lbs.. 30 would be a miracle lol a very welcomed miracle! I would love these size 16s jeans to become 14s/12s soon!!
Good night guys!
OMG….no you didn’t mention Giordanos! 🙂 That is definitely a weakness….I lived in Chicago for 3 years and it’s one of the few things I miss BAD! I was there in July for Kid Rock/Bon Jovi concert and oh it was good but once every 2-3 yrs isn’t going to kill me 😉
I did find some recipes for low carb pizzas and a few look good…maybe in a few weeks I can try some…I like this site…she tried them all and ranked them…check it out
http://stuffimakemyhusband(dot)blogspot(dot)com/p/great-pizza-experiment.html
I don’t know if any of you LOVE BBQ like I do but my husband is the chef in our home (thank goodness 😉 and he makes The Neely’s BBQ sauce memphis style and it’s SOO good…but it has sugar so he made it and substituted Stevia for the sugar (white & brown) because I had no idea what to sub for brown sugar…but it was really good! I also made a sweet coleslaw with stevia and it was also very good…
The recipe does have some sugar/carbs from the ketchup but I’m sure you could substitute that too…and it’s alot better than your bottled BBQ sauces….here’s the recipe..
* 2 cups ketchup
* 1 cup water
* 1/2 cup apple cider vinegar (we use Bragg Organic Raw Apple Cider Vinegar)
* 5 tablespoons light brown sugar (we used stevia)
* 5 tablespoons sugar (we used stevia)
* 1/2 tablespoon fresh ground black pepper
* 1/2 tablespoon onion powder
* 1/2 tablespoon ground mustard
* 1 tablespoon lemon juice
* 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
Directions
In a medium saucepan, combine all ingredients. Bring mixture to a boil, reduce heat to simmer. Cook uncovered, stirring frequently, for 1 hour 15 minutes
Howdy all !!
TheDiva says :
Hey jrod so round 3 great r u seeing that loss is slower than even round 2? I’m coming 2 the end of rd 2 and thinking of a second round :-/ so in p3 after ur 21 days did u go into p4? If u did r u still supposed 2 watch the 2lbs abs weigh daily?
yes in 3 rounds i am at 88 lbs… ( in 14 weeks of HCG )
umm….after my 21 days of P3..( I gained 6 lbs in those 21 days both times )
I know that it is “supposed” to be no more than 2 lbs… but… I lose and gain it
so fast….6 lbs on me ( at 6’2″ is…other peoples 2 lbs.. ) but both times
I only went on P4 for a week or 2…and still keep my range….and ate better
than I had in the past…. so…when I started the drops I was still within a 6-8
lb range to start off.
No my loss didnt slow down with other rounds…it is always the same…average of
.8 lb a day. ( some days it is .2 or .4…other days its 1.2 lbs…it goes up and down.)
Jarrod
Also S.P.P. ( is Sweet Potato Pie !! ) Someone on here ( not calling her out..
had an incident with it recently….but back on track ) I mean really…HOW
can you not have SPP !! haha..
Jrod (hot r0d) Lol at sweet potatoe pie I dont like it:-0 yuck lol
So 88pds what us ur skin doing? Did u exercise the whole time or only on p3?
So 4/1 is my 40th day so 2,3,4, of April means no drops right? The 4/5 I can eat 4 three weeks without starch/sweets then day 22 add in sugar and starch? How do u add those one a day of each or one a week? I hope u understand my questions!! Lol don’t rewrite the question with the answer lol also what nuts r safe?
YAAAAAAAAAAY!!!! Good news, after two failed apple days, the third one finally worked and im @ 227.4 this afternoon..
Anyone do chicken broth on hcg? a cousin cooked me an “hcg” safe chicken soup last night, but im scared to eat it. it only has chicken broth/ watered down, chicken and celery. i checked the broth and it has 1g carb and 1g of sugar… should i dare?
and mmmm sweet potato pie…
Jrod CONGRATS…im sure i said congrats before but every time i read your weight loss number im stunned. great job.
I do broth on cold days of chicken broth with asparagus and garlic boiled like crazy with onion powdery and salt helps me when stuck insider and I hey munchies.
And after my pnut butter cheat I am down 2.4lbs today after a gain of 1.4 yesterday? Oh well I also walk/jogged 3 1/2 miles yesterday training for 5k in august
HOT JROD-See what u started w/ the SWEET POTATO PIE! ONE SAYS-YUCK AND ANOTHER UUUMMM- I AGREE W/ THE UUUMMMMMM GREAT!!!!!!!!!! I’M DOWN 211!!!!!!!!
HELLO EVERYONE!!!!!!!!!!! Has anyone use picante sauce w/ lettuce and meat? The picante sauce is one vegetable w/ tomatos-right? So that would be 2 veggies?
Hey everyone. I need some advice. I am currently on R1 phase 3, I have lost 28 lbs. When I started phase 3 I found a cardio workout at the gym that I really like. My question. I am reloading for round2 this weekend, so do I have to quit the workout for the 21 days on phase 2 or can I just up my protein on the workout days?
Saaaaannnndra !! ( shhhh…your not supposed to tell anyone about my hottness..
or….the SPP !! hahaa )
CONGRATS on your 211 !!! Sooo now we ALL know it wasnt you that ate the SPP
recently !!
and YES…. I have used picante sauce w/ lettuce and meat. Like a taco salad.
I dont think you count the lettuce as one… well…ok..ok.. ( Again I have
read other HCG plans that say.. Lettuce is a FREE veggie…like some think celery
is… or…how some people eat broccoli… sooo… I do count the lettuce and picante
as 1 …(one) veg… and call it good…and it has nevvver hindered my loss.
I’m just sayin……that’s me. I KNOW what the protocol says… but you are not
using a cup of picante sauce either …so… the little amount that you use..
along with the salad you will be fine ( Jussst watch the amount of sodium ( salt seasonings ) you add to your ground lean beef.
Jarrod
Well…lemme finish with this…
Siana said :
Anyone do chicken broth on hcg? a cousin cooked me an “hcg” safe chicken soup last night, but im scared to eat it. it only has chicken broth/ watered down, chicken and celery. i checked the broth and it has 1g carb and 1g of sugar… should i dare?
Siana….Eat the soup girl..!! it is safe.. I use chicken broth all the time in things and in soups….(not to the extreme about a cup here and there)
Madison Said:
I am reloading for round2 this weekend, so do I have to quit the workout for the 21 days on phase 2 or can I just up my protein on the workout days?
Madison, I am not touching that one…. somone else can. I know for me…
when I worked out on P2…I didnt lose and I actually gained weight…
there is a reason why they dont want you working out on P2 …it has to do
with the muscle breakdown and recovery with the hydrating and water absorbtion.
some walk…or brisk walk… or even stationary bike ride… for 30 min…
but..your own body will tell you.. ( every”body” is different. )
Jarrod
haha Thanks Jrod!
I just finished making another batch myself, decided i needed to make it on my own JUST IN CASE lol
it’s got celery, chicken and swanson chicken broth. i squeezed half a lime on it ..its sitting pretty in my soup bowl. I think this the the FIRST thing that actually is appealing to me so far. YUMMYYY.. =)
Cross fingers for me guys! (so it wont cause me to gain tmrw morning, since ive kind of been under eating this whole time, can’t seem to keep food down. )
Thanks _ _ _ JROD, you’re on a roll today! YEAH!
Missy, my friend in California loved those pizzas too and she actually orders them and has them delivered to her in CA occasionally.
GUYS GUYS GUYS!!!!
So im you tubing and has anyone had the Chocolate delight?? Some videos , well most, say its safe to eat on phase 2.
Consists of coconut oil, a few mac nuts, coco powder and stevia…
Sounds way too good to be true!
I’m tempted to make them but dont want to risk the weight gain.. has anyone tried them???
im reading everywhere that macadamia nuts are good to break a stall or a gain and that they do not count against your daily calories. also says only to eat 10-15 every few days to increase ketone levels? hmmmmmmmm
Morning all 6:50 am getting ready 2 leave Philly via train headed 2,chi town
can I eat sausagE or bacon on p3? Who has good recipes saved?-
Can i squeeze the orange or grapefruit 4 my juice?
Yes Diva u can have bacon and sausage on P3… and well if u want to squeeze your orange into a juice form that it up to you..it won’t be that muche juice.haha.. I guess that is why most prefer just to eat it. Good luck on your trip!! As far as nuts go…there are no “good “nuts” there are a bunch of nut jobs out there though…becareful of those people! Haha.. just kidding… (see the nut comment below I’m leaving for Siana..)
Siana..yes macadamia nuts are the lowest in carb count of the nuts…but…beware..they still have carbs and DO count..and still have fat and calories. Glad ur your soup turned out good.. I make mine with chicken and cabbage and make it spicy.. or with fish and cabbage.. I will try celery as u have.!
Goodmorning Everyone, DOWN ANOTHER POUND! I MEAN IT’S GREAT 211 ONE DAY AND 210 THE NEXT-HAHAHA! MAY EVERYONE HAVE A SAFE, BLESS, LOOSE WEIGHT OF A DAY!!!!!
Hey Gang, I don’t post that much, but I do read everything … many comments posted have been very helpful. Thank you!! Okay, don’t mean to give TMI, but the last few days I have been constipated. I have lost a bit eveyday, I’m only down 7 lbs and today is day 10 of VLCD. But today, I was up .2 lbs. I did take a laxative before bed last night (hasn’t kicked in yet, but kind of feel it will here shortly), so I’m hoping that the constipation accounts for the weight gain. Has anyone has had this problem?
Oh, and I have a friend who is on P3 who absolutely loves this Cauiflower Pizza Recipe. She bakes the crust a bit longer to get it really crispy so you can eat it with your hands, but she swears by this recipe and LOVES it. Maybe for those of you on P3, you might want to try it.
http://girlgoneprimal.blogspot.com/2009/06/fasting-just-makes-pizza-taste-even.html
Enjoy!!
WTG Sandra, you’re getting closer and closer to the 190’s…Woo Hoo
Well, I started my drops back up today, no loading for me though, figured I’ve done enough of that without the drops the last few days.
Anyway, I’m kind of breaking protocol rules, will let you all know how it goes. I have 11 lbs to lose(well, would be happy with 8 or 9), but, I have decided I’m not going more than 2 weeks on p2. My in-laws will be coming for a visit the 17th of April and I want to be able to eat while they’re here(minus the carbs/sugars). Then I’m flying to Illinois on May 5th for Moms 85th b-day and I want to be able to eat what I want while there, so, I’m going to be a guinea pig trying something completely from what protocol says. I may regret it later on down the road(only doing 2 instead of 3 weeks), only time will tell. I just hope I’m able to get these few pounds off quickly. The last 3 times I’ve done p2, I’ve lost around 9 lbs the first week. I don’t want to go below 134(that being the 11 lb mark). If I hit there before the 2 weeks, I may stop the drops earlier than 2 weeks and just do my 3 days of vlcd no drops and then 3 weeks of p3
@Sherrie….I’ve thought about getting those pizzas shipped too but the overnight shipping is so high! It’s probably best if I don’t anyway 🙂
@Madison….I do Zumba and I love it….On my 1st round I felt great & thought I could still do the workout and I felt ok doing it but afterward I got really faint feeling & sickly feeling…thought I was going to pass out…so I ended up eating something I should’n’t have and stalled for 5 days…don’t know if it was the workout or the cheat but my doc has suggested I not do something that strenuous while on VLCD. He suggests walking on the treadmill but the cardio was just too much…but I would love to hear how you do with it if you continue to do the cardio….and if upping the protein would work….I really miss my classes alot!
Have a great day everybody!
Sherrie, I knew u would, I also know you will get right where you want to be!! Everyone is saying I’ve lost enough weight. On Thursday I start my 3-day, no drops. I feel it’s going to be hard because I’m HUNGRY NOW! So I may buy an appetite suppressant-Any one recommend a GOOD ONE, THAT WORKS???????(COSTLY)!
KT, are you constipated(where you have the urge and can’t go), or just haven’t gone but not having an urge? If it’s the latter of the 2, that’s just because you’re not taking in many calories, if you are really constipated, then the only thing that helped was to get in the shower and let the warm water hit you until you have the urge to go, then get to the toilet. Sorry if TMI but I know how painful that can be.
I would highly recommend ordering some oxypowder that is the website with the dot com
it’s a mild laxative that you take 7 days and it really cleans you out good. I think everyone should actually start on that before starting the diet and then you can take it as needed.
Yes Sandra, you were right. 🙂 I need to get these last few pounds off to feel good about myself(well, hope that works anyway). I am not crazy about stopping in 2 weeks, but I have too with my vacation, etc coming up
Thanks Sherri, I will try the warm shower. And to clarify, it is where I have the urge to go either in the AM or right before bed, but cannot. I feel totally bloated and miserable and am sure that is why I was up .2 lbs today. I will try some Smooth Move tea that I have, although it is like 5 years old. Hope it still works!
Thanks for your post! 🙂
@KT…I have a brand new box of the Smooth move tea if you want it I will mail it to you. I don’t like it. It gave me stomach cramps bad…so I’m just doing my Miralax from my doctor’s orders…and it works great…no cramps and it’s gradual and not nothing crazy. I’ve had this issue for awhile so it’s nothing new for me…but it’s definitely worse on the diet. Email me if you want the tea.
alan4missy@gmail
I went to the Dr the morning of the day that I finally took the shower), she put me on miralax, stool softner and told me to take fiber everyday the rest of my life). I bought all the things, but none of them worked as well as this
oxypowder.com/ Please give it a try. the smooth move from what I’ve read should never be used more than 3 days straight.
The oxypowder doesn’t give you cramps either, but works really well and all natural
Missy, thanks so much for the offer. Hubby called about 20 minutes ago while he was Whole Foods and he got some for me, but thanks! 🙂
Sherri, I will look into the OxyPower too.
Everyone thanks!!!
Hey gang whew Oh my just arrived in chitown starved almost ate a double filet at McDonald I love them and they r on sale:$ just as i was in line;( my car arrived an said my name saved by the holla lol
Sherrie – well, you won’t be the first guiena pig after all! Me and hubby are just finishing our second time around to do two weeks at a time….with a two week P3 in between. I didn’t want to say anything as I know it is absolutely AGAINST the Dr.’s protocol; however, we had a lot of weight to lose and we did follow the protocol religiously the first two rounds. We decided to try these “shorter” rounds for the same reason you mentioned, we found through tracking our losses that the greatest occurred the first week, then began trailing off….the second week ok, the third no so great, etc. I wanted to “test pilot” the idea to see if we gained more during P3 or if we were able to lose as much after only being on P3 for two weeks then going back to P2….THE RESULTS ARE….we have done great! This second time on the two weeks will end this Friday and we actually lost more this time (so far) than we did the first time that we tried two weeks.
Now I DO NOT recommend anyone new to HCG to try this as it may not have the same results for everyone and we did it against any recommendations as set for by Simeons. We found it easier to stay on P2 for a shorter time, with immediate results, then go straight to P3 and maintain, then go back for another P2. I have about 20 lbs to go (right at 50 total so far) and hubby has about 30 to go (he has lost 89 lbs so far)….so we plan to continue this track for hopefully 2-3 more times, just depending on how much we lose each time and how much we can keep stable during maintenance. (We love it!) Good luck to you!
Wow Judy, I needed to read that!! THANK YOU SO MUCH! So, you did 2 weeks of VLCD with drops followed by the 3 days of vlcd no drops, then 2 weeks of p3 then back to p2? My problem is all 3 times on p2 I have lost around 9 lbs the first week, then after 2-3 weeks on vlcd I begin to want to cheat. Well, I have 11.8 pounds to get to the original goal and I really do NOT want to fall below that. Were you able to stay within your 2 lbs on p3? I was so afraid that this wouldn’t work, but you gave me the “hope” I needed…
Did you load when you did the 2 weeks? I decided not too as I have been eating pretty crappy the last few days, so figured I had plenty of fat still in me without adding more. I will quit the drops on the 12th of April and then start eating p3 foods the 16th. This way I will be able to have some b-day cake on May 7th. 🙂 Now, if I would happen to get to my target weight before the 2 weeks, I will quit sooner, but am hoping it works out where I can do the 2 weeks.
Sherrie – yes, we did load, but this last time we didn’t go too crazy, since we knew we would only be on the VLCD for two weeks. Here is exactly what we did: Sat and Sun, load days with drops, then VLCD 12 days (Mon-the next Friday), then started P3 the next day (Sat) and went on P3 for 9 days, started load/drops again on Sat/Sun, etc. So really, we weren’t on P3 two full weeks, but didn’t seem to matter. I was able to stay within the 2 lbs during the first short P3, hubby went up 4, but he dropped it very, very fast this second time….we too were having harder time mentally staying on the VLCD for more than about two weeks (after our first 2 rounds of it), so that is why we tried this! We lose so much the first week, then tends to really taper off after that, still meeting the averagel 1/2-1 lb per day, but we figured we would rather lose big the first two weeks, maintain, then go another and lose big again! Like I said, so far this has worked for us…..may wind up being a lifestyle! 🙂 I KNOW you will do well! ( The ONLY thing we did different this second time on the two week P2 was that we started drinking the Lipton Citrus Green Tea (diet), we drink about 1 gallon between us a day….it helps metabolism, hunger, etc. We think it made a difference as we lost more the first week – both of us- than we did the first week the first time we tried the P2 two week!
Hey Judy
So, you didn’t do 3 days of vlcd without drops? Now, I would think that would be essential to get the hcg out of your system. The thing is, I don’t want to have to do more than this 2 weeks period. So definitely will do the 72 hours of vlcd off drops. Please keep us posted as to how it’s going, and I will do the same..Hoping I can get these few pounds off as quickly as I did the last 3 times.
Sherrie – Yes, I forgot to mention, we did do the VLCD for 3 days without drops! I agree with you, must get it out of your system before you start P3 – I think you can work however many days you need to get where you want within a two week time period. We loaded with drops, and we stopped the drops and did VLCD without them. We are on day one right now of VLCD without the drops (we stopped them yesterday) so Friday is the third day, then P3 starting Saturday….
Okay, glad you cleared that one up. 🙂
I’m not really hungry right now, but I am craving my “goodies”. I should have probably loaded today, but I just wanted to get started and get it over with. As I said before, I won’t go over the 2 week period, where I’m at after 2 weeks is going to have to just be good enough for me. I’m just hoping I can get there in that time frame
Hey guys….
I’ve been feeling pretty down these days. Idk know i’m probably guna up my vitamins. I feel super sluggish and i just want to sleep..wish i could fast forward! haha. but its definitely not that easy huh. confession: all i ate today was an apple =( i tried to eat my fish with lime and i gagged and almost vomited. SO i think i am going to call it a night. Hope all this lack of eating wont effect me too bad.
Good night guys!
Down 2.2 this morning. Now if I can make myself start drinking some plain water, maybe I can get somewhere quicker.
Sherrie – You are an inspiration.
Judy – I’m glad you and your husband are doing well. I had been wondering about you.
Christine – Yeah, I’m here…reading the posts every day from my phone, just hard to get to the laptop to post sometimes. How are you doing? As I recall, you and I had about the same weight loss goals? Are you close to being where you want to be?
WTG Sherrie! Love seeing that scale go in the right direction!
GOODMORNING EVERYONE, CONGRATULATIONS SHERRIE!!!!!!!!!!!!!! HOPE YOU ALL HAVE A WONDERFUL AND SAFE DAY!!!!!!!!!!!
Congrats Sherrie!! They are right…you are an inspiration…all of you are!
Siana…sorry you’re feeling bad. I hope it passes soon.
I have to tell you guys…I’m really struggling this time…I’m still fighting these headaches and it seems like only ever 3-4 days I’m losing lbs…it’s really bumming me out…I’m not cheating yet I’m still not losing…lbs anyway…I do think I’m still losing inches…but it makes it tough to keep this up. I don’t know how much longer I will be doing this. I’m about 12lbs away from my goal. I’m having hunger pains this time around and never did the first time and I get really get nauseated and lightheaded at times too…last night was one of those nights.
On a side note…my doc had measurements from this time last year when I tried a different diet and I’ve lost 10inches from the waist, 2 from the bust and 20lbs so it’s still an accomplishment. It’s just getting harder to eat the same old stuff and my husband is trying to gain while I’m trying to lose and he’s not. He had cancer recently and had a feeding tube for 6 months and is supposed to be gaining but he refuses to eat stuff I can’t have (gotta love him for that) but we’re both so bored and I’m about over it. I really don’t want to do another round of this…Today is day # 20 but I’m going to try for the 40 this time…hoping I can get the other 12 off in 20 more…but I know that’s a stretch at the rate I’m going now..
Sorry for the book…just needed to rant & vent and pout 🙂
Have a great day!
Missy
Why don’t you try what Judy and I are doing, and just do 2 weeks. Do you lose most of your weight the first week also? This will be easier as 2 weeks sounds so much better than 3, and yes, you can get tired of the same things over and over
Yesterday for lunch, I had some beef sirloin tips fried in pam, 2 cups of cabbage with butter flavored pam and garlic salt(microwaved 2 minutes), then some sliced apples with butter flavored pam, cinnamon and stevia(microwaved 1 1/2 minutes). For dinner, 5.3 oz of strawberries, shredded lettuce and boiled chicken(since hubby wasn’t here to grill for me). It actually all tasted pretty darned good if I may say so myself.
As for your hubby, he needs to gain that weight. Is he drinking any ensures? I’ve never let it bother me when on p2 and hubby has been eating chocolate and ice cream. I just kind of turn my head and think how good it feels when you are tinier. Those foods you can’t have right now will still be there in a few weeks. You will be able to eat them again, just not as much of them as you used too.
Please give the “mini” round a try since you’re about to your goal. I am also close to mine which is why I decided to do this. I’m just glad Judy has been doing it already with really good results
Morning guys!
@Sheri, congrats girly! that is awesome! pass me some of your good luck 😉 lol
@Missy, sorry to hear about your hubby. Hope hes doing better. Tell him to eat all the yummy thing we hcg people can’t haha. and i know what you mean about the nauseous and lightheadedness,i can hardly put up with it. I lost count of the days (i just gota look at my calendar, but can’t right now) i think im on day 23 of the VLCD and it definitely feels like it. blah. so draining! quite annoying. Today while i washed my hair in the shower, simply from raising my arms for a bit, i felt extremely weak. Hope this passes. I’m stuck on 227.4 =/ i also only lose about every 3 days. This is really making hard for me to be enthusiastic about the whole thing.
Talk to you guys later. chow.
Siana, you’re not getting enough food by eating only an apple yesterday, and your body is going in to starvation mode. You HAVE to eat those 500(or close to it) calories in order for this diet to work.
Why don’t you go off the drops today and do your 3 days of vlcd and then go to p3 for 3 weeks.
I’ve never gotten weak in all the times I’ve been on this diet, I have also many times pushed myself to make myself eat when I wasn’t hungry. Put yourself on a schedule, I think myself that helps. I take my 20 drops at 10:00 then eat lunch at 1:00 and dinner around 6:00. Make sure you eat your 2 meals today!
Geez I can’t even spell my own name today that last post says it was from Misy…..LOL…brain fog
Ok, you may have to explain the mini round…Because I’m already past 2 weeks this time..today is day #20 so are you saying stop now & do P3 then do another short round later? I did great on the P3 last time and didn’t gain at all.
Yes, I lose the most in the first week then it slows for me.
Hubby is drinking Boost and has started to get his appetite back. Last night I took him home chinese…none for me! The problem is he can’t eat near as much anymore and gets full so easy. He weighs less now than he did during chemo/radiation and the doctors couldn’t believe that…he didn’t lose any…thanks to the feeding tube. That’s really when I gained the most…Mom & I were eating out alot during that time and I was up to 173 at Christmas and now I’m at 147. I’m trying to get to 135. I’m 5’5″ and I would be happy with that.
What I’m doing for the mini round is yesterday I started with the drops(did not load this time), I will count yesterday as day one and go 14 days on drops vlcd(until April 12), then the 13th I will do 3 days of no drops and vlcd. The going on p3 for 3 weeks, then will go on to p4. I’m hoping I will have all 11.8 lbs off in these 2 weeks, or at least be close enough. I too want to get to 135, and am 5’5 3/4, so always say I’m 5’6″. LOL
My ideal weight from what I found yesterday is 139 and I’m at 144.6 this morning, so am very close.
What you would want to do since you have 12 lbs left is if you’ve done drops today, make this your last drop day/weight. I would probably do p3 for 2 weeks, then go right back in to p2 with no loading. Do a mini round of 2 weeks of drops and vlcd(you should get the rest off in those 2 weeks), then go to p3 for 2 weeks or longer and then head on to p4 for the rest of your life (with the weighing and 2 lb guide)
@missy..I am echoing same sentiments as everyone. Hope your hubby gets better and do encourage him to eat more, even if it is little by little.
@Judy this shorter rounds is very intriguing to me. I plan to follow sherrie’s progress because I need to get off another 8-10 lbs but I am going off hcg now (for my 3 days) then on to P3. Need the mental break. I lost 15lbs this round. 10 was in the first week and it took me 2 weeks to lose the next 5. So I do also lose most in the first week. I’ll probably do 1 load day though. Maybe you can post about your short round?
Sherie, think it was yesterday that Judy posted as to how her and her hubby have been doing on the mini round, sounds like they’re doing exceptionally well…I’m really all hyped up about this mini round. I was going to load one day, but then it would have thrown me off on plans(like eating some b-day cake for Moms 85th). Also, I had been eating a lot of ice cream(I never was a big ice cream nut until I found Pet brand praline pecan, OMG). Well, we won’t talk about that, especially on a diet blog, but will just say that ice cream is now a favorite no no food also that I will have to really watch once I get my weight off.
Anyway, the paper I got with my first drops actually said that you can stay on p3 as long of a time or as short of a time as you want, but if you stayed on p3 2 weeks or less, you didn’t want to reload.
Good luck. I’m hoping for at least 7 lbs this week. At least that will put me back in the 130’s and I will feel like I’m finally back on track.
Judy – I’m doing fine about 20 more to go. I don’t do the exact .number. If I hit anywhere between 130 – 135 I’ll be pleased as can be. I’m on P3 of second round and down 4 extra lbs. (I know a person isn’t suppose to lose on P3). I am not a strict follower of protocol. I’m more of a “Don’t do as I do…do as I say” person. I have done better on this P3 than the first P3. It is so important to follow Dr. S the first time. Then as some of us find out when you need to do other rounds we find it possible to tweak them to our lifestyle, schedules and needs. (I’m not suggesting that people do this) (just some of us have and it’s worked)
I just ordered new drops from GFC Health Products. (I don’t remember who recommended them) but Thank You. I would like to start R3 around April 6. So I think the new drops will be in on time. I also ordered the appetite suppresent that was suggested.
Some people were chatting about soups the other day. Here’s one I like when it’s cold in TX. Like 68 or 70 degrees.
Lemon Chicken Soup
100g cooked chicken breast shredded
allowed amount of chopped spinach
2 – 3 cups of homemade chicken broth
juice of 1 lemon
1 tsp. thyme
sea salt and pepper to taste to taste,
Bring all ingredients to a boil in a saucepan. Then simmer 20 min. Then Enjoy
Christine, did you get a good recommendation on the GFC HCG? I am in need to order more drops and wanted to order something other than where I ordered before. What did you hear about GFC and which one did you purchase … the original, etc? It appeared there were a few different types. Any help would be appreciated, and if anyone has any other suggestions, let me know. Thanks!!
Missy, I’m sorry to hear what’s going on. I pray your husband appetite increases and his HEALTH GETS BETTER!
KT, If you go back to the previous comments you will see some suggested sites to buy from. From my point jus don’t buy from hcg-ez!
Sandra, just checking in..How was your weigh in this morning??
YOU ARE SOOOO FUNNY!!!!!!!!!! I’m down 209!
Woo Hoo, you go girl!!
Thanks for asking Sherrie!!!!!!!!
sherrie how r u? how is the mini mini round going? lol BTW cant remember did u say yes or no on p3 for yogurt? Also i found corn tortilla blue and yellow no flour in them will they work? I need nachos lol!
judy i sent u a message not sure u got it so im sending it again? ur husband lost a lot so far is he having skin issues? ( sagging or loose) do u exercise during all phases or just on p3? thx!
christine what type of foods do u eat on p3 what worked and what did u sneak in lol
thx Sandra safe arrival ( mom opended my package so nosey started asking questions talking negative sheesh no privacy lol) im ready now thx sooo much again:)
@ The Dive
I’m not sure if youd be interested, BUT, i found these really awesome tortillas that you can cut up, bake for a bit and make into chips.. they are by far the lowest carb i found. They are from La Torilla Factory, Low Carb original. only 3 net carbs! pretty awesome and they taste pretty good too. They come in low carb flavors as well like onion and some others that i can’t remember right now. You can get them at Walmart or Whole Foods..im still on phase 2 so i still cant eat them but i used to have them even before i started hcg..
Hope that helped!
2nd weigh in today(remember, I did not load this time), yesterday was down 2.2, today down 2.6 for a total of 4.8 and 7 lbs even to go to hit my goal weight. I’m planning on making my last drop day the 12th of April. Dang Judy, maybe we should do real mini rounds of a week on p2, week on p3, LOL
Sandra: You’re welcome, I think about you often and wonder how your daily weigh ins are
Siana, my son is on a rapid weight loss through a Dr. There are some kind of the flour tortillas they can have as they’re allowed 20 g carbs a day. The thing is you subtract the fiber in the tortillas from the carbs and it’s actually a negative number then. They’re soft rounds, so these would also have to be baked. I’ll have to ask him again what they’re called, he said they’re really good.
Diva, I guess I just kind of answered your question. As far as the other tortilla chips you’re talking about, I would have to look at everything in them. I did do yogurt on my p3 before, this time I only had 1 or 2(I change foods on p3 a lot). The greek plain non fat yogurt is the best one for you.
Hey Judy
Need your input on something. Okay, since this is my last round, say I do the drops and vlcd 2 weeks, then no drops vlcd 3 days, would you suggest staying on p3 2 weeks(or as long as I want), or 3 weeks?
Heck, maybe we should be doing 1 week on and 1 week p3. Just think how fast we would lose then. LOL
Just kidding everyone. 🙂
Diva – For breakfast I usually have my tea and then the Greek yogurt with some fresh fruit usually strawberries. Haven’t had time to do the omlete in a bag yet. Mornings are real hectic for me. My lunch now usually is salad (not just lettuce) but salad from the bag so it has a variety of veggies. I top that with a can of tuna sometimes with a cut up green apple and balsmic vinegar for dressing. I’m back to drinking about 2 diet cokes a day. (Wrong) I still drink all my water. 5 liters (roughly 1.25 gallons). Dinner I’m still pretty good at. Like last night I cooked burgers for the family with Tater tots and baked beans. (I need to change their eating habits soon) I had a burger (no bread) (no cheese) but BBQ sauce to dip it in. (Wrong) And a few of the beans (more wrong).
And then as I was baking cookies for my daughter to bring to school today I licked the bowl and ended up eating 2 cookies. (even more wrong). So basically thats a normal day of eating. “Don’t do as I do….Do as Simeon says” Many wrong things in there. Can’t wait to start R3 again. Oh, I am walking about 2 miles every day now that this TX weather is cooperating. Still would like to lose about 20 more lbs. before the school year ends. Hope your day goes well.
Christine, you can have cheese on p3, it’s actually a good thing to have, just make sure it’s not processed cheese
As far as the diet drinks, there is 0 calories, etc. I have started drinking diet cream soda recently and haven’t given it up on this p2. I am not a water drinker, which is my big downfall, I had one 16 oz bottle of water yesterday. It seems like on Dr Simeons, he says you can count the tea/coffee towards your water intake, which if I do, I do get my 1/2 gallon(actually more) a day. I do occasionally crave water, but if I’m not craving it, then I literally gag when I’m drinking it.
Sounds like you’re doing great.
Good Friday morning everyone!!
Well, the stall is over…down 1.2lbs today…thank goodness I was getting frustrated!
Thanks to everyone for the kind words about my husband. He is actually doing great! His last PET scan in FEB showed no cancer and now they will just watch him closely. It’s a long road to complete recovery but he’s getting better everyday. I have to say we had some amazing doctors during this time and that makes all the difference.
Have a great weekend! I’m off to Nashville for a convention so wish me luck on trying to be good 🙂
Missy, you taking I-85? if so, when you get to exit 11(in SC) you will be 15 minutes from me….:)
Have a safe trip! WTG on the weight, just always have to be patient, plateaus are good for you and when you do lose again, you will get a good loss. You have to remember the body needs to catch up and why you’re on a plateau, you’re still losing inches.
Can someone help me. I have followed protocol religiously, however I do not eat the grissin and generally only have 1 orange as a night time snack, but as far as meals go, I eat my protein and vegetables as stated. Here have been my stats:
Age 45, Height: 5’7
Preload Weight: 145.0
Post Load Weight: 146.2
Day 1: 145.5
Day 2: 142.4
Day 3: 142.0
Day 4: 141.4
Day 5: 141.2
Day 6: 140.2
Day 7: 139.6
Day 8: 138.6
Day 9: 138.8 (up .2)
Day 10: 138.00
Day 11: 138.2 (up .2 again!)
I just seem to be hovering around that 138 range and nothing more. I mean today is day 12 and I’m only down 6.8 from preload weight. Everyone else seems to be losing a lot more in the first 2 weeks and I seem to have stalled. What is going on??
KT, first of all, your ideal weight is 143, the reason you’re doing that is because your body is telling you enough is enough!!!!!!!! Heck, I’m 5’6″ and would like to get to 135(my ideal weight is 139. If I get to that goal and pretty much stay or my weight starts doing like yours, then that’s when I know it’s time to quit. I have my goals, but my body has its own goals and knows what I need more than I do. When it’s done losing then you need to be happy with where you are. I have talked to a few people who have been on this diet and when they did get lower than they should have, then they never could maintain. I never hit my “goal” before, which was 135 also, but stayed between 136 and 138 for months until Christmas time. I doubt I will hit 135 this time either, but what is a pound, it’s not going to make a bit of difference in my clothes or the way I look. You’re obsessing way too much over those numbers, and your body is telling you to STOP. Here is a good site for all of you needing to know what your ideal weight is for your height. Has it for men and women
healthstatus.com/cgi-bin/calc/calculator.cgi
Sherrie,
No we’re taking I40…I live off of Hwy 16 and it takes me all the way to 40..we’ll hit it in Hickory.
Yeah, I know I need to be more patient 🙂 I’m learning…
Congrats on your loss too! Almost there!
GOODMORNING EVERYONE!!! First, I’m glad to hear your husband is doing better Missy! Sherrie CONGRADS-You’re doing GREAT! Love the sound of a mini round.
HEEEY JROD, Yes, nothing like a good cold diet sprite!!! Thediva have u received your package and how much have u lost? Oh yeah, Missy, CONGRADS on your loss!!
KT, I don’t know, what’s going on w/u, but I hope u start to loose soon (maybe the drops?) Hopeful someone else can help u out. I did not drop this morning, ok thou.
Christine I don’t want anymore SPP, I want some Cookies (smile).
HAVE A GREAT AND BLESSED DAY EVERYONE!!!!!!!!!!!!
Missy, my son just got to I-40, he was about 100 miles from Asheville. He, his fiance and the baby are moving down here, they should be here around 2:00 or so, can’t wait, haven’t seen the baby since December(she’s 7 1/2 mos). My 2 youngest g-daughters are only 9 days apart. 🙂
I always refused to do the apple days. I’m not a patient person, but when it came to apple days and plateaus, I know how important plateaus are and how they work, so I just kind of ignore the weight for a few days when I’m on one. I just hope I can hurry and get the weight off this time. I’m sure it will stop around where I stayed before(within 1-3 lbs of my goal) but I’m fine with that. 🙂
Sandra, how was your weight loss this morning?
Thediva wrote on here and said she had received her drops that her Mom actually opened them. LOL
As far as Missy, I already told her what I think I think she’s trying to get too small and that’s not a good thing to do.
KT – As I was looking for the correct professional answer for you on your somewhat stall, Sherrie answered it exactly how I would have. She’s totally correct as to your body saying enough is enough. Now it’s important to enjoy what you have accomplished, be proud of yourself, and know that you have created a new lifestyle for yourself and that you never want to go back to the old ways.
I still will answer your question from the other day. Jamie wrote back on March 26 that she uses the GFC site. The Red Plus with B12 along with an order of Appetite Suppresent.
Not that you need them but I will keep you informed on how they work. Bit I agree with Sandra do not buy from HCG – EZ.
Hello friends… It’s been GREAT reading all of your comments out on the road! Sherrie- I think you’re on to something with the mini rounds 😉
I’ve been struggling a bit being out on the road for business and my travels are not letting up for at least another 2 weeks. My question is this… I’m supposed to start my no drops vlcd 3 days today. Do I follow the p2 diet for these 3 days?
I’ve had a rough last 48 hours, so naturally I gained. Now I’m hestitating ending today. I’m thinking of being the guinea pig (no pun intended) and see what happens if I string out p2 with drops for another week to get off the weight I just gained and hopefully drop a few more and then go into p3. OR… if I should just call it like it is. Go off for 2 weeks (because I am traveling) and then start another round when I know I’ll get to be home to safely manage my diet… Thoughts???
Rach, you kind of lost me hon. As far as no drops, if you had your last drops yesterday, then yes, today through Sunday you would stay on the vlcd just like what you’ve been on but without drops. It’s not too late(if you took drops yesterday) to just continue with them today. I always do all my drops for the day at around 10:00 and actually am only doing 20 instead of the 30 drops, it seems to really help me with the hunger issue.
So far, I love this mini round, and if I see my weight has pretty much come to a stop after 7-10 days of drops, then I will go off them. I would rather do mini rounds more often, as it’s much easier to handle the “same” foods. I bet Dr Simeons is up there just rolling his eyes right now. LOL
Sherrie- I’m laughing right now becuase as I was typing my last comment I was confused myself. Hahaha. I’m with you on the mini rounds. With my travels it’s super tricky going any longer than the 23 days. I’ve been known to do a apple day to quickly drop the weight I gain after having a cheat on the road. It always drops the weight and gets me back on track immediately. I know, I know it’s not protocol… but thought I’d try it. So far it’s worked for me. Anyway, back to my confusing posted comment. If I’m not where I want to be goal wise today should I stay on the drops for another week to drop the last 5 lbs to get to goal or should I go into p3 for 3 weeks and do another round for the last 5 lbs? Is this still confusing? Sorry.
Okay, you asked me so I’m going to give you “my opinion” and others may not agree with it. Okay, you were on it 23 days?? You have 5 lbs to get to your weight goal? I would go off the p2 and do your 3 days of vlcd no drops, make sure you stabilize for at least a week, and if you do, go back on the drops for 1-2 weeks to finish up the 5 lbs. I honestly don’t think (if you only have 5 lbs to go) that you will get them off in the next week by staying on the drops. The first week is when we lose the most…Now, remember, that’s just my opinion.
@sherrie – i had to come to post..u had me laughing re: dr simeons rolling up there
Well we’re experimenting I guess.
oh btw guys I used pellets this round. Found my hunger was far better managed with them.
Thanks for all the info Sherrie Christine an Siana 😉
Happy weight loss!!
Yes christine I did thx!! I have not weighed in yet lol nonscale till Monday;( no money lol I’m a student I’ll try the GNC store tonite! Lol
Sheri – About a month ago I asked if there was anyone out there with info on the pellets. I’m so glad to see someone finally trying them. All the research I could find came from the sites selling them and of course they were biased. Would you please tell me which ones you are using. Mentally I think I would be more accountable to myself with pellets. I almost ordered them with my last drops. I had them in my cart and then had to leave the computer and when I came back my session had timed out. So just went with the drops. After hearing from you I’ll probably be kicking myself. Thanks for any info.
@Christine – hahaha. I’m sorry I probably missed that comment. I buy it here when they have sales or specials. http://thehcgdietsolution.com/store/
These are from Legacy Health Group. The lady who is doing this, Alisa, is great! She has been a rock for me all through my year of weight loss. Basically they say that the pellets may help to more evenly spread the hcg since with the drops some people’s hand may be heavier than others. I personally prefer them to the drops. My first round I did injections, rounds 2 and 3 were drops and round 4, the pellets. I find that my hunger was better controlled with the pellets.
Thanks Sheri.
I wrote Thanks Sheri and it came back saying that my blog was to short. So now I must chat for a few minutes. No really I won’t bore you all. Hopefully this one goes thru.
Ok what’s an apple day? And howdiors it work?
I read it but I dint get it;-/ HELP!!!
Ok fiund protocol and i what Found apple day means (so on the next day after u eat apples from lunch 2 just b4 lunch next day not 2 exceed 6 apples) do u eat dinner or lunch and dinner:-/ still confused lol
@thediva – continue as normal with lunch and dinner
about the site i mentioned earlier Alisa gave me this info:
I have 25% off at http://www.thehcgdietsolution.com when you use the discount code – summer Or Buy 2 Get 1 Free pellets at http://www.hcgweightloss-solution.net
I love this! Read this blog post today it is sooo funny!!! http://www.hcgadietclub.com/blog/2011/04/01/hcg-diet-world-leaders-predict-doomsday-scenario/
Thx Sherrie I’m stranded in Iowa:( only found fruit this sucks no way 2 get food so I’m doing an apple day so If I eat 3 apples today I can eat one 4 breakfast then take drops an then eat lunch ??? Or take drops b4 I eat the apple tomo?
So mad lol how r u doing?
Hey Sherrie – I started typing a response and hit a wrong key so I can’t tell if it posted or not…sorry if it did and this is a repeat…anyway, congrats on day 2 weight loss! I LOVE the first week of VLCD! I would say 2 weeks on P3 is enough if you only stay on P2 just two weeks….unless you just love P3 and want to stay longer! Also, you may not be too far fetched on the one week on, one week off…..may have to try that! We just ended our second week on P2 today….and as usual lately, the first week was great on weight loss, the second week not so much (but in all fairness I did cheat a little this week, had some work related meals), but still overall lost 1/2-1 lb per day during this two week time frame. Hubby and I may try the one week thing, just to test!
Hi John – Really funny. Will send it to my HCGer friends. Oh that’s right no one except people on this blog know I’m doing this. Will have to just keep laughing to myself all the way to the skinny farm!!!!!
So, this morning I was afraid to weigh. I ate my lunch right yesterday, but at dinner time, we went out to eat. I had the grilled chicken breast and broccoli and that was it(no fruit). Had a couple glasses of water with lemon and sweet n low. I got up, slowly got on the scale thinking I probably stalled and wah lah, was down another 1.8 lbs. Now at 140.2 with 5 to go to my goal and down 6.8 in 3 days(with no load days). Now, if I can just stabilize once I’m done I will be a happy camper. .4 oz I’ll be back in the 130’s
Now, back to work today, have to go sit at a nursing home all day. Told her I’m coming home for my lunch and dinner. She said I could take my meals, but, sorry the smell of those places, well, I can’t stomach to eat there, and also there would be no where to store my lunch and dinner and I’m not leaving meat out all day
GOODMORNING EVERYONE! I’m up a lb. I don’t do good on ph3. I can’t eat just a hand-full of almonds or 3-5 skins, I go overboard! Sherrie CONGRATULATIONS-HAPPY FOR U!
Thediva I still hav not heard from ?. Did u receive the drops? I have a question-If you eat sugar or starch on ph3, does that mean u don’t stabilize! I understand ph3 is the most important phase of the diet for your thymus (whatever) to reset, so what’s happening if u “CHEAT” on ph3???????????? John I read the article-“TRUE”! Christine have u tried the new drops u ordered? JROD where r u?
Sherrie that is awesome!! Sounds like mini rounds are workings for you! Congrats! ! I’m up slightly this morning but I honestly thought it would be more….didn’t do so hot yesterday.
Sherrie day 1 of vlcd w/o drops found scale last night down 30-35 lbs not sure where I started weight wise just going by memory I’m shocked started 3/1 wow!!! Love hcg!!!
Sandra got the drops:) thx Sooooo much but get this: mom so nosey opened pkg and tore label to see if it was liquid or pills omg! So now I can’t see the directions 🙁 when/how often do u take the drops?) Smh! Mothers gotta lovem
Hello Friends..!!
I am still here Sandra… I read everyones comments on my phone….and sometimes
reply from there or from the laptop….been super busy this week….
I am glad everyone is being successful…!!!
This Tuesday will be my 2nd complete week of this round….and well.. I am down
15 lbs so far…with a few more days to go… (of course I had to lose the
7 lbs I gained on the P3 four week break I was on)
So I am down 7 lbs of “new” weight loss haha… down to 261…. I can
feel the 50’s coming soon !!! I will stay on this 4 more weeks…for my 6 week
protocol….
It is soooo strange to see so many people here now adjusting their own plans
out of Dr Simeons protocol… even from the 21 day plans..!
You for one Sherrie used to be on everyone for staying strict to the protocol..
and to the plan as what “to” eat…and things you cant eat….etc…
and even told others the minimum you can be on it is 21 days of drops for the
23 day plan. Now…I see there is such a thing as a 2 week “mini” plan??
I know that people have less (or more) to lose and things can work differently
for others….but “I” feel for all these different routines for some…may be confusing
to the others (newer users and beginners) of this HCG journey. That there always
seems to be the same questions asked of what and how to do it.
I mean…each of us should do what feels ( or needed ) what is right for them.
and if you only have 10 -15 lbs to lose…. then I suppose a 2 to 3 week cycle
would work….(even if it is against the designed minimum designed protocol )
I also know it is harder for women to “cheat” if they are on a cycle longer
than 3 weeks…. but to just say I need a 2 week on 2 week off plan cuz
my cravings for foods are too much…. just means to me…that most dont have the “whole eating mentality” figured out yet.. that changes in eating needs
to be changed over all… I myself am still figuring that out….that I have
food needs…and food to comfort me at times…and I rely on food at times
as my “friend”….I dont drink much …or smoke or do drugs…that I have other crutches that I had relied on….I know food addictions are just as prevelent in life.
It is up to each of us to know and admit where we are with that.
I am not saying that there is a “right way” or “wrong way” to manipulate your own
tailored “protocols”…..I know the HCG Bible ( Pounds and Inches ) and Simeons
plan works…. as it says…” The diet doesnt fail….people fail the diet.”
So…what ever works the best for each “body” of us all.
I am watching (reading ) the few of you on the 2 week mini-plans….getting info…
because…it does make sense ( with the biggest weight loss in the first 2 weeks for most people ) with how it should work…. I have two female friends that I have
told about this…they have been trying it and one has lost 20….another lost 25..
one of them kept it off during the break… the other ( due to emotional and relationship
and other issues has struggled ) one gained it all back in a month…. soo…
I explained to them…..the 2 week on 2 week off plan to them….that they should
try that…. one has about 15 lbs to lose…the other about 35… so…I know that
for them….2 weeks on ( which is still menatally hard for them to eat VLCD ) and
2 weeks off…nad be on P3 for 2 weeks before they start another 2 weeks may be
better for them too…. I am in NO means an expert on this.I know that this is my
3rd round I am 88 lbs down… So I think I pretty much have this figured out
and what works for me…and how it all works.
I cant speak for others….cuz as I have said before…every”body” is different in how
it reacts to the HCG and the mentality that each person puts into it…if it is strict
the whole time…or if that have cheat meals on it and prolong their progression..
maybe that cheat meal is needed to get them past a hurdle…or a hard time..
but they have to expect a no loss and longer time to lose if that occurs.
I think I just vented and said random thoughts up there??? haha…
I want us all to be successful…and want us all to be happy in our inches and body
shifting…. and this does work. Yay !!
I forgot who put the spinach and chicken lemon soup on here the other day..
but I tried it…and im not a big lemon fan….but….it was Yummmy !!
Thanks for that idea !
Well……… I will shut up now and get my day on….
Good luck to all …have a great and successful loss weekend !!
Jarrod
Hi JROOOD, YES U SAID A MOUTHFUL AND YES IT’S ALL TRUE DUE TO THE PROTOCOL AND YES EACH ONE OF US WILL DO AS PROTOCOL OR AS WE SEE FIT. I often wonder did Dr. Simeons try it this way or test it that way. I am no ways as experience as you, Sherrie, Christine, Judy or any the others that have gone 3-rounds, but I do know THIS DIET IS THE BEST! I AM HAPPY FOR US ALL AS WELL, NO MATTER HOW IT COMES! To loose a small amount I don’t think the mini round would make a difference if it works (for you) and you’re able to maintain as well. If you have many lbs to get off, I feel u should follow protocol. Here’s what I’m wondering when u “CHEAT” does it just stall u or does it affect u later, such as interference w/ the protocol. I’ve noticed most gain back, is it due from when I first cheated. Also I have another question prior, please answer!
Too all the 3-ROUNDERS, HAVE U CHEATED ON PHASE 3? DO U THINK THAT MOMENT CAUSE US NOT TO STABILIZE OR WHAT’S THE OUTCOME????
Let me say I don’t mean cheaters in any form, because I tooooo am A BIG CHEATER!!!!!I’m just trying to see when we do slip, how much does it affect us- “then and later”, because this diet is strict to protocol and well tested and I belief everythings he says “we must not eat and when and what phase”, is for reason-but how far does it go????????????
Hey guys!
congrats on all the weight loss and i’ve got a question as well,
has anyone had protein shakes instead of a meal?
As i mentioned before i simply CAN NOT down the meat or fish part of the diet, i would much rather starve myself to death than to place another piece of chicken inside my mouth. hahah. yes its that serious. Now i remember why i went vegetarian!!
SOOOOO.. for the past three days i have been eating an egg and an egg white for lunch with an apple and for dinner i’ll have a lot of cucumber chunks with fruit seasoning and lime.. oh and today i also had some grilled red peppers. i know its probably less than 500..ugh.. thats why i was wondering about the protein shakes. so if anyone knows pleasey cheesey (mmmmm .. cheeeseee.. lol) fill me in! =)
With the above i have lost about 2.6. lbs so hopefully the weight loss continues, i HOPE HOPE HOPE it doesnt stall due to the “tweeked” food routine but if it does than i guess ill try something different.
Jarrod, as far as protocol, the foods are all protocol that I’m eating. I would stay on protocol three weeks, but, if I do, I’m afraid(with already losing 6.8 lbs in 3 days and only having 5.2 to go to my 135 goal) that I would fall below my goal, and from what I have heard and seen from others, if you get too low in weight, it seems harder to keep it off as your body thinks the weight is too low. I also know that if I got smaller than that, at 54 years old and 5’6″ I would look like a skeleton, I looked like one years ago at 130 and I was much younger. Anyway, as Sandra said, did Dr Simeons every try the 3 weeks? I know he checked different foods to see how they worked and which one worked the best, but did he just come up with the 3 weeks or has someone maybe revamped the original protocol? There are some things that were not even around when Dr Simeons was alive, yet it says not to eat this or that. How could Dr Simeons say not to eat something that wasn’t even around at the time the protocol was written? I can’t remember what it was at the time, but someone else had brought this up to me, which got me thinking.
Anyway, I hope that the ones new to this diet that are reading will follow protocol, I would recommend doing the 3 weeks though instead of 6 as it does get hard, but I just want to check on the stabilization, etc for ones like myself that are so close to their goals.
Morning
Ok this is for the pros jarrod/Sherrie P3 is quickly approaching and this is what I know. Dint eat the obvious starch and sugar pie,cakes bread cornmeal etc. Weigh in daily, if u gain more than 2 pds Steak day! It takes three weeks 2 stabilize the weight RIGHT? now what I don’t know: P4 how 2 add back starches/sugars? What else is off limits that’s not obvious in P3? Corn, milk, carrots, yay or nay? Only greek yogurt? only plain? ever tried Low carb tortillas by la factory ?? Please send me any last minute comments list of possible menus/foods. I don’t wait 2 mess up in thus b/c I’m only 1 round away from my goal &
dont want 2 go another round Thx for listening
HAPPY SUNDAY!!;)
Okay, down another .8 this morning, so it’s starting to slow down, but I’m still elated with the result thus far. Started drops and vlcd last Wednesday(with no load days). Am down over 7 lbs in 4 days with 4.4 pounds to hit my goal. I’m playing it day by day. I just want to get to my goal, stabilize and maintain within the 2 lbs for life.
Diva
Right, no sugar, starches(that means also no sweet potatoes, potatoes, corn, etc etc). Look on ingredients, and if you’re not sure on something, look it up on the internet under nutritional information to see if it has any of those. Remember, some things have natural sugars in them(like milk). When I’m on p3, I read both ingredients and nutritional information. I go by the ingredients as far as sugar goes. 🙂
Actually it’s not just more than 2 lbs, it’s 2 or more pounds. If you weigh 130.8 on last drop day and happen to hit 132.8 then do the steak day that day. I never had to do a steak day on p3. I did do one once, but actually, it was after I had just finished my drops, and I was still on the 3 days of vlcd), I did get the 2 lbs off I had gained.
You add the sugars/starches back gradually so you can see how your body reacts to the, the steak day is for p3 and p4, which is how you keep your weight to the “goal weight”. Most people(me included), seem to forget to do that when we’re enjoying our food on p4 and we’ll gain 3 pounds and say, well, we’ll give ourselves to 5 lbs, then you all of a sudden find it’s too hard to get those 5 lbs off, and next thing you know, you’re on your way back to being fat again
I sent you the website, it has a list of no no’s on p3. You can drink milk, just make sure it’s 2% or less(1% or fat free). I also ate other yogurts, but they didn’t hardly have any carbs, and I ate them only early in the morning, they never hurt me, but they can work differently on everyone. I also ate a pack of 100 calorie cocoa almonds without them bothering me(almonds are good for you), but other people gain when eating them
Sherrie Said:
Jarrod, as far as protocol, the foods are all protocol that I’m eating. I would stay on protocol three weeks, but, if I do, I’m afraid(with already losing 6.8 lbs in 3 days and only having 5.2 to go to my 135 goal) that I would fall below my goal, and from what I have heard and seen from others, if you get too low in weight, it seems harder to keep it off as your body thinks the weight is too low.””
Jarrod : GREAT !!!! I am SOOOO glad you are sooo close back to your goal again..
and you know now…Summer is coming.. ( and Christmas food sins are 8 months away !! hahaa…) and you know that you are only 5 lbs are like….3 days from mow
for you….SO get ready to P3 and P4 it honey !!!
I think that we truly pay TOO much attention to what charts and websites “say” what
weight we are supposed to be at….but…only YOUR body knows where its supposed
to be based off your own body chemistry, frame and make up…so..BE comfortable
in your own “body” and people should not stress over the “ideal recommended” weight.
Sherrie: There are some things that were not even around when Dr Simeons was alive, yet it says not to eat this or that. How could Dr Simeons say not to eat something that wasn’t even around at the time the protocol was written?
I KNOW !! there was sooo much not around then…and Turkey is NOT a common
meat or protein in Europe…so… I think that Turkey is safe….Personally…
but…its not allowed…?? oh well…like I said…we all tailor our plans to what
works for us….
First of all yes…6 weeks IS harder than 3 weeks…but it is all about how much a person has to lose… also…how much a person has in determination… I think anyone
who has over 40 lbs to lose…can do the 6 weeks ( first round of P2 ) and really
stick to it ( if that person has the determination and will power to stick to it w/o cheating ) but those of us that have been on a few rounds does have it Harder to stick to 6 weeks….cuz we know that it is long…however….we are SOOO sick of
having the weight on…and seeing it come off…..then…well…6 weeks IS Nothing in
time compared to all the time we carried the weight… So..its all in an individuals
own efforts and what they truly want and Need to achieve.
So…if its 2 week mini-rounds….or….23 or 43 day rounds….its all up to the person
and what they want to achieve… I want EVERYONE to be successful on this plan..
and then maintain it….KNOW what foods are bad for you…and you know what..
if you have a bad day….get back on the right way to eat the next… if you have
a bad eating weekend…..then know Mon-Friday you will stick to a hard line strict for the week…. If we dont KEEP it off on P4….then…..we will be back here more and more.. I want ALL of you ( including myself ) to get OFF of this blog..!! ( that means we have all hit our goal…and rocked it and can go live our lives !! )
Hey Sherrie thx how r u? I’m understanding a lil better read a site an It says that if sugar is not listed in the first five it’s ok! True? Can u give me an example reading of a label? Is there a number that I can safely follow? (Carbs per day) Also can I eat flaxseed? I also have a bag of frozen veggies some corn/carrots mixed in is that ok? I’m nervous lol
Happy Sunday…..
Dont you hate when you meet your kids for lunch…at Chillis and the order
skillet Queso and chips…. fried mozzarella sticks and Southwestern eggrolls..
and….you get to order a large house salad with 6 grilled shrimp.!! haha…
oh well….. I am not going off this for annnnthing…nothing tastes as good as
.6 – 1.2 lbs a day !!! haha..
Speaking of which…….
Sandra Asked :
Here’s what I’m wondering when u “CHEAT” does it just stall u or does it affect u later, such as interference w/ the protocol. I’ve noticed most gain back, is it due from when I first cheated. Also I have another question prior, please answer!
Well… what do you mean most gain back ? on P4?? Or during the protocol??
Jarrod replies: Well I know there has been times during my 6 weeks cycles….that I have had a meal where I havent had to stick to the protocol….I havent “cheated” like
outta control…..but….I keep it within reason…..and what happens to me is…. I dont lose anything the next day…and sometimes 2 days later…. So its like a 3 day stall…..and for me… to lose 3 days sucks !!
I am takin drops and eating VLCD for 3 days…. a “cheat meal” is Not worth it to me..
but again….everyone is different…. some dont lose the next day…and are back on track the day after….and some people will gain a pound or two …and then take 3 to 4 days to get it back off.. ( so…in “my” opinion… cheating is not worth it to me while on the protocol….its a waste of overall effort…waste of drops…and waste of time ( time to lose more ) so….that is just “my” experience.
Siana Asked:
i’ve got a question as well, has anyone had protein shakes instead of a meal?
As i mentioned before i simply CAN NOT down the meat or fish part of the diet, Now i remember why i went vegetarian!!
Jarrod Says: WOW…how can you even be on this diet with out eating meat ?? haha….wow..
well… you are doing all the substitute foods that you can….so that is good !!
Ok…as far as Protein shakes…..mmmmm…Trrrricky thing here… I have used
all different types of protein shakes.. In my former gym rat days ( before I gained the
150 lbs over 6 yrs…) I would use them to sub as a meal after a heavy lifting workout.
or…I even used them when I tried a low carb diet…. HOWEVER….MOST protein
shakes are FULL of sugars… read the lable…most are like 26g of carbs per serving..
now there are some out there that have “Low carb” versions….with like 2 net carbs..
( but they have sugar alcohols or….Splenda in them to sweeten them…)
annnd..we you know you cant have either of those on P2…however you can get
away with it on P3….
Now…the brand I use is Designer Whey Chocolate….that is 2 net carbs…and tastes
really good….but….that IS made with splenda….and trust me…I have YET to find
a protein or whey shake that is “sugar free”…. if you find one… lemme know !!
I am not a vegatarian….I love me some meat ….but I do like to have a meal replacement shake now and then since the calories are between 150 and 250 Cal..
( the designer whey shakes are 110 cal for 8 oz… but… I like more than 3 sips..
so I make 2 servings…. ( which come to… 4 Net carbs…and 220 calories ) and I get
16 oz and throw some ice in and blend……and have a chocolate smoothie..
Diva
Yes…when you transition to P4…yes you can have Corn, milk, carrots, greek yogurt..
But…not on P3… look at the sugar content on the greek yogurt…there is a lot..
( no fat…but… lots of sugar ) Yes I have tried Low carb tortillas just look around
at the various kind… The wheat ones would be better for you…but most of the
front of each pkg will tell you how many NET Carbs per tortilla are on them..
average is 4… I have seem some between 3 and 5.
once I got out of the Army in 1993…. I slowly gained weight…here and there..and more… and then by 1999… I weighed 355…(6’2”) So… I did the Low Carb diet way…
I was on a low carb diet from 2000 to 2001 …in a year I lost 100 lbs…
I KNOW the Atkins diet… I know the Carb Addicts Diet… I know what you can
and cant eat… I lived a low carb life from 2000 to 2005… held my weight perfect and
worked out exercised…life was good then,. late 2006… while riding my bike training
for a Triathlon I was hit by a car….flipped over the car onto the street… 2 back surgeries later…steroid injections and physical therapy..( Mental therapy ) having
going through a divorce in 2006… I was a mess… I gained…..back that 140
of the 150 I lost from 2006 to 2010…. I was depressed cuz I couldnt work out..
depressed over gaining weight…so FOOD was my friend… food comforted me..
I KNEW what to eat.. I KNEW HOW to eat… HOW to work out…I just didnt do it…
but….I decided to try a lap band surgery in May last year… I told a friend of mine
about it…and…well he said his sister was doing HCG and this and that…and gave me
some info…I said to myself…..well…. what do I have to lose… I have tried.. slim fast..
I have tried.. low fat… I have tried low carb…. oh…they all work…. but… when you
EAT bad food.. you WILL gain it back.. I had to face it.. I have the “fat gene”…
I can look at a bacon cheese burger and gain 2 lbs !! SO….I thought..
Ok…I KNOW what to eat.. lemme try it…and I have to say…it is SOOO much easier
than low carb…and dont have to bust my A$$ in the gym everyday to get the same
results w HCG……. so…. I KNOW nutrition…I know what works “for ME”…
I never had a weight prob my whole life…or while in the Army I was awesome..
and I was a gym rat I loved to exercise…. but…once I stopped….and started
eating like I was when I worked out…. I started to gain…! Ugghh…
I know it is my own body is different that others….and what works for me…
this is working to the tune of 88 lbs since Sept 3… its been off and on 6 mo…
but….I know that once I reach my goal….. I NEED to not be a “splurger” all the time..
I know how hard it is to take off and how EASY it is to put on…. I am never going to
eat amything that is handed to me thru a drive thru window…haha..
I know there are going to a be a splurge meal here and there….but my Mon – Fri day
is now going to be a healthy way…. I have been down this 100 lbs weight loss path
before….. Not just this time…..but once before 10 yrs ago…. I AM NOT
doing it again…. the older you get the sooooo much HARDER it is to take off.!!
Well I am outta here.. I am going pants shopping…haha…need smaller ones
since I dont have any this size in the last 5 yrs….YAY ME !!!
And YES…I am throwing away ( donating ) my larger sizes….so I wont EVER have
them to fall back on…!! SEE YA later pants !!!
Jarrod
I am on vlcd 7, down 13.6 lbs including the .6 lbs I gained during load days. Still hungry ..very very hungry. I have to watch the hypoglycemia, not a lot of physical activity or it plummets.
I’m blogging every day about my experience. I used to weigh nearly 500 lbs. Lost 350, gained 50 of it back.
http://lifeinthefatlane.org
Brandi
thx jarrod ill check for low carb tortillas and look at skin milk if it has too much sugar ill make smoothies with fruit and ice no yogurt:) i really dont want a a 3rd round so imtryinf 2 make four weeks of p3 work!! also sugar 1 g count? i think ill just eat meat and veggies b/c if carb confused:-/ lol
ok day 2 no drops just realized its 4 and i have not eaten a thing this is crazy now what??? im headed 2 the kitchen lol and 2 hrs later ill eat again smh! wow im excited down .6 pds:) P.S. sherrie i got a scale a good one lol:)
Diva:
You can have milk on p3, remember I told you to read the ingredients, there is NO added sugar in milk. The sugar it shows on the ingredients is natural sugar, like you have in oranges, etc. I would drink a glass of 2% milk everyday the first time I was on p3.
Brandi
Congratulations! I didn’t have time to read all the way through the blog, as I’m about to go to bed. Would love to see a picture of you now to compare to the ones you had posted. How did you lose the 350 lbs? I’m sure you’ve said on there somewhere. Keep it up!! You must be very close to hitting your goal..
Sherrie,
Thanks!
I’ll try and take some pictures this week. I work from home, so I rarely get ready..LOL! I’ll try and change that this week.
I had weight loss surgery in 2000. I lost 350 lbs, got down to 138 lbs and gained about 50 of it back. I’m trying to get some more off before I have plastic surgery on May 18 to get more excess skin removed.
I’m at 177.4 right now. I’m not really sure what my goal is. Haven’t decided yet!
Brandi
May I ask what your age and height is?
I am going to go to your blog when I have a few minutes today and do some reading
Again, congratulations. You should find this diet is easy to lose, just kind of hard to stay away from the foods that got us overweight to begin with.
For me, I’m only down .4 today with still 4 lbs to go to hit my goal of 135. I’m at what the charts say is an “ideal” weight, but yet it’s too close to the 140’s for me to think it’s ideal. LOL
Brandi
Also, have just started reading your blog, you’re in KY. Now, haven’t gotten to what part yet, but I’m in SC so you could be as close as 3 1/2 or less hours from me, depending on what city you’re in.
hi all…how are you all doing. Welcome aboard Brandi. You’ll find that you can let it all out here 🙂 I saw someone post about the type of milk they use on P3. I use full fat because everything low fat, fat free and skimmed, has tons more sugar. Just chipping in. Full fat generally has only natural sugars. Same I do for yogurt, but I generally have greek yogurt in P3.
Sheri, I’ve never compared the milks, but they don’t add sugar to any of the milks, it just has more dairy fat in the “whole” milk, which is what I try and stay away from. I bought 2% milk the first time around, and then this last time, I bought the milk that smart balance makes, they only have it in a few different kinds(fat free, lactose free(I think is one of them) and the one I get is lowfat, which is I believe 1% fat free. It is a really good tasting milk and has a long shelf life on it(can’t find it at walmart, only the grocery store I go too). If no one has tried that and you like milk, that’s a good one to get(I’m not a big milk drinker except with the sweets) but love to drink that milk. 🙂 LOL
How is your weight loss going, or are you on p3 right now? I can’t keep up with what everyone is on.
Sherrie,
Thanks for the welcome. Took me awhile to find an HCG discussion place that was active still!
I’m actually now in Ohio. That was an old post. I am in the Dayton area.
I am 38, soon to be 39 (June). I’m 5’7″. My ideal weight is difficult to calculate given the fact I have a lot of excess skin. This brachioplasty and side flank that I’m having done on May 18 may remove about 12 lbs. At least that was the doc’s guesstimation. The issue is, I will look completely different… and no idea what I will need to weigh from an appearance standpoint. I plan on having my breasts reconstructed about 3 months later. That will remove more “weight” (read: skin). No implants, just excess skin removed and have them put back in place. He said I would probably be about a B cup, which I am TOTALLY ok with!
I got down to 138 lbs and did not look good. I looked really sick. I’m not doing that again.
Feel free to email me: info at seoqueen dot net.
Warmly,
Brandi
Hi Sherrie: Ah well I compared the ingredients on the milks here and the full cream (2%) is just cows milk in the ingredients. All the others had milk, sugar, cottonseed oil and such things. I called Nestle to verify and they also told me that. From research I’ve found that generally in low fat and fat free products (not all, but most), manufacturers add sugar to make up for flavor. Perhaps the ones available by you are different. I’m here in the Caribbean.
Yes on p3 and up to the max, not over yet but I’m ovulating and during ovulation and TOM I gain alot (water retention), so watching it and will do steak day if necessary. I’m very tempted to take a direutic! lol
Yes, usually fat free is not very good for you, but usually most fat free(and I said MOST) do not taste good either
Okay, the 2% pet milk I get on nutrition facts says in 1 cup, there is 12 g sugar, but ingredients is reduced fat milk, vitamin A palmitate and Vitamin D3, that is it, there is 130 c in a cup, my smart balance is 1% but has a rich creamy flavor and has omega 3’s and vitamin E in it, one cup also has 130 calories and does have 3 gram more of sugar(this is in nutritional facts, not ingredients), it has lowfat milk, nonfat milk, omega 3 oil blend, purified fish oil and sunflower oil to help maintain freshness, vitamin E, Vitamin A palmitatie and Vitamin D, I don’t have any whole milk to compare, but I’m sure there are a lot more calories in the whole milk, and it has a lot more fat in it, which we also need to stay away from. I’m not saying 1-2 glasses of whole milk will hurt you, but I don’t think(this is my own opinion) that it is all that good for you
lol ok I guess its probably the brands we have here then. I’m not a milk drinker at all anyways..only in my coffee and some recipes
Brandi
I just sent you a “test” e-mail to make sure I got your e-mail down right, if you get it, shoot me a quick one back to let me know it went through
Thanks
Hi Sherri and sheri, just read the milk post Im not going to drink it just wanted something 2 add to my smoothies ( fruit ice and about 1/2 cup or less of mill b/c I thought it would b better than yogurt) now not so sure lol what do u think?
HELLO EVERYONE, Not doing so hot on ph3. I’m gaining, (3lbs over) so I’m cutting out the skins and almonds. So what other snack can I have besides fruits???????? I don’t tjhink it’d the diet soda??????? Maybe the cheese???????????I’m doing a steak day, it’s okay I LOVE COW!!!! Hope it puts me back right………. HI BRANDI, CONGRATULATIONS-FOR REAL!!!!!!!!! SO WHAT KIND OF DIET R U ON NOW? IF HCG, HOW MANY ROUNDS? Glad to hear about the milk-of course right now, I’ll stay away.
Hi Thediva: For smoothies I add a couple tablespoons of greek yogurt and a few tablespoons of milk haha
@Sandra…some how nuts makes me gain as well..well on previous rounds. I’ll try it later this week since this is my first week on P3
Hi Sandra did u get my message?
Lol sheri sounds good but I’m not liking Greek lol (brown cow) yummm and from the last post no almonds 4 me lol
Hi my name is nicole, i was wondering if it would be ok if i drank coffee? Minus the sugar of course or is that bad? And also does your hcg contain any alcohol? Mine contains about 16%, I had heard it is just to prevent freezing and allowing it to not be refrigerated.
I am on the HCG diet now, Sandra. I am on VLCD 8, down 14.6 total (14.0 not counting the .6 lbs I gained from gorging.)
http://lifeinthefatlane.org is where I am blogging about my journey.
Warmly,
Brandi
I love this blog and how active it is. You are right Sherrie, it is hard to find current discussions about this topic. I am about to restart my diet. I did well the first time around and I am trying to get pumped up for this time. I find that I have to be mentally prepared before I get started or else I wimp out. All of these comments and discussions help inspire me so thank you to everyone!!!
I love finding a place to chat about this diet! I just started, this is my first day after the 2 load days. Just turned 23. I am very excited! I’ve seen this work for several people in my life (but unfortunately they eventually put the weight back on because they didn’t change their eating habits for good). Anyways, SUPER excited, and all I can add right now is that Yerba Mate with stevia is really going to save me these next several weeks 🙂 Also, looking for a mint or gum that is sugar free without aspartame? Thanks!
Can u have diet soda on a steak day and is it only 1 apple??????????
Im trying 2 find sugar free BBQ sauce anyone know of this?
Jarrod found 5 gram tortilla is that good
Sandra did u get my message?
Down 1.6 last day if vlcd no drops
TOMORROW P3yeahhhh eggs lol
Thediva, if u mean u rec’v the drops-yes, other than that message-no.
Hi Everyone – After a beautiful weekend here in TX I’m back to the site and ready to comment or answer questions (the best I can). I have lost 4.5 on P3 (I know you’re not suppose to) what I have realized that even though I’ve lost weight I feel flabbier. (if that’s even a word) Now I know why it’s called “Pounds and Inches” My new drops came in today along with the appetite suppressant so tomorrow I will be starting Round 3. After shopping this weekend I have plenty of apples, strawberries, salad, chicken and fish. I still have a question (I asked this awhile ago) when Dr. S did his study (I believe) tuna only came in cans with oil. Now solid white tuna can be found in water in the can. Has anyone used this on P2? Is there another reason that tuna should not be used that I am overlooking?
Welcome to this site Brandi and Diane. Welcome back Rhea. My suggestions are follow the original “Pounds and Inches”, do only the 23 days, search for P2 recipes so you don’t get bored and ask questions anytime. There are many sites and information out there, some right some wrong. We (at this site) will try to help you the best we can. There are some really good people with good advice on here. We’re not perfect but good people. Welcome to the journey. Stay strong and my Blessings to you all.
Sheri – Thanks for the info on the pellets. Right now they are a bit pricey for me and since my new drops just came in I’m going to stay with them for now. But, I have the other site saved.
Jarrod – I was a Chili’s groupie for many years but then they changed their menu about 8 months ago and I just don’t crave them anymore. It’s still a fun place for a beer and chips and queso but I won’t be doing that for many more months. I’m glad you enjoyed the Lemon Chicken soup recipe. With a cold night like tonight here in TX it would have been good. I have a few more recipes that I will post later. Divorce back in 2005 for me Jarrod but it’s great to know we can be strong now with our new “lives”.
Sandra – What’s going on girl???? After my R1 on P3 I didn’t do well. My body and mind wasn’t ready to stop some foods and I went overboard on cravings and caved in to them. After R2 on P3 I have not had a desire for certain foods that use to be a staple to my way of eating. I think Hcg is working. If I have my breakfast and my lunch and my dinner I find no desires for snacks. But, I am drinking a diet coke inbetween that. Still plenty of water and a couple of cups of tea. I’m looking for snack recipes for you. I’ll post what I found after this.
Sherrie – You are unbelievable girlfriend. You are going to be at your “ideal” weight before you know it. The heck with the charts, I find no consistency with them. I laugh at the ones that tell me I’m obese and I laugh even harder at the one that thinks my “ideal” should be 105. I believe “we” know what’s best for us. Take care.
I’m going to post some recipes soon.
Hi Christine how r ya? I’m starting. P3 tomo cdbt understand these carbs so I’m eating meat and veggies LOL just kidding I’LL ADD MILK eggs and Mayb walnuts or almonds depending on which is better. Can wait to see ur p3 recipes:)
BTW Christine how did u lose on P3? how many calories did u eat per day?
Christine
I read where losing on p3 was considered an added bonus and I believe it. The last p3 was the only time I had done it that I didn’t lose. I lost probably close to half of my weight staying on p3 for 2 or more months.
Remember, especially you thediva, you can have sour cream also mayonnaise(not miracle whip as that has sugar/carbs, which those 2 usually go hand in hand). Remember, read INGREDIENTS to see if there is added sugar.
Welcome back Christine, I’m only eating what’s required, I just over eat on my pork rinds and almonds!!!!!! Did a steak day went well- will see success,HOPEFULLY!! On my first round, ph3 I maintain well, never did a steak day, always up 1-2 lbs and back down. I Love this diet, just have to be MENTALY READY AS WELL. I know what you mean flabbier, I’m feeling it, I even feel _ _ _!
Diva – I didn’t count calories on P3. Just ate a bit more than P2. Did add greek yogurt in the morning added different fruits to it. A whole chicken breast instead of 3.5 oz. Added cheese to my burger (thanks Sherrie) but still no bread. No snacking. (don’t find a need for it) Back to Diet coke though. Only 1 a day not 5 like I use to.
Sandra – I was going to suggest the pork rinds. I’ve never tried them even when I tried Atkins many years ago. I have mentally trained myself to think (Let me see if i can word this right) “If I have to buy, cook or eat something that is a replacement for regular food that I can’t find on a regular shopping trip at a regular price then it’s not worth it to substitute and I’m better off eliminating it from my diet.” Nuts are great because you can find them just about anywhere. Even at the Bucees down the road. (TX LOL) Pork rinds can usually be found now in snack bags next to the chips. So if you can’t resist a quick snack these would do on P3 or P4. Substituting cauliflower for a pizza crust just doesn’t do it for me. I’d rather avoid pizza and find a grilled chicken breast instead. I still ate salad just with a mix of veggies in it but still just used apple cider vinegar as dressing or lemon juice at a restaurant. The only thing i did buy that deviated from my “protocol” was Stevia, and that has been a life saver. It’s getting late so here’s a few recipes I’ve found.
Chili
Ingredients:
100 grams lean ground beef (less than 7% fat)
1 cup chopped tomatoes
1/2 cup water
2 Tbs. minced onion
2 cloves garlic crushed and minced
Pinch of garlic powder
Pinch of onion powder
1/4 tsp. chili powder
Pinch of oregano
Cayenne pepper to taste (optional)
Salt and pepper to taste
Directions:
Brown ground beef in a small frying pan, add onions and garlic. Stir in tomatoes and water. Add spices and simmer slowly until liquid is reduced. The longer it cooks, the more tender and flavorful. Add a little water as needed to prevent burning. Serve with chopped green onion or tomato garnish and salt and pepper to taste
Makes 1 serving (1 protein, 1 vegetable)
P3 modifications: Top with cheddar cheese and a dollop of sour cream.
The chili has 195 calories, 23 grams of protein, and 8 grams of fat. You can reduce the amount of fat by lightly boiling off the fat from ground meat.
(Never made these but they do sound interesting)
Zucchini Doritos-style chips (Phase 3 – Stabilization)
Ingredients:
1 large zucchini, shredded
2 eggs
2 cups cheese
Directions:
Preheat oven to 450 degrees F.
Grease 2 cookie sheets.
Cut ends from zucchini. Shred. Mix with egg and cheese. Make 6-8″ circles on greased cookie sheet(s). Bake at 450 degrees for 12 minutes. Loosen and flip the circles. Bake for another 5 minutes at 450 degrees.
With a pizza cutter, cut rounds into triangles (about 6 per round).
Let cool on a rack for 6-8 hours in a cool oven. To store, keep loosely in a bag or a plastic container in the refrigerator or on the counter. Best used within a week of preparation.
After chips have dried substantially, in a plastic container toss with popcorn seasoning for desired flavor.
Makes 36 chips.
Nutritional Information:(Per 12 chips, 1/3 of recipe): Calories: 151, Carbohydrates: 1g, Fiber: 0g, Net Carbohydrates: 1 g, Protein: 10 g, Fat: 13 g
Cream Cheese Muffins (be careful they can be addicting)
2 – 8oz pkg cream cheese
1/2 c Stevia
2 eggs
1/2 tsp Vanilla extract
Directions
Soften cream cheese in microwave for 40 seconds. Blend in 2 egss and 1/2 tsp Vanilla extract. Add 1/2cup Stevia.
Mix well on medium speed using hand mixer. Pour into 12 cupcake papers or spray muffin tins with Pam Cook at 350 for 20 min. Cool and refrigerate.
Number of Servings: 12
Total calories per serving: 144.8
Good Night Everyone. Have a Blessed Day tomorrow.
CAN’T BELIEVE THIS DIET!!!! I HAD MY STEAK AND APPLE YESTERDAY AND I’M BACK DOWN!! IT’S LIKE MAGIC BAM DOWN 3 POUNDS-I MEAN IT’S LIKE CRAAAZYYY!!!LOVE IT!
EVERYONE HAVE A GREEAAAAT DAAAY!!!! SEE HOW HAPPY LOOSING WEIGHT MAKES U FEEL (WELL ME) HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!YIPPIE, YIPPIE, YEAAAAH!!!!
OKAY ENOUGH-BUT SERIOUSLY!
Way to go Sandra. 3 lbs just from a steak and apple. It is amazing isn’t it? Did you stay away from the diet coke? I put 3 recipes on last night and I see they are waiting moderation. Not sure why? There’s no web sites or foul language. I did have a response to you maybe you’ll be able to read it sometime today. Started new drops today 2ill let you know how they turn out. Also bought that appetite suppresant so we’ll see. When are you planning to start your next round? Not saying you have to “you hot mamma” but I thought you said you would. Talk again later.
Wooo Sandra! Yaye..this is why we love HCG 🙂
What appetite suppresant are you using Christine? Is this on p2 or p3?
WTG Sandra!!!
I was up .6 this morning(no, I didn’t cheat, LOL) but I’m okay with that, just that I don’t like being 4 1/2 instead of 4 lbs from my goal.
Still haven’t decided when I’m quitting p2, tomorrow will be a week already, and I can’t complain as I didn’t even have 12 lbs to lose and lost 7 the first few days.
Judy, where are you girl and how are you doing on this mini round?
Hi all happy losing week!
Congrats Sandra
Sherri so mini round works? good to know 🙂
Christine u mentioned that you lost during p3 do u feel it interfered with the stabilizing process?
Diva, don’t know or won’t know until I get to p3 to see if I stabilize. As far as losing, yes, I did good on it, but anyone that is doing p2 will lose, my body doesn’t know it’s going on to p3 yet
Sheri – GFCHEALTHPRODUCTS dot com. The only problem they did not come with any directions. Bottle says serving size 15 drops 3x daily. It also says to go to the site to download directions. All I find are the HCG drop directions. I need to go back to the blogs and see who referred me to this site. I think they also took the suppresent so maybe they can tell me if I take them at the same time as drops or stagger them. I take my drops at 10:00 (15) then took the suppresent at 12:00 (15) will eat my lunch at 1:00, get home at 3:30 have my apple or strawberries then 4:30 I guess take the suppresent again and at 5:30 take drops then dinner at 6:30, if I’m hungry fruit at 8:30. for 21 days. I’m a very structured person so if I stick to a schedule like this my day flies by. No time to think about food.
Does anyone remember who referred GFC Health product?
Hey Sherrie that’s great can’t wait 4 the results 🙂
But my stabilizing questions was 4 Christine?
Where r you? Christine did losing in p3 cause u to not stabilize
Also ppl on there 3 or more rounds on p3 did ur weight go up and down 2 lbs after 3 weeks or did it take Longer to stop
Diva – According to Dr. S’s “pounds and Inches”, stabilization occurs when you stay 2 lbs. over or 2 lbs under. I guess since I lost 4.5 the answer to your question would be losing more than 2 lbs did cause an interference with my stabilization process.
OK…. So can we have brown rice on phase 3? Or Brown rice pasta called Tinkyada? It is a flourless pasta made with only brown rice and water
Day 1 if p3 not hungry at all 🙂 woo hoo but I need 2 eat so I won’t become protein deficient so I’m making a pizza on low carb tortillas lol and deviled eggs
Who has a low carb sauce brand name or recipe? Thanks
Sherrie – Hey! OK, here’s the results so far on our “mini” rounds:
1st round – 2 load days, 12 VLCD – lost 11 lbs including load day gain
P3 – two weeks – stayed within 2 lbs until last two days, ate too much and went up total of 2.6 lbs (still not too bad)
2nd round – 2 load days, 12 VLCD – lost 12.2 lbs including load gain (gained 3 on load days)
P3 – just on our fourth day so far, but had a birthday weekend and ate anything and everything I wanted, not P3 foods, and gained 3 lbs in 4 days. Had I REALLY been on P3, convinced that would not have happened…
So, for me anyway, these two week “mini” rounds, so far, are working out ok. The first week is the biggest loss amount and slows the second week. If I can just get myself to stick with the P3 foods (we are today, yeah!) then I shouldn’t be gaining what I just lost. We are going to go for it again, will keep you posted!
Thank you Judy for posting. I started the drops last Wednesday, I have been on vlcd for 7 days(including today) and decided to make today my last drop day. I was at 146. something when I started and then was down to 139 yesterday, was up .6 today(which didn’t make any sense, but I can live with that). I will do the rest of the week, but my 72 hours will be up Friday at 10:00 a.m so may eat some lunch and dinner that day. I plan to stay on p3 strictly for 3 days and then adding back sugar and starches a week later.
I think the reason you put on the weight is because you weren’t eating the p3 foods(as you stated).
I will also keep you posted as to how I did. I am 4.6 from my goal. I could live with this weight, just don’t want to go over. I’m sure when I go to Illinois May 5-12 I will probably put some on, always do when I travel, but also it usually comes right back off when I get home within 2-3 days.
I have enough drops left for at least 2 of the 1 week mini rounds if I have to use them, am hoping I don’t have too.
Again, thanks for getting back with me
Been a while since I posted, but I’ve been reading all the e-mails. I do have a question.
What are the different brand of appetite suppresants ya’ll have been using? I’m on my second round of P2, and although it’s manageable, it’s getting a bit annoying to be hungry so often. I’m not in the evening, except rarely, but I am almost every day during the workday. I’ve increased my dosage (per MY companies recommendation), I’ve decreased my dosage (per Sherrie’s recommendation), I’ve changed the timing and the number of doses. Nothing seems to work. I would just like to not be hungry at work.
I’ve over 2 weeks into my second round. I did 6 weeks the first time and 4 weeks of P3. I’m pretty sure I loaded pretty well both times. I gained decent amounts for both.
So I’d LOVE recommendations for what’s worked for you guys!!
And congratulations to all on the weight loss successes!! It feels AWESOME doesn’t it?? Reminds me of a saying I remember from way back when (and one I use even today). “Nothing tastes as good as being thin feels!!”
Kristi
How much do you have left to lose? What time are you eating your meals(same time every day)?
I do 20 drops at 9:45 a.m then I eat lunch at 1:00 and dinner at 6:00(or I try too anyway). What time are you getting hungry? If it’s in between a meal, try eating your fruit from lunch or dinner at a different time and see if that helps
Kristi – If you go back to my blog around 10:00 today I have the site where I just purchased my appetite suppressants from. I can’t recommend them yet because I just started with them today. R3 Day 1 for me. I did get the site from someone else on here but I can’t remember who. Has HCG affected my memory or is it my age or is it the 7 kids? I’ll just blame it on the husband that’s always a good one.
Have you tried drinking more water or a cup of tea? I found a blueberry green tea that is awesome. I drink it hot in the morning and then in the afternoon when water just isn’t cutting it anymore, I boil the water for tea then make a hot cup but add cold water and ice for an afternoon drink. The time it takes me to make this keeps me busy and the thought of food has subsided. Just a suggestion.
Kristi, when I got my diet kit it included a bottle of “P4” appetite suppressant I got it from http://www.hcgadietclub.com you just take 10 drops whenever you need a boost, I haven’t needed them yet, so I can’t say how good they are!
Hello Everyone, THANK YOU ALL FOR YOUR WONDERFUL COMMENTS AND A SPECIAL THANKS TO MY 3 HCG ANGELS SHERRIE, CHRISTINE AND OF COURSE JROD-you guys as well as everyone have really help me stay MOTIVATED! AND WE ALL KNOW HOW IMPORTANT THAT IS. If u guys had seen me and that scale this morning-OMG. I got on it, off it, looked at it, back on it, realize it had to be accurate, its the same scale I been using (thou I thought someone or something was playing tricks on me-hahaha). Walked in the bedroom, back to the laundry room where the scale is and weighed AGAIN-OF COURSE THE SCALE KEPT READING 3 POUNDS UNDER! I still don’t believe that STEAK _ _ _ _, BUT IT WORKS-IT’S A MIRACLE OVERNIGHT-I JUST DON’T GET IT???
Christine, that cream cheese muffins, I’ve got to try it!!! Can’t wait to hear how the drops r working-??? Don’t like squash, at all! Sherrie I may be crying later, wait til u hear my day. Hey, I received e-mail from A SEXY HOT GUY TODAY, from this blog! How’s it going Brandi ? Jamie and Sianna hope the rash cleared up? John did u drop? Thediva how’s ph3? AND EVERYONE ELSE KEEP ON LOOSING, KEEP ON LOOKING GOOD AND THANK YOU ALL AGAIN!!!!!
Christine – I did see your post earlier today. I’m interested in hearing whether they work!!
Sherrie – I do eat my meals on a fairly consistent schedule. I eat my apple around 10 a.m., the lunch around 12:30 – 1. Dinner is somewhere around 6.
As of this morning, I’ve lost exactly 40 lbs from my very first day (pre-load) of Round 1. I have about 70 more to go so I’m nowhere NEAR my goal. My problem isn’t an issue of stalling. I’ve been doing terrific. In spite of the growling tummy, I’m not super tempted to cheat. I was perfect on round 1 at 40 days until the very last day of post drop/VLCD. I was sick that day and miserable and I don’t even remember what I had for dinner that night but I was just in NO MOOD to be strict! I’ve been on this round since two weeks ago yesterday. I’m aiming for 4 weeks this time. Again, I haven’t cheated – AT ALL!! And not particularly tempted to. The weight loss definitely helps to keep me on track!! However, I’m just tired of the growling!
Okay guys I’m @ school should be concentrating, BUT GUESS WHAT-? KEEP THINKING ABOUT THAT 3 POUNDS I DROPPED ON STEAK DAY-JUST CAN’T BELIEVE IT. I KNOW ENOUGH-RIGHT, okay, I’m done talking about it-WHATEVER DR.SIMEONS DID, HE SURE DID IT!!!! AND I’M GLAD FOR IT!!!! Found out there’s 1000 calories for a cup of almonds OMG!!That’s part of my problem.
Hey guys!
I’m back from Nashville and boy what a trip that was…insane storms…and stuck in the underground shelters for 45 mins at the hotel while a tornado was spotted on Mon.
I gained 1lb while I was gone….back on track now…I tried to be good but it was hard. I hardly drank at all and only really splurged once on a cheeseburger.
Hoping the rest of the week is successful for me. Ok, I want to do a mini round next time. How long do I stay off the drops and do P3 before I do the mini round?
Wow Sandra 3lbs on steak day…that’s great!
HEY GUYS!!!!
Feels like i havnt posted in forever, but its only been a few days.
Nice to hear that you guys are losing and being successful!!! NICE!
yall keep me motivated. I tried on a leather jacket that i bought at Khols about two years ago, its been tucked away in my closet for a while now since it didnt fit, and when i tried it on i almost fell! IT FIT!!! UGH it felt so GOOD!!!! =) =) even though i haven’t lost a massive amount like some of you, boOo, i’m hoping to get there! I am DEFINITELY looking forward to SHORT ROUNDS! i do NOT think i could ever do this 42 day thing ever again. it was torture. i rather eat NOTHING than eat chicken again hahaha.
Oh and about that, i’ve been eating eggs and lots of veggies and fruits. i’ve got to confess i havnt really weighed the veggies or fruits but it definitely isnt too much. I’m never hungry to be honest, i just always crave everything in sight.
Sandra: Thanks for asking, the rash is pretty much all gone! YAAAAAAY.. now i just have a few acne scars and pimples where the rash used to be, but i know its from scratching all the time so its not a HUGE deal. =)
Jrod: How have you been doing? I tried looking for the post where you mentioned where you had gotten your drops from but i cant find it =( so would you be ever so kind as to inform me again pretty please. I would love to try your drops since youve have great success! I want to do those drops for my 30 day round next time.. hope i lose more! oh and can you please let me know how you took them? thanks tons! =)
I dont recall who had mentioned that they used the drops that were flavored, but if you guys remember please refresh my memory. Or simply anyone whose had great results with their drops, please share (again, sorry for being a bother).
I’ve decided i’m only going to do these drops for another 9-13 days, then phase 3..simply because i want to be able to eat SOMETHING good for easter with the family. I do not want to PIG OUT but simply be able to eat something and not have to explain why i can’t joing them in dinner. Which has been one of the hardest things about this diet. (the explaining).
Alright, i must hurry and do my laundry and some house cleaning! GOOD NIGHT YALL!
Morning can I have organic apple juice it’s water and apples on the label
Sugar 26 carbs 29 and apples r on the safe list 4 p3
Soooo…. Have a great day!
Stay away from that juice and others until p4
anytime after 9:45 a.m tomorrow I can begin p3, not sure if I will do the 500 calories tomorrow or if I’ll add back, but so far on the 3 days of no drops, I’ve not gained(except the last day of drops I was up .6 which it was off the next day)and I’ve not lost, still have 4 lbs to my goal. Not sure if I’ll do another mini round after getting back from my trip in 4 weeks or not, playing that out by ear as to how I do on the stabilization this week and then the maintaining.
HELLO EVERYONE, I’m still holding. Tomorrow will be week one on ph3, 2 more weeks to go. I still need to loose 10 more pounds. Once again I started @ 244 and am now 209-DO I LOVE HCG!!!! YES I DOOOOO!!!! I started this diet January 21, 2011. Did not ever go to Ph4. I did 2 rounds (shy of 2wks). I’M FEELIN GOOD AND LOOKIN GOOD AND THAT MAKES IT AALLL WORTH IT!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Sandra, Jarrod – (Anyone else in TX) HCG is on the news tonight. Fox 26 (channel 9 for me) is doing an article on HCG after 9:40. It should be interesting what they say.
Hi Siana,
The flavored drops are from http://www.hcgadietclub.com. They have Lemon, Grape and Mint.
Yea Sandra!!!! I love HCG too. I’m so happy for you and can’t wait for you to reach your goal. Keep inspiring everyone. I think it helps so much when you get frustrated to read about others success. Your awesome:)
Hey Christine
Do you have the nutritional info on the creamcheese muffins? I need calories, fat and fiber if you have it..Thanks
Start p3 today, I ended up 2.8 pounds from my goal. Oh well…maybe close enough..:)
found it
recipes.sparkpeople.com/recipe-detail.asp?recipe=1283665
Hey Everyone……
I hope all is well… I have been super busy this week…havent had a lot of time to post.
However I get get all my emails on my phone so I can read all of your comments…
I am doing great I am 16 days into this round and 16 lbs down.
So life is good….because also I am at my 90th lb lost !! haha
I started this journey….in 7 mo ago… in Sept…at 348…..today
I am 258…still trucking along…
Christine… did you watch the news special?? I didnt see your message
til like 10:30 last night… So I didnt see it.
Siana…. Ssuup our favorite Vegetarian !! haha….
I get my drops here…
http://www.vitacost.com/Professional-Health-Products-Weight-Off-Plus-HCG
Sandra….suuup homey !! Hope your still being a “Loser” !!!!
Well….I hope all is doing well with you all..!
Have a happy healthy weekend !!
Jarrod
Okay, need an answer on these cheescake muffins(for anyone that’s made them). It says microwave 40 seconds, do you microwave them together and on high? Why do they have to be microwaved instead of sitting out to soften? I’m just afraid if you microwave them 40 seconds, they will be liquidy
Good Morning Sherrie – This is the recipe I found.
2 8oz pkgs cream cheese (room temp)
1/2 cup sweetener
2 eggs
1/2 tsp vanilla
spices (cinnamon, pumpkin spice or other)
blueberries (optional)
Soften cream cheese about 40 secnds in micro. Add other ingredients. Beat with mixer till smooth. Mix in blueberries )if you want them) Pour into greased muffin pans lined with liners. Bake at 350 for 18 min. then turn off oven and open door and let sit for 1 hour. Sprinkle with cinnamon and let cool.
Enjoy!!!
Christine have you made them yet? I bought the cream cheese yesterday, but what I am needing to know is why do we have to microwave if it’s already softened and also if you microwave 1 pack at a time, they will be runnier than if you microwave both packs at once. If you’ve made them, let me know how you did them. I think I’m going to get my cream cheese out right now and let it get to room temp so I don’t have to microwave
GOODMORNING EVERYONE, Christine and Sherrie we are always coming up with our bright ideas (well, thats what brains r for). Now, for my bright idea, can we use STRAWBERRY CREAM CHEESE for the Cream Cheese Muffins?? Sounds Yummyy!!
I’m maintaining 209, have not really been hungry, but eating. I may gain today, jus finish a HUGE EXTRA BACON, EXTRA CHEESE OMELET-OOPS, I’M SORRY GUYS! Phase 2 dieters if the talk of food interferes w/ your diet let us know-okay-??? WISHING EVERYONE A BLESSED, PEACEFUL AND HAAAAPPY DAAAY!!!!!!!!!!!!
Good morning Sandra – I don’t see why you couldn’t use a flavored cream cheese on P3. Maybe Sherrie has a correct answer. You just have to compare the labels and see the what the extra flavor add for extra calories or whatever you’re watching on P3.
Hello all;
Sandra bacon and eggs yummy Cream cheese muffins??
day 4 p3 and I’m down 2lbs love this! can’t wait 4 rd 2 I’m trying the 23 day protocol this time
Have a great weekend:)
Sandra, there are more grams of sugar and carbs in the strawberry cream cheese. Sorry just saw this, have been gone almost all day..
Hello just started hcg diet this is the 8th day however feeling like I haven’t lost anything. I havent weighted myself I re-read all the informaion. I did the diet a year ago to loss about 15 pounds, it worked. Now just alittle disappointed. Any suggestions? Yes I did my two day load up on calories and took the hcg drops then started dieting however I cheated family wedding. Help because I really want this extra weight off soon.
HELLOOOO PHASE 3 DIETERS, CHRISTINE GAVE US A GREAT RECIPIE, CREAM CHEESE MUFFINS AND THEY’RE PRETIIIE GOOD. SO TRY THEM! HOPE EVERYONE IS DOING WELL. I ATE 3 OF THE MUFFINS, SO WE SHALL SEE WHAT THE SCALE HAS TO SAY ABOUT THAT!
Hello 2 all
I need a p3 safe breath mint
can I have a few walnuts or only almonds and macadamians?
Thanks Rhea and Jrod (and anyone else that helped who i might have missed), heck, everyone’s helped! lol
and wow 90 lbs! congrats jrod..
eeeeeek i cheated today lol well not CHEATED CHEATED, but a little bit. I had a bite of cheese and bacon. oOops. couldn’t resist. its been like 3o-something days, my first cheat-ish..so i think im good! lol (i hope THAT tiny bit doesnt cause a stall..i’ll cry lol)
night night guys!
Diva, why aren’t you chewing sugar free gum or sugar free mints? I used all that stuff on p3, just not p2
GOODMORNING ALL, Sherrie does the mints, mean u can eat sugar free candy????
EVERYONE FOR BREAKFAST I HAD CHEEEEEESE MUUUUFFINS!!!! OH BOY IF ONLY I COULD HAVE USED IMPERIAL INSTEAD OF STEVIA!!!!!!!!!
Imperial butter instead of sugar?? LOL You kind of lost me on that one girlfriend
Haha… ( Sandra only a few people know what your talking about…)
ummm….Sherrie…Imperial is a type of Sugar…. Sandra said, “I wish I could have used
Imperial insread of Stevia”…
Here in Texas it is a brand.. I am sure you see it on your shelves….there is C&H and
Imperial….etc….But Imperial is here in suburb of Houston… there is a Sugar Plant there.. guess what the name of the City is…??,…. Sugar Land…!!! haha
Siana….thanks for the well wishes….today is 92 lbs GONE !! ahhaa
256.6 this morn….only 8 lbs from my 100th.!!
I dont think your one bite of bacon and cheese realllly hurt did it ????
I hope all is well with everyone !!!!
Jarrod
Sherrie – Maybe it’s a Texas thing but I think she meant Imperial Sugar.
Okay for my P3 friends. I’m having so much fun finding these recipes. Maybe it keeps me motivated to know someday I’ll be able to try them. Either that or I have fun with you being my guinea pigs or test rats. LOL
Parmesan Dip. (Sorry I can’t find nutritional info on this)
2 pkgs. cream cheese
1 cup mayo
1 whole onion
1 1/2 cup parmesan shredded cheese
Mix together and place in baking dish. Bake at 375 for 30 min. Add more shredded parmesan cheese and bake 15 more min. for a crispy top. Serve with celery sticks or
Baked Radish Chips
20 Radishes
2 tsp chili powder
1 tsp garlic salt
1 tsp paprika
Thinly slice radishes. Steam in microwave for 5 minutes.
Put in a bowl with spices and stir. Bake at in a 350 oven for 10 min. flip the chips and bake another 10 min.
Serves 2. (For those of you trying to impress a date.)
Nutritional Info. for 1 serving:
Fat: 0.8g, Carbs: 4.1g, Calories: 21.4, Protein: 0.9g
Enjoy and let us know how these turn out.
Will be posting more when time permits.
Christine, from your #1 guinea pig-I don’t like radish, so try it first and let me know if it’s bitter. The dip sounds interesting, I guess I’ll have to use celery sticks. I’m going to have to stop looking on the blog when I’m @ school-YEAH RIGHT,hahah. Sherrie r u better this morning? Thediva congrads on your weight loss.
Siana I’m glad you’re moving on. Hi Brandi r u still out there? John did u drop any more?
Well guys I’ve got to get back to learning something, the Instructor is looking “FUNNY”-hahaha!!!
Jrod, never heard of that as a sugar, just margarine
Hello Shannon! Welcome to the site!
First, you HAVE to weigh yourself, every day. You won’t be able to tell if you are losing or gaining without doing this. First thing, every morning…..If you were on the diet last year, then you know it does work. If you cheated already within the first 8 days, depending on how much you cheated, you may have stalled on your weight loss, but since you haven’t weighed, not sure how you will know this or not? I would say keep with it, don’t cheat anymore, and get yourself weighed asap! Good luck friend! You CAN do it!
Morning all up 1 lb:( I’m want to stabilize day 6 lol
Thanks Sherrie but i don’t eat artificial sugar so I bought posterior strips lol
I only like altoids and I think those have real sugar! How r u?
Sandra, hi I need the directions for my drops 😉
Hey…come on now Judy…dont be so hard on the newbie Shannon !!
“First, you HAVE to weigh yourself, every day.”
I dont think the HCG or Scale Police will come arrest anyone if they
forget or just dont weigh everyday… I was outta town on business in a hotel for the whole week two weeks ago…and I didnt weigh one time…..and guess what..???
I got back…and I lost 7 lbs !!! haha… Ok.. I know it is a “good idea” and a good
practice to weigh in daily so you can keep up with it….SEE it… Live it…KNOW it..
I know if you just STICK TO THE PLAN…and dont cheat and eat what you are supposed
to eat….then….well… it works !! “The plan doesnt fail….people fail the plan”.
Here is why I weigh in EVERY day….
First off… I look at the daily loss, and it keeps me determined to KEEP going and stay strong..!!
Or….
If I do gain .2 or .4 or whatever….then…well THAT TOO keeps me determined
to be even better….drink more water…watch the sodium intake…etc…
So either way… a Loss or a small gain helps me mentally to keep up the fight and the plan !
Here is my routine… Jarrod’s morning weigh in !!
I get up in the morn…. go to the bathroom…(let out all the
previous nights liquids…hey….Every ounce counts !!! haha )
After I go potty… I stand in front of the scale in my Birthday suit…
I look at the scale as if it is going to be my friend…or my enemy for the day…
( I think mentally that I can tell if I feel lighter or just the same as the day before
by .5 to 1.0 lb…. haha…which I know is not true..but makes me feel good that
I think I feel lighter.. its all about being positive. ! )
The moment of truth is about to be known…. I tap the scale with my foot…. let it reset….to 0. … I exhale…. I step ever sooooo lightly as possible on the scale..( does anyone else do that ?? hahaha )
I say my silent prayers as the number is about to be displayed…. and I see it..
and I get a wave euphoria if there is a 1 lb loss….even a .6 loss….
it it is the same as the day before….I am like….ok no prob….and hope for the best
for the next day…. if there is a gain… I curse the scale….and know FOR sure
there will be a loss waiting for me the next morn !!
So…..that IS a daily routine….. I mean… I DO mentally need it….so know where
I am and stand…. but…. I dont think you HAVE to weigh in everyday if
you dont want to….it just helps you along with your own journey.
Jarrod
JRod –
My morning weigh-in ritual is exactly like yours EXCEPT if I have a gain, I tend to reweigh myself 2-3 times. Because a gain, no matter how small, sucks to see 😉
Congrats to everyone on their weightloss!! I haven’t posted here in quite a while but I still read the comments! Welcome to all the newcomers & good luck on this hCG journey! It’s definitely an exciting one!!
I’m on R3P2 doing injections & have lost a total of 51 pounds as of this am! Only 29.5 to go til my goal!
Hey JRod and Shannon,
Well, I apologize if my comments to Shannon came across as harsh! By no means did I mean that at all!! I look at the whole weighing thing like this…say you have a problem spending money every day…but you don’t look at your wallet or your bank account to know how much you have spent or how much you have saved….how do you know if your efforts to not spend are working?? I guess the “scale” is our measurement of success when it comes to dieting…now clothes fitting better, and looking in the mirror and seeming to look thinner also works…but the true testament is the scale. AND, because I know first hand how GREAT this diet does work, if you stick with it, I truly believe part of the “incentive” to keep going each day, just like you mentioned JRod, is the success you can see every day in the movement of the scale! You can’t see .4 or .6 loss in the mirror and probably not in your clothes, but it should be CELEBRATED just the same, and you can do that by watching that scale every day, and being incented by the progress!
Dr Simeons says you MUST weigh every day, plain and simple. If you don’t know what you were when you started, then you can NOT keep up with your losses/gains to see if the plan is working. I agree with Jrod all the way on this. I never would have even considered starting this diet(last year) without one.
Also remember… If you do not weigh daily, you will not know when to do a correction day! Correction days are important to do when needed in order to reset your metabolism.
Sandra – You don’t like radishes, you don’t like squash. Do I have to do everything for you??? LOL
You may want to try this one. Just don’t tell me you don’t like Garlic Then I’ll just give up.
Cheesy Garlic Sticks
4 oz package of cream cheese, softened
3 eggs
1/3 cup heavy cream
1/4 cup shredded (not grated) Parmesan cheese
2 tsp Italian Seasoning
1/4 tsp garlic powder
2 cups mixed shredded cheeses (cheddar and Monterey Jack would be good for salsa)
2 or more cloves of fresh garlic, chopped fine
Preheat oven to 375
Blend cream cheese & eggs together until smooth. Add cream and mix, then add Parmesan cheese, spices and garlic.
Spray 9 x 13 inch baking dish with garlic flavored PAM (or regular Pam). Spread 2 cups shredded cheese in the pan (evenly, but don’t press firm) then slowly pour the cream cheese, cream, egg mixture over the top.
Bake for about 15 minutes. Remove from oven and let cool on a wire rack for 10 minutes. If you have another 9 x 13 inch pan, you can invert one over the other and flip the contents into the other pan and then stick this under the broiler for a few minutes. Allow to cool again for a few minutes and then slice into any size sticks you like. You may want to blot them a few times with paper towels as they get a bit oily.
Sherri can u do an apple day if need in place of a steak on p3?
Just need 2 know just in case I’m on day 6 p3
When did u finally stop going up and down on p3?
Hi guys, I am looking for a reasonably priced place to order to really good drops. I normally use pharmacy escrow but the shipping costs are really pricey. So any suggestions would be great.
I think the weigh in every day is very important. Yes, Dr. S stressed it, but it also keeps me accountable for my actions. Plus….I’m so happy to see my toes now (I just might weigh 3 times a day) Only kidding. You are only suppose to weigh in the morning. Jarrod – I am so so proud of you!!! 8 lbs till you make 100 lbs. I can’t imagine what a feeling that must be. Are you single???? No wait a minute …..I’m not……LOL. The news article was not very imformative. Just one Dr. that agrees and one Dr. who doesn’t. You didn’t miss anything.
Sandra – How was you’re weigh in this am after 3 muffins yesterday?
Sherrie – How did your muffins turn out?
For those of you wondering about the muffins. I posted a recipe on 4/4 for P3 people.
Christine how r u? How r the lbs going?
Sherrie need some help with my weigh when did u stabilize? I’m in day 6
Can u use an apple say instead if steak on p3?
Jrod 100lbs woo woo lol
@ Christine flirting
Christine how r u? How r the lbs going?
Sherrie need some help with my weigh when did u stabilize? I’m in day 6
Can u use an apple say instead if steak on p3?
Jarrod 100lbs woo woo lol
@ Christine flirting
Sandra where r u I need those directions lol
Sandra
@ Thediva
Apple day is only for Phase 2. There are several correction days floating around for Phase 3, but the most common is either a Steak & Apple day or Steak & Tomato day.
Directions:
The day of your correction day (to be done the very SAME day you notice your weight go above 2lbs) you eat nothing for breakfast or lunch. For Dinner you get to enjoy the BIGGEST Steak cooked the way you like it (in butter, ect)! Also have either 1 apple or 1 tomato with it. The next morning when you weigh yourself, you should see a significant drop on the scale.
Haha… Schatz… I too will weigh 2 or 3 times…. Jussst to make sure the scale has it right !! haha….I have a “Health-O-Meter” scale and that thing it accurate !!
So I know we all do our morning weigh-ins pretty much the same..!
Note: I don’t like radishes either…. bitter…and tastes like Yackkk !! haha..
Christine yes…100 lbs are coming soon !~! I know I will be happy… but I will
be realluy celebrating once this round is done… then my 3 week P3…and then one last round to lose the last 25… ( I wanna be at 220 ) I am 6’2″…. I could stay where I am now really….but…. I wanna be able to maintain at about 230 ….( also you are funny….!! I am ….mmmm….single in a way… I have an on again off again GF..
who is beautiful…and love(d) me at 348 lbs…and still loves me at 256 lbs…
but….its a lil complicated. haha..so currently….I am inbetween…our on an off
cycle…haha… I am focused on ME right now….. I need to be.
Judy you werent too harsh… I was just playin with you it is part of my humor..!
haa…
Jarrod
Bev – I bought my drops this time from GFC Health products. Someone else on this blog used them with success. (Can’t remember whom) I am using the red label ones along with the appetite suppressant. They seem to be working the best of all the drops (2 previous) I’ve bought. Check them out. Just my suggestion but DO NOT buy from HCGez. These did nothing for me and a few others on this site will agree to that statement. Good Luck and enjoy the HCG journey.
Hello Everyone, I am cracking up about the IMPERIAL comment!!! I apologize IT’S A TEXAS THANG! As JRODand Christine explain IT’S IMPERIAL SUUUUGAR NOT BUTTER!!!!!!
Hello all,
Christine – you’re KILLING me with these recipes. I can’t wait to try some. They are really creative!! = ) Keep ’em coming! I’m sure we’ll all appreciate them at some point.
I still haven’t bought any appetite suppressants. Although there were suggestions from a few, none from people who are really happy with the ones they’ve actually used. I just don’t want to waste my money if they’re not going to work. It’s manageable, just REALLY annoying sometimes! I woke up hungry this morning… = (
Last Friday I hit the 45 lb GONE mark which put me under 200 and probably around what I weighed 11 years ago when I got pregnant with my first kid! Yesterday was my 21st day on this round – 2 – and I’ve got 1 more week, then the three days of no drops to finish off this round. I’m so happy! I’ve got 2-3 more rounds to go to get to where I want to be.
Ya’ll are so motivating!! Thanks for all the updates!! It really helps all of us.
And as far as the scale routine, I’m probably more neurotic than most. Often it’s weigh, then pee/etc. then weigh again!! And try that again when I get home from work and usually again before I go to bed.!! I know… overkill! But I just can’t help it. My current goal is to be under 200 FULLY DRESSED – AFTER dinner!! (or to finally tell my wonderful husband that I weigh less than him again! (He’s 6’4″ 197 lbs.)
Thanks all for the support and info and recipes and updates!!
Christine, First, Thank you for the recipies, I’m going to try the dip this weekend. I have to cook more muffins. I cut the recipie in half. Wish I had not done that, but was’nt sure if I was going to like them and yes I ate all 6 (3today&3last nite), and dropped 1 pound-HA! No one else wanted to try them, knowing they had a diet sugar substitute in them. Judy you should have spoke up when Thediva did not weigh on ph2. Thediva you use the drops the same as any other or go to hcg-ez and ask for them!I did not receive any instructions with the drops, they’re on the web-site.
WELCOME SHANNON, DON’T LET THE SCALE POLICE GET YOU-HE SHOULD HAVE PICKED UP THEDIVA!!!!!!!!!!!!
Hi Rhea Kessler, How’s it going and how long have you been on the diet?
Christine, I’m glad you got those drops I pissed that info on a while back and I love then to.
I’ve checked out for a few days and checking in again I get all emails do its nice to catch up. Can’t believe all the recipes I can’t wait to get there.
Hello Everyone,
This is a wonderful forum!! with lots of great information and encouragement!!!
This is my first round and today is my VLCD 15 and have lost 6.8lb. Initially, i plan to lose 20lb but I guess i’ve been on low cal diet for so many years so it’s not adapting to the diet very well. BUT it’s okay, cuz I haven’t been on my current weight for like at least 6 years so i’m super happy. Just that i thought i could lose more to prepare for my engagement photo in fall.
I need to confess that i’ve cheated with the chocolate delight (coconut oil, mac nut) and stalls me for days, then i cheated again just three days ago with some salmon sashimi (i was in heaven lol ) and gained 0.4lb. So i did the legendary p2 steak day and lost 1lb this morning, lets hope i will be back on track with my mini 0.4lb loss per day.
CHEERS!!!!
~bee
So that my P2 friends don’t feel left out:
(Someone asked for a BBQ Sauce last week and I have not been able to find one YET!)
This is the best I could do and it’s really GOOD!
BBQ Rub
2 1/2 TBS. Paprika
1 TBS. Granulated Sugar Substitute
1 TBS. Ground Cumin
1 TBS. Black Pepper
1 TBS. Chili Powder
1 tsp. Salt
Mix all ingredients and store in an airtight container.
Lightly dampen meat then shake in a Ziplock bag with desired amount of seasoning. Refrigerate for about 20 min. and then cook.
Christine..where do we get the brown sugar substitute?
Sheri – I don’t use brown sugar sub. Just 1 TBS. of Stevia.
@ Bee –
Congrats on your current weightloss. About the Steak Day you did… that is not a P2 allowed correction day. The ONLY correction day for P2 is an “Apple Day”. You start @ Lunch & eat up to 6 apples theu lunch the following day. You also want to make sure you drink only enough water to only quench a thirst the apples do not quench.
While the Steak day may have shown you a loss today, it may show you either another stall or gain tomorrow. The thing with the hCG diet is any amount of cheating WILL result in stalls & gains. Sometimes taking 2-3 days to recover.
Stick to P2 Protocol & Correction days and you will see great results! Good Luck!
I agree with Schatzi… if you cheat….you will see a no loss…or a gain…
and it will take you 2 – 3 days to get back on track…. so…meanwhile..
you are eating 6 VLCD meals in those 3 days…and taking the drops…
and NOT losing potentially 3 lbs…. just for about 10 seconds of something(s)
you take a bite of or many bites of….and waste the time and effort and
drops….and well….its not worth it…. I mean for some people this diet and plan
is not for them… if you cant handle the limitations or the strict ways of it..
then maybe another route it….because when you are on the HCG vs
any other conventional diet…. the HCG is in your blood stream and effects
you ALOT differently if you were on say just a low fat …or low carb or low cal diet..
So Bee… I know one way not to gain…and continue on your losing way…..
DONT Cheat !! hahaa..
Dont get me wrong…. I KNOW IT IS HARD…..I know it is hard not to cheat…and
I have been perrrrfect…. I am in day 23…. and I CHEATED last night….
Ohhh…and IT was good… I am 17 lbs down in this round…and 92 lbs total..
so….there was a Reason……… I had tickets to the Clubl Level seats at Minute
maid park… the Home of Houston Astros,…. well…. it was perfect weather…(78 degrees) the roof was open ( we have a retractable roof here ) they were playing
the Chicago Cubs….our inter-legue rival….and well….was the opening game of
the series….. so…the game stage was set….. the field is ooohhhh so beautiful..
the crowd was ready…and I had AWESOME seats….. and…I had to get there at
5:30……. well…..by 7….( first pitch I was getting hungry…. I had my apple
at 6…) ….and well….. there was Stadium nachos…. and Chilli dogs…( all kings of dogs ) and pretzels…and barbq… pizzas…. you name it… you could get it..
and last season….well.. I woulda had a chilli dog…. some nachos….and
peanuts and 4 beers…. but this night….. I had water and a diet coke…
and…..well…. ( Drum roll please……..) shredded chicken nachos….
( which….had just the chips….the shredded chicken, pico de gallo…black bean salsa and topped with jalapenos….now I coulda had the melted cheese ( if that is what
it really is…more like a “cheese product” or a shredded cheese…I skipped the cheese.
so if nachos are gonna be somewhat healthy…I got the healthiest I could….
and then in the nail biter 7th inning… I had 6 whole shelled peanuts…..
I was drinking water like crazy…. knowing all that sodium was gonna kill me !!
So…..9th inning…it was a close game…we were down 5-4….and 2 guys on base…
2 outs…..and….. a ground out to 2nd….ended the game…and well..
IT WAS WORTH it to me…. it was a perfect night ( except of the Astros loss )
and….the field…the game… the fans… the weather…. awsome…
Now….. this morning… the scale WAS NOT my friend…. eating less than a pound of
food…and 4x my calories in that one serving of “healthy” nachos….
set me back 3 ( THREE ) lbs….. I CURSE sodium and what it does to your
rentention !! So…..am I upset that I cheated 1 time in 23 days….No..
I am back on it this morn…will have to suffer the 2 or 3 days of consequences
to lose the 3 I gained… get back on the losign “new” weight side….
But…. it was worth it to me.. I AM not in a race to lose my last 25 lbs..
but I KNOW that I dont wanna waste time…or drops or effort by cheating
either…. So I will take that 1 cheat meal at my halfway point on this 43 day
cycle…and call it a “halftime” meal….. haha….
Oh…. I am going to the last game of the series vs the Cubs tomorrow night…
and I KNOW I am going to EAT before I go to the game this time..!!! hahaa…
GO ASTROS !!!!!
Jarrod
@ Jarrod – You painted such a perfect picture of a good ball game!!
The thing with hCG is that is is NOT very forgiving when you cheat. All you can do is own that cheat (like you did) and KNOW the hard work & dedication becomes harder. This is not your first round so you already know that your gain probably isn’t finished ;( You most likely will see a bit more tomorrow. But we are all human and things happen.
@ Bee – You definitely have to put in the work & dedication for this diet to work! The rewards are WONDERFUL! Yesterday I said I was on R3, but that was a typo. I am on R2 and as of today have lost a total of 52.8 pounds! This diet does work if you put the time/effort in it. Good luck!
Hi Everybody
I fail off on the blog been so busy but i still read every other day and yall always put a smile on my face 🙂 the support on this blog is Amazing and really help me with my journey I want to thank all of you so much 🙂
Welcome to all the Newbies and Congrats to all of you on your weight loss.
Update on me—–since I started back mid Oct 2010 I have lost a total of 32.4 (staring weight of 203) believe me I was very skeptical on starting and just couldn’t believe all the things I had to give up in order to do this hello I’m Cuban are you kidding me lol but my best friend put it in my mind its 30 days we can do this we have tried everything else whats one more thing right……… so we ordered our drops from http://www.diyhcg.com (also recommend by her physician) and today I can not believe I weigh 170.6 I was up to 172-174 back in forth a couple of days ago because I was not doing my maintenance correctly and was under the weather so thanks Sherrie for the info on the egg day because now I’m back down to my core weight 🙂
To all the Newbies STICK WITH IT AND FOLLOW IT TO THE TEE!!!!!!
Take it from me this really works—-R1 was Fantastic and made me believe in this diet lost 15.8—-R2 I had to return to my 2nd job and realize it slowed my weight loss and I only lost 6.2 I was upset 🙁 but looking on the brighter side I lost instead of gained :)—-R3 I did good BUT paid for my cheating with a STALL lost 10.4—R4 starts Easter weekend I have set a new goal for myself and since docs say I should weigh 140 for my height yea ok my realistic goal 155-160 🙂 for now anyway lol
Have a GREAT Week Everybody 🙂
Hey sherrie:) how r ya?Do u have 2 use your drops on load days? If so do take them 3 times a day also?
Hello Everyone,
i knooooooooow cheating is reaaaaaaal bad but i’m back on track now, down my typical 0.4lb lol, yesterday was -1lb from the previous steak day. My scale shows 0.2lb at first, i keep jumping and repeating the steps until it hit 128.4lb then stays at 128.6lb, funny.
I didn’t know apple day was correction day for p2, i read everywhere that it will only break stall and help lose water weight. I did tried once and lost 1.4lb after 2-3 stall/gain from a cheat.
My new drops will be coming in this week, its from greenweb. Has anyone try switching drops brand midway? I read some great reviews on Greenweb, my current one is biomedx and it was only available from a canadian online pharmacy. Now i got my Greenweb from amazon and its SO MUCH CHEAPER TOO!
cheers,
~bee
I’ve started back on the diet. This will be my second round. This is my 3rd load day, so the hard part is about to begin. One nice thing is that my drops are lemon flavor and taste like a lemon drop..so that at least feels like a treat to me:) I’m still enjoying the constant chatter on this blog. It is so nice to pop in and see how everyone is doing and to be able to add in questions and comments.
hi all..so I tried the cream cheese muffins last night! What a treat. Wish I could have posted pics here. Anyways I just added ground cinnamon to mine and topped it with sugar free strawberry jams when it was done. YUMMO!!!!
HELLO EVERYONE, THIS DIET IS GREAT AND CRAAAAZZY!!!! MY SCALE SHOWED 206 THIS MORNING FROM 209 YESTERDAY!!!-I KID U NOT!!!! OF COURSE, I HOPPED ON IT AND OFF, CHECKED IT 3 OR 4 TIMES!!! IT IS WHAT IT IS AND I’M HAPPY ABOUT IT!!!!!!
WISHING US ALL THE SUCCESS OF LOOSING WEIGHT WE WANT!!!!!!!!!!!
For those of you dying for BBQ Sauce this is one I found. I have not tried it and probably won’t because of the tomato sauce.
I’m wondering if you could replace the saude with one fresh tomato mashed? I will let you know if I try it this way.
Smoky BBQ Sauce
• 2 T sugar free tomato sauce
• 2-3 T water
• 1/2 t dehydrated minced onion
• 1/2 t red wine vinegar or apple cider vinegar
• 1/4 t sugar free liquid smoke
• 1/4 t paprika
• 1/4 t chili powder
• 1/8 t cinnamon
• 1/8 t cloves
• 1/4-1/2 t granulated sugar substitute (like stevia )
• salt/pepper (to taste)
In small non-stick saucepan, combine all ingredients and bring to boil.
Reduce heat and simmer 20 minutes.
This makes enough for 1-2 servings.
Now last night I did make this one. (I’m dipping my 3.5 grilled chicken in it as I write)
(Not bad but more like a honey mustard than a TX BBQ flavor)
Mustard bbq sauce
1/2 cup apple cider vinegar
1/3 cup prepared mustard (I used yellow)
1 tsp onion powder
1 tsp garlic powder
1 tsp hot sauce (more or less to your taste)
1/2 tsp salt
8 tsp sugar equivalent (I used 4 packets of splenda)
Bring vinegar to a boil, add dry ingredients and mix well, remove from heat and add mustard ad whisk together.
Hey Christine If u do a steak day and u r still up 1lb can u do another one the next day?
Or skip a day.
@thediva…u should not do 2 steak days in a row. Just eat clean for the next couple days until you back to range.
Jarrod – Should have saved your cheat for last nights game. At least it would have been worth it with the Astros win.
Bee you are correct. An Apple Day is really only intended for stall/plateaus
Apple Day: This is a method used in the Phase 2 Reduction Phase to help break a stall. It consists of eating up to six apples of any variety and nothing more besides just enough pure water to satisfy an uncomfortable thirst throughout the day. According to Dr. Simeons, it is primarily psychological as the weight will continue to reduce without an Apple Day in good time, and the weight release after an Apple Day is primarily due to water loss.
Really nothing to do for a cheat except to learn from it and use it to stay on track in the future. This is just a recommendation (but it has helped me) make sure that your water intake is plentiful to ensure that it has plenty of fluid to flow out on.
Diva, Sheri is correct.
The Steak Day must be done IMMEDIATELY the day you weigh 2lbs over. If this is not done, it is counterproductive to do a Steak Day the next day, or to do 2 in a row, as this will mess the hypothalamus’ function again so that it will slow metabolism and increase cravings. The reason the Steak Day works is because more calories were eaten the 1 or 2 days before and the body can have the reduced calories and respond correctly the very next day. But when a Steak Day follows a day that did not include additional calories (Steak day #1) it will not respond correctly. When the Steak Day is missed for the correct day, the correct procedure is to take one’s weight on the following day as the new LDW (Last Dose Weight), and then proceed from there to do the Steak Day correction if the weight exceeds 2 lbs above this new LDW.”
Hope this explanation helps.
Sherri and Christine I did an egg day not steak I don’t like red
MEat so do another egg or try chicken day lol
Just eat clean..dont do another correction day..it can be counter productive. Eating clean for me would be reducing dairy if you are having it and eating veggies, fruit and protein mainly.
Diva – you get me so confused sometimes. I’ll let someone else deal with an egg or chicken day since I’ve never heard of a chicken day and have never had to do an egg day.
There is NO chicken day, there are “egg” days, that is where(instead of steak) you can do 12 eggs through out the day, or you can also do 2 apples and 2 oz cheese 3x day instead of steak day, but those are the only 3 things you can do to correct on p3 and p4
Hi Sherrie glad to see you responding. Christine, I hate you gave us that Cheese Muffin recipe, jus finish cooking a new batch and topped it w/raspberry jam (no sugar, no calories). Someone suggested and MAN OH MAN!!! I lost an extra 3lbs and was EXTRA HUNGRY today, but I did’nt go off the wagon only over (eating NO SUGAR, NO CARBS, AND NO STARCHES) and lots of EVERYTHING ELSE!!!! HOWEVER, I STILL FEEL GOOD AND AM VERY PROUD OF SANDRA. JROD I HEAR THE ASTROS WON!!
Sandra:
I have not even been reading the updates on here(except the last handful). That’s great you lost 3 more(I think I found them). I did tell myself today I was going to get with the program, and have done good today, but won’t be home for dinner, so doubt I will eat anything the rest of the day, and haven’t had enough calories for the day yet.
I haven’t made the muffins yet, although I do have everything to make them(maybe Friday). I have the recipe with the blueberries, I don’t know if I will make them with or without. My problem is I love muffins, and I don’t think I can stop at 1 or 2. Also have to have butter on them, which of course adds calories. LOL
Hello Everyone,
I had a detoxing bath last night, almost fainted but well worth it 0.8lb down today and not my typical 0.4lb. I also did a home remedy Grape mask facial; juice 2-3 fresh green grapes, add in small amt of flour until paste and add in 1/4 tsp of baking soda. It helps tone down skin complexion and add in moistures.
BTW, i’ve been drinking green tea entire time and does it count as water intakes? i read from some previous post that the water should be taken in additional to the tea….
CHEERS,
~bee
Hello Bee!
Dr. Simmeon’s protocol says you can drink coffee, tea and water in any amounts…but you should at least drink 2 liters per day. So, the green tea is just fine, even if you don’t drink water too…just make sure you get in at least 2 liters of these fluids daily.
Bee – I had a detox bath last weekend. Wow what a feeling. Not really for the weight loss (I think it helped with the #’s but I don’t remember how much) Husband fell asleep on the couch, no kids were home and I just wasn’t tired yet. So I decided to try this. I needed to take a shower after the bath because my bath water became so cloudy looking. It was probably psycological but I felt like I needed to wash it off. I used Sea salt, Epson salt, and Baking Soda, and of course very hot water. Was yours the same?
This is my take on the tea – water question. Maybe someone else has a better explanation. I’ll keep looking at answers.
“Tea, coffee, plain water, or mineral water (2 liters of water per day is recommended) are the only drinks allowed, but they may be taken in any quantity and at all times.”
So I guess as long as it’s 2 liters+ total then it’s fine. I drink 4 liters of water in addition to 2 cups of green tea a day. (Sometimes I feel like I’m going to burst)
hello everyone,
Yeah i use epson salt and baking soda, but it was random amount i think like 1-1.5c baking soda and about 2 c salt with ok hot water, my skin were red lol.
OKAY HELP!! someone post on my journal about draining and rinsing regular cooked ground beef to get it extra lean and to lower the cal. I’ve never had ground beef the whole time, cuz i cooked some chili before and heard tomato and beef will causes stall, so i ended up freezing it for p3. Now here is my problem, i’m out of chicken and only have this tube of lean ground beef available. So with the tempting post earlier about draing/rinsing, I gave it a tried. WOW delish!!!!! BUT i think i did not drain/rinse right cuz i can feel the grease inside my mouth. Now i am super worry about my weight tomorrow. I read everyone were saying 93/7 extra lean beef, i couldn’t find any number with the “/” on the tube. It just states per 125g 270cal 20g fat, so am i screw????
~ bee
Hello Everyone,
down -0.2lb!! it was a close call….lol. Well i’m on vlcd day 19 released 7.6lb to date sucks… just need to lose 7.6lb more to hit my goal. Now i don’t know should i extend few more days or not. BTW, can we extend just few more days with the hcg like 23 days? i’m doing the drop ( just got a new bottle by greenweb yesterday).
~bee
Good Morning All !!!
It’s Friday…!! well….weekends actually suck more for me because I am not doing
as much as I am when at work or during the week…
Christine…
I know I shoulda waited til our Astros won…haha…but I wasnt at that
game !! haha… but the next day when I gained the 3 lbs from the shredded chicken
stadium nachos and the handfull of peanuts I ate… I lost those three lbs the day after
I gained it..so I did have a 2 day set back in loss…but that is ok…
But…I also went to Wed night game…the last game vs the Cubs….and…MAAAN
we lost again..!! So I am 0-2 with Astro wins when I go..!! haha
( but…they won last night….SOooo I dont think I am going for a while..haha )
I went with friends….who were having hot dogs and popcorn…and beer…and
you know what…. I ate before I went…. and…I was not bothered at all…
So…I went without eating anything…I did have a diet coke there… but… that was it.!
Bee..
I dont know what you are talking about… I have never heard that 94/7 lean grnd beef and tomatoes makes you stall..???? I make that chilli all the time…
with beef and low sodium diced tomatoes and chili powder, cumin, red pepper and
lil onion… I have it about once a week…. and I also make a beef and broccoli
dish wi soy sauce and chinese red pepper sauce.. and also a beef and cabbge (chicken broth base ) soup….. I have had no problems with it.
Sannnndra…. are you over your cream cheese muffin “phase” yet?? haha….
I am soooo glad to see you still losing on P3 !!! I am excited to start mine… haha
Well…..to date… this P2 I am down 27 lbs in 23 days.. ( I start my day 1 of LVCD of 3
today ) now….of those 25 lbs…I had to lose the 7 lbs I gained on P3-4 I was on inbetween rounds…. Sooo…this time I am determined to stay AT this weight or
even lose more on P3 so when I go back for my lassssst round of P2 in 3 weeks..
I will not have to lose weight i gained and have to “re-lose” it again….
So….end of Round 4 ( 5 wks, 6 wks, 5 wks, 3 wks ) 19 weeks total combined HCG.
I started my first round Sept 3rd.. 348 lbs… today.. April 15th… 255.. I have lost 93 lbs.
I Do feel bad almost for some people on here….cuz the HCG is not as effective as it
is for me.. ( well….also …you all know some of you cheat on your rounds and that
sets you back for 3 to 4 days here and there and wastes time … or….well….some of the women on here…..uum…well…. you know…go thru the monthly cycles and that
you whole body chemistry is affected and water retention….and cravings set in…
so that doesnt help..
Well I plan on doing my last round of a LAST 6 weeks….(seeing how I have lost in the
past on previous rounds and where I am now ) will put me down my last 30 lbs…
to be at 225 ( at 6’2′ and large frame, wide shoulders build ) will be a perrrfect
weight for me..!!
Now I am going to spend the next 3 weeks in the gym while on P3… I miss the gym !!!
haha….
Well I hope you all have maaany successes in your continued losing… and have a great
weekend…!!
Jarrod
JROD, YOU ARE SUCH AN INSPIRATION!!!! 93 POUNDS, EVERYTIME I READ IT I’M JUST IN AWE OF YOUR STRENGTH AND DETERMINATION!!!! EVERYONE ON THIS SITE DESERVES ONE BIG APPLAUSE!!! YES JROD, I’M OVER THE CHEESE MUFFINS, THAT STEVIA TASTE GETS TO ME….BUT I’LL SOON HAVE IT BACK…WHEN U KNOW?? OKAY EVERYONE I GAINED 1/2 A POUND!!! SHERRIE HOW R U ?
Morning everyone:
So, I’m really interested in this detox bath…never heard of that…can someone tell me exactly what to do?
Also, Sherrie….I am starting P3 today…how long do I do this before I do a mini round? I only have about 12 more to lose and I’m interested in the mini. I just don’t think I can do another long round…Ugg
Kudos to everyone losing…I’ve been stalled all week and I’m SO over it…ready to move on to P3.
Have a great weekend! Supposed to be bad weather here tomorrow 🙁
Hi – It’s Friday. Sorry Jarrod, I love Fridays especially when the kids are gone. LOL … Bee – I’m late on pposting for you and I’m glad you still lose. Here’s some info on the ground beef rinsing subject.
“Research from Iowa State University has shown that rinsing pan-fried ground beef with hot water can reduce the fat content by a whopping 50%. The study found that 4 ounces of 80% lean ground beef that was pan-fried, drained, blotted with paper towels and rinsed with hot water contained 121 calories and 5 grams of fat—roughly the equivalent of 95% lean beef, undrained. By comparison, 80% lean ground beef that was drained and blotted (not rinsed) provided 177 calories with 10 grams of fat. Interestingly, researchers found that rinsing 90% lean ground beef did not provide significant calorie or fat savings over the 80% rinsed beef. We recommend that readers who adopt the rinsing method use the more economical 80% lean ground beef except in recipes where blotting and rinsing are not practical, such as in meat loaf or stuffed peppers. In that case, we recommend 90% lean beef.”
I’ve had my ground beef with a diced cooked tomato,and homemade taco seasoning and didn’t gain.
Bee – If you’re asking can you go longer than 23 days on the drops? I believe the answer is yes.
But I have to leave work now and can’t find the professional answer.
Hey Christine…good info on the Beef subject….hmmmm things I didnt know !!
Jarrod
Missy – Check out this site for detox info. I’m not saying it’s works for everyone but it did feel relaxing. www (dot)
hcgreviews (dot) org/2010/09/another-way-to-break-a-stall-on-the-hcg-diet/
Here’s another one that adds ginger instead of sea salt. www(dot)
wikihow (dot) com/Take-a-Detox-Bath I might try this next time but finding 40 minutes of free time is not always easy for me.
Christine, Thanks for the info on the ground beef. I always drain rinse and season (if scrambled), if it’s the patties, I drain and towel blot until all grease is soaked up. then season, “AS YOU STATED” However, I did not know how much of a difference it meant, I only wanted the grease out!
I am new to this HCG diet. I am very diciplined and theh 500 calories haventbothered me yet. I really havent been hungry. I did have one question though. Is sugar free jello considered a free food. I read this on a web site. And has anyone ordered the noodles? I also found a shrimp soup recipe andn it was delicious. Just to chnge it up I tried it with cumin and garlic and onions and crushed peppers. I started phase one last monday the 11th and today the 16th i have lost 8 pounds. Would love any other creative easy recipes. and tips
Welcome to the site Jean – It’s been a quiet weekend from the bloggers here but there’s usually some helpful information, strong support, many opinions, great stories and some funny adventures. I posted this soup before and it’s good. (sorry for the repeat). As far as I know Jello is not a free food according to the original “Pounds and Inches” “They contain just about every form of calorie-free sweetener known to man.”
We will be here to support you.
Lemony Spinach and Chicken Soup
Ingredients
100 GRAMS chicken
2 cups chicken broth (or substitute 1 cup water for 1 cup broth)
½ lemon with rind
1-2 cup cups loosely packed spinach cut into strips
1 tablespoon onion chopped
1 clove garlic crushed and minced
1 stalk lemongrass (optional)
¼ teaspoon thyme or to taste
Cayenne pepper to taste
Salt and pepper to taste
Preparation Instructions
Lightly brown the chicken in small saucepan with a little lemon juice. Add
the onion, garlic, spices and chicken broth. Add lemon with rind and
simmer for 20-30 minutes. Add the fresh spinach during the last five
minutes of cooking. Serve and enjoy.
Makes one enjoyable serving (1 protein, 1 vegetable)
Thanks Christine. Will definitely try the spinach chicken soup. Cant wait. THat is what i thought about the jello. I know it doesnt have saccharan or stevia in it. Have to be careful what you read on some sites. I have been really strick and have lost 9 lbs since monday the 11th. I am looking forward to the 2nd week and more pounds shed. THanks for your support, i am sure i will need it. any other helpful hints, please feel free to pass them my way.
Jean
I just started the HCG diet and am on my first VLCD. It’s been ok so far. Drinking lots of water. I am very glad to have found this blog. I will be busy reading more. 🙂 it’s great to have so much support. Thanks in advance for all the info.
Hello Everyone!!
Thanks Christine for the indepth infomation!! i will rinsing it properly next time lol…
I HAD A CRAZY CHEAT on last friday!!!
It was our little dinner & movie night out, and FH is taking me to this little fancy steak house that we’ve nvr been there before. I figure the worst thing could happen is a mix salad. So i was mentally prepare for the cheat, skipped my evening dosage and minutes later i was pigging out GREASY CHINESE takeout for lunch: sweet egg roll, beef FRIED RICE, FRIED fish and PORK CHOP!! My tummy was real sick afterward and th**** everything out (sorry TMI). But that doesn’t stopped me, hours later i was in the sofa eating party mix and almond cookies.
Dinner time: As mentioned before, it was our first tried at the restaurant and had no idea that it was a little fancy steak house and the menu were so limited to set courses that serve FOIS GRAS EVERYWHERE!!! Well it was my cheat night so i decided to enjoy my meal with my dearest FH. I tried everything a little here and there, still so much food even i halved everything like Fois Gras & Oysters ( maybe i haven’t had fat for a while…so i found the FG pretty disgusting…but the OYSTERS… MMMmmm), mix salad, lobster soup, dinner roll, sweet potatos, steam veggies, 8oz ribeye (halved) and finished with an icecream over cream filled crepes with mix berries….yuuuuuuummm. I didn’t feel sick like before just felt bloated, so I was fine in the theater but dearest FH was dying from finishing my food LOL.
If you’ve cheated before you must know all those guiltiness swing by pretty fast. I couldn’t sleep that night with out worrying my weight, it just doesn’t worth it. An hour of happiness followed with 10 plus hours of guiltiness. So the next morning standing by the scale i was panicking like hell, and the result… NO GAIN/LOSS…but a STALL!!!!
I was sooooooooooo happy that i even jumped on my FH who was sleeping like a pig and screamed NO GAIN NO GAIN lol….he shoved me to the floor lolol.
So i swear i will never never ever gonna cheat again. 10 plus hours of guiltiness just too much. The following days i stayed strickly to the protocal and down 1.4lb this morning.
~bee
Morning…
Thanks Christine on detox info…I will check it out today. I’ve had a migraine all weekend so have been blaaa….I started P3 last week and I’m doing pretty good…lost another .60 over the weekend. I’m so excited to get back to my Zumba this week….
Still wondering how long I need to stay on P3 before I can do another round or mini round.
Have a great week 🙂 Happy losing
Happy Monday to all !!
Jean- Welcome the Chicken Spinach soup from Christine is awesome !!
Christine you Rock with that one !!!!
Marta… Welcome…. GOOOD Luck !!!
Well…I just finished my 3 Days of VLCD after my last day of drops Thursday…
that was end of round 3 of HCG for me…still holding at 94 lbs total..!!
I am sooo into this P3 for the next 3 weeks….I am LOOKING to lose another 5 or
more in this phase…. so when I start my LASSST round I can lose that last
25 lbs…
I was back in the gym this morning and felt good to get a run and work out in.!!!
Sannnndra where are you at Homie !!???
Diva..? how are your P3’s going ???
Everyone has been quiet the last few days…. ( yeah I know it was the weekend..
haha I hope you all survived the eating cravings…. I didnt…
well….I wasnt “bad” ( cuz I am on P3 now…) but I had 2 grilled fish tacos
with coleslaw on them….and slaw on the side….mmmmm….yummo !
then had fat free / sugar free frozen yogurt with strawberries w/ my daughter
at a place called “Swirl” yesterday….
This morn is Boiled eggs…. lunch will be lean turkey / swiss and lettuce on
a low carb tortilla ( A wrap )….dinner will be a steak and broccoli….
I hope
Hello Everyone,
Jrod~ i was supposet to start p3 same day as you, but i just received my Greenweb drops last week and having better result with it, so i am stil lingering over p2 trying to lose a little bit more weight. You mentioned hoping to lose 5lb over p3, i didn’t know you can lose weight in p3 how?????? Pls let me know so i can start p3 soon. Also is Tortilla allowed?? you said low carb, so how low the carb has to be for p3 friendly?? i miss WRAAAAAAAP!!
~bee
OK. i have been strict. no cheating. even have eaten less than allowed. So I havent lost any weight since sunday. Little discouraged. Please some one remind me what is considered a stall. Need any extra tips or advice.
GOODMORNING EVERYONE, OMG, MY WEEK-END WAS SOOOO BUSY! JROOOOOD SO MUCH TO TELL YA, LATER! WELCOME NEW COMERS! SHERRIE HOW R U, WHERE R U? MISS U! HOPE ALL IS OK! CHRISTINE U ROCK W/ RECIPES GIRLS! HAV TO TRY THE CHICKEN SOUP! HOPE ALL IS DOING WELL! I GAIN THE 1 POUND LAST WEEK AND HAVE NOT LOST IT! IT’S KINDA SCARRIIIE, KNOWING HOW THE WEIGHT CAN SLIP RIGHT BACK ! I’M NOT CHEATING, SURELY GETTING IN 3500-4500 CALS A DAY! IS THAT TOO MUCH????? THE WORLD SAYS 2500 FOR MY HEIGHT AND WEIGHT-NO WAY!!!
HAV A GREAT DAY ALL!!!!!
Hi there. Can someone recommend a site for prefilled injections? I did the drops last time and hated waiting with it under my tongue. I used Pharmacy Escrow last time and they were nice but I would rather not have to mix if possible.
Thanks for the help. 🙂
Heather
Hey all
can drops stay in the fridge if they are unopened or opened?
Sherrie where r u? Hope all is well:)
Hello everyone,
Down 6.8 in 1 day! I am stoked! Today is day 2 of VLCD! Don’t know if I am going to do 20 days or 40???
Happy Tuesday Eve to all….I hope all is doing well..!!
Well here is some answers that some of you asked……
First off….. SANNNNDRA What are you DOING !!!!!!
Sandra–
I’M NOT CHEATING, SURELY GETTING IN 3500-4500 CALS A DAY! IS THAT TOO MUCH????? THE WORLD SAYS 2500 FOR MY HEIGHT AND WEIGHT-NO WAY!!
Sandra
I know why you arent losing and only maintaining….. you are eating WAAAY too much !
go back and read pounds and inches….. You are in Phase 3…..
It says….
We recommend 800-1200 calorie intake during this phase, depending
on your lifestyle.
You may also begin to reintroduce exercise during this phase!
As long as your weight stays within two pounds of the weight reached
on the day of the last drops/ injection, don’t worry about what you are eating
but the moment the scale goes beyond two pounds, even if this is
only a few ounces, you must skip breakfast and lunch and drink
plenty of water. In the evening you must eat a huge steak with only 1
apple or a raw tomato. ONLY DURING THE 3 WEEKS OF PHASE 3.
So….that may be it…if you are eating 2500 -3500 Calories…that is too much !
I keep my calories at 1200- 1500 a day on P3….which is actually quite a bit…
Im just sayin……..
Bee–
You mentioned hoping to lose 5lb over p3, i didn’t know you can lose weight in p3 how?????? Pls let me know so i can start p3 soon. Also is Tortilla allowed?? you said low carb, so how low the carb has to be for p3 friendly?? i miss WRAAAAAAAP!!
Yes…as where you are not to have Sugars or Starches…you can effectively eat
some carbs….keep your count between 15 and 20g a day….and your
calories ( as I said above ) under 1500 a day…. get in a walk…or some light fun
exercise….
I have a couple boiled eggs for breakfast and a slice of cheddar cheese….
and for lunch a low carb ( 4 net grams of carbs ) turkey and swiss / lettuce
wrap…. dinner will be some meat…( steak chicken pork or fish ) with
some veg…you can have any veg on P3… just be careful of Corn ( also has
starches in it and tomatoes ( sugar ) in them…. of course…No potatoes.!
with that diet for 3 weeks…you can continue to lose weight while on P3…!!!
Also.. maaaake sure you still drink plennnty of water !!
Jean–
i have been strict. no cheating. even have eaten less than allowed. So I havent lost any weight since sunday. Little discouraged. Please some one remind me what is considered a stall. Need any extra tips or advice.
Ok…here is what I see..and Everyone will tell you this on this site…. while on P2..
you NEED to eat all your calories…. you need to keep it within 475 – 520…( 500 ideal )
even though u may not be hungry… you STILL NEED to eat… your body will go into
a starvation mode if you dont…and hold onto ALL the calories you intake….
So eat…and keep on going…it will come off….. below are some hints for
stalls on P2…
• Increase water intake to 2 – 3 quarts per day.
• Try increasing your protein by .5 ounces.
• Eat 6 apples only 1 day.
• Cut American beef down or out.
• Check all condiments for any form of sugar. ‘Garlic Salt’ may list sugar as an ingredient.
Any seasoning salt or seasoning product must be carefully checked.
• Stop mixing vegetables.
• Don’t eat breadsticks.
• Make sure there are no additives in chicken or other protein sources – many times these
are injected with some form of sugar even in the grocery store.
• Consider the potency of your HCG – you may need a new, fresh batch.
**TEST FOR HCG DROPS – use a Keto Strip to test your urine for fat loss.
• Have you reached your Ideal weight? Are you in the suggested weight
range for your height and build? Are you also hungry and not feeling as good, etc? It
may be time to stop losing.
• For women, your cycle may be coming in to play — review Dr. Simeons’ manuscript.
• Have you changed or started one or more medications? The change may just cause a
few days delay as your body adjusts, but you may want to consult with your physician to possibly change again or go back to the previous medication if the plateau continues
and all plateau breaking methods fail.
• Review the manuscript for serious plateaus (5 days or longer). While the manuscript
reports ‘apple days’ as purely psychological, many participants report a loss of 2 pounds the day after an apple day.
• You may consider dropping one or both of the ‘breads’ and/or one of your fruits, etc.
I hope that helped you all….. Have a good night…
and gooood luck !!
Jarrod
Sandra…
I mean…if you are eating 3500-4500 CALS A DAY… still anything over 1500 is too much !
Jarrod
Not eating enough food, especially protein – you should be eating a minimum of 1500 calories. In general, we do not encourage counting calories, but if you are a lifetime dieter, you may try to keep eating too little to avoid gaining back the weight you just lost. This is a major, common mistake. In these circumstances we encourage someone to add up the calories to make sure they are eating enough (not to limit what they are eating). According to Dr. Simeons, HCG is releasing 1500 to 4000 calories into your system and you are eating another 500 calories, so theoretically your system has been revved up to handle 2000-4500 calories PER DAY. You can see how going into the maintenance phase and ‘cutting back’ to 800 or 1200 would send your body back into the ‘grab everything and hold on to it’/starvation mode (p. 32).2
You can see how going into the maintenance phase and ‘cutting back’ to 800 or 1200 would send your body back into the ‘grab everything and hold on to it’/starvation mode (p. 32).2 THIS IS THE REST OF THE ARTICLE FOUND ON HCG MAINTENANCE. THE LEAST AMOUNT OF CALS IS 1500 AND UP, EATING WHATEVER YOU WANT W/IN PH 3
Ok, here I go, asking for your votes on FB. I have lost 30 lbs on hcg since January and just entered a photo contest for a pin-up photo shoot. Something that I had wanted for a long time, but never felt confident enough about my body. Now there is this HUGE opportunity to win an amazing make-over and photo shoot and I would really appreciate if y’all who are Facebookers would vote for my picture.
Here is the link… you have to “like” the Lone Star Pin-Up page first and then “like” my pictures. I am currently in 3rd place with 4 days of voting to go (look for Dagmar, that’s me). I would really appreciate all your votes, and those of your friends and families… lots of ladies on there have lost weight, several through surgery, lap bands etc. I am pretty sure I am the only hcg success on there 😉
http://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=1090104232#!/photo.php?fbid=10150238603580289&set=a.10150142665255289.324172.148683345288&type=1&theater
Thank you all 🙂
thanks, jarrod. i will do what you advised. i did lose a pound this morning. so i am thrilled. guess just kinda panic to be ins stall. appreciate any and all your suggestioins.
ill keep pluging along
jean
Ok so please tell me I haven’t screwed my diet up. I went for a pedicure and manicure and it wasn’t until I was right in the middle of my pedicure that I remembered about using products with oils. I have been super good about not using any oils or lotions and I’m hoping I will be ok. Any advice from anyone would be appreciated. Thanks in advance.
Marta
R1P2D7 VLCD5 Down 9.5lbs.
Marta, not to worry…I did mani’s and pedi’s the whole time I was on p2 before..I really don’t agree with all the not to use this and that stuff. Maybe years ago with the injections, but the ones that are using the homeopathic have nothing to worry about when it comes to not using this and that(In my opinion)
Sandra, LOL close to 3000 calories a day? You should be gaining, so if you’re maintaining, and you’re on p3, then you’re doing something right. LOL
You can do a search and see what you should eat a day to maintain. The old rule of thumb was 100 calories for every pound you wanted to weigh(like if you wanted to weigh 150, then 1500 calories/day). I feel the body(without the drops) goes in to starvation mode if you’re not getting at least 1200/day. Try eating around 2000 calories/day and see what happens
I’m doing fine, had company and have been really busy/tired. I’ll catch up with you in a few days. Hope you have a nice Easter!
Hello all hope u r well!
Hey Sherrie can drops b stored in the fridge?
Hello all how is the weight loss going? P3 almost over rdp2 soon.
Hey Sherrie can I store my drops in the fridge?
How r the lil ones?
Yes, they can be stored in the refrigerator, that’s the only place some people will store them.
The little ones are all doing great
HAPPY EASTER! “He Has Risen”
Have a great day everyone!
Thx Sherrie:) have fun
With the lil ones?
Btw how did the mini sessions go? R u done? R u maintaining?
HELLO EVERYONE, HOPE YOU HAD A BLESSED AND HAPPY EASTER HOLIDAY!!!!
SHERRIE, SO NICE TO HEAR FROM YOU!! Yes, I’m maintaining..can’t say that after today! This was a long and busy weekend for me, over ate and did not gain (yet).
I
Hello all how was Easter??? Any p2 ppl cheat… I’m on my way 2 rd2p2
Do I have 2 use drops on load days?
Happy weight loss!!
Hey theDiva…
I am on P2 and I haven’t cheated! I am down 13.8 since Last monday. This is the first time I am really sticking to it, Not sure where the will power is coming from but could be my trip to Aruba, I BOOKED IT!!!! AHHHHH Now I ahve to look super cute *(this is a girls trip)* Feel like Vicki saying that, RHOC! LOL
Ok just checking in I have checked out quite a bit!
Love everyones post!
Congrats jamie on ur lost. Aruba im jealous lol I wanna go 2 London…. What drops r u using? What round is this 4 u? I’m starting again rd2 on May 1st hopefully final round do u do drops on load days? Is it necessary?
Hi. well i stuck t diet even with my trip to disney. I have lost 19 lbs in 2 weeks. I feel great. I really want to lose 2 more pounds though. I am sure it will take me two rounds f phase 2 to o it. I have read different time legnths to stay off drops inbetween rounds. Some article say at least 3 wks and some say 6 weeks. i know they say not to stay on them longer than 42 days at one time. does any one have any input or experience about this. Also what brand drops are you all using. just curious because there are so many out there and so many different prices. I know you have to be careful, just wondering????
IT’S BEEN A WHILE SINCE I’VE POSTED!
Hope all you guys are doing great.
I’m doing decent. could be better but i guess it could be worse as well.
i am in the middle of week two of “stabilizing” from round one, which isnt exactly going as planned.
final weight was : 219
Current weight:224/225
so yea! ive gained 5ish lbs.. sucks. =( i just hope it stops there, i’ve done two steak
days and even with that it’s little help. Im starting to introduce carbs little by little and have only slipped up with sugar a few times. (had two cookies one day and two pina coladas at the beach the next day lol oOps)
I was in California for the last week so it was kind of hard to take things slow, which probably caused the 5/6 lb weight gain.
What really sucks is that i am STILL not eating the amount of calories i should be eating, and if i attempt to one day,ill gain the next. =(
I’m going to attempt a short round next time. definitely not the 43 day plan, which sucked. Maybe 3 weeks this time and see how it goes! hopefully at least 15 -20 lbs in 3 weeks. that would be awesome.
I wish i liked the round 2 food. but i rather not eat at all than eat that stuff. YUCK. hate it.
Hi siana sound like u added carbs 2 early u should Jane waited 3 weeks but check with Sherri she is the pro I’m on week 3 of my p3 about 2 restart still at my ldw
Hope u get back 2 ur ldw soon:)
Hey all where r u?
Hey sherrie ok p3 week 3 I’m starting rd2 may 8 should I go into p4 for two weeks or stay on p3? Thx!
Diva, I always went from p2 to p3, then back to p2, I didn’t start p4 until I was done dieting. You can do it whichever way you want, just make sure you reload for 2 days(on the drops) when you go back to p2
Thx! Sherrie I’m trying the 23 days cycle this time I think lol
Lol I forgot Sherrie when u r done with the 3 weeks an reach the goal weight does the 2lb rule apply 4 life? If so do we use egg days or apple/cheese days 2 correct it even if it’s a year later? lol will u keep drops for life?
When you hit your goal(or close to it) and are done dieting and add back, yes, keep an eye on your weight forever. I saw I was going up around Christmas and didn’t correct it, and now I’m still fighting my weight. I did a mini round and lost back down within 2 pounds of my goal, but then didn’t go in to p3 so am back to having 10 lbs to lose. I know what I did wrong and know how to correct it, so am working on that now
Thx Sherrie so when u say correct it u mean using one of the correction days like a steak or egg day? Right??
Hello all;)
1 week b4 rd2p2 hope 2 go 43 days to b done 20 lbs 2 lose!!!
But may do 2 mini rounds 23 each and lose 30 for extra later lol
Any thoughts on if I can wait just 3 weeks btw rounds?? Or is that just for rd1
Thx;)
Hi!
I lost 25 lbs with a local HCG diet company that used a spray form. Very expensive, but worked great! Since then I have tried HCG-EZ, and another cheaper brand online, neither of which seemed to work. Does one need to pay a little more money to get decent HCG? Any suggestions on where to purchase?
Thanks!
hello my name is carolyn i have been on the hcg diet for one week now i am taken it a pill form and i got weighed today and i went from 247.6lb to 237.0 pounds in one week ,i still have sometime to go , but i feel great and i love it this is the best diet out there.
Hey Sherrie or anyone who knows can u take vitamins(multi,garlic oil,calcium,Cod liver,&vit c) on p2 if u r not taking shots?
Thx!
Hi all:)
Hey HCG family
IM STARTING RD2p2 Sunday
And need to know if I can take a multi vit ,garlic oil and Cod liver oil pill
While I’m on the drops I just started a hair care regimen an dont want 2 stop
Thx! Happy mothers day to all the Moms:) enjoy ur day!
Diva…
Cod liver oil..garlic oil..? Sounds like a lot of oil..for being on an oil free based diet..
It used to be so strict u had to not use certain shampoos and lotions.. ya know.?
And those are just topographical applied products that “could” absorb into the blood
Steam…so…to actually ingest two oil products..that will def absorb into your blood stream
You tell me??? What do u think?? I’m thinkin..No.. but..yes u can take a multivitamin
(Just look to make sure there is no sugars or oil in them.
Goood luck on P2… I started last Monday..and 6 lbs down in 5 days.. oh..and not taking
And cod oil or garlic oil…hhahaha..
Jarrod
Thx! Jrod lol@ no oil what drops r u using?? How much more do u have 2 lose? Im starting out with 23 days trying for 43 lol
Enjoy ur moms day;)
Hey again jrod how much of veggies do u eat?
Down 17.6 on day 21 and had my monthly in there so stalled a couple days but no cheating this time. I’m doing the 23 day this round and this is the first time I’ve actually made it. I’m going to do maintenance then do one more round. Before my trip to aruba! I feel so good that it really hasn’t ben that hard. This time??? I think I just had to be in the right frame and I also have a few friends here doing it with me. Learned a few tricks that saved me. Life savers this time. Looking forward to eggs and cheese in a few days. Gotta do some reading to figure this phase out. I got 3 days more cuz I forgot what day I was on this am and took my drops?
Happy mothers day to all my fellOw HCG Mothers!
Great job Jamie keep going:)
Hey Diva..
Hope you had a good weekend.!
Diva: What drops r u using??
(I am using “Weight Off Plus” drops.. (google them) they also
have Arginine, Carnatine, Omithine in the blend..
It works great….96 lbs so far..!!
Diva: How much more do u have 2 lose?
(well I am at 252 now..(at 6’2″) I want to get to 225.. soo..27 more
lbs…I am on this cycle til May 21…then off for 3 weeks…. and then my last
cycle of 3 weeks will be in June !! )
Diva: Im starting out with 23 days trying for 43 lol
( well good luck with that..!! It is easier to do 23 then a 3 week break and
then 23… than a whole 43 day plan….but… I Have done three 43 day cycles..
(But… a 43 day cycle is not for people that dont have the determination or lack the determinationa and will power to lose weight..) Yet it is easier to just do 43
days of you have between 25 and 40 to lose… so just do it all at one time and
knock it out…one time.)
Diva: how much of veggies do u eat?
I eat 4 cups a day.. ( 2 per meal ) if its cabbage or broccoli… or green beans…
or what ever… but when I eat a salad.. I eat a BIG salad…because lettuce has
virtually no colories and no fat etc….so salad to me… is almost a “free” food..
that I can eat a normal size salad… my meat protein…and my veg.
and…well it all works for me… so I am ok with that.
I hope all that helps you…and I wish you a great sucessful week !!!!
Jarrod
Hey jArrod thx 4 the 411 I had a great weekend i loaded! Lol
First round I made 30 days stopped b:c I ran out of drops so I think I can do the 43 days But we will see have a great round:)
Hello everyone!
21 lbs gone today! Yay! Maintanence tomorrow… Not quite sure what to eat so I am going to have to do some reading since this is the first time that I have actually completed a round! I’m so excited!
On day 4 now. am wondering about the diet part. can you mix the veggies…say cucumbers in my spinach salad etc? Also, i think i may have messed up on the loading part, i tried to eat fatty foods, but i wasnt aware i was to really pack it in, so im guessing thats why ive been fairly hungry and lightheaded recently. ive had nothing but spincah salads with baked chicken for 4 days. is there any good recipes out there?
thanks everyone and good luck!
so I am starting the diet in pill form on may 22. I weigh 205 and I’m 5feet 9inches an I want to get down to 155. I am tryin to join the air force which requires me to weigh 167 and my boy friend told me If I could get to 155 he would take me on a trip to Spain for a vacation. My only worry is that becaue I’m s active with training for th air force that 500 calories will not be enough and ill pass out or hurt myself. What should I do?
Hello to all my r2p2 is going great!
Thx Christine I love the drops. Would love more lol
Any one out there wanting to get rid of the HCG
SUPREME by hcg-ez Co I’ll take them lol
Happy weight lose!!!!
Hello to all
Aweek one complete of rd2p2 down 9lbs love the new drops:)
Thx Christine!!!!!
Jarrod my arms are flapping like wings lol
How do I tame this flabby skin u r at a 90lbs lose what r u doing?? HELP!!!
Happy Monday All………. maaan this place is like a cold whisper of activity….
either all are shying away from here….or…. just dont have anything to say !!?
Where are ya’ll at.?
Well….. I just got back from a 5 day quick trip.. 1 day in Philly.. 2 Days in New Jersey
and 1.5 days in NY City.. got to do a lot of what I wanted ( both work and pleasure )
and got to see the sites….see WAAAY too many people in Times Square…
But..good to be back home in Houston !!
I am still on my drops…but…SOOO sad to say.. being in those 3 cities and being on
the run the whole time I was there…and NEEDING to try a real Philly Cheesesteak..
A REAL NY Hotdog and slice of Pizza… and while in East Bruswick NY at a Greek Fest..
Gyros and Souvlaki… come on now !!!! Uggh.. weighed in this morn
4 lbs higher… So…. I was at my low of 248 when I left last wed….
and now I know it will take 4 days to get those 4 lbs back off….!!
Oh well….I have never been to those places…and dont ever plan on going
back….so… once in a lifetime….I can deal with that. !
Ok… onto your question…
DIVA:
“”Jarrod my arms are flapping like wings lol
How do I tame this flabby skin u r at a 90lbs lose what r u doing?? HELP!!!””
haha…well… I am sorry to hear that…. but.. I am blessed…. my skin
is very retractable… keep in mind… I only put that weight on for 5 yrs…
and I have been a weight lifter and runner and bike rider for all of my adult life..
( until a biking accident ( I was hit by a car ) in 2005… ) So… at 6’2″ ..
and being 248… with my large frame I carry… I still have a lot of muscle tone
in my legs and arms and places that “women” have trouble spots…
I am at 97 lbs lost now.
BUT… My recommendation to you is go to a gym…you dont have to get a gym membership…you can use the one where you are going to school….if you have one
in your apt complex…you can buy “resistance bands” you can do specific exercises
that can tone your arms… here is the beauty of the internet…. just as you
found this page… you can google… “exercises that help with flabby under arms”
there are searches like..” toning flabby underarms” etc..
there are many “home” workouts you can to to tone those arms..!!
YOU can do it !!!
KAM86:
“”I am tryin to join the air force which requires me to weigh 167 and my boy friend told me If I could get to 155 he would take me on a trip to Spain for a vacation. My only worry is that becaue I’m s active with training for th air force that 500 calories will not be enough and ill pass out or hurt myself. What should I do?””
Kam…
Hmmm well its Either or… not both… If you are trying to lose weight you can do the HCG to lose the weight… But…if you are trying to gain strenght and stamina to
join the Air Force…. then you cant do both..
here is the question…WHEN are you doing your Physical and PT test for the AF.??
is it something soon?? When are you going on your Vaca your BF promised
you once you lose the 50 lbs??
If you want to lose the weight Do that first….then start your workouts back up…
it is easier to get into “physical shape” once you drop the 50 lbs ( and can go on vaca ) then after that ….come home and start the workouts….
What you CAN NOT do it work out and be on the HCG at the same time..
it has adverse effects…will actually make you GAIN weight or not lose…
your body will hold onto all the calories you eat…. Read the “Pounds and Inches”
it talks about that water will retain ( which is heavier than fat ) into your muscles.
“Though the extra muscular effort involved does consume some additional Calories, this appears to be offset by the retention of water which the tired circulation cannot at once eliminate.”
So… if you do exercise…30 min a day of brisk walking will keep your metabolism fired up and assist in weight loss and keep your heart pumping….while you are losing
the weight and not have adverse effects on you and gain weight…You will be ready to start running once you lose the 50 you want…
I hope all of you have a great week !!!
Jarrod
MORNING ALL I AGREE with jarrod WHERE IS EVERYONE!??
thx for the info jarrod I’m checking into it now I was a puffy kid so overweight a long time
These arms and thighs r going down lol so brisk walking is all I can do in p2 right? Weights for the arms or the bands r ok? What about pilates/yoga?
Thanks!!!
Hey Jarrod thanks a lot I didn’t want to pass out while traning. I have until august to lose the weight for the AF and I have until whenever to lose for my boyfriend and I vacation. I will stop my workouts (because I have only losed 6 lbs in 2.5 months) and do hcg pill for 30-45 days. how long should I do it for? I see people do it for dfferent lengths of time. And drop some weight then go back to training. Also I have a half marathon coming up isit bad to do the marathon while on the pills?
Hey
Jarrod can we use Shea butter on p2 I hear its good 4 stretch marks lol
Thx!
NEEDING HELP PLEASE.
im in the middle of week 2, 1st week really wasnt bad but yesterday and today im foggy, light headed, sour stomach, and have had a dull pain in my gut for 2 days. i feel like i want to die, is this temorary? ive dropped from 236 on day one to 221 on day 8. i dont want to stop now my goal is between 180 and 190. any help would be fantastic thats all and good luck. BTW emerils new york style mustard is awesome with no sugar, no fat, and almost no calories. finally some flavor!
Hello Everyone, Hope everyone is doing well, as for me I’m 10 POUNDS DIGUSTED….WHY, BECAUSE WE (ME) DO IT TO OURSELVES. I’d like to say those of you who have the strength to stay focus on the right foods when you’re off the diet-BRAVO and those like me, who are addicted to ALL BAD CARBS, GET BACK ON THE SADDLE UNTIL YOU GET IT RIGHT, IF YOU REALLY WANT IT RIGHT….I DO!!!!! HI JROD, LOTS OF LUV, SHERRY AND CHRISTINE!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Hi everyone:)
Sandra
it’s ok U will b back on it in no time! 😉 take care!
Hi everyone, I haven’t been getting much emails, not sure what is up but I wanted to check in. I have been on Maintenance for just about a week, and I am doing GREAT! i bought a vitamix and LOVE it and love being able to eat more variety, I know I am suppose to be here for 3 weeks but I am eager to do 1 more round and see if I can drop a quick 20 before my daughters party! I am on the fence, about this whole thing, I am really doing good and this is the 1st time like I shared before that I truly made it! I am shocked but know that I am on the right path and i just had to be there ready mentally! I have learned TONS of tricks from friends here close to me that are also doing the diet and they are WORKING FOR ME, so I’d love to have a few more email buddies. My email is ja_bunney AT Yahoo dot com.
hope everyone is doing GREAT!
Hi All. Hoping someone can answer a question… I’m on my very first round and had planned to go 40 days but realized that one bottle wasn’t nearly enough. Bad planning! I’m just about out of my drops and although I have more ordered, I don’t think I’ll get them before I run out. I’m wondering what is the best way to handle this. Should I just go ahead and do P3 or can I go off them for a couple days and pick up where I left off when my new drops arrive? Any info would be much much appreciated. Thanks!!
Hey all… I hope all is well with everyone… Sandra..we need to talk..! Gotta get u back on track.
Well today I sit at 99.2 lost since labor day..(Sept 3rd for any Canadians that may be here) haha
I was the same..250.8 yesterday…its like the day I want my milestone..it doesn’t come.!
I end this round Friday…sooo.. hoping to get there tmmrw morn! Then a 3 wk break before my last
Cycle to lose my last 20-25..probabaly 25 so I can flucuate 5lbs..
Diva..
Yes u can do core strengthening ..yoga and pilates.. the bands and weights u can in moderation..
Just remember the day after u do the weights u may not lose…when u do anerobic training
You are breaking the muscles down and building up lactic acid in your muscles..well they will need
To repair themselves…so as u drink ur water thru the day ur muscles will hold on to the water to assist
In the hydration and repair…so drink lots of water on ur workout days.
Now about the shea butter for stretchmarks.. hmmm.. is shea butter like apple butter?? Haaha..
Kidding.. well I would think anything with the word “butter” in it is not good for u while on the drops..
But..u can wait to do that when ur off cycle..?? Or..just try it on a non workout day and see how or
If it effects ur weight. I’m sure no one will mind stretchmarks (“Lifes story lines”)
Kam..
Well I would concentrate on the weight loss first…then the workin out.! U can and will get in
Better shape once u lose the weight and pretty fast once u hit the workouts..u prove to be tough
Enough just by joining the AirForce.. I was in the Army for 9 yrs..in the mid 80’s..to early 90’s..
So trust me…u will get in good shape quickly in july once uu lose the weight.. as far as ur
Length of time on ur pills…I would stay strong and do the 6week cycle..since u have a timeline
Goal u want to reach..not like the rest of us here that just wanna lose the weight as it comes and can
Do the 3 week cycle..
Carolyn…
How is your path going?? Still doing it with ambition??
Dani…
How is the Hcg spray working for you? I seen it advertised on line and often wondered
How effective it is compared to the drops or injections or pills?
Jamie.. u know they say,.. “Trix are for kids..!” Haha.. however I’m interested in ur secret
Tricks… ur mixing veg on P2..well u know u read ur not supposed to..but I have at times
For variety at times and it didn’t seem to effect me..or that much…I try to stay away from
Doing it..but other times I do…
How is ur P3 going?? I love me some dairy..cheese and eggs too..Saturday I’m having an egg
And cheese / turkey ommlette. !
Showme..
How is ur symptoms coming along? U can ask those things…some on here have broken out
In a rash..due to the toxins trying to leave the body..or some see some temp hair loss
On the hcg.. some will get headaches due to ur body screamin withdrawl from carbs and sugars.
Some do get lightheaded…make sure ur eating all ur 500 calories..in the day…or when u feel ur
Lightheaded spell eat ur fruit then..( before ur lunch or dinner) could be a blood sugar drop..
And as far as ur sour stomach…could be from too much coffee or tea ur drinkin..not used to be
Being a lot of food to absorb the acid in ur stomach.. it happens to me sometimes..I drink too
Much coffee..try drinking more water.
Again…sandra..where have u been.? I’m missin my H-town homey.!?? I know where u are
Hiding behind the piece of. S.P.P.!! Come on out…let’s get u back ontrack before that
10 becomes..12 or 13..!
Siana where are YOU hiding??? We know ur out there..!
Well…everyone hang in there..!
This is all about ur life’s journey and adventure…not just a phase but a lifetime of
Effort… we can do this.. if ur off the hcg wagon..and getting this email and reading it..you
Know who u are… time to get back in the saddle and give ur life what u want and deserve!!
Jarrod..
JROD, I’M SOOOOO PROUD OF YOU, YES DO GET ME BACK ON TRACK!!!!!!!
Hi jrod
the sour stomach isnt the problem so much as the pain. its like indigestion burn but only the very top of my stomach. like reflux without the juice. ya, the lightheaded was blood sugar. i know that i have to eat on an exact schedule or it hammers me. i don’t normal have more than 1 cup of coffee a day and i carry to 1 liters of water with me at work, have another in the fridge at home. thanks for the help everyone, this place is a life saver!
Showme – I can’t help you with the sour stomach, mine just growls ALL THE TIME! However, I did notice the lightheadedness. Not until the last part of R2P2 though. I hadn’t had any problems until then. This is my 10th day on R3P3 and I’m starting in on the lightheadedness again. It went away after a couple days on P3. I make sure to eat my protein. I guess I just need to be really careful. It’s a little unnerving though for sure!!
I’m glad that you are all keeping with this! As of this morning, I’m less than 1/2 a pound from a 50 lbs loss!! It would be much more if I didn’t blow it on P3. I’m really going to have to work on that. I start out with good intentions… but both times, I’ve gained back around 7 lbs in P3. It’s pretty depressing when the first week back on P2 is used JUST to undo the damage!! But for 2 rounds of P3, it doesn’t seem to deter me. On my round 2 though, I DON’T cheat – AT ALL!!! Go figure…
The other odd thing I noticed is that after a week on P2, I seem to get cold much easier. And have a harder time warming up. Now don’t get me wrong. I live in Phoenix and that is a DEFINITE Plus!!! I HATE the summers here. So if I can be comfortable at a warmer temperature, I’ll be delighted!! So will my wallet! (Those summer electric bills are a KILLER!) Anyone else notice that?
Everyone stay strong!!! We can DO this! I haven’t weighed this “little” in probably 12 years. It sucks when you have 12 grilled shrimp and have to make a full birthday dinner for family, but not so much as lick for fingers while doing so, (last night), but it is so worth it. I’m in a size 16 jeans – and I CAN BREATHE!!! I haven’t worn those in Years! I had to start a new section of my closet for clothes that are simply unwearable. They hang or truly fall off. I’m not saving them for a relapse, but due to what I do, most of my clothes are professional and I’m going to take them to a consignment store and hope I make a bit of money to buy some new ones. I’m not quite ready to shop yet. I’d like to hit a size 14 so that EVERYTHING I buy will fit without question. (or lumps/bulges) I’m thinking after this round, I’ll have to go shopping. But I hate to. I’m only 1/2 way so whatever I buy, will hopefully only be temporary.
I know I’m rambling, but hopefully it might encourage someone a tad. We’re all in this suffering from a range of the same stuff – whether it’s physical, mental or emotional. I want to break the cycle of how I got to where I got to. You guys encourage me, hopefully I encourage you also!
Kristi
Hey kristi u r looking good im almost there
An was wondering where u always plus? if so r ur arms sagging lol
What will I do with this skin will it bounce bsck
How much more to lose? My round is finished June 5th
Thx!
Hi all!
I’m just starting. I’m in one week, and have list 17 pounds!! Soo happy!!
For all the ladies on the page
what deodorant and soap should I use while on this pill?
Jrod can u clarify something for me, I can 2 fruits a day and a stick thing and toast thin, 3 ounces of meat and veggies per meal. BUT I CAN NOT have the same meat, fruit, or veggies twice in one day o 2 days in a row? And I can not mix veggies. This stuff is confusing. I’m just trying to prepare myself before I start.
To Thediva – I have always had a weight problem, but I wasn’t a plus size until about 15 years ago. Two kids after that certainly didn’t help the problem!!
I have about 60lbs left. This current round is finished about 6/8. My birthday is the 9th and I refuse to be on this for my birthday!
My arms are sagging some, but not too bad at the moment. However, I am willing to do what some would consider forbidden. If I’m uncomfortable with how I look after I lose the weight I need to lose, then I’ll have surgery to correct it. I already have plans to fix the varicose veins via surgery. That’s first on my list. I personally don’t feel that I should use the surgery as a weight loss fix, but I don’t have a problem with using it to fix a problem area that I haven’t been able to fix otherwise. = ) I won’t make a decision about it until I get closer and figure out how I feel when I’m skinny! I may be so proud of myself that I’m fine with the way I look when I get there.
I did hit the 50 lb mark this weekend so I got to do a “happy dance”!
I’ve also adjusted my diet just a bit. This is my third round. The first round, I did 39 days EXACTLY as the manuscript said. No cheats at all. I did have to use lotion occasionally. I live in Phoenix and it was murder without it. For round two, I just used it regularly. If it slowed me a bit, so be it. But I still lost almost 20 lbs in 3 weeks. The other thing I did differently in round two was to have 100 g of low fat cottage cheese as my protein for lunch. It made the diet much easier for me. I have a REALLY hard time without any sauces etc. I’m a dairy lover – cheese, yogurt, sour cream, etc. The cottage cheese also seemed to be ok. Everything else was normal. For round 3 I’m doing the same thing as round 2.
I bought a new pair of size 14 jean capris from Wal-Mart yesterday. They looked so skinny that I thought there was no way they’d fit. I was quite shocked that not only did they fit, but the waist was actually a tad big. Granted, they’re stretchy. But when I came out to show my hubby, my daughter said, “WOW Mom! Those jeans make you look really skinny!” = ) THAT sure helps the motivation!
To Kan86 – As I understand it, you can’t have the same two – fruits, vegis or protein, on the same day, but you can repeat it the next day. I often repeat the same foods for multiple days. I do try to make sure I get enough red meat though. I have some problems with anemia and I don’t want it to get out of control.
Hey all hope everyone is having a greta week so far. So today May 24th is my DAY 1 of this diet. I am excited i get to eat until i explode for the next two days :). I am prepared and ready for this diet; i bought new deodorant, soap, and lotion (mineral oil, no nutritional value) and i have got all my fruit, meats, fish, veggies, food scale, potasium pills, calcium pills, organic green tea, water, mineral water, egg whites, and of course my HCG pills.
So this will be extra hard for me because my boyfriend (who i live with) thinnks that 500 calories a day will not be enough and that this isnt a good idea but i dont care what he thinks im going to try it anyways. Any ideas of how i can still cook for him and not still be on my diet? my boyfriend is Dominican and i am African American so it is hard for us not to eat meat and potatos and rice and stuff with sauces. Anyone have recipes for me so that i dont want to quit this diet and eat the awesome food i cook for him?
So today Day 1:I plan on eating
Oatmeal with friut (force of habbit have to have it)
McDonalnds Bacon, egg, cheese biscuit
Orange juice
Hash brown
Chipotle Burritto (extra rice and beans and meat)
fish filet
Fried chicken
mac and cheese
potato salad
corn bread
Day 2 plan to eat:
pancakes
eggs and cheese
biscuit and gravy
ribs
pulled pork
Rice and Gravy
carrot cake
Pot roast with potatos and carrots with gravy
corn bread
and butter pecan Ice cream
All the food i plan on eating is either left overs from this past weekend/week and/or in walking distance from my job and i have already pregamed on what i want to eat so that i dont crave it later on.
Okay so today on day one:
205 pounds
5’9″ tall
Measurements
B 38
W 35.5
H 48.5 (tight size 14 pants)
My goal is to lose 50 pounds so i want to be down to 155. I want to get down to measurements:
B 36-38
w 27-30
H 35-40 (size 6-8)
I am unsure if this is realistic to do but every bit helps. WISH ME LUCK! 🙂
Hi Kam86, I can tell you’re VERY EXCITED and I know you’ll do JUST GREAT!!!!! Thanks Thediva!!! HIIIII(: Jrod!!!!!!!!!!!! Sherrie are you at your Mom’s, TELL HER HAAAAPPPY BIRTHDAY FROM THE BLOG !!!!(I’M SURE EVERY ONE SAYS IT ALSO-SMILE) TEXAS GIRL CHRISTINE WAZ UP GIRL???
Hi all so i started my diet on Tuesday i did my two day load and today is my first day of 500 calories. I wear a pedometer everyday and my daily activity of just walking to work and walking around my office i burn 400 calories a day. PLUS i do 30 min of walking every night. If i am only taking in 500 calories and burning say 700 is that safe? should i increase my protien to 4 ounces so that i have more strength?
Are headaches and cravings normal for day 1? HELP LOL 🙁
Hey everyone….!!
Been a lil busy all week…..had Graduation events all week for my daughter..
and also had a co-worker pass away 2 weeks ago…so there was the wake on thurs
and funeral on Fri…. then my daughters grad on Sat….so I been up and down
all week….
But…..got to hang out on P3 for lunch with Sandra on Friday…. how much fun
was that Sandra…!!
Kam…. you CAN do this… I WOULD limit the walking to 4 times a week….
and YES 500 cal is ENOUGH food while on the HCG…..
The cravings will go away after a week ( DONT CAVE IN !! ) the headaches
are from your body going thru withdrawls from all the crap u used to eat..
all the sugars and carbs and fats……so let your body level…..stay the course
it will all get better…( I am sure you are reading this now going….Oh..yeah..it has )
When ever I get hunger pangs on the plan…I have a little water…or some green tea
and I “tell” myself… “it is NOT hunger pangs….it is only my body “eating” its own
fat away”…… so then I dont feel so bad… I think about the fat being eaten away
and not thinkin about food…..so….it works for me !
Hang in there you can do this !!
Jarrod
Jarrod – Sandra – I want a lunch date.
Hi Christine, how r u ? Sure, we can do lunch, let me know when you’re in town? I REALLY ENJOYED JARROD, IT’S LIKE WE HAVE KNOWN EACH OTHER, AND I GUESS THE EARLIER GROUP WAS JUST CLOSER. EVERYONE I AM LOOKING FOR A REALLLY GREAT HCG BRAND!!!! PLEASE POST YOUR BRAND, WEB-SITE, COST AND EFFECT!!!THANKS!!!
Good afternoon everyone.
I’m new to blog, have been reading your post for about a week and they have been helpful.
I am in phase 4 currently. I lost about 20 lbs roughly on the first round. and i love this diet, BUT i am having an issue and i hope someone can help.
Maybe you guys have experienced this as well, roughly around the time i entered phase 4 i started experiencing an increase of hair shedding. I have long medium hair and i’ve always shedded a bit, but now its ridiculous. No one knows i am doing HCG drops, so i’m a bit hesitant to ask for help. I can done some research and found that a lot of people take 5 biotin pills a day and have seen great improvement within weeks. I know increased hair shedding/hair loss can be linked to malnutrition/ protein deficiency/ pregnancy/ low calorie intake. So obviously the drastic 500 calories a day has an impact on hair, does the pregnancy hormone have such a strong impact as well?
But anyways, thanks for your time. Hopefully someone can reply to my concerns. Has anyone experiences increased hair shedding with/since hcg drops? If so, how long did it last and what was done to improve? This is driving me insane. =(
Hey all Sandra jarod Christine how r ya? Sherrie where r u?
Happy memorial day 10lbs 2 rd2 goal
Yeahhhh love the drops Christine they r the best!
Ok no loss 2 days may need apple day how does it work again? No breakfast apple for lunch at 12/1 pm 6 total right so every three hours day 1 and eat 1 at breafast And 1 at lunch next day then eat dinner???
Jarrod Sandra Christine help!!!
I was losing hair too, very scarey, I do 1 (7500 mg) of biotin a day, and finally it has slowed down the hair loss
Hey Sherrie
How r u? And the lil 1’s
Are you maintaining? Did u lose more?
How r u? I’m doing pretty good, working a lot and staying busy. And the lil 1′s They are fine, growing like weeds, both have 2 bottom teeth and one army crawls and the other one used to scoot on her butt, but is crawling on her hands and knees now
Are you maintaining? No! Did u lose more? NO. Infact, thinking seriously about going back on drops tomorrow for the month of June. Need to get about 25 lbs back off, this is NOT fun
Kam, I say the walking is fine. I used to do a mile everyday, and that’s the only exercise I would do while on p2(well, last time I added crunches). Anyway, remember, your body is pulling from stored fat, so you are actually getting more than 500 calories. It’s pulling between 2000-2500 calories a day. Usually within about 3 days the hunger pains/ headaches will go away.
Sherrie,
Thanks for replying.
I am taking two 2500 biotins a day, should i take one more you think?
How long did the hair loss last and how long before you saw it slow down once you proceeded with the biotins?
I’m seriously freaking out, i really wanted to continue with round 2 but im petrified. =(
I surfed the internet(even though I had heard of this happening to other people) and it said not to worry unless you get a bald spot. Mine lasted quite awhile. The beautician said this happened to another lady that was also on the drops, but her hair has come back in. I guess it was falling out for probably 6 months and it took a good 2-3 months for me to see a difference taking the biotin. 5000 mg should be fine, mine is just 7500 mg and I only take one a day
HELLO EVERYONE!!! WELCOME BACK SHERRIE!!! NO ONE HAS SUPPER HCG DROPS THAT R WORKING GREAT!!! PLEASE LET ME KNOW!!!!
Oh Lord.
Well, i will try not to freak out about it too much, as im sure the stressing isnt helping either.
How many rounds of drops did you complete?
I’m not sure if i should proceed with a second round, i would LOVE to lose another 20-40 lbs but i definitely don’t want to lose any more hair. =(
Hey all…..
Christine….do you know how long it took for Sandra and I to clear schedules
to meet up for lunch? haha… it was about 2 months…. between cycles
and both being on P3 at the same time..and then work or after work schedules..
Well…if you wanna be in the planning process for our next one…..bring it !!
haha…we welcome all Texans !! haha…
Jarrod
I think it was after my 3rd round when I started noticing it. Right now, I have 20 lbs to lose AGAIN. Am thinking of either going back on p2 tomorrow, or just trying very hard to eat sensible and get it off on my own the healthy way. I kept mine off within 2 lbs for months, but then screwed up terribly at Christmas time, then would get within 5 lbs and screw up again.
Good luck with whatever you decide to do
I’m at the end of my 3rd round of Phase 2. I had NO hair loss problems for the first two rounds, but this round has been ridiculous. I knew it was possible so I hadn’t overly stressed too much about it yet. I do have fine, thin hair though so I can’t afford to lose too much!! I will get some Biotin and try it. Thanks for the tip. I figured regardless, the hair would eventually grow back in and I would be thinner.
I hit 54.8 lbs gone this morning! Stupid scale just wouldn’t stay at 189.8!! I refuse to say I actually lost 55 lbs – until I’ve actually done it. I was hoping for 60 total by this round, but I don’t think it’s meant to be. I still have a few rounds to go, but I’m still heading into my 41st year 55 lbs lighter!! Whoopee!!
I’m actually wearing a size 14 capri jeans for the first time in forever! I’m so excited. I know others of you are equally excited to be reaching these “new” areas. For me this is now 12 years ago and counting. I had to call my sister last week and ask her what year she graduated from college. I wore a dress that I bought for a concert at her graduation. IT FELT AWESOME!!! She graduated in 1999. = )
So hang in there folks, it IS possible. Thanks for the encouraging words as you share amongst each other. They encourage all of us.
Gonna try this again, lost 20 lbs first time and put 10 back on. Started a second round but quit a few days into it. I did my load days last wed and thurs. Saw some lose first few days then couldn’t sleep and ate 5 biscuits and cookies. That’s screwed me up. I’m back on track now. I am wondering what the effect of exercise is while doing this diet? Not strenuious, just treadmill for an hour a few times a week? Will that hurt or help? I’ve spent time doing treadmill before and was told the weight wasn’t moving because I wasn’t eating enough protein. Is that gona happen again?
So today is day 10 (counting my load up days) on my HCG Pill diet and i started at 205 and today June 2 i weighed in at 196.3. i am sure i would of losed more but memorial day cookouts got the best of me, so i had to do the apple day to fix my mistakes. So im going strong hoping that i can lose 25-30 within the next month (by July 4th). Wish me luck.
Keep up the good work everyone. I really wamt to say that this page has helped me cout a lot and i want to thank all of you :).
Thank you! i truly appreciate it!
I’m going insane over here with all this hair shedding, i hope it stops soon.
I too have fine hair and i can not risk this shedding going on much longer.
It may seem silly but it has really driven me to a depressive-ish state. lol. i just dont know what to do. I bought some more vitamins for hair today and upped the biotin so hopefully it will improve.
Also, has anyone dared to have protein shakes while on phase 2??
I know its not “allowed” but i need to fine SOME way to fit protein in there, afterall, hair IS protein. Let me know if you guys have or know if it will really negatively affect me. I found some with as little as 3 carbs and 1 sugar. about 120 cals and 28 gms of protein..
Hey everyone! I am starting the drops today! All of your stories are amazing! Except the hair loss…Question, what do you mean by phases? And what’s with the apple thing? I am kinda young and this is my first time doing any type of dieting so any info will be greatly appreciated. Thanks!
Hi Ashley, Congrats on starting the drops and taking the first step to a healthy life. How young are you? How much do you need to lose? My recommendation to you is that you must read “dr. simeons hcg protocol manuscript” You can google it and find it for free. Download it and read it and read it again to make sure you understand it. It will answer many of your questions. Use this blog if you have any more questions. We are here for you. Many successful people are on this site. Many people on this site have also struggled. We help each other. Best of Luck.
Christine,
I am 25 and probably should loose 40-50. I will definitely look that up, thank you. You all seem very supportive of each other, which i know will help me too 🙂 thanks!
HELLO EVERYONE, We all know this DIET WORKS IF WE WORK. I entered phase 4 April 25th 2011, of round 2 weighing 209, BLUE BELL ICE CREAM AND BIRTHDAY CAKE came into my life “again”, seems like EVERYDAY 🙂 !!! GAINED 9 POUNDS!!! So I started rd3 ph1 June 4th, weigh-in 218 (2 day splurge). Ph2, June 6th, weigh-in 219, June 7th “”214”!!!!!! June 8th 211, and June 9th, 210. AS GOOD AS THE HCG DIET IS I don’t want to yoyo my body up and down this way. My goal is “200” “205”, to FOLLOW THE DIET STRICTLY, to MAINTAIN MY WEIGHT AND “EAT & STAY HEALTHY”, SO I PRAY THIS IS MY LAST ROUND OF ANNNNNYYYYY DIIIIEEEET!! SO THIS ROUND I AM GOING TO WORK THE WHOLE DIET FOR THE REST OF MY LIFE. GOOD LUCK TO YOU ALL!!! Will stay posted from time to time. Thank you everyone for your support and A SPECIAL THANKS TO DAVID WALLACE for his experience and this blog!!!!!!!!!!!
Sandra, know where you’re coming from
Have you ever checked bmi chart to see what your bmi is at 200 lbs. I don’t remember your height, but I would check it as you want to at least be in the “normal” bmi weight to be healthy.
I, like you, am having to do another round, which I’m NOT happy about, except I have gone up 20 lbs. I will do 3 weeks and then if I have too, will do mini rounds to finish up. This time, I want to do it right and keep it off.
JUDY, how are the mini rounds working for you?
Happy Friday to all !!
Well I am glad that it is Friday… I have finallly had time to get on here and post…
I have been reading…and for the last 8 mo.. I see that some people have issues
with Hair loss….others don’t… some have issues with rashes…while others dont…
some have headaches while others don’t.. Some of us gain weight in P3 more than we
are supposed to ( 2 lb margin ) and some in P4 after months gain more and are back
on the plan again. We all have different blood types and body chemistry…
so not “one” person will be the same in the way the HCG works on us…some of us
are Men…and some Women…some younger where it comes off faster…some
are older where the metabolism has slowed down as the older we get….
also some have other medical issues, such as whacked out thyroids, or Diabetes
or whatever… What I am getting at is we all do it different and it is all different..
if you follow the plan…whether it be 6 week or 3 week plan…STICK to it
and follow it you WILL lose…if you have more to lose..then stay to the plan
for the 3 week P3 plan…to not gain back what you have lost before.
if you do make it to P4…then be glad you made it there and really change the wy
you LIVE and eat so as to not gain it back. We al love you guys here…but really
dont wanna see you here !!! haha…
THis plan has been very successful for me…in the last 8 months I have been on 6 week P2 and on P3… and 4 week breaks in between to re-set.
I have lost 102 lbs ( 6’2″ ) from 348 to 246… I want to lose another 20 to be where I should be.. I am on P2 now…and will be until 2 July.. I am lucky… I have had no
“symptoms” or issues while on HCG… ( except for I cant normally do 6 weeks.. it is more like 5 to 5 1/2 weeks..before I become immune to the HCG and need a 4 week break. )
Carla…
Did you start another round ??? 20 lbs is Do-able with a strict round.
Kristi…
I KNOW you are past 55 lb loss by now…!! CONGRATS !! I know a size 14 Capri jeans you are a’ rockin !!
Candy…
Stop with the cheating and STAY on the plan.. it works… the plan doesnt
fail….people fail the plan !!! You can do it… and the treadmill in moderation
will be ok… but remember your calorie intake is low….so if you over do it
will will get light headed and will need to stop !! Some streneous exercise
will have the opposite effect on you.. you will GAIN weight…if you are building
lean muscle mass it will replace the fat…you wont see it on the scale at all.
Kam…
Where are you at now.?? last we heard you were down 9 lbs…???
I know you are going for a Air Force goal…. so how is it going ???
Sherrie….
No worries…. you are back here and back on it… that is ALL that matters.
we all have set backs and step back up to the plate to keep it under control..
good for you !!
As far as the BMI advice to Sandra goes…be careful with that advice…
beacuse that is “old school” info… the nutritionists and Dr.’s today use
a guide of “Body Fat” index and not so much the “Body “Mass” index of
weight…the measurements of Body fat is taken from height and weight and
measuring of the neck, arms, and waist and hips for a woman to calculate the
Body fat range… and Men it is Height and Weight and measurements of the neck
and waist.
If you stricly use a BMI calculator you are doing Height and weight..and doesnt
take in consideration for Men or Women or body frame types.
So for Sandra ( at 5’11” and 200 lbs would be 27.9.. ( 25-29.9 is Overweight )
but if ever saw her…she is tall and has a frame that supports it and does Not
look overweight at all )
The BMI is only a guide… and Not very acurate… Look at a male who is 6’4″
and 275 lbs…that is number 33.5..and is Obese !! Anything over 30
is Obesity…!! sounds like that guy needs to lose weight NOW….because being
Obese is MORE than just being “Overweight”..!!
Oh yeah….”that guy’s” name is Duane “The Rock” Johnson”….
His body fat content is at 7%…( 15-18% is Normal for Men.. and 22-25% for Women
is Normal ) So….really….get your measurments and calculate your body fat and
look where you are at a “Body Fat” measuement…and NOT a BMI…
( well…that is MY opinion anyway..)
Sandra…. Keep on rockin !!! You are killin it !! once we hit P3 in July we will
hang for lunch again !!! Have a great weekend !!
Jarrod
Hey hey
Sherrie jarrod Christine!!! Where is Sandra Judy an Sheri kami?
I’m almost 2 my final goad 15 lbs 2 go!
Who has the p4 blog and maintaince site! Need to talk to some ppl who have kept it off for 6 months or longer. And our group nerds to start a p4 LIFER page lol
Happy Friday p2 stay strong;)
Hello all! Sorry it’s been a while since I posted, although I read all the posts every day. Sherrie, we did the “mini rounds” for a few weeks, starting first with a 2 week round and then moved it to one week, basically 5 days on, 2 off….I think the one week would work best to help maintain, especially if you have a penchant (as my hubby and I do) to want to really go all out on the weekends. Anyway, we actually took a break from the whole HCG thing for a couple of months. I was able to maintain within 3 lbs of my lowest weight until the past 3 weeks…we had company 2 weekends in a row then traveled on vacation the third weekend…and we just let go of any thoughts of diet or healthy eating…so I gained 7 more pounds during those 3 weeks…BUT, we started again on P2 this past week, and in 4 days of dieting, I have lost 7.2 lbs, hubby lost 7.4 I have about 20 lbs more I want to lose, hubby wants to lose about 30, so we are on a minimum 3 week round right now….We started this diet September 11, 2010….I have lost 51 pounds, hubby about 85 lbs (he gained back a bit more than I did when we were off the diet for these few months). It is still the BEST I have ever done about losing and KEEPING the weight off….we hope to be at our goals soon….and we will keep it off, no doubt about it. IF we slip, we go back on HCG….it just is a miracle weight loss program…if you stick to it…Good luck to ALL!
Judy, so glad you got back to me. You and your hubby are doing fantastic. If you’re like me, I usually lose about 15 lbs on the 3 week. I lost 3 lbs my first vlcd which was yesterday(1 down, 20 to go). I am hoping to get within 10-15 of my goal with these 3 weeks, then will probably do the 1 week at a time to get the rest of the way.
I just hope next time I get it off, that I can keep it off and do the correction day if I go 2 lbs up. It’s hard when you’re on vacation to stick with dieting though, so know where you’re coming from. I put on 10 lbs in the week I was gone the first part of May and never did get it off like I would have before, but that was my own fault, as I went back(as did Sandra) to eating the ice cream/cake. Not good!!
Hey everyone,
So i went against jrod’s advice and i did my half marathon, i ate carbs for two days prior to my run. before i started eating carbs, extra protien, and energy drinks i was at 11 pounds lost in 10 days. after my run and the amount of food i ate i gained back 4.5 pounds. i am back on my diet and back at 9 so im still going. I need to get back on track and stay focused so i can drop atleast 20 more by the end of july.
Hey Judy and Sherrie so r u saying that once a person hits their final goal You can never eat cake or ice cream again w/o returning 2 HCG?? Or did u mean only in moderation?? I’m confused who has been off 6 months or longer at goal weight on here ANYONE??
The diva
I had mine off for 4 mos and maintained before. I did eat cake/ice cream/cookies, etc without putting on(just didn’t have much of those), but then come Christmas time, I over did it and went way over board, that’s what caused me to gain, then I was up and down within 5-10 lbs for a few mos, then went home and went over board AGAIN. You can get it off and keep it off, you just have to work on it
Hi we need 2 find a p4 blog or start 1! Ok I understand now! How r the lil ones?
I’m not a big sweets eater but I love fries, beans, wheat bread and rice easier 2 control than sugars??
I….’m back…….!!!Been reading every blog and started to feel lonely so it was time to share again. Started back on HCG 5/30. Can’t even remember which round but know I’ve been up and down, back and forth since Jan. 10th of 2011. (My first intro to HCG) and it does work. I don’t gain an abundant amount on P3/P4 because it has taught me to control my eating habits. I just didn’t lose that great (because I cheated) on the last rounds. After my load days I have now lost 9 lbs., and doing really well this round. Away from school (work) and able to really control myself. I’ll stay on P2 as long as I continue with my control. Or until I can have a lunch date with Jarrod and Sandra. Beginning of July looks good to me. I start work again July 11th. Sandra did you get my email? Hope all is well with you. Everyone have a Blessed day. Time to go eat an apple.
Hey hey look what I found on a p4 after hcg site sounds interesting!!
recommended for phase 4 aka the rest of your life: 5 days a week, follow the phase 3 protocol; 1 day of the week eat whatever you want; the day after you eat whatever you want, do an apple day. That’s it!
Diva, that’s not the way you’re to do it when you’re done. You need to eat normal on p4, you can have a piece of cake, not the whole cake, some ice cream, not the whole pint of ben and jerrys, get what I’m saying. It’s quantity, you start eating too much of one thing, you will put on. You are to use the steak/apple or steak/tomato day for life. If you put on your 2 lbs. get it back under control right then and there, that’s where I messed up. I am happy to say yesterday was my 2 days(of 21) of vlcd and I’m down 6.2 lbs, I have 20-22 left to get back to my goal
Hello Everyone! Christine I thought I e-mailed u, sorry, will do!! Thediva, glad to read of your success, keep up the good work! Sherrie I’m not into bmi and all that stuff, I feel my body will let me know when thats enough and my mind will say: GIRL YOU LOOK GOOD!!!!!!! You sent some info once before and I know 165-175 for 6’11 is toooo SKINNNY for me. SO FOR ME, FORGET WHAT THE BOOK OR SOCIETY SAY: IT’S WHAT YOU AND YOUR BODY FEELS AND THINK!!!!! I Think that’s about what someone on this blog said, “OH, I KNOW WHO MY DEAR JRRROD’. Thanks anyway Sherrie and goodluck!!!
AND FOR JRROD “YOU’RE AWESOME” 102 LBS AND YOU LOOOK GOOOD!!!! EVERYONE, IT WORKS IF YOU WORK IT; WORK IT AND YOU WILL GET TO WHERE YOU WANT TO BE!!!!!!
Sandra, i totally agree with you. It’s whatever you feel comfortable, and healthiest at. I’m 5 9.. and i know im COMFORTABLE and HEALTHIEST (personally) at about 185.. my fame is big. I will never be anorexic/super model looking, and i embrace that because i wouldn’t like it either. Anything below the 185 i think my head looks much too tiny for my frame hahahah. But everyone is different, its just really important for people to go by whats best for themselves.
I still got some more round to go. Right now i am taking a break from HCG until my hair condition gets better. I’ve read that it is very very common and that the hair will come back and stop shedding, i just dont want to risk it. I’m paranoid like that. i need to SEE it myself stop shedding before i continue. But yes this diet DEFINITELY works without a doubt. i would totally recommend it for anyone seeking weight loss HOWEVER, PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE RESEARCH EVERYTHING YOU CAN! dont believe the whole “no side effects”, because frankly, there is..for ANY diet and every separate individual.
I would personally load up on vitamins and do a cleanse before starting HCG..that’s my advice to anyone out there thinking about trying this diet. It’s amazing, just be prepared for it. I don’t think, heck, i know i wasn’t ready for it. I was ready for the actual diet part, the food restrictions and all of that, that part i do not mind one bit and can do over and over..the side effects FOR ME however, wow..that right there i was not prepared for and definitely drove me into a pretty scary depression for a few weeks. Luckily things are clearing up and seem to be getting better.
Good luck to EVERYONE!!! and wow Jrod, 102 lb loss?!? that is freaking incredible!
Carla,I agree w/ the vitamins, only time I don’t take them is on hcg diet, but before starting, I load up. GLAD TO HEAR YOUR HAIR IS UNDER CONTROL, you’ll be fine!!!! How much are you trying to loose?
HAVE A GREAT HCG DAY EVERYONE!!!!!!
I hate HCG weekends!!!!!!!
Sandra,
I am trying to lose about 30-35 more lbs. Im going to do about 2 or 3 more “short” rounds.. 15 days each. =) Oh and i’ve taken vitamins during HCG and it hasnt effected negatively =)
Gooood morning everyone… I hope u all have a great week..!
Much success to everyone..!!
Jarrod
HELLO EVERYONE!!!! Carla Thanks for the info on the vitamins, what about during ph3???
You know some vitamins have sugar-right? Well, Christine the Week-ends OVER!!!!! Hello Jrod, we have a diet for ph3, don’t forget!!!!! Christine try and join us!!!! Sorry the rest of you are not HOUSTONIANS 🙂 or close to us. HEEEEEY SHERRRIE!!!
Has anyone else tried “SUCCESSFUL” MINI ROUNDS, besides Judy and Sherrie??????????
Sandy..! WHY ARE YOU YELLING AT PEOPLE ON HERE !! hahaaha….
Well I would think vitamins help with everyone always…. if you take a mutli-vitamin
that will be better than nothing….others ( myself included ) take a B-complex
blend as well. I havent had hair loss….which is good..!! haha…I still have a
full head of hair….keeping it why I can… Once I get off the HCG… I plan on staying
off it for good…once I reach my goal I can get back into the gym and work out
5 days a week…for the healthy, stronger, feeling fit person I used to be..
and want to be again…once you get to maintain it….it is so much easier
than to have to diet and restrict… but exercise is not for everyone ( I mean.. it IS
for everyone…but not everyone does it or takes the time or effort to do it..even
3 days a week would be a benefit ) I am talking to myself here included here..
it was a huge part of my life for so many years and after a bike accident and surgeries
and steriod injections into my spine and physical therapy and chiropractic
care….I gained weight…and then more…cuz I couldnt work out…then got depressed
cuz I couldnt…then….depressed cuz I gained weight…so ate to make me feel better.
and then got depressed for eating….vicious cycle….so…it is time to change it..
this sunday I turn 45…(yes on Fathers day) So NOW it is time…. the older
you get the harder it is to lose..!!! So this is the year I get back into the best shape
I have been in the last 7 yrs !!
Well Christine….as it gets closer to first week or so of July….the 3 of us
will coordinate and meet up for lunch!!
I hope you all keep strong and keep going…NO its NOT easy….but… nothing
rewarding is easy…. I never asked God for it so be easy…just to be worth it..
and it is Worth it !!
Jarrod
Congrats Jrod! It’s amazing how big your weight loss was/is and how your strong body/immune system never acted up on the massive diet change and weight dropped. thats truly awesome. I wish that was the case with me. heck i lose 20 lbs and my body starts freaking out over here. i shake my head. haha. But everyone is different, that is true.
Sandra, yes i am aware that there is sugar and other “prohibited” ingredients in supplements such as vitamins and you will be amazed to find out that i did end up trying even protein shakes on the last half assed “mini” round and i did not gain weight with that either. I did count the protein shake as a meal though. As for the vitamins, i don’t think that the amount of sugar in them is significant enough to effect us as some may think. Again, everyone is different and out bodies MAY react negatively, as in weight gain, while taking vitamins on HCG phase 2. I take them everyday now, and plan to take them every day for the rest of ever. If at some point they DO start making me gain weight while on HCG, then i do not think i would continue HCG..simply because of everything i’ve gone through previously. But that would be a shame since i am a fan of the diet at this point.
Well, i hope you guys have a great day!
Hey hey jrod or Christine;
Need help 4 days from 40days of rd2p2 stalked a few days but lost 1 pound today! 🙂 5lbs from 2nd goal do I stop and add those to last round? Anyone ever did just 2 days of no drops b4 starting p3? Judy /Sherrie with those mini rounds??
Thx
Thediva, don’t know what you mean by do I stop and add those to last round. As far as no drops, low calories, you have to wait 72 hours from last drops to go to p3. I only do my drops in the morning(take them all for the day), so if my drops are taken at 10:00 a m on a Monday, then anytime after 10:00 am on Thursday I can go on to p3
Carla- Thank you. I remain dedicated to this until I get to my goal and then maintain..
of the 5 cycles I have done in the 9 months… I have done 2 six week cycles, 2 five week cycles, and 1 four week cycle, not in that order..but when I do the 6 week cycles
about 37 – 38 days in my body does become immune to the HCG and I dont lose
and I get really hungry and lightheaded and tired..SO I stop…and wait 4 weeks before
I started the 5 or 4 week cycles…and then 3 weeks off so I wont become immune
to it. I havent had any other issues (side effects ) from it. So I can say it has
worked for me… I do tend to gain 5-7 lbs during those breaks on P3…not the
2 lbs limit…but I figure since I am 6’2″ I can swing a 5 -7 lb gain like most others
that are shorter and smaller person with 2 lbs. I am ok with that. I KNOW
I will gain that…because I know I will be doing another round…and REALLY load
on my load days…so..its ok. haha..
Other than that the only side effect I really seem to encounter is lack of
going #2…I wouldnt say constipated…but…just lack of going.. so about every
2 days… I will drink a cup of Super Dieters Tea ( in the tea section at any grocery
store ) to help things move along the next day.
Jrod,
Yea, i too come across the whole constipation/lack of going potty problem. But that’s something i always deal with anyway so i dont necessarily link it to hcg. its only natural to go less often when your diet is being altered so drastically and so little food is actually being eaten. on my first round i was hesitant in taking laxatives while on hcg, but since then i take fiber supplements every other day to help along. Although i am only 5’9”, i too gain more than 2 lbs on phase 3..currently it is 5 but i have slacked off since the whole hair issue. I plan to do a few steak days (not back to back but just in general) and see where that puts me. Hopefully it helps. After that i will simply watch my intake much for carefully, wait until the whole immune system/ hair issue sets back to normal, and continue with HCG once again.
Question??? At one time we could purchase the drops on e-bay. Is that still possible? If so, would somebody send me a link to what you’ve taken? Thanks so much!!!
Heyyyy all I hope fathers day was great! Jr
Jarodddd I’m in p3 and I’m a 6 footer like u:) will fo 1 mote round so today day 3 rd 3 I’m up 1.4 from ldw should I correct or just wait??? I don’t think I’ve been eating enough!
Hey all
Having trouble getting in my calories this round! Rd2p3 day 5 Just not hungry much but if I dont eat 2,000 cal I wont stabilize right???also during p3 r u still losing inches?
J rod I need ur answer!! HELP!! lol
Thx all
Can someone tell me the directions for an apple day?
Hey All so i have been doing this diet M-F’s and doing Atkins on the weekends and so far its been 30 days and i have lost 15 pounds total. That is a good start for me. I have to lose 15 more to qualify for the Air Force weight scale. I plan on doing another in July for 30 more days and work out more.
Candy
Apple a day is 6 apples and water for 24 hours Nothing Else. so lunch to lunch the following day. so no coffee, tea, no other foods besides 6 apples and do not go over 6 apples. I have done this twice and trust me 6 apples are enough if you spread it out.
does anyone have thoughts on the homeopathic drops v/s the “real ones?
Diva, no, you do NOT need to eat 2000 calories.
Okay, so I needed to get off 24 lbs I had put on. My son has been going to a quick weight loss clinic since Feb or March(can’t remember which), he’s down from 313 to around 250 and looks great(he’s almost 6’5″). It’s pretty much the atkins diet from what I can tell(high protein, under 20 carbs). Well, I decided the other day(after doing hcg 5 days on drops then going off and not even watching what I was eating and putting all 9 lbs back on in 3 days)I was going to try this diet. I started this Tuesday weighing 161, the next day, I was up to 162, I thought oh crap, but was bound and determined to do it a week before giving up and going back on hcg. Then Thursday morning I was at 158.2 and today 155.2
I love this diet! I don’t have to take drops, I don’t have to weigh anything, I don’t have to feel hungry and I can have all the protein I want. I have bought some atkins shakes and although they’re kind of chunky, they’re pretty good tasting and am going to get some of their bars today. You wouldn’t believe how much food I’ve been eating. I’ve not craved any sweets(the ones of you that know me, know my sweets are my downfall) and I love feeling full and not having to be thinking of food all the time. So, the ones of you that are doing hcg and having a hard time with it, try the atkins diet, I think you will find it works just as good, if not better than hcg, and you’re not having to starve yourself. I found all the info on their website atkins.com
Good luck in whichever way you decide to lose weight. I guess I just got burned out on doing drops and having to weigh everything etc and have found this diet suits me much better
Hello
I can’t remember was it judy or Sherrie that talked about start over early?? Anyway
I’m on p3 day 8 and I want to start my 3rd and final round so I can be done!! Can I start now load sat/sun day 9-10 of no drops and start new round day 11 of no drops?? Really ready to get on with it lol
Thx!
Diva, you can start over today, but if you don’t wait at least 2 1/2 weeks in between, then you’re NOT to do load days.
I am losing just as fast on the diet I’m on, and I get to eat my 3 meals(you have to eat on this one. Right now, I just had my bacon, sugar free jello, which I think is just as good as regular jello if not better and coffee and my atkins protein shake. The first day, I went up a pound(have to get all the carbs out of you)Since Wednesday, I’m down 6.8 lbs
How much have you lost now?
does anyone have thoughts on how many veggies to eat? i’ve heard 3 ounces and i’ve heard 2 cups? also, how do you know if you are on the right drops??
Happy weekend All…!!
Tamala….
Goggle “Pounds and Inches”…download a free PDF file copy of it and read it…
it tells you EXACTLY how much of everything to eat..and WHAT Kinds of vegs and proteins you can and cant eat…
ANY diet works as long as you FOLLOW the plan…if it is Weight Watchers ..HCG..South
Beach….Atkins….they ALL work….if YOU dont fail the plan…If you follow any diet and exercise…IT WORKS…. ( HCG no…you dont have to work out….but believe me…when
you are off of the HCG….you BETTER eat right…and or exercise…or it WILL come back on…. 5lb….10….20….30… IF you dont learn to eat right…and then after eat all the crap your not…and then gain it all back…DUH…..common sense..!!
I LEARNED that lesson… In Jan 2000…( the New Millenium.. ) I went on the Atkins
diet at 350 lbs I had gained in 7 yrs….. I followed the plan to a “T”….first 60 lbs
fell off…then the stalls…the plateaus.. I needed to start exercising….I did…and
yes….it took me 11 months…( Thanksgiving day ) I lost my 100th LB…
(of course I needed a few days to take that 100th lb BACK off…since I ate like crazy
on Turkey day..) haha…
well..lost the other 50 lbs by June…and I kept the weight off….with a Low Carb
LIFESTYLE…..it was a way of life….6 yrs…I kept my weight down.. I worked out
4 days a week….life was good….
(then hit by a car while riding my bike on a long ride……back surgeries…and therapy
and lucky I cheated death ) ….I got depressed cuz I couldnt work out…so I started
to gain….I got depressed cuz I started to gain…and ate….and then ate to be happy..
my “good ol friend”…Food..!
So….in the last 4 yrs….I have gained all that weight but 5 lbs…BACK….
So here I was again…KNOWING I had to LEARN to EAT right…and not eat Junk..
and be out of control… Life is fun without planning it around food and social drinking..
if you do do it in moderation…Or….You will need to go on a diet..!
SO…I KNOW the Atkins plan… I know the HCG plan… you will hit walls and plateaus
with Both….you will lose a lot at first…then….not…..once you start exercising with Low carb….you will kick start it again. the ONLY difference between Low Carb (Atkins )
diet and HCG ( besides the obvious limitations to food qauntity and fat intake…)
is the exercise…. if you want to exercise…get on the Atkins…if you dont….stay on the
HCG… they are both great plans and DO WORK….but YOU have to put the work into it.
Nothing about LOSING weight is easy….But it is worth it…
With Me…like I said…11 yrs ago I lost 100 lbs on Atkins and working out in the gym
5 days a week….11 mo…
With HCG on cycles…I have lost 100 lbs in 9 mo…No exercise….( and I am older
and slower metabolism…)
But….here is what I DO know… once I am done and reach my goal of 225 lbs..(6″2”)
( 18 more lbs to go in 3 weeks ) I am down 106 lbs now….on my LAST round od HCG….(july 15th will be 10 mo ) of doing this…. once I reach 225 lbs… I AM switching to
the Low Carb (Atkins Way of LIfe ) ….and it HAS to be a WAY OF LIFE…it cant
be just for a time…. and off and on…. TAKE it from me…who has been there
2 times…Gain all that weight after I got out of the Army in 1992…once 2000 hit..
150 lb gain…. took me 18 mo to lose 150 lbs….kept it off..5 yrs ( Low carb way of life and working out 4 days a week ) ….then…completely let it go again….out of control..
took me 5 yrs to put it BACK on….from 2005…2010..145 lbs..
Now….I figure 3 – 4 more weeks to take back off that 135 lbs….to get to a goal
that I CAN maintain for life… I HAVE LEARNED MY LESSON…. I have felt the hurt…
the pain the disappointment in myself….the way I looked at me in the mirror..
for letting myself down…
HCG..Weight Watchers …Atkins….are not quick fixes and your ok… it is about a LIFESTYLE of patience…and work….daily struggles…and fight the food addictions..
fight is like you OWN IT !!!
you will be more happy…and you will enjoy your life…ALL we have to do it EAT
within moderation…and eat sensible..and get outside and get a long walk in..
or do some yoga ( my new kick…Ouch that %!!* is Hard !! ) and just drink your
water….and KEEP it off..!!
Cam…your approach of L.C. (Lowcarb ) weekends..and HCG weekdays….hmmmm..
interesting…. but if it is working for you.. GOOD !! I think I may have a LC day..
More protein…and no Fruits and all my Veg today…I may go for a tuna salad for lunch
and then that 12 oz steak tonight with Steamed Veg..for dinner.
and see what happens tomorrow…
Tamala….yes…look it up honey…
But for the short answer….yes…2 cups of veg (per serving) and 3 oz of Protein.
and your drops….well…it is hard to tell if they work our not ( unless you go buy
a pregnancy test kit and drop some on it….if its Blue ( your not preg ) but..
its positive…your good.
BUT dont be fooled if you are in your first few days….if you are HUNGRY…and feeling
like you are starving… IT IS ALL IN YOUR HEAD !! …. you up your water or tea of coffee
consumption…( stay away from diet sodas ) And tell yourself… I AM NOT hungry..
what I am feeling is…my body Eating its Own fat away !!
Good luck….
Carla… when are you starting back up…?/ How is the hair coming back in??
Diva…NO…you do NOT need to eat 2000 calories !!! WOW…
Look it up on the NEW calorie charts for women… “the Fed Experts” are
saying for women to eat between 1350 and 1500 cal a day to MAINTAIN weight..
Now…If you EAT the right foods…that is A LOT of food… if you eat crap…well
its not a lot…!!! Men are between 1500-1750… oh…but there will be days we eat between 2000 and 2500….just dont make those too many days in your week…!!!
Sherrie….Good Luck on the Atkins…it WILL work if you make it work for you..
but dont be discouraged after 2 weeks..when you hit the “Atkins wall”…
and plateau…ride it..and keep on it…sometimes it will last a few days..sometimes
a week…then you will see a “whoosh”….and will start losing again… Keep in mind
just because you CAN eat more fats with the atkins…doesnt mean you “have” to…
again…less fat you eat….easier you will lose…. those 24 lbs you gained back since
christmas didnt get there overnight….and…wont come off over night…
but… I DO miss hotwings…. I am comin to the LC way of life in 3 weeks !!!! haha..
Christine…it is a HCG weekend??? How are you holding up…. How many more
days do you have on this cycle.?? where is Sandra and when are we 3 doing lunch.??
Sannnnndra…..Come out of Hiding…!! Where are you…. speak up….!!
I have been outta town and back..and Busy….just had my 45th Bday on Fathers
Day last weekend…. ( no I didnt have cake…but a big warm choc chip cookie )
and I had Hotwings and a Salad…..so I gained 1 lb….and took it off my Tues…
so….I knew it was a 2 for 1 holiday day for me….Dang right I ate..!!
I have 3 more weeks to get there and only 1 DAY in there that will be an obstacle..
is 4th of July…YEs I am eating…I am celebrating… I am an Army Desert Storm Vet
and SOooo love ( My fave holiday ) is 4th of July…. I hope you all Love it…respect it
and honor it !!! its not just a day to bbq and get the day off from work.
Proud to be Free and celebrate our freedoms as Americans. !!
Well…that is ALL I have.. “Mr Rambling” on and on….. But it has been a while
since I been here.
HUGS TO ALL….. Stay stong on your paths…!!!
Jarrod
Hey to all old and new!
Thx jarrod and Sherrie I’m getting into research on Joe much I’ll need to eat to maintain mt new frame last round starts 7/5 25 lbs and I’m done yeah!!!!
God Luck 2 all!
Jrod, my son has been on atkins for 4 mos and is down 60 lbs and has not once hit a plateau. With this one, ahh, I can have my hot wings. 🙂
The thing I like is I don’t have to weigh meat, I don’t have to only eat this or that, and I can have all the protein I want, which keeps me from craving all the “bad” things.
I went to their site, and got my little package yesterday(free of charge) with 3 of their fantastic bars with low carbs.
Good luck to you all in whichever way you decide to lose weight. I had been going back and forth on drops, losing, then getting tired of limiting my food and then not waiting 3 days for the hcg to get out of my system and then gaining everything back. Whichever diet you do, it does have to be a lifetime change in bad eating habits. I do wish I would have tried this one a long time ago. 🙂
I found you amazingly intriquing. A very good writer, humble and warm. Plus very educated in this topic, given you have had to deal with it for years. I am young 23, So I am trying to drop this unhealthy living style ive adapted and keep a healthy mentally and eating habits for the future. I have gained excess weight. not much. but I want to do this young. Smart choice!
Ive cheated already haha. (adding maybe some extra calories by having a bloody mary at a 25th anniversary party and having a hambrger for lunch on my 4th day??) I am on GNC hcg drops. Not sure if I feel they are a placebo or not due to the fact they dont contain the actual hcg hormone? What are your perspectives on this product?
Thank you,
Sumaya
Sumaya:
“I found you educated in this topic, given you have had to deal with it for years.”
Yes…”Unfortunately” I am very well educated in this unhealthy style for a while
when I was in my pre-teen years…then in High School I was an athlete and didnt
have to worry so much about weight…and then I went into the Army for 9 yrs
and didnt a weight problem.. it was when I got out finished my college degree and
then got married and then settled down…I gained 150 lbs from 1992-2000..and then in 2000 read the Atkins book as well as the “Carbohydrate Addicts Diet book..
and well I started that in 16 mo lost that 150 and more.. I dedicated my life to that healthy lifestyle…and lived the low carb way.. in 2004..went thru a divorce and then in
2005 got into a biking accident while training for a Tri-athalon. back surgeries and
physical therapy and steriod injections I started to gain it all back…and in 5 yrs..
there I was again…….. this time I decided to do it the HCG way…and in 9 mo
I am 110 lbs back down…and will go to the LC way again and back to exercise
again by 3rd week of July. I LEARNED my Lesson…2 times !!
I know some people have the “fat gene”…and others who can eat anything dont !
So I know both diet plans very well.. I know what “my” body does and doesnt do
as far as the loss goes.
“I am young 23, So I am trying to drop this unhealthy living style ive adapted and keep a healthy mentally and eating habits for the future.”
YESSS,… You are young…DO it Now…when your metabolism is still very active and
dont wait til later in life.. get it set now and take care of it. FOR YOU.!!
“Ive cheated already haha. (adding maybe some extra calories by having a bloody mary at a 25th anniversary party and having a hambrger for lunch on my 4th day??)”
Well that cheating is going to get you no where real fast..the one thing about being on
the HCG is that you cant cheat…you will have BIG set backs… you will gain weight faster than you take it off..and will take longer to take that weight BACK off.
So dedicate yourself to 21 (or 40) days and do it. it is a small time frame to do
for the great rewards of the loss you will feel.
“I am on GNC hcg drops. Not sure if I feel they are a placebo or not due to the fact they dont contain the actual hcg hormone? What are your perspectives on this product?”
Well I know 2 people one on this site.. I think it is Sandra… and a friend of mine
that has tried the ones from GNC ( that is just labeled “HCG” on the box and they
dont work. that is all I know.
Sherrie:
“Jrod, my son has been on atkins for 4 mos and is down 60 lbs and has not once hit a plateau. With this one, ahh, I can have my hot wings.”
Well every “body” is different… I was on it 4 mo and lost 60 lbs…and then a month later when I hit the 75 lb loss point is when I started to need to work out to keep it
going…( well at the pace I wanted…of 10 lbs a month )
I love my hot wings !! haha…
“I went to their site, and got my little package yesterday(free of charge) with 3 of their fantastic bars with low carbs.”
Yes….they do have tasty bars and shakes..( if you freeze the shakes for a few hours..
jussst before they become fully solid…you can cut the bottom off of the drink container..and spoon it out like an “ice cream” BUT…be very careful of the
bars and shakes even tho they say 2 or 3 NET carbs.there are still a lot of carbs
in it and has a lot of “sugar alcohols” in them… carbs are carbs. I prefer to do it
naturally… Im not a big sweet or dessert fan anyway.
“Whichever diet you do, it does have to be a lifetime change in bad eating habits. I do wish I would have tried this one a long time ago. ”
I agree…ANY DIET people do WILL work….as long as they dedicate themselves to it
and not cheat… again.. I say.. its not the diet that fails…its people that fail the diet.!
good luck to you with yours.. I have some really awesome low carb recipes if you want
them…shoot me an email..
jarrod_1966 at yahoo.
I hope everyone is doing well !!!
Jarrod
Tomorrow is my first load day. (Wish me luck!) I’m an avid walker, and I only regret that I will have to give that up while on the hcg diet. I understand the reasoning behind why you’re not supposed to exercise while on this diet- but isn’t there ANY grey area? I’m talking a daily walk at a comfortable pace- not one that keeps your heart and feet pounding. Please advise me, friends. I want to do this right!
Susie…
Well first off…Good Luck… you can do this! Many sucessful people are on here..some 20lb.. 40.. 50
70lb losers on here.. myself am at 112 lb..10 mo and 7 cycles…it works.. the plan doesn’t fail people fail the plan.! I am 15 lbs from my goal…and looking forward to a life of maintaining..wen all have hopes and ddreams of getting there and staying there…
Anywho…to answer your question…yes you can walk up to 30 min a day..moderate pace…
So yes u can get your blood circulating and body moving..!
U will fight hunger more when u do walk…its natural for ur body to say…feed me!
So….don’t give in..! You CAN do this.!
My HCG drops are crap. Can someone give me a website with drops that work????? (The cheaper the better, by the way.) THANKS SO VERY MUCH!
Sage
Hi sage sorry 2 hear about your drops ;( Are you interested in giving them away?
Hellooooo crew,Jrod, Sherri Julie Christine and Sandra how r you all?
Sage,
Here you go it is HCG plus the amino acid blend.. this works.
http://www.evitaminmarket.com/2oz-Weight-Loss-Formula-HCG-Amino-Acid-Blend_p_641.html
Jarrod
@JRod — Thanks so very much! Ordering RIGHT NOW!
@Thediva — I have been using them and they are almost gone. I didn’t weight myself because I wanted a BIG surprise. Yeah, right. Big surprise was I GAINED two pounds while following protocol to a “T.” I bought some from creative bioscience that worked but they were $65. I have got to get back into my work clothes before the fall semester starts up.
Thanks again!!!
Im just completing Day 1 on Phase 2 and it was a dousy!! lol
My concern is that I didn’t properly load during phase 1. I ate a few ridiculous things but not nearly enough that I reading others have.
My Question is: Will not properly loading slow down my weight loss?
Also should I weigh myself daily or weekly?
Thanks!
Wow, great story and thanks for sharing. I did a round and lost 29 pounds in 40 days. I wish I could show you my weight loss graph! I was so happy. By the way I used a free tool to track it all and it you can use it to track your weight and all your food and it shows it on a nifty little graft. Thought I’d share it because it works great and it’s free. It’s here: http://www.myhcgdietjournal.com/ Good luck everyone!!!
Hi Everyone! I have a question.. has anyone done the updated, 800-calorie version of the HCG diet? I’ve read that you can add more vegetables and protein, and have a lite breakfast such as scrambled egg whites or fruit, making sure u only add enough calories to equal the 800. I think you can also add 30 minutes of lite cardio per day. Sounds intriguing and a lot more doable. I think I might give it a go.
@ JRod… I’m ordering my drops from your link today. Thanks for the recommendation!!
Where is everyone? How us everyone? HELLLLLIOOOO
IM WELL AND DOING GREAT R3p2 day 15
R1P2 day 5 and a total of 9 pounds lost. I am so glad I found out about this diet!
R1P2 day 7 and have lost 8.6 pounds 10.6 pounds since loading days or 8.6 pounds since the day before the loading days. Eating the right HCG foods for the most part but, certainly more of them. My doctor is monitoring me weekly and he feels 800-1000 calories of the same foods works very well when someone needs to lose more weight. I want to lose 85 pounds. I’m also doing Bekram Yoga 3-5 days a week and that helps. Good luck to everyone.
Hi Karen! Bikram yoga is intense! I’ve never done it but I know people who have and they LOVE it. Just remember to stay hydrated. 🙂 Good luck on your journey… you’re off to a great start! I’m on day R1D24 and I’m down 14 lb. I want to lose 30 more but I’ll be happy with 25. I’m doing the same drops that Jared used and I’m not hungry at all… I just miss food sometimes. 🙂
Hello to all
Hey where r u Sherrie, jarrod, Julie, Judy! Whats new
I’m done with rd2 headed fir my final round in 3 weeks i hope
So excited about eating b/c 40 days was tough lol
I ate today after 2 instead if tomo after 2 I hope I don’t gain….
I hope and pray u r all well and looking good.
Btw who in the old group is pass 6 months off? I need p4/beyond tips
Thx!!
Started HCG diet 4 days ago and have lost 8 lbs. Didn’t know I couldn’y exercise till I was reading some of your posts. I’m so glad i found this diet!!! I have been over wieght all my life and can’t wait to get new clothes!!!!
Can you have crystal light?
I am on my 3rd day, I have lost 6 pounds al ready! I have been feeling tired and sometimes hungry. I am searching for other meals. My lunches and dinners have been stir fry chicken breast in squeezed oranges (just the juice, eat the rest), herbs and pre-cut vegtables. I have’nt had the bread sticks. I gained 100lbs when pregnant and still had 40lbs to loose 3 1/2 years later! I am down to 169lbs and hope to hit my goal weight of 135lbs, the weight my husband married me at after having two previous children. I will keep watching for insperation and hopefully leave some of my own.
Hi I have been on the HCG diet now for 15 days I had to get off of it because I got sick so I’m going to start it all over again I lost about 16 pounds in those days I’m going to take it for another 32 days I’m hoping to lose 30 pounds!!
Hello All I hope ur r doing great,
Jarod, Judy, christine, Sherrie
where r y’all? Hope u r well!!
Someone answer this please
I want 2 do a mini round after a 23 day round do I stop in day 23 and go into p3 w/onthe 72 hour prep?? And many days can I b on p3 b4 going back on p2?
Hope I’m not sound to confusing! Judy I remember u did several mini rounds send me an email please
Thx!
Hey Diva!
You can stop your 23 days of P2 but keep in mind that the last three days of any amount of time on P2 should be 72 hours with no drops, but keep eating the normal 500 calories. You are getting the HCG out of your system during this time. According to the protocol, you should be on P3 at least 3 weeks….of course if you are wanting to try a “mini-round” which is NOT HCG protocol, then I would suggest that you stay on P3 as long as you plan to be on P2 during the mini-round. So, for example, you want to do a 10 day P2 round, then you should be on P3 for 10 days….good luck!
Judy, did you ever hit your goal weight?
Sherrie,
No, I never went back on the HCG after the last round…we have maintained our losses (hubby and me) so we are very happy about that. We still weigh every day and we really watch what we eat for the most part. I have really gotten into “eating light” recipes….I still would like to lose 20-25 lbs….and we are going to start a new program when we get back from another vacation in a couple of weeks. It’s one I saw on TV about Fat Lovers diet….or something like that….its combining normal foods in the right sequences (protein, good starch, bad starch)….sounded interesting, still waiting on the books/info I ordered….so will let everyone know how it works out. For now, we are really happy that we have maintained our significant weight loss, we started HCG for the first time on 9-11-10, for over a year…the best I have ever done on any diet. Weighing every day and changing your eating habits obviously are the biggest keys to at least maintaining a healthier weight.
How about you? Did you get back to the weight you wanted to be? Good to talk to you again! Hope all is well with you and yours!
Hey Judy
I’ve never heard of that diet. There are so many diets out there. No, I actually just went back on the hcg a week ago tomorrow(load days were last Monday and Tuesday), I had put on a total of 36 lbs, so thought I had best get control of it now before I was back to where I started from. I started low cals last Wed and as of this morning, was down almost 11 lbs since Wed. I’m eating the right things, but not counting the calories this time. I do weigh out my meat, but don’t count the calories in the apples, veggies or the meats, so am sure I am going over, but if I am, it’s not by much. I did see they have a revised 800 calorie plan now, but didn’t even read up on it. I’m doing 4 weeks of p2, then 3 weeks of p3(will do load days on the day before Thanksgiving and Thanksgiving Day), then will do 3 more weeks of p2, that will have me on p3 for Christmas, and should have me back down to where I want to be. I know this diet works, it’s just one of the most boring diets…LOL
How much in the years time did your hubby and you lose each? That’s great you’re maintaining. I did really well on my maintaining last time, until Christmas of last year, I couldn’t seem to stop with one or two cookies, etc. I went right back to how I had been eating before. In May when I went to see my Mom, I was at 148 which was 10 lbs heavier than I was when I ended my p2 before, then in that week, I went up to 158, now I can usually lose that in about 2 days, but this time, I kept eating and eating, and it never came off, just kept putting on more. I should have used the steak/apple day when I was putting on, but hard to do when on vacation.
Everything is great. Kids are growing, and I’m still working and babysitting one of the babies(who is now 14 mos old today).
I am also back to walking 1/2 mile a day, I would love to walk farther than that, but this subdivision is so hilly, you have to be a mountain goat to get up the hills
hi sherrie and judy….. long time miss u all im at my last 10 and maintaining….yeah would love to do a mini round judy can u share that info again?? email me or post here
hold on sherrie u can do it again lol it works happy losing:)
christine, jarod where r u???
Hi I just started the diet and I wasn’t aware that you have to weigh out your veggies. I usually have a medium tomato or medium cucumber, chicken or bison, and a melba toast with an apple or orange for a snack. I thought I was doing it right but when i read you have to weigh out the veggie I got a little scared! Also, I can’t figure out the calories for 3.5 oz. of bison, can anyone help? Thanks!
Erica, I’ve never weighed out my veggies, and as far as bison, it’s not allowed on p2
Hello all,
I first started HCG august of last year and lost 50 pounds. I never really completed phase 2 or 3. I had a big slip up for the past 4 months I’ve been cheating I didn’t worry about it because I never put on weight. However now I’m gaining 2 months ago I was at 124 now I’m at 134 and cant get back down. What should I do? Should I go back into phase 1 and start over? It’s been a year now since I first started and I would hate for all my hard work to not last. Please help. Any advice you give would be great.
Hey, Celia!
As long as you wait three weeks between rounds, you are good to go. Go ahead and start on phase one again, then follow through for either 21 days or 40 days. Good luck!!
Hi, can someone help me out? I just purchased the HCG Diet. I’ve already received my HCG in the mail and I’m so confused on exactly how to start. I’ve researched for countless hours and also read the pounds and inches e-book , and I’m at a stand still. Do I splurge for two days while Im taking the HCG , and THEN start the 500 calorie a day on the 3rd day, or do I just cut everything and start immediately with the 500 calorie diet?
If I “splurge” for the first two days do I still consume sugar for those first two days , while I take the HCG ? With all that Ive read, it seems some people have started the diet differently than others. Please, any input , or advice that anyone can give me would be totally APPRECIATED. I’d like to begin ASAP as I’ve had my HCG now for over 3 days just sitting here, unopened because I’m confused on the right way to start. PLEASE Help… Sherry
Sherry, you take the HCG drops for 2 days and splurge! Yes, you can eat sugar. You can eat anything. The fattier the better. Then on the 3rd day you start the VLCD and continue taking the drops.
Hey team where is everyone? Sherrie jarrid judy Christine
How is the journey coming
I ate peas b/c I had no other veggie what will happen?
Lol
Hi everyone last January I was here and had gotten drops from ebay… I had lost 40 lbs in 28 days I ran out of drops and bought some from another site online… the drops were not effective at all, anyhow I have managed to keep 30 lbs still off… but have sooo much more to lose, if anyone could share a reputable source to get more drops I would appreciate it!! Blessings and Happy holidays!
I’m confused about the kind of scale I need. I start weighing my food in 2 days. I bought a cheap food scale but then read that wasn’t right….thank you!
lisa
ok so i just started and i am now on day 3 of 500 calories. Im not sure if i am using the drops correct do they have to dissolve under your tongue?? and how do you know you are getting the right amount is a drop a drop?? any help on this
Tracy, My doctor told me to look into a mirror and place the drops under the tongue. After three week my doctor changed the HCG from oral to injections. I think the drops were more effective orally. So, good luck. It program works!
The drops were always effective to me…I never did shots.
I think that is just the medical community keeping track of things…and
charging the patient money.. You can stick to the plan or not…
but if you are “paying” for it…and have to go to the Dr al the time..
you are being held accountable more.
But…once you reach your goal weight….if you are NOT strict for the 3 days
of VLCD after you go off of the HCG and if you dont do the No Sugar (Low carb)
plan for 3 weeks after…..and then SLOWLY add it back in..you will gain
weight back quick…..
Consider the HCG a good way to get you there….but once you get there…and get
off..its UP to YOU to keep it off….by eating right…and exercising…and changing
your way of LIFE and eating.
Hey Happy new year where is everyone?
J Rod how r u? How r u maintaining? I’m finally 20 lbs (stopped for a month )from goal sooooo excited!!
Roll call Sherri Christine judy julie where r u?
Happy new you to all the newbies lets stay connected 🙂
Hi, JROd, still think of you. How’s your weight? I’m back up, can’t find the energy nor the time to get back on the saddle! Happy New Year Everyone!
Diva and Sandra…..HEY !!!
Happppy New Year to all of you too..!!
Congrats Diva from being 20 lbs away…KEEEEP Up the fight !!
Once you get there ( read my previous post ) you have to maintain !!
You are The Diva…..so keep on Diva’ing it up girl !!! haha
Sandra !! Where have you been honey..!! I have missed you….!!!
Well….there is ONLY one way to get back on the wagon…and that
is just do it !!!
I am good…. of the 110 lbs I lost.. ( I was about at 90 lbs lost when
we met for lunch ) I am back up 15…( I was soooo the holidays )
and you all know it was harder for me during baseball season last year..
well….its NFL football playoffs now ( GO Texans !!!) So..once
this is all over…I am continuing to go back and lose the 15 and keep it
off with exercise….and well…EATING right. So you know how it is.
We should do lunch again some time..!!
my yahoo address is the same……duh…..
Jarrod_1966 at..well…yahoo
There are some new peeps on here….wow..I havent been here in a long while..
I met my goal in Sept….BUT…I see now…that if anyone needs help or advice
or…well…just a question…I will fire away…haha
I hope you all are well..!!
Take care..
Jarrod
Jrod football season lol congrats only 15 thats good right? Sandra hey I want to meet for lunch too:( where r u Christine and Julie and Sherrie?? Jrod I’ll b emailing u soon! Ok Sandra get back on the horse I’m cheering 4 you:)
I don’t know where everyone is..! Oh they are out there hopefully
Happy and starting this new year off right.!! Good luck to everyone.!
Diva…yeah send me that email… I’m so excited for you to
Get these last 20 off..! And then go into your maint from there.!
Yay..!
It can be done…You can do it.!!
I will send u before and after pics..!
Yes, GO TEXANS!!!! Congrats to both of you for maintaining. Once I mentaly prepare myself I’m back on! Lunch sounds great, I’ll be in touch. GO HCG DIETERS GOOOOO!!
I started the diet and I am on day 5 of protocol 2!~Lost 10 lbs so far! YAY! My questions is, how many large shrimp can you eat on the VLCD. I looked up boiled shrimp calories and it seems like I can eat 12 large shrimp…1 large = 8 cal, so 12 would be 100 of protien for one meal, right? That just seems like too much shrimp! Maybe it is lower in calories than chicken! Just wondered of anyone has any ideas….I definately do not want to mess this up! Thanks!
about 8 or 9 then it’s less than 70 calories. I always just cook mine, shell them, then weigh them out
SHERRIEEEEEE! I see you are still helping folks here. That is wonder full. How are you woman? Its been 1 1/2yr since I did the protocol & it is set in stone. I feel great & I am happy with my weight. I gained a few pounds over the holidays BUT it fell back off once things were normal again. I’m still a size 8 & loving me. I’ve done very well with seemeshed.com & this is the busy season. Sherrie is awesome folks & shes been here for a while helping you guys. My best advise is YES! HCG will get the FAT! off but its your responsibility to maintain the new you, remember that.
Hi everyone, looking to purchase some more drops, last set I bought were no good…. anyone have a reputable site to buy from?? Thanks & Blessings!
At Lana, http://www.seemeshed.com I use them the 2nd & final time I did the program. Top quality drops, you get what you pay for. Stay Blessed.
Hey Sherrie u r here! How r u? Happy new year please email me blkrain77@gmail.com
how r the little ones?
Thediva January 16, 2012 at 10:07 pm
Hey Sherrie u r here! How r u? Happy new year please email me blkrain77@gmail.com
how r the little ones?
Hey Diva
I’m good. Happy New Years to you too. The little ones are growing, they’re 17 mos already
Lana Redmond January 16, 2012 at 2:14 pm
Hi everyone, looking to purchase some more drops, last set I bought were no good…. anyone have a reputable site to buy from?? Thanks & Blessings!
Lana: are you the same Lana I used to e-mail that was on this diet over a year ago?
Thediva January 16, 2012 at 10:07 pm
Hey Sherrie u r here! How r u? Happy new year please email me
how r the little ones?
Hey Diva.
I’m good. Happy New Year to you too
The little ones aren’t so little anymore. They’re 17 mos old now
Lana Redmond January 16, 2012 at 2:14 pm
Hi everyone, looking to purchase some more drops, last set I bought were no good…. anyone have a reputable site to buy from?? Thanks & Blessings!
Lana: Are you the same Lana that was on this diet before that I used to e-mail with(you and your hubby were both doing the diet?
Hey Lisa
Not really, I haven’t been on much in a long time. Between babysitting 3 days a week and working the other job all the other days(except every other weekend), I keep pretty busy.
That’s great you’ve kept your weight off. I kept mine off for quite a few months, then last Christmas(2010) I decided I could eat as many goodies as I wanted(I had been eating goodies before then, but in moderation). Anyway, I started putting on a little weight here and there, and now, am back on the diet again, with 45 lbs to lose. I’ve been on p2 a week today and was down a little over 10 lbs. I’m going to go back and forth between p2 and p3 for hopefully only 3 rounds. The main thing is to follow that 2 lb rule the rest of your life(most of us don’t do that). Don’t keep saying, it will be okay, I’ll get back on it, or oh well, what is 5 lbs? Those 5 lbs turn in to 10 and so on and so forth, and next thing you know, you’re back to square 1. I am not happy with myself, but I know if I stick with it, I will get it off again. I need to get back in to my size 4-6 pants. 🙂